Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/895/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/895/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:30:45 GMT Fri, 06 Dec 2024 07:30:45 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/895/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/895/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/895/ thebookvoice.com no Dr. Murl Langosh bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/895/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Incansable: Mi historia de la fuerza latina que está transformando a los Estados Unidos Author: Luis A. Miranda Narrator: Luis A. Miranda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Lectura esencial de una voz experta que necesita nuestro país: las memorias personales y políticas de Luis Miranda revelan un profundo conocimiento de la cultura latina y el desarrollo de una comunidad que puede cambiar nuestro mundo para bien.   Siendo un veterano de Nueva York y de la política nacional, Luis Miranda encarna el espíritu progresista e incansable de los inmigrantes estadounidenses. No existe persona alguna en la escena política latina, neoyorquina y nacional con la amplia experiencia, pasión y encanto narrativo de Luis Miranda. En Incansable, nos comparte la conmovedora historia de su vida y carrera, desde sus inicios como activista puertorriqueño con mentalidad radical hasta sus décadas de asesoramiento político y resolución de problemas. Experimentamos la emoción con la exposición de Hamilton, creada por su hijo Lin-Manuel. Además, vivimos el sufrimiento tras la devastación de Puerto Rico por el huracán María. En medio de los triunfos, los desafíos y el arduo trabajo continuo, Miranda examina lo que su experiencia le ha revelado acerca de nuestra política, demografía y sociedad en constante cambio. Luis A. Miranda Tue, 07 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716220 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Incansable: Mi historia de la fuerza latina que está transformando a los Estados Unidos Author: Luis A. Miranda Narrator: Luis A. Miranda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Lectura esencial de una voz experta que necesita nuestro país: las memorias personales y políticas de Luis Miranda revelan un profundo conocimiento de la cultura latina y el desarrollo de una comunidad que puede cambiar nuestro mundo para bien.   Siendo un veterano de Nueva York y de la política nacional, Luis Miranda encarna el espíritu progresista e incansable de los inmigrantes estadounidenses. No existe persona alguna en la escena política latina, neoyorquina y nacional con la amplia experiencia, pasión y encanto narrativo de Luis Miranda. En Incansable, nos comparte la conmovedora historia de su vida y carrera, desde sus inicios como activista puertorriqueño con mentalidad radical hasta sus décadas de asesoramiento político y resolución de problemas. Experimentamos la emoción con la exposición de Hamilton, creada por su hijo Lin-Manuel. Además, vivimos el sufrimiento tras la devastación de Puerto Rico por el huracán María. En medio de los triunfos, los desafíos y el arduo trabajo continuo, Miranda examina lo que su experiencia le ha revelado acerca de nuestra política, demografía y sociedad en constante cambio. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Incansable: Mi historia de la fuerza latina que está transformando a los Estados Unidos Author: Luis A. Miranda Narrator: Luis A. Miranda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Lectura esencial de una voz experta que necesita nuestro país: las memorias personales y políticas de Luis Miranda revelan un profundo conocimiento de la cultura latina y el desarrollo de una comunidad que puede cambiar nuestro mundo para bien.   Siendo un veterano de Nueva York y de la política nacional, Luis Miranda encarna el espíritu progresista e incansable de los inmigrantes estadounidenses. No existe persona alguna en la escena política latina, neoyorquina y nacional con la amplia experiencia, pasión y encanto narrativo de Luis Miranda. En Incansable, nos comparte la conmovedora historia de su vida y carrera, desde sus inicios como activista puertorriqueño con mentalidad radical hasta sus décadas de asesoramiento político y resolución de problemas. Experimentamos la emoción con la exposición de Hamilton, creada por su hijo Lin-Manuel. Además, vivimos el sufrimiento tras la devastación de Puerto Rico por el huracán María. En medio de los triunfos, los desafíos y el arduo trabajo continuo, Miranda examina lo que su experiencia le ha revelado acerca de nuestra política, demografía y sociedad en constante cambio. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716049 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Middle East: What Everyone Needs to Know® Author: James L. Gelvin Narrator: Kent Klineman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the second edition of The New Middle East, renowned scholar James L. Gelvin explains how in the aftermath of the collapse of the USSR, the American invasion of Iraq, and the Arab uprisings of 2010-11, a new Middle East has emerged. Syria, Libya, and Yemen have become 'crisis states,' where warlords vie against governments and each other. The economies of Iran, Turkey, and Lebanon, weakened by corruption, sanctions, and neoliberal economic policies, have imploded. Some states have doubled-down on repression, while others intervene in the internal affairs of their neighbors with impunity. This edition explores these hallmarks of the New Middle East, along with the end of American hegemony in the region, the expansion of 'conflict zones,' the continued centrality of the Saudi-Iranian competition, and the ramifications of the breakdown of the Israel-Palestine peace process. It also highlights the crisis of human security brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic, bad governance, stagnant economies, poor healthcare and educational delivery systems, climate change, food and water insecurity, population growth and imbalance, and the unprecedented displacement of populations. Gelvin outlines the social, political, and economic contours of the New Middle East, illuminating the current crisis in the region and exploring how it is likely to evolve in the decades to come. James L. Gelvin Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716049 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Middle East: What Everyone Needs to Know® Author: James L. Gelvin Narrator: Kent Klineman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the second edition of The New Middle East, renowned scholar James L. Gelvin explains how in the aftermath of the collapse of the USSR, the American invasion of Iraq, and the Arab uprisings of 2010-11, a new Middle East has emerged. Syria, Libya, and Yemen have become 'crisis states,' where warlords vie against governments and each other. The economies of Iran, Turkey, and Lebanon, weakened by corruption, sanctions, and neoliberal economic policies, have imploded. Some states have doubled-down on repression, while others intervene in the internal affairs of their neighbors with impunity. This edition explores these hallmarks of the New Middle East, along with the end of American hegemony in the region, the expansion of 'conflict zones,' the continued centrality of the Saudi-Iranian competition, and the ramifications of the breakdown of the Israel-Palestine peace process. It also highlights the crisis of human security brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic, bad governance, stagnant economies, poor healthcare and educational delivery systems, climate change, food and water insecurity, population growth and imbalance, and the unprecedented displacement of populations. Gelvin outlines the social, political, and economic contours of the New Middle East, illuminating the current crisis in the region and exploring how it is likely to evolve in the decades to come. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Middle East: What Everyone Needs to Know® Author: James L. Gelvin Narrator: Kent Klineman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the second edition of The New Middle East, renowned scholar James L. Gelvin explains how in the aftermath of the collapse of the USSR, the American invasion of Iraq, and the Arab uprisings of 2010-11, a new Middle East has emerged. Syria, Libya, and Yemen have become 'crisis states,' where warlords vie against governments and each other. The economies of Iran, Turkey, and Lebanon, weakened by corruption, sanctions, and neoliberal economic policies, have imploded. Some states have doubled-down on repression, while others intervene in the internal affairs of their neighbors with impunity. This edition explores these hallmarks of the New Middle East, along with the end of American hegemony in the region, the expansion of 'conflict zones,' the continued centrality of the Saudi-Iranian competition, and the ramifications of the breakdown of the Israel-Palestine peace process. It also highlights the crisis of human security brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic, bad governance, stagnant economies, poor healthcare and educational delivery systems, climate change, food and water insecurity, population growth and imbalance, and the unprecedented displacement of populations. Gelvin outlines the social, political, and economic contours of the New Middle East, illuminating the current crisis in the region and exploring how it is likely to evolve in the decades to come. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716029 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex After Grief: Navigating Your Sexuality After Losing Your Beloved Author: Joan Price Narrator: Ann Sprinkle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sex after Grief is the first book to address sex and grief together and treat sex as a normal, positive, life-affirming part of emerging from such a difficult time. Joan Price, the top expert on senior sex, draws on her own experiences as a widow since 2008, when she lost the love of her life to cancer. She shares her raw grief journey, sexual reawakening (and the many stumbles along the way), and attempts to dip back into dating, along with advice on handling each step. Sex After Grief includes a variety of people's personal stories from folks of all genders and orientations. Some jumped into sex quickly. Some took years. Some withdrew from sexual possibility. No one was wrong, and no choice is defective or shameful. Sex After Grief includes: ● Inspiring tales of how different people brought sex back into their lives after the loss of their spouse or partner ● Guidelines for dating again and getting sexual with a new person ● Reasons that solo sex is healthy and can be the path to feeling sexual again ● Advice from therapists, grief counselors, and sex coaches ● Self-help takeaways for creating an action plan Joan Price Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716029 thebookvoice.com 3:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex After Grief: Navigating Your Sexuality After Losing Your Beloved Author: Joan Price Narrator: Ann Sprinkle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sex after Grief is the first book to address sex and grief together and treat sex as a normal, positive, life-affirming part of emerging from such a difficult time. Joan Price, the top expert on senior sex, draws on her own experiences as a widow since 2008, when she lost the love of her life to cancer. She shares her raw grief journey, sexual reawakening (and the many stumbles along the way), and attempts to dip back into dating, along with advice on handling each step. Sex After Grief includes a variety of people's personal stories from folks of all genders and orientations. Some jumped into sex quickly. Some took years. Some withdrew from sexual possibility. No one was wrong, and no choice is defective or shameful. Sex After Grief includes: ● Inspiring tales of how different people brought sex back into their lives after the loss of their spouse or partner ● Guidelines for dating again and getting sexual with a new person ● Reasons that solo sex is healthy and can be the path to feeling sexual again ● Advice from therapists, grief counselors, and sex coaches ● Self-help takeaways for creating an action plan Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex After Grief: Navigating Your Sexuality After Losing Your Beloved Author: Joan Price Narrator: Ann Sprinkle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Sex after Grief is the first book to address sex and grief together and treat sex as a normal, positive, life-affirming part of emerging from such a difficult time. Joan Price, the top expert on senior sex, draws on her own experiences as a widow since 2008, when she lost the love of her life to cancer. She shares her raw grief journey, sexual reawakening (and the many stumbles along the way), and attempts to dip back into dating, along with advice on handling each step. Sex After Grief includes a variety of people's personal stories from folks of all genders and orientations. Some jumped into sex quickly. Some took years. Some withdrew from sexual possibility. No one was wrong, and no choice is defective or shameful. Sex After Grief includes: ● Inspiring tales of how different people brought sex back into their lives after the loss of their spouse or partner ● Guidelines for dating again and getting sexual with a new person ● Reasons that solo sex is healthy and can be the path to feeling sexual again ● Advice from therapists, grief counselors, and sex coaches ● Self-help takeaways for creating an action plan https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716028 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Poverty of the World: Rediscovering the Poor at Home and Abroad, 1941-1968 Author: Sheyda F. A. Jahanbani Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In The Poverty of the World, Sheyda Jahanbani brings together the histories of United States foreign relations and domestic politics to explain why, during a period of unprecedented affluence, Americans rediscovered poverty and supported major policy initiative to combat it. Revisiting a moment of triumph for American liberals in the 1940s, Jahanbani shows how the United States's newfound role as a global superpower prompted novel ideas among liberal thinkers about how to address poverty and generated new urgency for trying to do so. Their sense of responsibility about deploying American knowledge and wealth as a beneficent force in the world, produced such foreign aid programs as the Peace Corps. Drawing on a wide variety of archival material, Jahanbani reinterprets the lives and work of prominent liberal figures in postwar American social politics to show the global origins of their ideas. By tracing how American liberals invented the problem of 'global poverty' and executed a war against it, The Poverty of the World sheds new light on the domestic impacts of the Cold War, the global ambitions of American liberalism, and the way in which key intellectuals and policymakers worked to develop an alternative vision of United States empire in the decades after World War II. Sheyda F. A. Jahanbani Tue, 27 Feb 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716028 thebookvoice.com 12:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Poverty of the World: Rediscovering the Poor at Home and Abroad, 1941-1968 Author: Sheyda F. A. Jahanbani Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In The Poverty of the World, Sheyda Jahanbani brings together the histories of United States foreign relations and domestic politics to explain why, during a period of unprecedented affluence, Americans rediscovered poverty and supported major policy initiative to combat it. Revisiting a moment of triumph for American liberals in the 1940s, Jahanbani shows how the United States's newfound role as a global superpower prompted novel ideas among liberal thinkers about how to address poverty and generated new urgency for trying to do so. Their sense of responsibility about deploying American knowledge and wealth as a beneficent force in the world, produced such foreign aid programs as the Peace Corps. Drawing on a wide variety of archival material, Jahanbani reinterprets the lives and work of prominent liberal figures in postwar American social politics to show the global origins of their ideas. By tracing how American liberals invented the problem of 'global poverty' and executed a war against it, The Poverty of the World sheds new light on the domestic impacts of the Cold War, the global ambitions of American liberalism, and the way in which key intellectuals and policymakers worked to develop an alternative vision of United States empire in the decades after World War II. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716028]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Poverty of the World: Rediscovering the Poor at Home and Abroad, 1941-1968 Author: Sheyda F. A. Jahanbani Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 54 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In The Poverty of the World, Sheyda Jahanbani brings together the histories of United States foreign relations and domestic politics to explain why, during a period of unprecedented affluence, Americans rediscovered poverty and supported major policy initiative to combat it. Revisiting a moment of triumph for American liberals in the 1940s, Jahanbani shows how the United States's newfound role as a global superpower prompted novel ideas among liberal thinkers about how to address poverty and generated new urgency for trying to do so. Their sense of responsibility about deploying American knowledge and wealth as a beneficent force in the world, produced such foreign aid programs as the Peace Corps. Drawing on a wide variety of archival material, Jahanbani reinterprets the lives and work of prominent liberal figures in postwar American social politics to show the global origins of their ideas. By tracing how American liberals invented the problem of 'global poverty' and executed a war against it, The Poverty of the World sheds new light on the domestic impacts of the Cold War, the global ambitions of American liberalism, and the way in which key intellectuals and policymakers worked to develop an alternative vision of United States empire in the decades after World War II. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716008 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Poly: A History Author: Christopher M. Gleason Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Recent studies have found that as many as one in five Americans have experimented with some form of sexual non-monogamy, and approximately one in fifteen knows someone who was or is polyamorous. The mainstream media has increasingly covered polyamorous lifestyles and the committed relationships of throuples, and dating apps have added polyamory as a status option. This book is the first history to trace the evolution of polyamorous thought and practice within the broader context of American culture. Drawing on personal journals and letters, underground newsletters, and publications from the Kinsey Institute Archives, among other sources, it reconstructs polyamory's intellectual foundations, highlighting its unique blend of conservative political thought and countercultural spiritualism. Christopher M. Gleason locates its early foundations in the Roaring Twenties among bohemians. In the 1950s and 1960s it surprisingly emerged among libertarian science fiction writers. Throughout the 1990s, polyamorists utilized the internet to spread their ideas, often undermining any remaining religious or spiritual significance their ideas held. Offering an original perspective on sexuality, marriage, and the family, American Poly reveals the history of polyamory in the United States from fringe practice to a new stage of the sexual revolution. Christopher M. Gleason Tue, 23 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716008 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Poly: A History Author: Christopher M. Gleason Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Recent studies have found that as many as one in five Americans have experimented with some form of sexual non-monogamy, and approximately one in fifteen knows someone who was or is polyamorous. The mainstream media has increasingly covered polyamorous lifestyles and the committed relationships of throuples, and dating apps have added polyamory as a status option. This book is the first history to trace the evolution of polyamorous thought and practice within the broader context of American culture. Drawing on personal journals and letters, underground newsletters, and publications from the Kinsey Institute Archives, among other sources, it reconstructs polyamory's intellectual foundations, highlighting its unique blend of conservative political thought and countercultural spiritualism. Christopher M. Gleason locates its early foundations in the Roaring Twenties among bohemians. In the 1950s and 1960s it surprisingly emerged among libertarian science fiction writers. Throughout the 1990s, polyamorists utilized the internet to spread their ideas, often undermining any remaining religious or spiritual significance their ideas held. Offering an original perspective on sexuality, marriage, and the family, American Poly reveals the history of polyamory in the United States from fringe practice to a new stage of the sexual revolution. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716008]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Poly: A History Author: Christopher M. Gleason Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Recent studies have found that as many as one in five Americans have experimented with some form of sexual non-monogamy, and approximately one in fifteen knows someone who was or is polyamorous. The mainstream media has increasingly covered polyamorous lifestyles and the committed relationships of throuples, and dating apps have added polyamory as a status option. This book is the first history to trace the evolution of polyamorous thought and practice within the broader context of American culture. Drawing on personal journals and letters, underground newsletters, and publications from the Kinsey Institute Archives, among other sources, it reconstructs polyamory's intellectual foundations, highlighting its unique blend of conservative political thought and countercultural spiritualism. Christopher M. Gleason locates its early foundations in the Roaring Twenties among bohemians. In the 1950s and 1960s it surprisingly emerged among libertarian science fiction writers. Throughout the 1990s, polyamorists utilized the internet to spread their ideas, often undermining any remaining religious or spiritual significance their ideas held. Offering an original perspective on sexuality, marriage, and the family, American Poly reveals the history of polyamory in the United States from fringe practice to a new stage of the sexual revolution. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716005 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Gods Among Men: A History of the Rich in the West Author: Guido Alfani Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The rich have always fascinated, sometimes in problematic ways. Medieval thinkers feared that the super-rich would act 'as gods among men'; much more recently Thomas Piketty made wealth central to discussions of inequality. In this book, Guido Alfani offers a history of the rich and super-rich in the West, examining who they were, how they accumulated their wealth, and what role they played in society. Covering the last thousand years, with frequent incursions into antiquity, and integrating recent research on economic inequality, Alfani finds fundamental continuities in the behavior of the rich and public attitudes towards wealth across Western history. Alfani argues that the position of the rich and super-rich in Western society has always been intrinsically fragile; their very presence has inspired social unease. In the Middle Ages, an excessive accumulation of wealth was considered sinful; the rich were expected not to appear to be wealthy. Eventually, the rich were deemed useful when they used their wealth to help their communities in times of crisis. Yet in the twenty-first century, the rich and the super-rich have been exceptionally reluctant to contribute to the common good in times of crisis, rejecting even such stopgap measures as temporary tax increases. History suggests that this is a troubling development—for the rich, and for everyone else. Guido Alfani Tue, 16 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716005 thebookvoice.com 16:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Gods Among Men: A History of the Rich in the West Author: Guido Alfani Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The rich have always fascinated, sometimes in problematic ways. Medieval thinkers feared that the super-rich would act 'as gods among men'; much more recently Thomas Piketty made wealth central to discussions of inequality. In this book, Guido Alfani offers a history of the rich and super-rich in the West, examining who they were, how they accumulated their wealth, and what role they played in society. Covering the last thousand years, with frequent incursions into antiquity, and integrating recent research on economic inequality, Alfani finds fundamental continuities in the behavior of the rich and public attitudes towards wealth across Western history. Alfani argues that the position of the rich and super-rich in Western society has always been intrinsically fragile; their very presence has inspired social unease. In the Middle Ages, an excessive accumulation of wealth was considered sinful; the rich were expected not to appear to be wealthy. Eventually, the rich were deemed useful when they used their wealth to help their communities in times of crisis. Yet in the twenty-first century, the rich and the super-rich have been exceptionally reluctant to contribute to the common good in times of crisis, rejecting even such stopgap measures as temporary tax increases. History suggests that this is a troubling development—for the rich, and for everyone else. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/716005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Gods Among Men: A History of the Rich in the West Author: Guido Alfani Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The rich have always fascinated, sometimes in problematic ways. Medieval thinkers feared that the super-rich would act 'as gods among men'; much more recently Thomas Piketty made wealth central to discussions of inequality. In this book, Guido Alfani offers a history of the rich and super-rich in the West, examining who they were, how they accumulated their wealth, and what role they played in society. Covering the last thousand years, with frequent incursions into antiquity, and integrating recent research on economic inequality, Alfani finds fundamental continuities in the behavior of the rich and public attitudes towards wealth across Western history. Alfani argues that the position of the rich and super-rich in Western society has always been intrinsically fragile; their very presence has inspired social unease. In the Middle Ages, an excessive accumulation of wealth was considered sinful; the rich were expected not to appear to be wealthy. Eventually, the rich were deemed useful when they used their wealth to help their communities in times of crisis. Yet in the twenty-first century, the rich and the super-rich have been exceptionally reluctant to contribute to the common good in times of crisis, rejecting even such stopgap measures as temporary tax increases. History suggests that this is a troubling development—for the rich, and for everyone else. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715995 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Project-State and Its Rivals: A New History of the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries Author: Charles S. Maier Narrator: Stephen Caffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We thought we knew the story of the twentieth century. For many in the West, after the two world conflicts and the long cold war, the verdict was clear: democratic values had prevailed over dictatorship. But if the twentieth century meant the triumph of liberalism, as many intellectuals proclaimed, why have the era's darker impulses—ethnic nationalism, racist violence, and populist authoritarianism—revived? The Project-State and Its Rivals offers a radical alternative interpretation that takes us from the transforming challenges of the world wars to our own time. Charles S. Maier looks to the political and economic impulses that propelled societies through a century when territorial states and transnational forces both claimed power, engaging sometimes as rivals and sometimes as allies. Maier focuses on recurring institutional constellations: project-states including both democracies and dictatorships; new forms of imperial domination; global networks of finance; and the international associations, foundations, and NGOs that tried to shape public life. In this account, Maier invites a rethinking of the long twentieth century. His history of state entanglements with capital, the decline of public projects, and the fragility of governance explains the fraying of our own civic culture—but also allows hope for its recovery. Charles S. Maier Tue, 16 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715995 thebookvoice.com 25:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Project-State and Its Rivals: A New History of the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries Author: Charles S. Maier Narrator: Stephen Caffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We thought we knew the story of the twentieth century. For many in the West, after the two world conflicts and the long cold war, the verdict was clear: democratic values had prevailed over dictatorship. But if the twentieth century meant the triumph of liberalism, as many intellectuals proclaimed, why have the era's darker impulses—ethnic nationalism, racist violence, and populist authoritarianism—revived? The Project-State and Its Rivals offers a radical alternative interpretation that takes us from the transforming challenges of the world wars to our own time. Charles S. Maier looks to the political and economic impulses that propelled societies through a century when territorial states and transnational forces both claimed power, engaging sometimes as rivals and sometimes as allies. Maier focuses on recurring institutional constellations: project-states including both democracies and dictatorships; new forms of imperial domination; global networks of finance; and the international associations, foundations, and NGOs that tried to shape public life. In this account, Maier invites a rethinking of the long twentieth century. His history of state entanglements with capital, the decline of public projects, and the fragility of governance explains the fraying of our own civic culture—but also allows hope for its recovery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Project-State and Its Rivals: A New History of the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries Author: Charles S. Maier Narrator: Stephen Caffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 3 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We thought we knew the story of the twentieth century. For many in the West, after the two world conflicts and the long cold war, the verdict was clear: democratic values had prevailed over dictatorship. But if the twentieth century meant the triumph of liberalism, as many intellectuals proclaimed, why have the era's darker impulses—ethnic nationalism, racist violence, and populist authoritarianism—revived? The Project-State and Its Rivals offers a radical alternative interpretation that takes us from the transforming challenges of the world wars to our own time. Charles S. Maier looks to the political and economic impulses that propelled societies through a century when territorial states and transnational forces both claimed power, engaging sometimes as rivals and sometimes as allies. Maier focuses on recurring institutional constellations: project-states including both democracies and dictatorships; new forms of imperial domination; global networks of finance; and the international associations, foundations, and NGOs that tried to shape public life. In this account, Maier invites a rethinking of the long twentieth century. His history of state entanglements with capital, the decline of public projects, and the fragility of governance explains the fraying of our own civic culture—but also allows hope for its recovery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715982 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Experience: Revealing the Mind Author: Aidan Lyon Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Psychedelic Experience presents a philosophical account of psychedelic experience. A central premise of the book is that such experiences are mind-revealing experiences and that they can be induced by means other than psychedelics. In particular, the book argues that psychedelic experiences can also be had as the result of meditation. Aidan Lyon presents a unified conceptual framework for thinking about the different kinds of psychedelic experiences one may have as a result of psychedelics, meditation, and their combination. This framework is then used to shed new light on various commonalities between psychedelics and meditation, such as the ability to promote long-lasting increases in mindfulness and their reputation for inducing mystical experiences. Finally, the book uses these new philosophical resources to flip things around and shine the light back on philosophy itself, arguing that psychedelic experiences can be used as tools for doing philosophy. The result is a new approach to philosophy (or the revival of an ancient one), which integrates traditional analytic methods with a range of psychedelic techniques. Aidan Lyon Tue, 23 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715982 thebookvoice.com 15:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Experience: Revealing the Mind Author: Aidan Lyon Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Psychedelic Experience presents a philosophical account of psychedelic experience. A central premise of the book is that such experiences are mind-revealing experiences and that they can be induced by means other than psychedelics. In particular, the book argues that psychedelic experiences can also be had as the result of meditation. Aidan Lyon presents a unified conceptual framework for thinking about the different kinds of psychedelic experiences one may have as a result of psychedelics, meditation, and their combination. This framework is then used to shed new light on various commonalities between psychedelics and meditation, such as the ability to promote long-lasting increases in mindfulness and their reputation for inducing mystical experiences. Finally, the book uses these new philosophical resources to flip things around and shine the light back on philosophy itself, arguing that psychedelic experiences can be used as tools for doing philosophy. The result is a new approach to philosophy (or the revival of an ancient one), which integrates traditional analytic methods with a range of psychedelic techniques. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715982]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychedelic Experience: Revealing the Mind Author: Aidan Lyon Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Psychedelic Experience presents a philosophical account of psychedelic experience. A central premise of the book is that such experiences are mind-revealing experiences and that they can be induced by means other than psychedelics. In particular, the book argues that psychedelic experiences can also be had as the result of meditation. Aidan Lyon presents a unified conceptual framework for thinking about the different kinds of psychedelic experiences one may have as a result of psychedelics, meditation, and their combination. This framework is then used to shed new light on various commonalities between psychedelics and meditation, such as the ability to promote long-lasting increases in mindfulness and their reputation for inducing mystical experiences. Finally, the book uses these new philosophical resources to flip things around and shine the light back on philosophy itself, arguing that psychedelic experiences can be used as tools for doing philosophy. The result is a new approach to philosophy (or the revival of an ancient one), which integrates traditional analytic methods with a range of psychedelic techniques. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715978 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troubling the Water: The Urgent Work of Radical Belonging Author: Ben Mcbride Narrator: Ben Mcbride Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of the most courageous and visionary leaders of our time comes Troubling the Water, an immersive book about the violence and injustice that threaten to drown us all. Ben McBride recounts how he first waded into the water: from the Kill Zone in Oakland, where he moved with his young family, to the uprising in Ferguson, to the moral impoverishment of the white evangelical church. In the truth-telling tradition of Bryan Stevenson and Bishop William Barber, McBride leads us right into the fury and fragmentation of our moment, and then steadies us once we're there. What would it take to truly belong to each other? Radical belonging, McBride argues, means looking at our implicit biases, at our faulty understandings of power, and at how we 'other'—or 'same'—people. Sometimes it even means troubling the waters—speaking hard truths in situations that appear calm but that cloak injustice. With a blend of provocation and good humor, McBride leads us beyond inaction on the one hand and polemic on the other. What results is an indelible manifesto—a troublemaking reverend's call to the most urgent task of our time. As inequality, racism, and alienation weaken our common life, well-meaning people ask: What do I need to do to create a world where all can belong? But McBride asserts that instead, we need to ask: Who do I need to become? Ben Mcbride Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715978 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troubling the Water: The Urgent Work of Radical Belonging Author: Ben Mcbride Narrator: Ben Mcbride Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of the most courageous and visionary leaders of our time comes Troubling the Water, an immersive book about the violence and injustice that threaten to drown us all. Ben McBride recounts how he first waded into the water: from the Kill Zone in Oakland, where he moved with his young family, to the uprising in Ferguson, to the moral impoverishment of the white evangelical church. In the truth-telling tradition of Bryan Stevenson and Bishop William Barber, McBride leads us right into the fury and fragmentation of our moment, and then steadies us once we're there. What would it take to truly belong to each other? Radical belonging, McBride argues, means looking at our implicit biases, at our faulty understandings of power, and at how we 'other'—or 'same'—people. Sometimes it even means troubling the waters—speaking hard truths in situations that appear calm but that cloak injustice. With a blend of provocation and good humor, McBride leads us beyond inaction on the one hand and polemic on the other. What results is an indelible manifesto—a troublemaking reverend's call to the most urgent task of our time. As inequality, racism, and alienation weaken our common life, well-meaning people ask: What do I need to do to create a world where all can belong? But McBride asserts that instead, we need to ask: Who do I need to become? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Troubling the Water: The Urgent Work of Radical Belonging Author: Ben Mcbride Narrator: Ben Mcbride Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of the most courageous and visionary leaders of our time comes Troubling the Water, an immersive book about the violence and injustice that threaten to drown us all. Ben McBride recounts how he first waded into the water: from the Kill Zone in Oakland, where he moved with his young family, to the uprising in Ferguson, to the moral impoverishment of the white evangelical church. In the truth-telling tradition of Bryan Stevenson and Bishop William Barber, McBride leads us right into the fury and fragmentation of our moment, and then steadies us once we're there. What would it take to truly belong to each other? Radical belonging, McBride argues, means looking at our implicit biases, at our faulty understandings of power, and at how we 'other'—or 'same'—people. Sometimes it even means troubling the waters—speaking hard truths in situations that appear calm but that cloak injustice. With a blend of provocation and good humor, McBride leads us beyond inaction on the one hand and polemic on the other. What results is an indelible manifesto—a troublemaking reverend's call to the most urgent task of our time. As inequality, racism, and alienation weaken our common life, well-meaning people ask: What do I need to do to create a world where all can belong? But McBride asserts that instead, we need to ask: Who do I need to become? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715870 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frostbite: How Refrigeration Changed Our Food, Our Planet, and Ourselves Author: Nicola Twilley Narrator: Nicola Twilley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Engrossing...hard to put down.' — The New York Times Book Review “Frostbite is a perfectly executed cold fusion of science, history, and literary verve . . . as a fellow nonfiction writer, I bow down. This is how it's done.” — Mary Roach, author of Fuzz and Stiff An engaging and far-reaching exploration of refrigeration, tracing its evolution from scientific mystery to globe-spanning infrastructure, and an essential investigation into how it has remade our entire relationship with food—for better and for worse How often do we open the fridge or peer into the freezer with the expectation that we’ll find something fresh and ready to eat? It’s an everyday act—but just a century ago, eating food that had been refrigerated was cause for both fear and excitement. The introduction of artificial refrigeration overturned millennia of dietary history, launching a new chapter in human nutrition. We could now overcome not just rot, but seasonality and geography. Tomatoes in January? Avocados in Shanghai? All possible. In Frostbite, New Yorker contributor and cohost of the award-winning podcast Gastropod Nicola Twilley takes readers on a tour of the cold chain from farm to fridge, visiting off-the-beaten-path landmarks such as Missouri’s subterranean cheese caves, the banana-ripening rooms of New York City, and the vast refrigerated tanks that store the nation’s orange juice reserves. Today, nearly three-quarters of everything on the average American plate is processed, shipped, stored, and sold under refrigeration. It’s impossible to make sense of our food system without understanding the all-but-invisible network of thermal control that underpins it. Twilley’s eye-opening book is the first to reveal the transformative impact refrigeration has had on our health and our guts; our farms, tables, kitchens, and cities; global economics and politics; and even our environment. In the developed world, we’ve reaped the benefits of refrigeration for more than a century, but the costs are catching up with us. We’ve eroded our connection to our food and redefined what “fresh” means. More important, refrigeration is one of the leading contributors to climate change. As the developing world races to build a US-style cold chain, Twilley asks: Can we reduce our dependence on refrigeration? Should we? A deeply researched and reported, original, and entertaining dive into the most important invention in the history of food and drink, Frostbite makes the case for a recalibration of our relationship with the fridge—and how our future might depend on it. Nicola Twilley Tue, 25 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715870 thebookvoice.com 12:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frostbite: How Refrigeration Changed Our Food, Our Planet, and Ourselves Author: Nicola Twilley Narrator: Nicola Twilley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Engrossing...hard to put down.' — The New York Times Book Review “Frostbite is a perfectly executed cold fusion of science, history, and literary verve . . . as a fellow nonfiction writer, I bow down. This is how it's done.” — Mary Roach, author of Fuzz and Stiff An engaging and far-reaching exploration of refrigeration, tracing its evolution from scientific mystery to globe-spanning infrastructure, and an essential investigation into how it has remade our entire relationship with food—for better and for worse How often do we open the fridge or peer into the freezer with the expectation that we’ll find something fresh and ready to eat? It’s an everyday act—but just a century ago, eating food that had been refrigerated was cause for both fear and excitement. The introduction of artificial refrigeration overturned millennia of dietary history, launching a new chapter in human nutrition. We could now overcome not just rot, but seasonality and geography. Tomatoes in January? Avocados in Shanghai? All possible. In Frostbite, New Yorker contributor and cohost of the award-winning podcast Gastropod Nicola Twilley takes readers on a tour of the cold chain from farm to fridge, visiting off-the-beaten-path landmarks such as Missouri’s subterranean cheese caves, the banana-ripening rooms of New York City, and the vast refrigerated tanks that store the nation’s orange juice reserves. Today, nearly three-quarters of everything on the average American plate is processed, shipped, stored, and sold under refrigeration. It’s impossible to make sense of our food system without understanding the all-but-invisible network of thermal control that underpins it. Twilley’s eye-opening book is the first to reveal the transformative impact refrigeration has had on our health and our guts; our farms, tables, kitchens, and cities; global economics and politics; and even our environment. In the developed world, we’ve reaped the benefits of refrigeration for more than a century, but the costs are catching up with us. We’ve eroded our connection to our food and redefined what “fresh” means. More important, refrigeration is one of the leading contributors to climate change. As the developing world races to build a US-style cold chain, Twilley asks: Can we reduce our dependence on refrigeration? Should we? A deeply researched and reported, original, and entertaining dive into the most important invention in the history of food and drink, Frostbite makes the case for a recalibration of our relationship with the fridge—and how our future might depend on it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715870]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frostbite: How Refrigeration Changed Our Food, Our Planet, and Ourselves Author: Nicola Twilley Narrator: Nicola Twilley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Engrossing...hard to put down.' — The New York Times Book Review “Frostbite is a perfectly executed cold fusion of science, history, and literary verve . . . as a fellow nonfiction writer, I bow down. This is how it's done.” — Mary Roach, author of Fuzz and Stiff An engaging and far-reaching exploration of refrigeration, tracing its evolution from scientific mystery to globe-spanning infrastructure, and an essential investigation into how it has remade our entire relationship with food—for better and for worse How often do we open the fridge or peer into the freezer with the expectation that we’ll find something fresh and ready to eat? It’s an everyday act—but just a century ago, eating food that had been refrigerated was cause for both fear and excitement. The introduction of artificial refrigeration overturned millennia of dietary history, launching a new chapter in human nutrition. We could now overcome not just rot, but seasonality and geography. Tomatoes in January? Avocados in Shanghai? All possible. In Frostbite, New Yorker contributor and cohost of the award-winning podcast Gastropod Nicola Twilley takes readers on a tour of the cold chain from farm to fridge, visiting off-the-beaten-path landmarks such as Missouri’s subterranean cheese caves, the banana-ripening rooms of New York City, and the vast refrigerated tanks that store the nation’s orange juice reserves. Today, nearly three-quarters of everything on the average American plate is processed, shipped, stored, and sold under refrigeration. It’s impossible to make sense of our food system without understanding the all-but-invisible network of thermal control that underpins it. Twilley’s eye-opening book is the first to reveal the transformative impact refrigeration has had on our health and our guts; our farms, tables, kitchens, and cities; global economics and politics; and even our environment. In the developed world, we’ve reaped the benefits of refrigeration for more than a century, but the costs are catching up with us. We’ve eroded our connection to our food and redefined what “fresh” means. More important, refrigeration is one of the leading contributors to climate change. As the developing world races to build a US-style cold chain, Twilley asks: Can we reduce our dependence on refrigeration? Should we? A deeply researched and reported, original, and entertaining dive into the most important invention in the history of food and drink, Frostbite makes the case for a recalibration of our relationship with the fridge—and how our future might depend on it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of Making It: A Workplace Reckoning Author: Samhita Mukhopadhyay Narrator: Samhita Mukhopadhyay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We can bury the girlboss, but what comes next? The former executive editor of Teen Vogue tells the story of her personal workplace reckoning and argues for collective responsibility to reimagine work as we know it. “One of the smartest voices we have on gender, power, capitalist exploitation, and the entrenched inequities of the workplace.”—Rebecca Traister, author of Good and Mad “As I sat in the front row that day, I was 80 percent faking it with a 100-percent-real Gucci bag.” Samhita Mukhopadhyay had finally made it: she had her dream job, dream clothes—dream life. But time and time again, she found herself sacrificing time with family and friends, paying too much for lattes, and limping home after working twelve hours a day. Success didn’t come without costs, right? Or so she kept telling herself. And Mukhopadhyay wasn’t alone: Far too many of us are taught that we need to work ourselves to the bone to live a good life. That we just need to climb up the corporate ladder, to “lean in” and “hustle,” to enact change. But as Mukhopadhyay shows, these definitions of success are myths—and they are seductive ones. Mukhopadhyay traces the origins of these myths, taking us from the sixties to the present. She forms a critical overview of workplace feminism, looking at stories from her own professional career, analysis from activists and experts, and of course, experiences of workers at different levels. As more individuals continue to question whether their professional ambitions can lead to happiness and fulfillment in the first place, Mukhopadhyay asks, What would it mean to have a liberated workplace? Mukhopadhyay emerges with a vision for a workplace culture that pays fairly, recognizes our values, and gives people access to the resources they need. A call to action to redefine and reimagine work as we know it, The Myth of Making It is a field guide and manifesto for all of us who are tired, searching for justice, and longing to be liberated from the oppressive grip of hustle culture. Samhita Mukhopadhyay Tue, 18 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715865 thebookvoice.com 7:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of Making It: A Workplace Reckoning Author: Samhita Mukhopadhyay Narrator: Samhita Mukhopadhyay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We can bury the girlboss, but what comes next? The former executive editor of Teen Vogue tells the story of her personal workplace reckoning and argues for collective responsibility to reimagine work as we know it. “One of the smartest voices we have on gender, power, capitalist exploitation, and the entrenched inequities of the workplace.”—Rebecca Traister, author of Good and Mad “As I sat in the front row that day, I was 80 percent faking it with a 100-percent-real Gucci bag.” Samhita Mukhopadhyay had finally made it: she had her dream job, dream clothes—dream life. But time and time again, she found herself sacrificing time with family and friends, paying too much for lattes, and limping home after working twelve hours a day. Success didn’t come without costs, right? Or so she kept telling herself. And Mukhopadhyay wasn’t alone: Far too many of us are taught that we need to work ourselves to the bone to live a good life. That we just need to climb up the corporate ladder, to “lean in” and “hustle,” to enact change. But as Mukhopadhyay shows, these definitions of success are myths—and they are seductive ones. Mukhopadhyay traces the origins of these myths, taking us from the sixties to the present. She forms a critical overview of workplace feminism, looking at stories from her own professional career, analysis from activists and experts, and of course, experiences of workers at different levels. As more individuals continue to question whether their professional ambitions can lead to happiness and fulfillment in the first place, Mukhopadhyay asks, What would it mean to have a liberated workplace? Mukhopadhyay emerges with a vision for a workplace culture that pays fairly, recognizes our values, and gives people access to the resources they need. A call to action to redefine and reimagine work as we know it, The Myth of Making It is a field guide and manifesto for all of us who are tired, searching for justice, and longing to be liberated from the oppressive grip of hustle culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of Making It: A Workplace Reckoning Author: Samhita Mukhopadhyay Narrator: Samhita Mukhopadhyay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We can bury the girlboss, but what comes next? The former executive editor of Teen Vogue tells the story of her personal workplace reckoning and argues for collective responsibility to reimagine work as we know it. “One of the smartest voices we have on gender, power, capitalist exploitation, and the entrenched inequities of the workplace.”—Rebecca Traister, author of Good and Mad “As I sat in the front row that day, I was 80 percent faking it with a 100-percent-real Gucci bag.” Samhita Mukhopadhyay had finally made it: she had her dream job, dream clothes—dream life. But time and time again, she found herself sacrificing time with family and friends, paying too much for lattes, and limping home after working twelve hours a day. Success didn’t come without costs, right? Or so she kept telling herself. And Mukhopadhyay wasn’t alone: Far too many of us are taught that we need to work ourselves to the bone to live a good life. That we just need to climb up the corporate ladder, to “lean in” and “hustle,” to enact change. But as Mukhopadhyay shows, these definitions of success are myths—and they are seductive ones. Mukhopadhyay traces the origins of these myths, taking us from the sixties to the present. She forms a critical overview of workplace feminism, looking at stories from her own professional career, analysis from activists and experts, and of course, experiences of workers at different levels. As more individuals continue to question whether their professional ambitions can lead to happiness and fulfillment in the first place, Mukhopadhyay asks, What would it mean to have a liberated workplace? Mukhopadhyay emerges with a vision for a workplace culture that pays fairly, recognizes our values, and gives people access to the resources they need. A call to action to redefine and reimagine work as we know it, The Myth of Making It is a field guide and manifesto for all of us who are tired, searching for justice, and longing to be liberated from the oppressive grip of hustle culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kinky History: A Rollicking Journey through Our Sexual Past, Present, and Future Author: Esmé Louise James Narrator: Esmé Louise James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A provocative journey through human sexual history, packed with fun factoids and forgotten stories, from the historian and storyteller behind Kinky History, @esme.louisee on TikTok Contrary to popular belief, our predecessors had all sorts of obscene hobbies long before Christian Grey hit the scene. In this enlightening romp, learn about the first instances of homosexuality on record from the ancient world and the diverse history of nonbinary gender; encounter a thousand years’ worth of hilarious and horrifying contraceptive methods; consider the positive and negative effects of the widespread availability of pornography in the digital age—and how our relationship to it changed during the pandemic; take a sneaky riffle through centuries of bedside drawers; and discover the dirty little secrets of luminaries such as Julius Caesar, James Joyce, Albert Einstein, and Virginia Woolf.    Esmé Louise James also identifies the key tipping points that directly inform current beliefs around sex to place the past in conversation with the present. By educating ourselves about the weird, wonderful, and varied spectrum of human sexuality and experience, we can normalize and destigmatize sex, write people of marginalized sexual identities back into the pages of history, and build toward a more liberated future. Esmé Louise James Tue, 18 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715860 thebookvoice.com 11:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kinky History: A Rollicking Journey through Our Sexual Past, Present, and Future Author: Esmé Louise James Narrator: Esmé Louise James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A provocative journey through human sexual history, packed with fun factoids and forgotten stories, from the historian and storyteller behind Kinky History, @esme.louisee on TikTok Contrary to popular belief, our predecessors had all sorts of obscene hobbies long before Christian Grey hit the scene. In this enlightening romp, learn about the first instances of homosexuality on record from the ancient world and the diverse history of nonbinary gender; encounter a thousand years’ worth of hilarious and horrifying contraceptive methods; consider the positive and negative effects of the widespread availability of pornography in the digital age—and how our relationship to it changed during the pandemic; take a sneaky riffle through centuries of bedside drawers; and discover the dirty little secrets of luminaries such as Julius Caesar, James Joyce, Albert Einstein, and Virginia Woolf.    Esmé Louise James also identifies the key tipping points that directly inform current beliefs around sex to place the past in conversation with the present. By educating ourselves about the weird, wonderful, and varied spectrum of human sexuality and experience, we can normalize and destigmatize sex, write people of marginalized sexual identities back into the pages of history, and build toward a more liberated future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kinky History: A Rollicking Journey through Our Sexual Past, Present, and Future Author: Esmé Louise James Narrator: Esmé Louise James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A provocative journey through human sexual history, packed with fun factoids and forgotten stories, from the historian and storyteller behind Kinky History, @esme.louisee on TikTok Contrary to popular belief, our predecessors had all sorts of obscene hobbies long before Christian Grey hit the scene. In this enlightening romp, learn about the first instances of homosexuality on record from the ancient world and the diverse history of nonbinary gender; encounter a thousand years’ worth of hilarious and horrifying contraceptive methods; consider the positive and negative effects of the widespread availability of pornography in the digital age—and how our relationship to it changed during the pandemic; take a sneaky riffle through centuries of bedside drawers; and discover the dirty little secrets of luminaries such as Julius Caesar, James Joyce, Albert Einstein, and Virginia Woolf.    Esmé Louise James also identifies the key tipping points that directly inform current beliefs around sex to place the past in conversation with the present. By educating ourselves about the weird, wonderful, and varied spectrum of human sexuality and experience, we can normalize and destigmatize sex, write people of marginalized sexual identities back into the pages of history, and build toward a more liberated future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715846 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Mostly Here to Enjoy Myself: One Woman's Pursuit of Pleasure in Paris Author: Glynnis Macnicol Narrator: Glynnis Macnicol Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A delight, the literary equivalent of a long catch-up with a brilliant friend.” —New York Times “One of the most talked-about books of the year.” —Gayle King When you’re a woman of a certain age, you are only promised that everything will get worse. But what if everything you’ve been told is a lie? Come to Paris, August 2021, when the City of Lights was still empty of tourists and a thirst for long-overdue pleasure gripped those who wandered its streets. After New York City emptied out in March 2020, Glynnis MacNicol, aged forty-six, unmarried with no children, spent sixteen months alone in her tiny Manhattan apartment. The isolation was punishing. A year without touch. Women are warned of invisibility as they age, but this was an extreme loneliness no one can prepare you for. When the opportunity to sublet a friend’s apartment in Paris arose, MacNicol jumped on it. Leaving felt less like a risk than a necessity. What follows is a decadent, joyful, unexpected journey into one woman’s pursuit of radical enjoyment. The weeks in Paris are filled with friendship and food and sex. There is dancing on the Seine; a plethora of gooey cheese; midnight bike rides through empty Paris; handsome men; afternoons wandering through the empty Louvre; nighttime swimming in the ocean off a French island. And yes, plenty of nudity. In the spirit of Nora Ephron and Deborah Levy (think Colette . . . if she’d had access to dating apps), I’m Mostly Here to Enjoy Myself is an intimate, insightful, powerful, and endlessly pleasurable memoir of an intensely lived experience whose meaning and insight expand far beyond the personal narrative. MacNicol is determined to document the beauty, excess, and triumph of a life that does not require permission. The pursuit of enjoyment is a political act, both a right and a responsibility. Enjoying yourself—as you are—is not something the world tells you is possible, but it is. Here’s the proof. Glynnis Macnicol Tue, 11 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715846 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Mostly Here to Enjoy Myself: One Woman's Pursuit of Pleasure in Paris Author: Glynnis Macnicol Narrator: Glynnis Macnicol Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A delight, the literary equivalent of a long catch-up with a brilliant friend.” —New York Times “One of the most talked-about books of the year.” —Gayle King When you’re a woman of a certain age, you are only promised that everything will get worse. But what if everything you’ve been told is a lie? Come to Paris, August 2021, when the City of Lights was still empty of tourists and a thirst for long-overdue pleasure gripped those who wandered its streets. After New York City emptied out in March 2020, Glynnis MacNicol, aged forty-six, unmarried with no children, spent sixteen months alone in her tiny Manhattan apartment. The isolation was punishing. A year without touch. Women are warned of invisibility as they age, but this was an extreme loneliness no one can prepare you for. When the opportunity to sublet a friend’s apartment in Paris arose, MacNicol jumped on it. Leaving felt less like a risk than a necessity. What follows is a decadent, joyful, unexpected journey into one woman’s pursuit of radical enjoyment. The weeks in Paris are filled with friendship and food and sex. There is dancing on the Seine; a plethora of gooey cheese; midnight bike rides through empty Paris; handsome men; afternoons wandering through the empty Louvre; nighttime swimming in the ocean off a French island. And yes, plenty of nudity. In the spirit of Nora Ephron and Deborah Levy (think Colette . . . if she’d had access to dating apps), I’m Mostly Here to Enjoy Myself is an intimate, insightful, powerful, and endlessly pleasurable memoir of an intensely lived experience whose meaning and insight expand far beyond the personal narrative. MacNicol is determined to document the beauty, excess, and triumph of a life that does not require permission. The pursuit of enjoyment is a political act, both a right and a responsibility. Enjoying yourself—as you are—is not something the world tells you is possible, but it is. Here’s the proof. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715846]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Mostly Here to Enjoy Myself: One Woman's Pursuit of Pleasure in Paris Author: Glynnis Macnicol Narrator: Glynnis Macnicol Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “A delight, the literary equivalent of a long catch-up with a brilliant friend.” —New York Times “One of the most talked-about books of the year.” —Gayle King When you’re a woman of a certain age, you are only promised that everything will get worse. But what if everything you’ve been told is a lie? Come to Paris, August 2021, when the City of Lights was still empty of tourists and a thirst for long-overdue pleasure gripped those who wandered its streets. After New York City emptied out in March 2020, Glynnis MacNicol, aged forty-six, unmarried with no children, spent sixteen months alone in her tiny Manhattan apartment. The isolation was punishing. A year without touch. Women are warned of invisibility as they age, but this was an extreme loneliness no one can prepare you for. When the opportunity to sublet a friend’s apartment in Paris arose, MacNicol jumped on it. Leaving felt less like a risk than a necessity. What follows is a decadent, joyful, unexpected journey into one woman’s pursuit of radical enjoyment. The weeks in Paris are filled with friendship and food and sex. There is dancing on the Seine; a plethora of gooey cheese; midnight bike rides through empty Paris; handsome men; afternoons wandering through the empty Louvre; nighttime swimming in the ocean off a French island. And yes, plenty of nudity. In the spirit of Nora Ephron and Deborah Levy (think Colette . . . if she’d had access to dating apps), I’m Mostly Here to Enjoy Myself is an intimate, insightful, powerful, and endlessly pleasurable memoir of an intensely lived experience whose meaning and insight expand far beyond the personal narrative. MacNicol is determined to document the beauty, excess, and triumph of a life that does not require permission. The pursuit of enjoyment is a political act, both a right and a responsibility. Enjoying yourself—as you are—is not something the world tells you is possible, but it is. Here’s the proof. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quiet Damage: QAnon and the Destruction of the American Family Author: Jesselyn Cook Narrator: Jesselyn Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The “gripping” (The Atlantic) story of five families shattered by pernicious, pervasive conspiracy theories, and how we might set ourselves free from a crisis that could haunt American life for generations. “Excellent . . . This is the intimate side of the cold civil war America has been stuck in for nearly a decade.”—Michelle Goldberg, The New York Times “SHED MY DNA”: three excruciating words uttered by a QAnon-obsessed mother, once a highly respected lawyer, to her only son, once the closest person in her life. QAnon beliefs and adjacent conspiracy theories have had devastating political consequences as they’ve exploded in popularity. What’s often overlooked is the lasting havoc they wreak on our society at its most basic and intimate level—the family.  In The Quiet Damage, celebrated reporter Jesselyn Cook paints a harrowing portrait of the vulnerabilities that have left so many of us susceptible to outrageous falsehoods promising order, purpose, and control. Braided throughout are the stories of five American families: an elderly couple whose fifty-year romance takes a heartbreaking turn; millennial sisters of color who grew up in dire poverty—one to become a BLM activist, the other, a hardcore conspiracy theorist pulling her little boy down the rabbit hole with her; a Bay Area hippie-type and her business-executive fiancé, who must decide whether to stay with her as she turns into a stranger before his eyes; evangelical parents whose simple life in a sleepy suburb spirals into delusion-fueled chaos; and a rural mother-son duo who, after carrying each other through unspeakable tragedy, stop speaking at all as ludicrous untruths shatter a bond long thought unbreakable. Charting the arc of each believer’s path from their first intersection with conspiracy theories to the depths of their cultish conviction, to—in some cases—their rejection of disinformation and the mending of fractured relationships, Cook offers a rare, intimate look into the psychology of how and why ordinary people come to believe the unbelievable. Profound, brilliantly researched, and beautifully written, The Quiet Damage lays bare how we have been taken hostage by grifters peddling lies built on false hope—and how we might release our loved ones, and ourselves, from their grasp. Jesselyn Cook Tue, 23 Jul 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715838 thebookvoice.com 9:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quiet Damage: QAnon and the Destruction of the American Family Author: Jesselyn Cook Narrator: Jesselyn Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The “gripping” (The Atlantic) story of five families shattered by pernicious, pervasive conspiracy theories, and how we might set ourselves free from a crisis that could haunt American life for generations. “Excellent . . . This is the intimate side of the cold civil war America has been stuck in for nearly a decade.”—Michelle Goldberg, The New York Times “SHED MY DNA”: three excruciating words uttered by a QAnon-obsessed mother, once a highly respected lawyer, to her only son, once the closest person in her life. QAnon beliefs and adjacent conspiracy theories have had devastating political consequences as they’ve exploded in popularity. What’s often overlooked is the lasting havoc they wreak on our society at its most basic and intimate level—the family.  In The Quiet Damage, celebrated reporter Jesselyn Cook paints a harrowing portrait of the vulnerabilities that have left so many of us susceptible to outrageous falsehoods promising order, purpose, and control. Braided throughout are the stories of five American families: an elderly couple whose fifty-year romance takes a heartbreaking turn; millennial sisters of color who grew up in dire poverty—one to become a BLM activist, the other, a hardcore conspiracy theorist pulling her little boy down the rabbit hole with her; a Bay Area hippie-type and her business-executive fiancé, who must decide whether to stay with her as she turns into a stranger before his eyes; evangelical parents whose simple life in a sleepy suburb spirals into delusion-fueled chaos; and a rural mother-son duo who, after carrying each other through unspeakable tragedy, stop speaking at all as ludicrous untruths shatter a bond long thought unbreakable. Charting the arc of each believer’s path from their first intersection with conspiracy theories to the depths of their cultish conviction, to—in some cases—their rejection of disinformation and the mending of fractured relationships, Cook offers a rare, intimate look into the psychology of how and why ordinary people come to believe the unbelievable. Profound, brilliantly researched, and beautifully written, The Quiet Damage lays bare how we have been taken hostage by grifters peddling lies built on false hope—and how we might release our loved ones, and ourselves, from their grasp. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Quiet Damage: QAnon and the Destruction of the American Family Author: Jesselyn Cook Narrator: Jesselyn Cook Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The “gripping” (The Atlantic) story of five families shattered by pernicious, pervasive conspiracy theories, and how we might set ourselves free from a crisis that could haunt American life for generations. “Excellent . . . This is the intimate side of the cold civil war America has been stuck in for nearly a decade.”—Michelle Goldberg, The New York Times “SHED MY DNA”: three excruciating words uttered by a QAnon-obsessed mother, once a highly respected lawyer, to her only son, once the closest person in her life. QAnon beliefs and adjacent conspiracy theories have had devastating political consequences as they’ve exploded in popularity. What’s often overlooked is the lasting havoc they wreak on our society at its most basic and intimate level—the family.  In The Quiet Damage, celebrated reporter Jesselyn Cook paints a harrowing portrait of the vulnerabilities that have left so many of us susceptible to outrageous falsehoods promising order, purpose, and control. Braided throughout are the stories of five American families: an elderly couple whose fifty-year romance takes a heartbreaking turn; millennial sisters of color who grew up in dire poverty—one to become a BLM activist, the other, a hardcore conspiracy theorist pulling her little boy down the rabbit hole with her; a Bay Area hippie-type and her business-executive fiancé, who must decide whether to stay with her as she turns into a stranger before his eyes; evangelical parents whose simple life in a sleepy suburb spirals into delusion-fueled chaos; and a rural mother-son duo who, after carrying each other through unspeakable tragedy, stop speaking at all as ludicrous untruths shatter a bond long thought unbreakable. Charting the arc of each believer’s path from their first intersection with conspiracy theories to the depths of their cultish conviction, to—in some cases—their rejection of disinformation and the mending of fractured relationships, Cook offers a rare, intimate look into the psychology of how and why ordinary people come to believe the unbelievable. Profound, brilliantly researched, and beautifully written, The Quiet Damage lays bare how we have been taken hostage by grifters peddling lies built on false hope—and how we might release our loved ones, and ourselves, from their grasp. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715836 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Breadline: Hunger and Hope in the Twenty-First Century Author: Jean-Martin Bauer Narrator: Jean-Martin Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS' CHOICE • A humanitarian leader with more than two decades of experience working for the United Nations takes aim at the global food crisis—revealing how hunger anywhere affects lives everywhere and what steps we can take to change course. 'This book should be required reading for the entire human race.' —Jonathan Safran Foer, author of We Are the Weather At the turn of the twenty-first century, more than 150 countries pledged to eradicate hunger by 2030. But with only a few years left, we’re far from reaching that goal. Instead, hunger is on the rise—America itself recently experienced levels of food insecurity not seen since the Great Depression. How could the richest nation in the world have so many people going hungry? In The New Breadline, aid worker and activist Jean-Martin Bauer unravels this paradox. Bauer’s family fled to America during the terrors of the Duvalier dictatorship in Haiti. Now on the brink of mass starvation, Haiti and its grim history inspired Bauer to make food justice his life's work. During his long career with the UN, Bauer learned firsthand that the problem of hunger is always political—and like all political conditions, hunger, he knew, was something we could work to change. Drawing from his fieldwork in the most hunger-prone countries across the globe—from Haiti, where elites hoard imported French cheese, to Madagascar, where foreign corporations are snatching up valuable land from local farmers, to right here in America, where the lines at food banks continue to grow—Bauer weaves profound personal insight with a keen understanding of the structural systems of racism, classism, and sexism that thwart true progress in the battle against hunger. The New Breadline is an inspiring call to action to end what he persuasively argues is one of the greatest threats to our society, boldly envisioning a world where we can always feed ourselves and one another. Jean-Martin Bauer Tue, 25 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715836 thebookvoice.com 7:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Breadline: Hunger and Hope in the Twenty-First Century Author: Jean-Martin Bauer Narrator: Jean-Martin Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS' CHOICE • A humanitarian leader with more than two decades of experience working for the United Nations takes aim at the global food crisis—revealing how hunger anywhere affects lives everywhere and what steps we can take to change course. 'This book should be required reading for the entire human race.' —Jonathan Safran Foer, author of We Are the Weather At the turn of the twenty-first century, more than 150 countries pledged to eradicate hunger by 2030. But with only a few years left, we’re far from reaching that goal. Instead, hunger is on the rise—America itself recently experienced levels of food insecurity not seen since the Great Depression. How could the richest nation in the world have so many people going hungry? In The New Breadline, aid worker and activist Jean-Martin Bauer unravels this paradox. Bauer’s family fled to America during the terrors of the Duvalier dictatorship in Haiti. Now on the brink of mass starvation, Haiti and its grim history inspired Bauer to make food justice his life's work. During his long career with the UN, Bauer learned firsthand that the problem of hunger is always political—and like all political conditions, hunger, he knew, was something we could work to change. Drawing from his fieldwork in the most hunger-prone countries across the globe—from Haiti, where elites hoard imported French cheese, to Madagascar, where foreign corporations are snatching up valuable land from local farmers, to right here in America, where the lines at food banks continue to grow—Bauer weaves profound personal insight with a keen understanding of the structural systems of racism, classism, and sexism that thwart true progress in the battle against hunger. The New Breadline is an inspiring call to action to end what he persuasively argues is one of the greatest threats to our society, boldly envisioning a world where we can always feed ourselves and one another. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715836]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Breadline: Hunger and Hope in the Twenty-First Century Author: Jean-Martin Bauer Narrator: Jean-Martin Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW EDITORS' CHOICE • A humanitarian leader with more than two decades of experience working for the United Nations takes aim at the global food crisis—revealing how hunger anywhere affects lives everywhere and what steps we can take to change course. 'This book should be required reading for the entire human race.' —Jonathan Safran Foer, author of We Are the Weather At the turn of the twenty-first century, more than 150 countries pledged to eradicate hunger by 2030. But with only a few years left, we’re far from reaching that goal. Instead, hunger is on the rise—America itself recently experienced levels of food insecurity not seen since the Great Depression. How could the richest nation in the world have so many people going hungry? In The New Breadline, aid worker and activist Jean-Martin Bauer unravels this paradox. Bauer’s family fled to America during the terrors of the Duvalier dictatorship in Haiti. Now on the brink of mass starvation, Haiti and its grim history inspired Bauer to make food justice his life's work. During his long career with the UN, Bauer learned firsthand that the problem of hunger is always political—and like all political conditions, hunger, he knew, was something we could work to change. Drawing from his fieldwork in the most hunger-prone countries across the globe—from Haiti, where elites hoard imported French cheese, to Madagascar, where foreign corporations are snatching up valuable land from local farmers, to right here in America, where the lines at food banks continue to grow—Bauer weaves profound personal insight with a keen understanding of the structural systems of racism, classism, and sexism that thwart true progress in the battle against hunger. The New Breadline is an inspiring call to action to end what he persuasively argues is one of the greatest threats to our society, boldly envisioning a world where we can always feed ourselves and one another. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715833 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undue Burden: Life and Death Decisions in Post-Roe America Author: Shefali Luthra Narrator: Shefali Luthra, Suehyla El-Attar Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: KIRKUS PRIZE FINALIST • A TIME BEST BOOK OF 2024 • An urgent investigation into the experience of seeking an abortion after the fall of Roe v. Wade, and the life-threatening consequences of being denied reproductive freedom • “Indispensable… Whatever your gender, race, religious background or political preferences, Luthra’s Undue Burden should be on your required reading list.”—San Francisco Chronicle On June 24, 2022, Roe v. Wade was overturned, and the impact was immediate: by 2024, abortion was virtually unavailable or significantly restricted in 21 states. In Undue Burden, reporter Shefali Luthra traces the unforgettable stories of patients faced with one of the most personal decisions of their lives. Outside of Houston, there’s a 16-year-old girl who becomes pregnant well before she intends to. A 21-year-old mother barely making ends meet has to travel hundreds of miles in secret for medical treatment in another state. A 42-year-old woman with a life-threatening condition wants nothing more than to safely carry her pregnancy to term, but her home state’s abortion ban fails to provide her with the options she needs to make an informed decision. And a 19-year-old trans man struggles to access care in Florida as abortion bans radiate across the American South. Before Dobbs, it was a common misconception that abortion restrictions affected only people in certain states but left one's own life untouched. Since the fall of Roe, a domino effect has cascaded across the entire country. As the landscape of abortion rights continues to shift, the experiences of these patients—who crossed state lines to seek life-saving care, who risked everything in pursuit of their own bodily autonomy, and who were unable to plan their reproductive future in the way they deserved—illustrate how fragile the system is, and how devastating the consequences can be.  A revelatory portrait of inequality in America, Undue Burden examines abortion not as a footnote or a political pawn, but as a basic human right, something worthy of our collective attention and with immense power to transform our lives, families, and futures. Shefali Luthra Tue, 21 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715833 thebookvoice.com 12:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undue Burden: Life and Death Decisions in Post-Roe America Author: Shefali Luthra Narrator: Shefali Luthra, Suehyla El-Attar Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: KIRKUS PRIZE FINALIST • A TIME BEST BOOK OF 2024 • An urgent investigation into the experience of seeking an abortion after the fall of Roe v. Wade, and the life-threatening consequences of being denied reproductive freedom • “Indispensable… Whatever your gender, race, religious background or political preferences, Luthra’s Undue Burden should be on your required reading list.”—San Francisco Chronicle On June 24, 2022, Roe v. Wade was overturned, and the impact was immediate: by 2024, abortion was virtually unavailable or significantly restricted in 21 states. In Undue Burden, reporter Shefali Luthra traces the unforgettable stories of patients faced with one of the most personal decisions of their lives. Outside of Houston, there’s a 16-year-old girl who becomes pregnant well before she intends to. A 21-year-old mother barely making ends meet has to travel hundreds of miles in secret for medical treatment in another state. A 42-year-old woman with a life-threatening condition wants nothing more than to safely carry her pregnancy to term, but her home state’s abortion ban fails to provide her with the options she needs to make an informed decision. And a 19-year-old trans man struggles to access care in Florida as abortion bans radiate across the American South. Before Dobbs, it was a common misconception that abortion restrictions affected only people in certain states but left one's own life untouched. Since the fall of Roe, a domino effect has cascaded across the entire country. As the landscape of abortion rights continues to shift, the experiences of these patients—who crossed state lines to seek life-saving care, who risked everything in pursuit of their own bodily autonomy, and who were unable to plan their reproductive future in the way they deserved—illustrate how fragile the system is, and how devastating the consequences can be.  A revelatory portrait of inequality in America, Undue Burden examines abortion not as a footnote or a political pawn, but as a basic human right, something worthy of our collective attention and with immense power to transform our lives, families, and futures. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715833]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Undue Burden: Life and Death Decisions in Post-Roe America Author: Shefali Luthra Narrator: Shefali Luthra, Suehyla El-Attar Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: KIRKUS PRIZE FINALIST • A TIME BEST BOOK OF 2024 • An urgent investigation into the experience of seeking an abortion after the fall of Roe v. Wade, and the life-threatening consequences of being denied reproductive freedom • “Indispensable… Whatever your gender, race, religious background or political preferences, Luthra’s Undue Burden should be on your required reading list.”—San Francisco Chronicle On June 24, 2022, Roe v. Wade was overturned, and the impact was immediate: by 2024, abortion was virtually unavailable or significantly restricted in 21 states. In Undue Burden, reporter Shefali Luthra traces the unforgettable stories of patients faced with one of the most personal decisions of their lives. Outside of Houston, there’s a 16-year-old girl who becomes pregnant well before she intends to. A 21-year-old mother barely making ends meet has to travel hundreds of miles in secret for medical treatment in another state. A 42-year-old woman with a life-threatening condition wants nothing more than to safely carry her pregnancy to term, but her home state’s abortion ban fails to provide her with the options she needs to make an informed decision. And a 19-year-old trans man struggles to access care in Florida as abortion bans radiate across the American South. Before Dobbs, it was a common misconception that abortion restrictions affected only people in certain states but left one's own life untouched. Since the fall of Roe, a domino effect has cascaded across the entire country. As the landscape of abortion rights continues to shift, the experiences of these patients—who crossed state lines to seek life-saving care, who risked everything in pursuit of their own bodily autonomy, and who were unable to plan their reproductive future in the way they deserved—illustrate how fragile the system is, and how devastating the consequences can be.  A revelatory portrait of inequality in America, Undue Burden examines abortion not as a footnote or a political pawn, but as a basic human right, something worthy of our collective attention and with immense power to transform our lives, families, and futures. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715817 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Thread of Gold: A Celebration of Black Womanhood Author: Catherine Joy White Narrator: Catherine Joy White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Beautiful… A gift to ourselves and to the world.”— Mikki Kendall, New York Times bestselling author of Hood Feminism From gender adviser to the UN Catherine Joy White comes This Thread of Gold, a lyrical celebration of the history of Black women who challenged stereotypes through film, politics, activism, and beyond. This immersive and empowering read blends history, reporting, and personal stories to weave a gorgeous tapestry from the resilience of Black women. As White writes, “Black women are not victims. Black women are alchemists, spinning gold from a life of hardship. . . . This book is dedicated solely to Black women surviving, thriving, and glowing.”   White’s book features revolutionary women from across time and space, liberating them from reductive stereotypes like “the strong Black woman,” and allowing space for emotional nuance, individual motivation, and richness of expression. White offers fresh insights into the work of Beyoncé and Nina Simone, Shirley Chisholm and Meghan Markle, as well as the work of those who resisted in secret—in kitchens, in churches, and through trusted networks. By weaving these women together, White reveals new ways to understand Black womanhood and she is sure to inspire new generations of readers. Catherine Joy White Tue, 11 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715817 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Thread of Gold: A Celebration of Black Womanhood Author: Catherine Joy White Narrator: Catherine Joy White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Beautiful… A gift to ourselves and to the world.”— Mikki Kendall, New York Times bestselling author of Hood Feminism From gender adviser to the UN Catherine Joy White comes This Thread of Gold, a lyrical celebration of the history of Black women who challenged stereotypes through film, politics, activism, and beyond. This immersive and empowering read blends history, reporting, and personal stories to weave a gorgeous tapestry from the resilience of Black women. As White writes, “Black women are not victims. Black women are alchemists, spinning gold from a life of hardship. . . . This book is dedicated solely to Black women surviving, thriving, and glowing.”   White’s book features revolutionary women from across time and space, liberating them from reductive stereotypes like “the strong Black woman,” and allowing space for emotional nuance, individual motivation, and richness of expression. White offers fresh insights into the work of Beyoncé and Nina Simone, Shirley Chisholm and Meghan Markle, as well as the work of those who resisted in secret—in kitchens, in churches, and through trusted networks. By weaving these women together, White reveals new ways to understand Black womanhood and she is sure to inspire new generations of readers. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715817]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Thread of Gold: A Celebration of Black Womanhood Author: Catherine Joy White Narrator: Catherine Joy White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Beautiful… A gift to ourselves and to the world.”— Mikki Kendall, New York Times bestselling author of Hood Feminism From gender adviser to the UN Catherine Joy White comes This Thread of Gold, a lyrical celebration of the history of Black women who challenged stereotypes through film, politics, activism, and beyond. This immersive and empowering read blends history, reporting, and personal stories to weave a gorgeous tapestry from the resilience of Black women. As White writes, “Black women are not victims. Black women are alchemists, spinning gold from a life of hardship. . . . This book is dedicated solely to Black women surviving, thriving, and glowing.”   White’s book features revolutionary women from across time and space, liberating them from reductive stereotypes like “the strong Black woman,” and allowing space for emotional nuance, individual motivation, and richness of expression. White offers fresh insights into the work of Beyoncé and Nina Simone, Shirley Chisholm and Meghan Markle, as well as the work of those who resisted in secret—in kitchens, in churches, and through trusted networks. By weaving these women together, White reveals new ways to understand Black womanhood and she is sure to inspire new generations of readers. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715804 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding It Together: How Women Became America's Safety Net Author: Jessica Calarco Narrator: Jessica Calarco, Karen Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Other countries have social safety nets. The U.S. has women. Holding It Together chronicles the causes and dire consequences. America runs on women—women who are tasked with holding society together at the seams and fixing it when things fall apart. In this tour de force, acclaimed Sociologist Jessica Calarco lays bare the devastating consequences of our status quo.   Holding It Together draws on five years of research in which Calarco surveyed over 4000 parents and conducted more than 400 hours of interviews with women who bear the brunt of our broken system. A widowed single mother struggles to patch together meager public benefits while working three jobs; an aunt is pushed into caring for her niece and nephew at age fifteen once their family is shattered by the opioid epidemic; a daughter becomes the backstop caregiver for her mother, her husband, and her child because of the perceived flexibility of her job; a well-to-do couple grapples with the moral dilemma of leaning on overworked, underpaid childcare providers to achieve their egalitarian ideals. Stories of grief and guilt abound. Yet, they are more than individual tragedies.   Tracing present-day policies back to their roots, Calarco reveals a systematic agreement to dismantle our country’s social safety net and persuade citizens to accept precarity while women bear the brunt. She leads us to see women's labor as the reason we've gone so long without the support systems that our peer nations take for granted, and how women’s work maintains the illusion that we don't need a net.   Weaving eye-opening original research with revelatory sociological narrative, Holding It Together is a bold call to demand the institutional change that each of us deserves, and a warning about the perils of living without it. Jessica Calarco Tue, 04 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715804 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding It Together: How Women Became America's Safety Net Author: Jessica Calarco Narrator: Jessica Calarco, Karen Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Other countries have social safety nets. The U.S. has women. Holding It Together chronicles the causes and dire consequences. America runs on women—women who are tasked with holding society together at the seams and fixing it when things fall apart. In this tour de force, acclaimed Sociologist Jessica Calarco lays bare the devastating consequences of our status quo.   Holding It Together draws on five years of research in which Calarco surveyed over 4000 parents and conducted more than 400 hours of interviews with women who bear the brunt of our broken system. A widowed single mother struggles to patch together meager public benefits while working three jobs; an aunt is pushed into caring for her niece and nephew at age fifteen once their family is shattered by the opioid epidemic; a daughter becomes the backstop caregiver for her mother, her husband, and her child because of the perceived flexibility of her job; a well-to-do couple grapples with the moral dilemma of leaning on overworked, underpaid childcare providers to achieve their egalitarian ideals. Stories of grief and guilt abound. Yet, they are more than individual tragedies.   Tracing present-day policies back to their roots, Calarco reveals a systematic agreement to dismantle our country’s social safety net and persuade citizens to accept precarity while women bear the brunt. She leads us to see women's labor as the reason we've gone so long without the support systems that our peer nations take for granted, and how women’s work maintains the illusion that we don't need a net.   Weaving eye-opening original research with revelatory sociological narrative, Holding It Together is a bold call to demand the institutional change that each of us deserves, and a warning about the perils of living without it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715804]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding It Together: How Women Became America's Safety Net Author: Jessica Calarco Narrator: Jessica Calarco, Karen Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Other countries have social safety nets. The U.S. has women. Holding It Together chronicles the causes and dire consequences. America runs on women—women who are tasked with holding society together at the seams and fixing it when things fall apart. In this tour de force, acclaimed Sociologist Jessica Calarco lays bare the devastating consequences of our status quo.   Holding It Together draws on five years of research in which Calarco surveyed over 4000 parents and conducted more than 400 hours of interviews with women who bear the brunt of our broken system. A widowed single mother struggles to patch together meager public benefits while working three jobs; an aunt is pushed into caring for her niece and nephew at age fifteen once their family is shattered by the opioid epidemic; a daughter becomes the backstop caregiver for her mother, her husband, and her child because of the perceived flexibility of her job; a well-to-do couple grapples with the moral dilemma of leaning on overworked, underpaid childcare providers to achieve their egalitarian ideals. Stories of grief and guilt abound. Yet, they are more than individual tragedies.   Tracing present-day policies back to their roots, Calarco reveals a systematic agreement to dismantle our country’s social safety net and persuade citizens to accept precarity while women bear the brunt. She leads us to see women's labor as the reason we've gone so long without the support systems that our peer nations take for granted, and how women’s work maintains the illusion that we don't need a net.   Weaving eye-opening original research with revelatory sociological narrative, Holding It Together is a bold call to demand the institutional change that each of us deserves, and a warning about the perils of living without it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715778 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Solito: Una memoria Author: Javier Zamora Narrator: Javier Zamora Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 5, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «En esta conmovedora autobiografía que no podrás soltar, un joven poeta relata la inolvidable historia de su desgarradora migración hacia Estados Unidos desde El Salvador a los nueve años, considerada 'el viaje mítico de nuestra era'.» —Sandra Cisneros Viaje. Mis padres empezaron a usar esa palabra hace más o menos un año: “un día vas a hacer un viaje para estar con nosotros. Como una aventura”. La aventura de Javier es una travesía de tres mil millas desde su pequeño pueblo en El Salvador, a través de Guatemala y México, hacia la frontera de Estados Unidos. Dejará atrás a sus queridos abuelos y su tía para reunirse con una madre que se fue cuatro años atrás y con un padre al que prácticamente no recuerda. Al viajar solo, a excepción de un grupo de extraños y un coyote contratado para guiarlos a salvo, Javier debía tardar solo dos semanas en llegar. A los nueve años, todo lo que Javier puede imaginar es correr a los brazos de sus padres, acurrucarse en la cama entre ellos y vivir bajo el mismo techo otra vez. No puede prever los peligrosos trayectos en bote, las interminables caminatas por el desierto, las armas apuntándole, los arrestos y los engaños que le esperan. Tampoco sabe que esas dos semanas se alargarán hasta dos meses y le cambiarán la vida, junto a un grupo de extraños que acabará por cobijarlo como una familia improvisada. Una autobiografía tan apasionante como emotiva, Solito no solo nos ofrece un recuento íntimo e inmediato de un viaje sinuoso y casi imposible, sino la milagrosa bondad y el amor que se entrega en los momentos más inesperados. Solito es la historia de Javier, pero es también la historia de millones más que no tuvieron otra opción más que irse de casa. La crítica ha dicho: «He esperado décadas para unas memorias como las de Solito». Sandra Cisneros «Es imposible que este libro no te arrastre y te transforme». Los Angeles Times «Solito es tanto una obra de sanación personal como una demanda implícita a los países, incluido Estados Unidos, para que aborden las dificultades y el peligro que la inmigración supuso para Zamora y los riesgos que sigue entrañando para muchas otras personas». The New York Times «Un trabajo bellamente forjado que convierte la experiencia de la migración en una narración vívida e inmediatamente accesible». Kirkus Reviews «Un emotivo retrato del poder de la conexión humana. Una historia enormemente conmovedora». Publishers Weekly «Unas memorias fascinantes. Solito es especial por muchas razones, pero la principal es la voz de Zamora y la energía con la que vívidamente relata de nuevo su viaje. Una lectura muy necesaria». Gabino Iglesias, NPR «Un logro monumental». Oprah «Una obra indispensable y bellísima». The New York Times Book Review «Un clásico inmediato. Javier Zamora ha elevado la historia de chico migrante a cimas literarias». Jose Antonio Vargas «Lo que Javier Zamora ha conseguido con Solito parece miraculoso. Esa perfecta recuperación de la voz, la consciencia y las emociones del niño de nueve años que Zamora fue». Francisco Goldman «La magia de este libro no solo yace en la cautivadora voz del joven Javier, el desgarrador viaje y la inmensa valentía de los inmigrantes, o la construcción del viaje del héroe. Es difícil aceptar que este libro no siempre ha estado con nosotros. ¿Cómo puede ser que algo tan esencial y fundamental para la historia norteamericana no forme parte aún de nuestro canon?». San Francisco Chronicle «Solito es una revelación». Daniel Alarcón Javier Zamora Thu, 05 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715778 thebookvoice.com 17:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Solito: Una memoria Author: Javier Zamora Narrator: Javier Zamora Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 5, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «En esta conmovedora autobiografía que no podrás soltar, un joven poeta relata la inolvidable historia de su desgarradora migración hacia Estados Unidos desde El Salvador a los nueve años, considerada 'el viaje mítico de nuestra era'.» —Sandra Cisneros Viaje. Mis padres empezaron a usar esa palabra hace más o menos un año: “un día vas a hacer un viaje para estar con nosotros. Como una aventura”. La aventura de Javier es una travesía de tres mil millas desde su pequeño pueblo en El Salvador, a través de Guatemala y México, hacia la frontera de Estados Unidos. Dejará atrás a sus queridos abuelos y su tía para reunirse con una madre que se fue cuatro años atrás y con un padre al que prácticamente no recuerda. Al viajar solo, a excepción de un grupo de extraños y un coyote contratado para guiarlos a salvo, Javier debía tardar solo dos semanas en llegar. A los nueve años, todo lo que Javier puede imaginar es correr a los brazos de sus padres, acurrucarse en la cama entre ellos y vivir bajo el mismo techo otra vez. No puede prever los peligrosos trayectos en bote, las interminables caminatas por el desierto, las armas apuntándole, los arrestos y los engaños que le esperan. Tampoco sabe que esas dos semanas se alargarán hasta dos meses y le cambiarán la vida, junto a un grupo de extraños que acabará por cobijarlo como una familia improvisada. Una autobiografía tan apasionante como emotiva, Solito no solo nos ofrece un recuento íntimo e inmediato de un viaje sinuoso y casi imposible, sino la milagrosa bondad y el amor que se entrega en los momentos más inesperados. Solito es la historia de Javier, pero es también la historia de millones más que no tuvieron otra opción más que irse de casa. La crítica ha dicho: «He esperado décadas para unas memorias como las de Solito». Sandra Cisneros «Es imposible que este libro no te arrastre y te transforme». Los Angeles Times «Solito es tanto una obra de sanación personal como una demanda implícita a los países, incluido Estados Unidos, para que aborden las dificultades y el peligro que la inmigración supuso para Zamora y los riesgos que sigue entrañando para muchas otras personas». The New York Times «Un trabajo bellamente forjado que convierte la experiencia de la migración en una narración vívida e inmediatamente accesible». Kirkus Reviews «Un emotivo retrato del poder de la conexión humana. Una historia enormemente conmovedora». Publishers Weekly «Unas memorias fascinantes. Solito es especial por muchas razones, pero la principal es la voz de Zamora y la energía con la que vívidamente relata de nuevo su viaje. Una lectura muy necesaria». Gabino Iglesias, NPR «Un logro monumental». Oprah «Una obra indispensable y bellísima». The New York Times Book Review «Un clásico inmediato. Javier Zamora ha elevado la historia de chico migrante a cimas literarias». Jose Antonio Vargas «Lo que Javier Zamora ha conseguido con Solito parece miraculoso. Esa perfecta recuperación de la voz, la consciencia y las emociones del niño de nueve años que Zamora fue». Francisco Goldman «La magia de este libro no solo yace en la cautivadora voz del joven Javier, el desgarrador viaje y la inmensa valentía de los inmigrantes, o la construcción del viaje del héroe. Es difícil aceptar que este libro no siempre ha estado con nosotros. ¿Cómo puede ser que algo tan esencial y fundamental para la historia norteamericana no forme parte aún de nuestro canon?». San Francisco Chronicle «Solito es una revelación». Daniel Alarcón Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715778]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Solito: Una memoria Author: Javier Zamora Narrator: Javier Zamora Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 5, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: «En esta conmovedora autobiografía que no podrás soltar, un joven poeta relata la inolvidable historia de su desgarradora migración hacia Estados Unidos desde El Salvador a los nueve años, considerada 'el viaje mítico de nuestra era'.» —Sandra Cisneros Viaje. Mis padres empezaron a usar esa palabra hace más o menos un año: “un día vas a hacer un viaje para estar con nosotros. Como una aventura”. La aventura de Javier es una travesía de tres mil millas desde su pequeño pueblo en El Salvador, a través de Guatemala y México, hacia la frontera de Estados Unidos. Dejará atrás a sus queridos abuelos y su tía para reunirse con una madre que se fue cuatro años atrás y con un padre al que prácticamente no recuerda. Al viajar solo, a excepción de un grupo de extraños y un coyote contratado para guiarlos a salvo, Javier debía tardar solo dos semanas en llegar. A los nueve años, todo lo que Javier puede imaginar es correr a los brazos de sus padres, acurrucarse en la cama entre ellos y vivir bajo el mismo techo otra vez. No puede prever los peligrosos trayectos en bote, las interminables caminatas por el desierto, las armas apuntándole, los arrestos y los engaños que le esperan. Tampoco sabe que esas dos semanas se alargarán hasta dos meses y le cambiarán la vida, junto a un grupo de extraños que acabará por cobijarlo como una familia improvisada. Una autobiografía tan apasionante como emotiva, Solito no solo nos ofrece un recuento íntimo e inmediato de un viaje sinuoso y casi imposible, sino la milagrosa bondad y el amor que se entrega en los momentos más inesperados. Solito es la historia de Javier, pero es también la historia de millones más que no tuvieron otra opción más que irse de casa. La crítica ha dicho: «He esperado décadas para unas memorias como las de Solito». Sandra Cisneros «Es imposible que este libro no te arrastre y te transforme». Los Angeles Times «Solito es tanto una obra de sanación personal como una demanda implícita a los países, incluido Estados Unidos, para que aborden las dificultades y el peligro que la inmigración supuso para Zamora y los riesgos que sigue entrañando para muchas otras personas». The New York Times «Un trabajo bellamente forjado que convierte la experiencia de la migración en una narración vívida e inmediatamente accesible». Kirkus Reviews «Un emotivo retrato del poder de la conexión humana. Una historia enormemente conmovedora». Publishers Weekly «Unas memorias fascinantes. Solito es especial por muchas razones, pero la principal es la voz de Zamora y la energía con la que vívidamente relata de nuevo su viaje. Una lectura muy necesaria». Gabino Iglesias, NPR «Un logro monumental». Oprah «Una obra indispensable y bellísima». The New York Times Book Review «Un clásico inmediato. Javier Zamora ha elevado la historia de chico migrante a cimas literarias». Jose Antonio Vargas «Lo que Javier Zamora ha conseguido con Solito parece miraculoso. Esa perfecta recuperación de la voz, la consciencia y las emociones del niño de nueve años que Zamora fue». Francisco Goldman «La magia de este libro no solo yace en la cautivadora voz del joven Javier, el desgarrador viaje y la inmensa valentía de los inmigrantes, o la construcción del viaje del héroe. Es difícil aceptar que este libro no siempre ha estado con nosotros. ¿Cómo puede ser que algo tan esencial y fundamental para la historia norteamericana no forme parte aún de nuestro canon?». San Francisco Chronicle «Solito es una revelación». Daniel Alarcón https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715760 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angry Cripples. Stimmen behinderter Menschen gegen Ableismus [Ungekürzt] Author: Alina Buschmann, Luisa L'audace Narrator: Alina Buschmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Angry Cripples' werden behinderte Menschen abfällig genannt, denen vorgeworfen wird, aufgrund ihrer Behinderung verbittert zu sein. Dieses Hörbuch fordert den Begriff zurück und besetzt ihn neu. Es kommen ausschließlich behinderte Menschen zu Wort - und viele von ihnen sind wütend darüber, wie die Gesellschaft mit ihnen umgeht. Zu Recht. Hier verschaffen sie sich Gehör, um eine inklusive Gesellschaft mitzuprägen. Sie schreiben unter anderem über Pränataldiagnostik, selbstbestimmte Sexualität, Sichtbarkeit und Social Media. Die Beiträge bilden die große Vielfalt behinderter Lebensrealität in unserer Gesellschaft ab: Es gibt fiktive Texte, wissenschaftliche Beiträge, Zeichnungen, Interviews und Brandreden. Ein beispielloses Projekt, das den hohen Wert der Selbstbestimmung zeigt und Lust macht auf eine wirklich inklusive Gesellschaft. Mit Beiträgen von: Kübra Sekin, Luk Bornhak, Natalie Dedreux, Tanja Kollodzieyski, Nadine Rokstein, Senami Hotse, Amie Savage, Irina Angerer, Jasmin Dickerson, Janina Nagel, Lisa-Marie Lehner, Lela Finkbeiner, Chris Kiermeier, Lukas Krämer, Alina Buschmann, Luisa L'Audace. 'Angry Cripples' ist eine Empowerment-Plattform von behinderten Menschen für behinderte Menschen, die von den Herausgeberinnen ins Leben gerufen wurde. Die gleichnamige Anthologie wurde kuratiert, geschrieben und illustriert von behinderten Menschen. Das radikale, progressive und machtkritische Hörbuch wird von einer der Herausgeberinnen selbst gesprochen. Alina Buschmann, Luisa L'audace Mon, 25 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715760 thebookvoice.com 4:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angry Cripples. Stimmen behinderter Menschen gegen Ableismus [Ungekürzt] Author: Alina Buschmann, Luisa L'audace Narrator: Alina Buschmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Angry Cripples' werden behinderte Menschen abfällig genannt, denen vorgeworfen wird, aufgrund ihrer Behinderung verbittert zu sein. Dieses Hörbuch fordert den Begriff zurück und besetzt ihn neu. Es kommen ausschließlich behinderte Menschen zu Wort - und viele von ihnen sind wütend darüber, wie die Gesellschaft mit ihnen umgeht. Zu Recht. Hier verschaffen sie sich Gehör, um eine inklusive Gesellschaft mitzuprägen. Sie schreiben unter anderem über Pränataldiagnostik, selbstbestimmte Sexualität, Sichtbarkeit und Social Media. Die Beiträge bilden die große Vielfalt behinderter Lebensrealität in unserer Gesellschaft ab: Es gibt fiktive Texte, wissenschaftliche Beiträge, Zeichnungen, Interviews und Brandreden. Ein beispielloses Projekt, das den hohen Wert der Selbstbestimmung zeigt und Lust macht auf eine wirklich inklusive Gesellschaft. Mit Beiträgen von: Kübra Sekin, Luk Bornhak, Natalie Dedreux, Tanja Kollodzieyski, Nadine Rokstein, Senami Hotse, Amie Savage, Irina Angerer, Jasmin Dickerson, Janina Nagel, Lisa-Marie Lehner, Lela Finkbeiner, Chris Kiermeier, Lukas Krämer, Alina Buschmann, Luisa L'Audace. 'Angry Cripples' ist eine Empowerment-Plattform von behinderten Menschen für behinderte Menschen, die von den Herausgeberinnen ins Leben gerufen wurde. Die gleichnamige Anthologie wurde kuratiert, geschrieben und illustriert von behinderten Menschen. Das radikale, progressive und machtkritische Hörbuch wird von einer der Herausgeberinnen selbst gesprochen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Angry Cripples. Stimmen behinderter Menschen gegen Ableismus [Ungekürzt] Author: Alina Buschmann, Luisa L'audace Narrator: Alina Buschmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Angry Cripples' werden behinderte Menschen abfällig genannt, denen vorgeworfen wird, aufgrund ihrer Behinderung verbittert zu sein. Dieses Hörbuch fordert den Begriff zurück und besetzt ihn neu. Es kommen ausschließlich behinderte Menschen zu Wort - und viele von ihnen sind wütend darüber, wie die Gesellschaft mit ihnen umgeht. Zu Recht. Hier verschaffen sie sich Gehör, um eine inklusive Gesellschaft mitzuprägen. Sie schreiben unter anderem über Pränataldiagnostik, selbstbestimmte Sexualität, Sichtbarkeit und Social Media. Die Beiträge bilden die große Vielfalt behinderter Lebensrealität in unserer Gesellschaft ab: Es gibt fiktive Texte, wissenschaftliche Beiträge, Zeichnungen, Interviews und Brandreden. Ein beispielloses Projekt, das den hohen Wert der Selbstbestimmung zeigt und Lust macht auf eine wirklich inklusive Gesellschaft. Mit Beiträgen von: Kübra Sekin, Luk Bornhak, Natalie Dedreux, Tanja Kollodzieyski, Nadine Rokstein, Senami Hotse, Amie Savage, Irina Angerer, Jasmin Dickerson, Janina Nagel, Lisa-Marie Lehner, Lela Finkbeiner, Chris Kiermeier, Lukas Krämer, Alina Buschmann, Luisa L'Audace. 'Angry Cripples' ist eine Empowerment-Plattform von behinderten Menschen für behinderte Menschen, die von den Herausgeberinnen ins Leben gerufen wurde. Die gleichnamige Anthologie wurde kuratiert, geschrieben und illustriert von behinderten Menschen. Das radikale, progressive und machtkritische Hörbuch wird von einer der Herausgeberinnen selbst gesprochen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715582 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715582]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Have Antiracist Conversations: Embracing Our Full Humanity to Challenge White Supremacy Author: Roxy Manning PhD Narrator: Roxy Manning Phd, Carolyn Michelle Smith, Stacy Gonzalez, Traci Odom, Deepa Samuel, Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Utilizing Dr. Martin Luther King's Beloved Community framework, activists will be empowered to create change and equity through fierce yet compassionate dialogue against racism and systematic white supremacy. Can a person be both fierce and compassionate at once? Directly challenge racist speech or actions without seeking to humiliate the other person? Interrupt hateful or habitual forms of discrimination in new ways that foster deeper change? Dr. Roxy Manning believes it's possible-and you can learn how. In this book, Dr. Manning provides a new way to conceive of antiracist conversations, along with the practical tools and frameworks that make them possible. Her work is grounded in the idea of Beloved Community, as articulated by Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., as a goal to aspire to and even experience now, in the present, when we refuse to give up on the possibility of human connection within ourselves, with potential allies, and with those whose words and actions create harm. This book fuels courage and provides tools to confront everyday forms of racism. It walks the reader through an effective, efficient model of dialogue that utilizes concepts of nonviolent communication and helps normalize talking about racism instead of treating it like a 'third rail,' strictly avoided or touched at one's peril. Readers will - Be empowered to identify what kind of antiracist conversation they want to have-for example, do they only want to be heard, or do they want to negotiate a change in policy? - Learn how to engage in antiracist conversations whether they are the Actor (person who says or does something racist), the Receiver (the target of racism), or the Bystander. - Learn how to notice the underlying needs and values that motivate all human actions and how those values can open up pathways to transformation. Examples of antiracist conversations highlight different ways to initiate dialogue, raise awareness, speak one's truth, and make clear, doable requests or demands for change. Drawing on her experience as a clinical psychologist, a nonviolent communication practitioner, and an Afro-Caribbean immigrant, Dr. Manning provides a model of antiracist dialogue with practical applications for individuals and organizations. Roxy Manning PhD Tue, 29 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715582 thebookvoice.com 6:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715582]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Have Antiracist Conversations: Embracing Our Full Humanity to Challenge White Supremacy Author: Roxy Manning PhD Narrator: Roxy Manning Phd, Carolyn Michelle Smith, Stacy Gonzalez, Traci Odom, Deepa Samuel, Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Utilizing Dr. Martin Luther King's Beloved Community framework, activists will be empowered to create change and equity through fierce yet compassionate dialogue against racism and systematic white supremacy. Can a person be both fierce and compassionate at once? Directly challenge racist speech or actions without seeking to humiliate the other person? Interrupt hateful or habitual forms of discrimination in new ways that foster deeper change? Dr. Roxy Manning believes it's possible-and you can learn how. In this book, Dr. Manning provides a new way to conceive of antiracist conversations, along with the practical tools and frameworks that make them possible. Her work is grounded in the idea of Beloved Community, as articulated by Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., as a goal to aspire to and even experience now, in the present, when we refuse to give up on the possibility of human connection within ourselves, with potential allies, and with those whose words and actions create harm. This book fuels courage and provides tools to confront everyday forms of racism. It walks the reader through an effective, efficient model of dialogue that utilizes concepts of nonviolent communication and helps normalize talking about racism instead of treating it like a 'third rail,' strictly avoided or touched at one's peril. Readers will - Be empowered to identify what kind of antiracist conversation they want to have-for example, do they only want to be heard, or do they want to negotiate a change in policy? - Learn how to engage in antiracist conversations whether they are the Actor (person who says or does something racist), the Receiver (the target of racism), or the Bystander. - Learn how to notice the underlying needs and values that motivate all human actions and how those values can open up pathways to transformation. Examples of antiracist conversations highlight different ways to initiate dialogue, raise awareness, speak one's truth, and make clear, doable requests or demands for change. Drawing on her experience as a clinical psychologist, a nonviolent communication practitioner, and an Afro-Caribbean immigrant, Dr. Manning provides a model of antiracist dialogue with practical applications for individuals and organizations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715582]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Have Antiracist Conversations: Embracing Our Full Humanity to Challenge White Supremacy Author: Roxy Manning PhD Narrator: Roxy Manning Phd, Carolyn Michelle Smith, Stacy Gonzalez, Traci Odom, Deepa Samuel, Cary Hite Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Utilizing Dr. Martin Luther King's Beloved Community framework, activists will be empowered to create change and equity through fierce yet compassionate dialogue against racism and systematic white supremacy. Can a person be both fierce and compassionate at once? Directly challenge racist speech or actions without seeking to humiliate the other person? Interrupt hateful or habitual forms of discrimination in new ways that foster deeper change? Dr. Roxy Manning believes it's possible-and you can learn how. In this book, Dr. Manning provides a new way to conceive of antiracist conversations, along with the practical tools and frameworks that make them possible. Her work is grounded in the idea of Beloved Community, as articulated by Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., as a goal to aspire to and even experience now, in the present, when we refuse to give up on the possibility of human connection within ourselves, with potential allies, and with those whose words and actions create harm. This book fuels courage and provides tools to confront everyday forms of racism. It walks the reader through an effective, efficient model of dialogue that utilizes concepts of nonviolent communication and helps normalize talking about racism instead of treating it like a 'third rail,' strictly avoided or touched at one's peril. Readers will - Be empowered to identify what kind of antiracist conversation they want to have-for example, do they only want to be heard, or do they want to negotiate a change in policy? - Learn how to engage in antiracist conversations whether they are the Actor (person who says or does something racist), the Receiver (the target of racism), or the Bystander. - Learn how to notice the underlying needs and values that motivate all human actions and how those values can open up pathways to transformation. Examples of antiracist conversations highlight different ways to initiate dialogue, raise awareness, speak one's truth, and make clear, doable requests or demands for change. Drawing on her experience as a clinical psychologist, a nonviolent communication practitioner, and an Afro-Caribbean immigrant, Dr. Manning provides a model of antiracist dialogue with practical applications for individuals and organizations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715472 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Walnut Tree: Women, Violence and the Law – A Hidden History Author: Kate Morgan Narrator: Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 29, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Waterstones Best History Book 2024 'Compulsively readable' – Times Literary Supplement 'An outstanding work' – Philippa Gregory 'A powerful narrative told with frankness and sensitivity' Helen Fry, historian and author of Women In Intelligence 'A woman, a dog and a walnut tree, the more they are beaten, the better they’ll be.' So went the proverb quoted by a prominent MP in the Houses of Parliament in 1853. His words – intended ironically in a debate about a rise in attacks on women – summed up the prevailing attitude of the day, in which violence against women was waved away as a part and parcel of modern living – a chilling seam of misogyny that had polluted both parliament and the law. But were things about to change? In this vivid and essential work of historical non-fiction, Kate Morgan explores the legal campaigns, test cases and individual injustices of the Victorian and Edwardian eras which fundamentally re-shaped the status of women under British law. These are seen through the untold stories of women whose cases became cornerstones of our modern legal system and shine a light on the historical inequalities of the law. We hear of the uniquely abusive marriage which culminated in the dramatic story of the ‘Clitheroe wife abduction’; of the domestic tragedies which changed the law on domestic violence; the controversies surrounding the Contagious Diseases Act and the women who campaigned to abolish it; and the real courtroom stories behind notorious murder cases such as the ‘Camden Town Murder’. Exploring the 19th- and early 20th Century legal history that influenced the modern-day stances on issues such as domestic abuse, sexual violence and divorce, The Walnut Treelifts the lid on the shocking history of women under British law – and what it means for women today. Kate Morgan Thu, 29 Feb 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715472 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Walnut Tree: Women, Violence and the Law – A Hidden History Author: Kate Morgan Narrator: Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 29, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Waterstones Best History Book 2024 'Compulsively readable' – Times Literary Supplement 'An outstanding work' – Philippa Gregory 'A powerful narrative told with frankness and sensitivity' Helen Fry, historian and author of Women In Intelligence 'A woman, a dog and a walnut tree, the more they are beaten, the better they’ll be.' So went the proverb quoted by a prominent MP in the Houses of Parliament in 1853. His words – intended ironically in a debate about a rise in attacks on women – summed up the prevailing attitude of the day, in which violence against women was waved away as a part and parcel of modern living – a chilling seam of misogyny that had polluted both parliament and the law. But were things about to change? In this vivid and essential work of historical non-fiction, Kate Morgan explores the legal campaigns, test cases and individual injustices of the Victorian and Edwardian eras which fundamentally re-shaped the status of women under British law. These are seen through the untold stories of women whose cases became cornerstones of our modern legal system and shine a light on the historical inequalities of the law. We hear of the uniquely abusive marriage which culminated in the dramatic story of the ‘Clitheroe wife abduction’; of the domestic tragedies which changed the law on domestic violence; the controversies surrounding the Contagious Diseases Act and the women who campaigned to abolish it; and the real courtroom stories behind notorious murder cases such as the ‘Camden Town Murder’. Exploring the 19th- and early 20th Century legal history that influenced the modern-day stances on issues such as domestic abuse, sexual violence and divorce, The Walnut Treelifts the lid on the shocking history of women under British law – and what it means for women today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715472]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Walnut Tree: Women, Violence and the Law – A Hidden History Author: Kate Morgan Narrator: Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: February 29, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Waterstones Best History Book 2024 'Compulsively readable' – Times Literary Supplement 'An outstanding work' – Philippa Gregory 'A powerful narrative told with frankness and sensitivity' Helen Fry, historian and author of Women In Intelligence 'A woman, a dog and a walnut tree, the more they are beaten, the better they’ll be.' So went the proverb quoted by a prominent MP in the Houses of Parliament in 1853. His words – intended ironically in a debate about a rise in attacks on women – summed up the prevailing attitude of the day, in which violence against women was waved away as a part and parcel of modern living – a chilling seam of misogyny that had polluted both parliament and the law. But were things about to change? In this vivid and essential work of historical non-fiction, Kate Morgan explores the legal campaigns, test cases and individual injustices of the Victorian and Edwardian eras which fundamentally re-shaped the status of women under British law. These are seen through the untold stories of women whose cases became cornerstones of our modern legal system and shine a light on the historical inequalities of the law. We hear of the uniquely abusive marriage which culminated in the dramatic story of the ‘Clitheroe wife abduction’; of the domestic tragedies which changed the law on domestic violence; the controversies surrounding the Contagious Diseases Act and the women who campaigned to abolish it; and the real courtroom stories behind notorious murder cases such as the ‘Camden Town Murder’. Exploring the 19th- and early 20th Century legal history that influenced the modern-day stances on issues such as domestic abuse, sexual violence and divorce, The Walnut Treelifts the lid on the shocking history of women under British law – and what it means for women today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715269 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cats: Keepers of the Spirit World Author: John A. Rush Narrator: Kevin Moriarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Examines spiritual and occult beliefs connected to cats from Mayan, Aztec, and Native American mythology as well as from ancient India, Samaria, Babylon, Japan, and Egypt • Looks at spiritual behaviors attributed to cats as well as modern biological research into cat behavior and their highly sophisticated sensory systems • Reveals the similarities between cat and human emotions and the deep connection between cats and meditation We have been connected to cats for more than 30 million years. To our prehistoricancestors cats were deadly predators of the night, and because of this ancient memory etched onto our DNA, cats epitomize our fear of the dark. Yet in addition to their connection to the dark and the shadows, their intelligence, sophisticated physical abilities, and finely tuned senses also led many cultures to view cats as connected to the spirit world. Exploring the spiritual nature of cats, John A. Rush looks at humanity’s fascination and fear of cats through the ages. He examines spiritual and occult beliefs connected to cats from Mayan, Aztec, and Native American mythology as well as from ancient India, Samaria, Babylon, Japan, and Egypt, including how ancient Egyptians used cats to send messages to the gods. He reveals why the Catholic Church demonized cats and how cats are symbols of both Good and Evil. Examining cat evolution, the author looks at spiritual behaviors attributed to cats as well as modern biological research into cat behavior and their highly sophisticated sensory systems, which, unlike most other animals, have changed very little over millions of years. He explores their “psychic” ability to sense what humans cannot and the origins of their glowing eyes, which has connected cats, through myth, to both the Underworld and the World of Light. He also explores similarities between cat and human emotions, cat communications with us, and the deep connection between cats and meditation. Revealing the spiritual journey of the cat from fearsome predator to occult symbol to household companion, the author shows how, in many ways, cats are mirrors of us, reflecting our conflicting dual nature that is at once loving yet distant, magical yet vengeful, and, above all, deeply connected to the spirit world. John A. Rush Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715269 thebookvoice.com 6:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cats: Keepers of the Spirit World Author: John A. Rush Narrator: Kevin Moriarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Examines spiritual and occult beliefs connected to cats from Mayan, Aztec, and Native American mythology as well as from ancient India, Samaria, Babylon, Japan, and Egypt • Looks at spiritual behaviors attributed to cats as well as modern biological research into cat behavior and their highly sophisticated sensory systems • Reveals the similarities between cat and human emotions and the deep connection between cats and meditation We have been connected to cats for more than 30 million years. To our prehistoricancestors cats were deadly predators of the night, and because of this ancient memory etched onto our DNA, cats epitomize our fear of the dark. Yet in addition to their connection to the dark and the shadows, their intelligence, sophisticated physical abilities, and finely tuned senses also led many cultures to view cats as connected to the spirit world. Exploring the spiritual nature of cats, John A. Rush looks at humanity’s fascination and fear of cats through the ages. He examines spiritual and occult beliefs connected to cats from Mayan, Aztec, and Native American mythology as well as from ancient India, Samaria, Babylon, Japan, and Egypt, including how ancient Egyptians used cats to send messages to the gods. He reveals why the Catholic Church demonized cats and how cats are symbols of both Good and Evil. Examining cat evolution, the author looks at spiritual behaviors attributed to cats as well as modern biological research into cat behavior and their highly sophisticated sensory systems, which, unlike most other animals, have changed very little over millions of years. He explores their “psychic” ability to sense what humans cannot and the origins of their glowing eyes, which has connected cats, through myth, to both the Underworld and the World of Light. He also explores similarities between cat and human emotions, cat communications with us, and the deep connection between cats and meditation. Revealing the spiritual journey of the cat from fearsome predator to occult symbol to household companion, the author shows how, in many ways, cats are mirrors of us, reflecting our conflicting dual nature that is at once loving yet distant, magical yet vengeful, and, above all, deeply connected to the spirit world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715269]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cats: Keepers of the Spirit World Author: John A. Rush Narrator: Kevin Moriarty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Examines spiritual and occult beliefs connected to cats from Mayan, Aztec, and Native American mythology as well as from ancient India, Samaria, Babylon, Japan, and Egypt • Looks at spiritual behaviors attributed to cats as well as modern biological research into cat behavior and their highly sophisticated sensory systems • Reveals the similarities between cat and human emotions and the deep connection between cats and meditation We have been connected to cats for more than 30 million years. To our prehistoricancestors cats were deadly predators of the night, and because of this ancient memory etched onto our DNA, cats epitomize our fear of the dark. Yet in addition to their connection to the dark and the shadows, their intelligence, sophisticated physical abilities, and finely tuned senses also led many cultures to view cats as connected to the spirit world. Exploring the spiritual nature of cats, John A. Rush looks at humanity’s fascination and fear of cats through the ages. He examines spiritual and occult beliefs connected to cats from Mayan, Aztec, and Native American mythology as well as from ancient India, Samaria, Babylon, Japan, and Egypt, including how ancient Egyptians used cats to send messages to the gods. He reveals why the Catholic Church demonized cats and how cats are symbols of both Good and Evil. Examining cat evolution, the author looks at spiritual behaviors attributed to cats as well as modern biological research into cat behavior and their highly sophisticated sensory systems, which, unlike most other animals, have changed very little over millions of years. He explores their “psychic” ability to sense what humans cannot and the origins of their glowing eyes, which has connected cats, through myth, to both the Underworld and the World of Light. He also explores similarities between cat and human emotions, cat communications with us, and the deep connection between cats and meditation. Revealing the spiritual journey of the cat from fearsome predator to occult symbol to household companion, the author shows how, in many ways, cats are mirrors of us, reflecting our conflicting dual nature that is at once loving yet distant, magical yet vengeful, and, above all, deeply connected to the spirit world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715267 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715267]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Veneration Rites of Curanderismo: Invoking the Sacred Energy of Our Ancestors Author: Erika Buenaflor Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Shares traditional veneration rites and practices to connect with your ancestors, including limpia rites, trance journeys, energy work, and sacred gardening • Explores ancestral altar-making practices, sacred tools for altars, and how to invite your ancestors to take an active role in intervening on your behalf • Describes the deification process of esteemed ancestors and how this opens access to special powers for those sharing that ancestor’s lineage Exploring the diverse and dynamic ancestral veneration rites of the ancient Mesoamericans as well as those practiced in contemporary curanderismo, Erika Buenaflor shows how we can draw from these traditions to reconnect with our ancestors, deepen our healing journeys, and shape our lives. She explains how ancestors contain sacred energy that can continue in their direct physical heirs, be reborn in the landscape at sacred sites, or manifest in other beings that inhabit the same lands. She describes the deification process for esteemed ancestors and how this opens access to special powers for those sharing that ancestor’s lineage. Buenaflor examines the ancient sacred offerings and ceremonies used to ensure ancestral aid, guidance, and intervention as well as the ancestors’ well-being and comfort in the afterlife. Bringing the knowledge into the present day, she shares numerous veneration rites and healing practices to strengthen your bonds with your ancestors, including limpia rites, ritual craft-making, trance journeys, shamanic breathwork, energy work with past and present lives, sacred gardening, and ancestral altar-making. She introduces you to Nepantla spirituality, the path of reclaiming sacred liminal space, and shows how you can heal your ancestral lineage and reclaim your esteemed ancestors, those who anchor you with a feeling of belonging to something greater, divine, and beautiful. Whether you are able to create a long and detailed family tree or have no knowledge of your grandparents or even parents, this book offers many ways to connect with your spiritual forebearers, heal your lineage, and receive spiritual aid as you reclaim your ancestors and welcome them into your life. Erika Buenaflor Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715267 thebookvoice.com 7:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715267]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Veneration Rites of Curanderismo: Invoking the Sacred Energy of Our Ancestors Author: Erika Buenaflor Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Shares traditional veneration rites and practices to connect with your ancestors, including limpia rites, trance journeys, energy work, and sacred gardening • Explores ancestral altar-making practices, sacred tools for altars, and how to invite your ancestors to take an active role in intervening on your behalf • Describes the deification process of esteemed ancestors and how this opens access to special powers for those sharing that ancestor’s lineage Exploring the diverse and dynamic ancestral veneration rites of the ancient Mesoamericans as well as those practiced in contemporary curanderismo, Erika Buenaflor shows how we can draw from these traditions to reconnect with our ancestors, deepen our healing journeys, and shape our lives. She explains how ancestors contain sacred energy that can continue in their direct physical heirs, be reborn in the landscape at sacred sites, or manifest in other beings that inhabit the same lands. She describes the deification process for esteemed ancestors and how this opens access to special powers for those sharing that ancestor’s lineage. Buenaflor examines the ancient sacred offerings and ceremonies used to ensure ancestral aid, guidance, and intervention as well as the ancestors’ well-being and comfort in the afterlife. Bringing the knowledge into the present day, she shares numerous veneration rites and healing practices to strengthen your bonds with your ancestors, including limpia rites, ritual craft-making, trance journeys, shamanic breathwork, energy work with past and present lives, sacred gardening, and ancestral altar-making. She introduces you to Nepantla spirituality, the path of reclaiming sacred liminal space, and shows how you can heal your ancestral lineage and reclaim your esteemed ancestors, those who anchor you with a feeling of belonging to something greater, divine, and beautiful. Whether you are able to create a long and detailed family tree or have no knowledge of your grandparents or even parents, this book offers many ways to connect with your spiritual forebearers, heal your lineage, and receive spiritual aid as you reclaim your ancestors and welcome them into your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715267]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Veneration Rites of Curanderismo: Invoking the Sacred Energy of Our Ancestors Author: Erika Buenaflor Narrator: Robin Douglas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 14 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: • Shares traditional veneration rites and practices to connect with your ancestors, including limpia rites, trance journeys, energy work, and sacred gardening • Explores ancestral altar-making practices, sacred tools for altars, and how to invite your ancestors to take an active role in intervening on your behalf • Describes the deification process of esteemed ancestors and how this opens access to special powers for those sharing that ancestor’s lineage Exploring the diverse and dynamic ancestral veneration rites of the ancient Mesoamericans as well as those practiced in contemporary curanderismo, Erika Buenaflor shows how we can draw from these traditions to reconnect with our ancestors, deepen our healing journeys, and shape our lives. She explains how ancestors contain sacred energy that can continue in their direct physical heirs, be reborn in the landscape at sacred sites, or manifest in other beings that inhabit the same lands. She describes the deification process for esteemed ancestors and how this opens access to special powers for those sharing that ancestor’s lineage. Buenaflor examines the ancient sacred offerings and ceremonies used to ensure ancestral aid, guidance, and intervention as well as the ancestors’ well-being and comfort in the afterlife. Bringing the knowledge into the present day, she shares numerous veneration rites and healing practices to strengthen your bonds with your ancestors, including limpia rites, ritual craft-making, trance journeys, shamanic breathwork, energy work with past and present lives, sacred gardening, and ancestral altar-making. She introduces you to Nepantla spirituality, the path of reclaiming sacred liminal space, and shows how you can heal your ancestral lineage and reclaim your esteemed ancestors, those who anchor you with a feeling of belonging to something greater, divine, and beautiful. Whether you are able to create a long and detailed family tree or have no knowledge of your grandparents or even parents, this book offers many ways to connect with your spiritual forebearers, heal your lineage, and receive spiritual aid as you reclaim your ancestors and welcome them into your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715199 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Difficult Men: Behind the Scenes of a Creative Revolution Author: Brett Martin Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: March 19, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A riveting and revealing look at the shows that helped cable television drama emerge as the signature art form of the twenty-first century. In the late 1990s and early 2000s, the landscape of television began an unprecedented transformation. While the networks continued to chase the lowest common denominator, a wave of new shows, first on premium cable channels like HBO and then basic cable networks like FX and AMC, dramatically stretched television’s narrative inventiveness, emotional resonance, and artistic ambition. No longer necessarily concerned with creating always-likable characters, plots that wrapped up neatly every episode, or subjects that were deemed safe and appropriate, shows such as The Wire, The Sopranos, Mad Men, Deadwood, The Shield, and more tackled issues of life and death, love and sexuality, addiction, race, violence, and existential boredom. Just as the Big Novel had in the 1960s and the subversive films of New Hollywood had in 1970s, television shows became the place to go to see stories of the triumph and betrayals of the American Dream at the beginning of the twenty-first century. This revolution happened at the hands of a new breed of auteur: the all-powerful writer-show runner. These were men nearly as complicated, idiosyncratic, and “difficult” as the conflicted protagonists that defined the genre. Given the chance to make art in a maligned medium, they fell upon the opportunity with unchecked ambition. Combining deep reportage with cultural analysis and historical context, Brett Martin recounts the rise and inner workings of a genre that represents not only a new golden age for TV but also a cultural watershed. Difficult Men features extensive interviews with all the major players, including David Chase (The Sopranos), David Simon and Ed Burns (The Wire), Matthew Weiner and Jon Hamm (Mad Men), David Milch (NYPD Blue, Deadwood), and Alan Ball (Six Feet Under), in addition to dozens of other writers, directors, studio executives, actors, production assistants, makeup artists, script supervisors, and so on. Martin takes us behind the scenes of our favorite shows, delivering never-before-heard story after story and revealing how cable TV has distinguished itself dramatically from the networks, emerging from the shadow of film to become a truly significant and influential part of our culture. Brett Martin Tue, 19 Mar 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715199 thebookvoice.com 12:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Difficult Men: Behind the Scenes of a Creative Revolution Author: Brett Martin Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: March 19, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A riveting and revealing look at the shows that helped cable television drama emerge as the signature art form of the twenty-first century. In the late 1990s and early 2000s, the landscape of television began an unprecedented transformation. While the networks continued to chase the lowest common denominator, a wave of new shows, first on premium cable channels like HBO and then basic cable networks like FX and AMC, dramatically stretched television’s narrative inventiveness, emotional resonance, and artistic ambition. No longer necessarily concerned with creating always-likable characters, plots that wrapped up neatly every episode, or subjects that were deemed safe and appropriate, shows such as The Wire, The Sopranos, Mad Men, Deadwood, The Shield, and more tackled issues of life and death, love and sexuality, addiction, race, violence, and existential boredom. Just as the Big Novel had in the 1960s and the subversive films of New Hollywood had in 1970s, television shows became the place to go to see stories of the triumph and betrayals of the American Dream at the beginning of the twenty-first century. This revolution happened at the hands of a new breed of auteur: the all-powerful writer-show runner. These were men nearly as complicated, idiosyncratic, and “difficult” as the conflicted protagonists that defined the genre. Given the chance to make art in a maligned medium, they fell upon the opportunity with unchecked ambition. Combining deep reportage with cultural analysis and historical context, Brett Martin recounts the rise and inner workings of a genre that represents not only a new golden age for TV but also a cultural watershed. Difficult Men features extensive interviews with all the major players, including David Chase (The Sopranos), David Simon and Ed Burns (The Wire), Matthew Weiner and Jon Hamm (Mad Men), David Milch (NYPD Blue, Deadwood), and Alan Ball (Six Feet Under), in addition to dozens of other writers, directors, studio executives, actors, production assistants, makeup artists, script supervisors, and so on. Martin takes us behind the scenes of our favorite shows, delivering never-before-heard story after story and revealing how cable TV has distinguished itself dramatically from the networks, emerging from the shadow of film to become a truly significant and influential part of our culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Difficult Men: Behind the Scenes of a Creative Revolution Author: Brett Martin Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 1 minute Release date: March 19, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A riveting and revealing look at the shows that helped cable television drama emerge as the signature art form of the twenty-first century. In the late 1990s and early 2000s, the landscape of television began an unprecedented transformation. While the networks continued to chase the lowest common denominator, a wave of new shows, first on premium cable channels like HBO and then basic cable networks like FX and AMC, dramatically stretched television’s narrative inventiveness, emotional resonance, and artistic ambition. No longer necessarily concerned with creating always-likable characters, plots that wrapped up neatly every episode, or subjects that were deemed safe and appropriate, shows such as The Wire, The Sopranos, Mad Men, Deadwood, The Shield, and more tackled issues of life and death, love and sexuality, addiction, race, violence, and existential boredom. Just as the Big Novel had in the 1960s and the subversive films of New Hollywood had in 1970s, television shows became the place to go to see stories of the triumph and betrayals of the American Dream at the beginning of the twenty-first century. This revolution happened at the hands of a new breed of auteur: the all-powerful writer-show runner. These were men nearly as complicated, idiosyncratic, and “difficult” as the conflicted protagonists that defined the genre. Given the chance to make art in a maligned medium, they fell upon the opportunity with unchecked ambition. Combining deep reportage with cultural analysis and historical context, Brett Martin recounts the rise and inner workings of a genre that represents not only a new golden age for TV but also a cultural watershed. Difficult Men features extensive interviews with all the major players, including David Chase (The Sopranos), David Simon and Ed Burns (The Wire), Matthew Weiner and Jon Hamm (Mad Men), David Milch (NYPD Blue, Deadwood), and Alan Ball (Six Feet Under), in addition to dozens of other writers, directors, studio executives, actors, production assistants, makeup artists, script supervisors, and so on. Martin takes us behind the scenes of our favorite shows, delivering never-before-heard story after story and revealing how cable TV has distinguished itself dramatically from the networks, emerging from the shadow of film to become a truly significant and influential part of our culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715195 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ñamérica Author: Martín Caparrós Narrator: Javier Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Prix Roger Caillois 2023* *Premio Ortega y Gasset de Periodismo a la Trayectoria profesional 2023* La crónica definitiva de un territorio inacabable: Hispanoamérica. Hay una región del mundo donde veinte países y más de 400 millones de personas comparten una lengua, una historia, una cultura, preocupaciones y esperanzas. La conocemos mal; conocemos sobre todo sus mitos, sus reflejos, sus lugares comunes; la pensamos tal como era en otros tiempos. Esta región se llama o se podría llamar Ñamérica –y este libro quiere contarla y entenderla tal como es ahora. Martín Caparrós lleva muchos años recorriéndola y la ha mirado por todos sus costados: desde sus grandes ciudades hasta sus pequeños pueblos, de su reguetón a sus economías, de su violencia a sus comidas, de sus gobiernos a su fútbol, de su desigualdad a sus insurrecciones, de sus migrantes a sus libros, de sus mujeres desafiantes a sus políticos corruptos, de sus nuevos ricos a sus siempre pobres, de su historia a sus futuros tan diversos. Con todo eso, Ñamérica arma un fresco que nos muestra que Ñamérica no es lo que creíamos. Libro mestizo, cruza de palabras, Ñamérica es, como antes El Hambre, una crónica que piensa, un ensayo que cuenta, un gran relato montado con ese estilo que define a su autor como uno de los narradores decisivos de la lengua. La crítica ha dicho... «Ñamérica da título a su nueva obra, una profunda y colosal revisión sobre qué es la América Latina que comparte lengua, cultura, historia y problemas, y en la que se funde todo su repertorio literario.» David Barreira, El Español «El conjunto es el resultado de un esfuerzo superheroico por contar y pensar de nuevo —y con nuevas ideas— medio continente.» Jorge Carrión, La Vanguardia «Un manjar intelectual y narrativo. Incómodo, visionario…», Melba Escobar, El Tiempo (Bogotá) «El autor argentino despliega en Ñamérica el retrato coral de un continente marcado por los tópicos literarios, el maniqueísmo histórico y la desigualdad económica.» Andrea Aguilar, Babelia, El País «Martín Caparrós lo ha vuelto a hacer. En Ñamérica entrecruza crónica periodística, ensayo, poesía… Y sale lo que se parece mucho a un hito literario sobre América Latina y sus circunstancias.» Edu Galán, Zenda «Un ensayo abrumador y fascinante que persigue glosar un continente y a sus 420 millones de habitantes.» Daniel Arjona, El Confidencial «El mejor cronista actual de América Latina: un soberbio entrevistador, un viajero dotado de cultura enciclopédica y de una fina ironía.» Roberto Herrscher, La Vanguardia «Caparrós es colosal en esos terrenos resbaladizos donde las cosas dejan de encajar en los moldes correctos.» Leila Guerriero, Babelia Sobre El Hambre se dijo: «El no-lector de El Hambre se está privando de un conocimiento esencial. Daría una mano por haberlo escrito.» Juan José Millás «El Hambre de Martín Caparrós es mucho más que un ensayo, mucho más que una novela. Caparrós utiliza la literatura para acompañarnos a un infierno hecho de una realidad a la que a menudo se le presta solo una atención.» Roberto Saviano Martín Caparrós Thu, 19 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715195 thebookvoice.com 30:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ñamérica Author: Martín Caparrós Narrator: Javier Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Prix Roger Caillois 2023* *Premio Ortega y Gasset de Periodismo a la Trayectoria profesional 2023* La crónica definitiva de un territorio inacabable: Hispanoamérica. Hay una región del mundo donde veinte países y más de 400 millones de personas comparten una lengua, una historia, una cultura, preocupaciones y esperanzas. La conocemos mal; conocemos sobre todo sus mitos, sus reflejos, sus lugares comunes; la pensamos tal como era en otros tiempos. Esta región se llama o se podría llamar Ñamérica –y este libro quiere contarla y entenderla tal como es ahora. Martín Caparrós lleva muchos años recorriéndola y la ha mirado por todos sus costados: desde sus grandes ciudades hasta sus pequeños pueblos, de su reguetón a sus economías, de su violencia a sus comidas, de sus gobiernos a su fútbol, de su desigualdad a sus insurrecciones, de sus migrantes a sus libros, de sus mujeres desafiantes a sus políticos corruptos, de sus nuevos ricos a sus siempre pobres, de su historia a sus futuros tan diversos. Con todo eso, Ñamérica arma un fresco que nos muestra que Ñamérica no es lo que creíamos. Libro mestizo, cruza de palabras, Ñamérica es, como antes El Hambre, una crónica que piensa, un ensayo que cuenta, un gran relato montado con ese estilo que define a su autor como uno de los narradores decisivos de la lengua. La crítica ha dicho... «Ñamérica da título a su nueva obra, una profunda y colosal revisión sobre qué es la América Latina que comparte lengua, cultura, historia y problemas, y en la que se funde todo su repertorio literario.» David Barreira, El Español «El conjunto es el resultado de un esfuerzo superheroico por contar y pensar de nuevo —y con nuevas ideas— medio continente.» Jorge Carrión, La Vanguardia «Un manjar intelectual y narrativo. Incómodo, visionario…», Melba Escobar, El Tiempo (Bogotá) «El autor argentino despliega en Ñamérica el retrato coral de un continente marcado por los tópicos literarios, el maniqueísmo histórico y la desigualdad económica.» Andrea Aguilar, Babelia, El País «Martín Caparrós lo ha vuelto a hacer. En Ñamérica entrecruza crónica periodística, ensayo, poesía… Y sale lo que se parece mucho a un hito literario sobre América Latina y sus circunstancias.» Edu Galán, Zenda «Un ensayo abrumador y fascinante que persigue glosar un continente y a sus 420 millones de habitantes.» Daniel Arjona, El Confidencial «El mejor cronista actual de América Latina: un soberbio entrevistador, un viajero dotado de cultura enciclopédica y de una fina ironía.» Roberto Herrscher, La Vanguardia «Caparrós es colosal en esos terrenos resbaladizos donde las cosas dejan de encajar en los moldes correctos.» Leila Guerriero, Babelia Sobre El Hambre se dijo: «El no-lector de El Hambre se está privando de un conocimiento esencial. Daría una mano por haberlo escrito.» Juan José Millás «El Hambre de Martín Caparrós es mucho más que un ensayo, mucho más que una novela. Caparrós utiliza la literatura para acompañarnos a un infierno hecho de una realidad a la que a menudo se le presta solo una atención.» Roberto Saviano Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/715195]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Ñamérica Author: Martín Caparrós Narrator: Javier Gómez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 30 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: *Prix Roger Caillois 2023* *Premio Ortega y Gasset de Periodismo a la Trayectoria profesional 2023* La crónica definitiva de un territorio inacabable: Hispanoamérica. Hay una región del mundo donde veinte países y más de 400 millones de personas comparten una lengua, una historia, una cultura, preocupaciones y esperanzas. La conocemos mal; conocemos sobre todo sus mitos, sus reflejos, sus lugares comunes; la pensamos tal como era en otros tiempos. Esta región se llama o se podría llamar Ñamérica –y este libro quiere contarla y entenderla tal como es ahora. Martín Caparrós lleva muchos años recorriéndola y la ha mirado por todos sus costados: desde sus grandes ciudades hasta sus pequeños pueblos, de su reguetón a sus economías, de su violencia a sus comidas, de sus gobiernos a su fútbol, de su desigualdad a sus insurrecciones, de sus migrantes a sus libros, de sus mujeres desafiantes a sus políticos corruptos, de sus nuevos ricos a sus siempre pobres, de su historia a sus futuros tan diversos. Con todo eso, Ñamérica arma un fresco que nos muestra que Ñamérica no es lo que creíamos. Libro mestizo, cruza de palabras, Ñamérica es, como antes El Hambre, una crónica que piensa, un ensayo que cuenta, un gran relato montado con ese estilo que define a su autor como uno de los narradores decisivos de la lengua. La crítica ha dicho... «Ñamérica da título a su nueva obra, una profunda y colosal revisión sobre qué es la América Latina que comparte lengua, cultura, historia y problemas, y en la que se funde todo su repertorio literario.» David Barreira, El Español «El conjunto es el resultado de un esfuerzo superheroico por contar y pensar de nuevo —y con nuevas ideas— medio continente.» Jorge Carrión, La Vanguardia «Un manjar intelectual y narrativo. Incómodo, visionario…», Melba Escobar, El Tiempo (Bogotá) «El autor argentino despliega en Ñamérica el retrato coral de un continente marcado por los tópicos literarios, el maniqueísmo histórico y la desigualdad económica.» Andrea Aguilar, Babelia, El País «Martín Caparrós lo ha vuelto a hacer. En Ñamérica entrecruza crónica periodística, ensayo, poesía… Y sale lo que se parece mucho a un hito literario sobre América Latina y sus circunstancias.» Edu Galán, Zenda «Un ensayo abrumador y fascinante que persigue glosar un continente y a sus 420 millones de habitantes.» Daniel Arjona, El Confidencial «El mejor cronista actual de América Latina: un soberbio entrevistador, un viajero dotado de cultura enciclopédica y de una fina ironía.» Roberto Herrscher, La Vanguardia «Caparrós es colosal en esos terrenos resbaladizos donde las cosas dejan de encajar en los moldes correctos.» Leila Guerriero, Babelia Sobre El Hambre se dijo: «El no-lector de El Hambre se está privando de un conocimiento esencial. Daría una mano por haberlo escrito.» Juan José Millás «El Hambre de Martín Caparrós es mucho más que un ensayo, mucho más que una novela. Caparrós utiliza la literatura para acompañarnos a un infierno hecho de una realidad a la que a menudo se le presta solo una atención.» Roberto Saviano https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714923 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killers Caught: True Stories of Extraordinary Murder Hunts Author: Emily G. Thompson Narrator: Avena Mansergh-Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 5, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: They thought they had got away with murder. They were wrong. Discover the vital clues, the crucial evidence, the lucky breaks, the chases, the painstaking detective work, and the unlikely heroes that led to the capture of some of the world's most notorious murderers and serial killers, such as 'The Good Nurse' poisoner Charles Cullen, finally detected by a young colleague; 'Night Stalker' Richard Ramirez, spotted by a 13-year-old boy; ' Son of Sam', unmasked by a parking ticket; John Wayne Gacy, connected to his final victim by a stray receipt; and, Rodney Alcala, spotted on a TV game show... Killers Caught reveals the remarkable circumstances leading to the downfall of these deadly individuals, as well as the stories of how many more of crime's most notorious and prolific murderers were finally brought to justice. Emily G. Thompson is a true crime author and freelance writer from Northern Ireland. She has her own website and award-winning podcast, Morbidology. The weekly true crime show takes a look at cases from all across the globe and highlights systemic failures in various systems. It recently won 'Best International Podcast' at the iHeartRadio awards. She is the author of Unsolved Child Murders: Eighteen American Cases, 1956-1998, of Mysteries Uncovered: True Stories of the Paranormal and Unexplained, and the co-author of DK's Unsolved Murders: True Crime Cases Uncovered, and DK's Cults Uncovered: True Stories of Mind Control and Murder. © 2023 Emily G. Thompson © 2023 DK Audio Emily G. Thompson Thu, 05 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714923 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killers Caught: True Stories of Extraordinary Murder Hunts Author: Emily G. Thompson Narrator: Avena Mansergh-Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 5, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: They thought they had got away with murder. They were wrong. Discover the vital clues, the crucial evidence, the lucky breaks, the chases, the painstaking detective work, and the unlikely heroes that led to the capture of some of the world's most notorious murderers and serial killers, such as 'The Good Nurse' poisoner Charles Cullen, finally detected by a young colleague; 'Night Stalker' Richard Ramirez, spotted by a 13-year-old boy; ' Son of Sam', unmasked by a parking ticket; John Wayne Gacy, connected to his final victim by a stray receipt; and, Rodney Alcala, spotted on a TV game show... Killers Caught reveals the remarkable circumstances leading to the downfall of these deadly individuals, as well as the stories of how many more of crime's most notorious and prolific murderers were finally brought to justice. Emily G. Thompson is a true crime author and freelance writer from Northern Ireland. She has her own website and award-winning podcast, Morbidology. The weekly true crime show takes a look at cases from all across the globe and highlights systemic failures in various systems. It recently won 'Best International Podcast' at the iHeartRadio awards. She is the author of Unsolved Child Murders: Eighteen American Cases, 1956-1998, of Mysteries Uncovered: True Stories of the Paranormal and Unexplained, and the co-author of DK's Unsolved Murders: True Crime Cases Uncovered, and DK's Cults Uncovered: True Stories of Mind Control and Murder. © 2023 Emily G. Thompson © 2023 DK Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killers Caught: True Stories of Extraordinary Murder Hunts Author: Emily G. Thompson Narrator: Avena Mansergh-Wallace Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 5, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: They thought they had got away with murder. They were wrong. Discover the vital clues, the crucial evidence, the lucky breaks, the chases, the painstaking detective work, and the unlikely heroes that led to the capture of some of the world's most notorious murderers and serial killers, such as 'The Good Nurse' poisoner Charles Cullen, finally detected by a young colleague; 'Night Stalker' Richard Ramirez, spotted by a 13-year-old boy; ' Son of Sam', unmasked by a parking ticket; John Wayne Gacy, connected to his final victim by a stray receipt; and, Rodney Alcala, spotted on a TV game show... Killers Caught reveals the remarkable circumstances leading to the downfall of these deadly individuals, as well as the stories of how many more of crime's most notorious and prolific murderers were finally brought to justice. Emily G. Thompson is a true crime author and freelance writer from Northern Ireland. She has her own website and award-winning podcast, Morbidology. The weekly true crime show takes a look at cases from all across the globe and highlights systemic failures in various systems. It recently won 'Best International Podcast' at the iHeartRadio awards. She is the author of Unsolved Child Murders: Eighteen American Cases, 1956-1998, of Mysteries Uncovered: True Stories of the Paranormal and Unexplained, and the co-author of DK's Unsolved Murders: True Crime Cases Uncovered, and DK's Cults Uncovered: True Stories of Mind Control and Murder. © 2023 Emily G. Thompson © 2023 DK Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714445 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Education for Extinction: American Indians and the Boarding School Experience, 1875-1928 Author: David Wallace Adams Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The last 'Indian War' was fought against Native American children in the dormitories and classrooms of government boarding schools. Only by removing Indian children from their homes for extended periods of time, policymakers reasoned, could white 'civilization' take root while childhood memories of 'savagism' gradually faded to the point of extinction. In the words of one official: 'Kill the Indian and save the man.' This fully revised edition of Education for Extinction offers the only comprehensive account of this dispiriting effort, and incorporates the last twenty-five years of scholarship. Much more than a study of federal Indian policy, this book vividly details the day-to-day experiences of Indian youth living in a 'total institution' designed to reconstruct them both psychologically and culturally. Especially poignant is Adams's description of the ways in which students resisted or accommodated themselves to forced assimilation. Many converted to varying degrees, but others plotted escapes, committed arson, and devised ingenious strategies of passive resistance. He reveals the various ways in which graduates struggled to make sense of their lives and selectively drew upon their school experience in negotiating personal and tribal survival in a world increasingly dominated by white men. David Wallace Adams Tue, 23 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714445 thebookvoice.com 18:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Education for Extinction: American Indians and the Boarding School Experience, 1875-1928 Author: David Wallace Adams Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The last 'Indian War' was fought against Native American children in the dormitories and classrooms of government boarding schools. Only by removing Indian children from their homes for extended periods of time, policymakers reasoned, could white 'civilization' take root while childhood memories of 'savagism' gradually faded to the point of extinction. In the words of one official: 'Kill the Indian and save the man.' This fully revised edition of Education for Extinction offers the only comprehensive account of this dispiriting effort, and incorporates the last twenty-five years of scholarship. Much more than a study of federal Indian policy, this book vividly details the day-to-day experiences of Indian youth living in a 'total institution' designed to reconstruct them both psychologically and culturally. Especially poignant is Adams's description of the ways in which students resisted or accommodated themselves to forced assimilation. Many converted to varying degrees, but others plotted escapes, committed arson, and devised ingenious strategies of passive resistance. He reveals the various ways in which graduates struggled to make sense of their lives and selectively drew upon their school experience in negotiating personal and tribal survival in a world increasingly dominated by white men. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Education for Extinction: American Indians and the Boarding School Experience, 1875-1928 Author: David Wallace Adams Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 41 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The last 'Indian War' was fought against Native American children in the dormitories and classrooms of government boarding schools. Only by removing Indian children from their homes for extended periods of time, policymakers reasoned, could white 'civilization' take root while childhood memories of 'savagism' gradually faded to the point of extinction. In the words of one official: 'Kill the Indian and save the man.' This fully revised edition of Education for Extinction offers the only comprehensive account of this dispiriting effort, and incorporates the last twenty-five years of scholarship. Much more than a study of federal Indian policy, this book vividly details the day-to-day experiences of Indian youth living in a 'total institution' designed to reconstruct them both psychologically and culturally. Especially poignant is Adams's description of the ways in which students resisted or accommodated themselves to forced assimilation. Many converted to varying degrees, but others plotted escapes, committed arson, and devised ingenious strategies of passive resistance. He reveals the various ways in which graduates struggled to make sense of their lives and selectively drew upon their school experience in negotiating personal and tribal survival in a world increasingly dominated by white men. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714438 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death in Custody: How America Ignores the Truth and What We Can Do about It Author: Roger A. Mitchell Jr. Md, Jay D. Aronson Phd Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Deaths resulting from interactions with the US criminal legal system are a public health emergency, but the scope of this issue is intentionally ignored by the very systems that are supposed to be tracking these fatalities. In order to make a real difference and address this human rights problem, researchers and policy makers need reliable data. In Death in Custody, Roger A. Mitchell Jr., MD, and Jay D. Aronson, PhD, share the stories of individuals who died in custody and chronicle the efforts of activists and journalists to uncover the true scope of deaths in custody. From Ida B. Wells's enumeration of extrajudicial lynchings more than a century ago to the Washington Post's current effort to count police shootings, the work of journalists and independent groups has always been more reliable than the state's official reports. Mitchell and Aronson outline a practical, achievable system for accurately recording and investigating these deaths. They argue for a straightforward public health solution: adding a simple checkbox to the US Standard Death Certificate that would create an objective way of recording whether a death occurred in custody. These tangible solutions would allow us to see the full scope of the problem and give us the chance to truly address it. Roger A. Mitchell Jr. Md, Jay D. Aronson Phd Tue, 13 Feb 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714438 thebookvoice.com 9:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death in Custody: How America Ignores the Truth and What We Can Do about It Author: Roger A. Mitchell Jr. Md, Jay D. Aronson Phd Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Deaths resulting from interactions with the US criminal legal system are a public health emergency, but the scope of this issue is intentionally ignored by the very systems that are supposed to be tracking these fatalities. In order to make a real difference and address this human rights problem, researchers and policy makers need reliable data. In Death in Custody, Roger A. Mitchell Jr., MD, and Jay D. Aronson, PhD, share the stories of individuals who died in custody and chronicle the efforts of activists and journalists to uncover the true scope of deaths in custody. From Ida B. Wells's enumeration of extrajudicial lynchings more than a century ago to the Washington Post's current effort to count police shootings, the work of journalists and independent groups has always been more reliable than the state's official reports. Mitchell and Aronson outline a practical, achievable system for accurately recording and investigating these deaths. They argue for a straightforward public health solution: adding a simple checkbox to the US Standard Death Certificate that would create an objective way of recording whether a death occurred in custody. These tangible solutions would allow us to see the full scope of the problem and give us the chance to truly address it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Death in Custody: How America Ignores the Truth and What We Can Do about It Author: Roger A. Mitchell Jr. Md, Jay D. Aronson Phd Narrator: William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Deaths resulting from interactions with the US criminal legal system are a public health emergency, but the scope of this issue is intentionally ignored by the very systems that are supposed to be tracking these fatalities. In order to make a real difference and address this human rights problem, researchers and policy makers need reliable data. In Death in Custody, Roger A. Mitchell Jr., MD, and Jay D. Aronson, PhD, share the stories of individuals who died in custody and chronicle the efforts of activists and journalists to uncover the true scope of deaths in custody. From Ida B. Wells's enumeration of extrajudicial lynchings more than a century ago to the Washington Post's current effort to count police shootings, the work of journalists and independent groups has always been more reliable than the state's official reports. Mitchell and Aronson outline a practical, achievable system for accurately recording and investigating these deaths. They argue for a straightforward public health solution: adding a simple checkbox to the US Standard Death Certificate that would create an objective way of recording whether a death occurred in custody. These tangible solutions would allow us to see the full scope of the problem and give us the chance to truly address it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racial Emotion at Work: Dismantling Discrimination and Building Racial Justice in the Workplace Author: Tristin K. Green Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This timely book unravels race and emotion in the workplace—exploring why racial emotion is often left out of equity conversations and why we must confront it. Racial Emotion at Work is an invitation to understand our own emotions and associated behaviors around race—and much more. With this surprising and timely book, Tristin K. Green takes us beyond diversity trainings and other individualized solutions to discrimination and inequality in employment, calling for sweeping changes in how the law and work organizations treat and shape racial emotions. Green provides listeners with the latest research on racial emotions in interracial interactions and ties this research to thinking about discrimination and disadvantage at work. We see how our racial emotions can result in discrimination, and how our institutions—the law and work organizations—value and skew our racial emotions in ways that place the brunt of negative consequences on people of color. It turns out we need to reset our institutional and not just our personal radars on racial emotion to advance racial justice. Racial Emotion at Work shows how we can rise to the task. Tristin K. Green Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714429 thebookvoice.com 6:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racial Emotion at Work: Dismantling Discrimination and Building Racial Justice in the Workplace Author: Tristin K. Green Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This timely book unravels race and emotion in the workplace—exploring why racial emotion is often left out of equity conversations and why we must confront it. Racial Emotion at Work is an invitation to understand our own emotions and associated behaviors around race—and much more. With this surprising and timely book, Tristin K. Green takes us beyond diversity trainings and other individualized solutions to discrimination and inequality in employment, calling for sweeping changes in how the law and work organizations treat and shape racial emotions. Green provides listeners with the latest research on racial emotions in interracial interactions and ties this research to thinking about discrimination and disadvantage at work. We see how our racial emotions can result in discrimination, and how our institutions—the law and work organizations—value and skew our racial emotions in ways that place the brunt of negative consequences on people of color. It turns out we need to reset our institutional and not just our personal radars on racial emotion to advance racial justice. Racial Emotion at Work shows how we can rise to the task. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Racial Emotion at Work: Dismantling Discrimination and Building Racial Justice in the Workplace Author: Tristin K. Green Narrator: Linda Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This timely book unravels race and emotion in the workplace—exploring why racial emotion is often left out of equity conversations and why we must confront it. Racial Emotion at Work is an invitation to understand our own emotions and associated behaviors around race—and much more. With this surprising and timely book, Tristin K. Green takes us beyond diversity trainings and other individualized solutions to discrimination and inequality in employment, calling for sweeping changes in how the law and work organizations treat and shape racial emotions. Green provides listeners with the latest research on racial emotions in interracial interactions and ties this research to thinking about discrimination and disadvantage at work. We see how our racial emotions can result in discrimination, and how our institutions—the law and work organizations—value and skew our racial emotions in ways that place the brunt of negative consequences on people of color. It turns out we need to reset our institutional and not just our personal radars on racial emotion to advance racial justice. Racial Emotion at Work shows how we can rise to the task. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714430 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nice is Not Enough: Inequality and the Limits of Kindness at American High Author: C.J. Pascoe Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This provocative story of contemporary high school argues that a shallow culture of kindness can do more lasting harm than good. Based on two years of research, Nice Is Not Enough shares striking dispatches from one high school's 'regime of kindness' to underline how the culture operates as a Band-Aid on persistent inequalities. Through incisive storytelling and thoughtful engagement with students, this brilliant study by C. J. Pascoe exposes uncomfortable truths about American politics and our reliance on individual solutions instead of profound systemic change. Nice Is Not Enough brings listeners into American High, a middle- and working-class high school characterized by acceptance, connection, and kindness—a place where, a prominent sign states, 'there is no room for hate.' Here, inequality is narrowly understood as a problem of individual merit, meanness, effort, or emotion rather than a structural issue requiring deeper intervention. Surface-level sensitivity allows American High to avoid 'political' topics related to social inequality based on race, sex, gender, or class. Being nice to each other, Pascoe reveals, does not serve these students or solve the broader issues we face; however, a true politics of care just might. C.J. Pascoe Tue, 26 Dec 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714430 thebookvoice.com 7:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nice is Not Enough: Inequality and the Limits of Kindness at American High Author: C.J. Pascoe Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This provocative story of contemporary high school argues that a shallow culture of kindness can do more lasting harm than good. Based on two years of research, Nice Is Not Enough shares striking dispatches from one high school's 'regime of kindness' to underline how the culture operates as a Band-Aid on persistent inequalities. Through incisive storytelling and thoughtful engagement with students, this brilliant study by C. J. Pascoe exposes uncomfortable truths about American politics and our reliance on individual solutions instead of profound systemic change. Nice Is Not Enough brings listeners into American High, a middle- and working-class high school characterized by acceptance, connection, and kindness—a place where, a prominent sign states, 'there is no room for hate.' Here, inequality is narrowly understood as a problem of individual merit, meanness, effort, or emotion rather than a structural issue requiring deeper intervention. Surface-level sensitivity allows American High to avoid 'political' topics related to social inequality based on race, sex, gender, or class. Being nice to each other, Pascoe reveals, does not serve these students or solve the broader issues we face; however, a true politics of care just might. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714430]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nice is Not Enough: Inequality and the Limits of Kindness at American High Author: C.J. Pascoe Narrator: Emily Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This provocative story of contemporary high school argues that a shallow culture of kindness can do more lasting harm than good. Based on two years of research, Nice Is Not Enough shares striking dispatches from one high school's 'regime of kindness' to underline how the culture operates as a Band-Aid on persistent inequalities. Through incisive storytelling and thoughtful engagement with students, this brilliant study by C. J. Pascoe exposes uncomfortable truths about American politics and our reliance on individual solutions instead of profound systemic change. Nice Is Not Enough brings listeners into American High, a middle- and working-class high school characterized by acceptance, connection, and kindness—a place where, a prominent sign states, 'there is no room for hate.' Here, inequality is narrowly understood as a problem of individual merit, meanness, effort, or emotion rather than a structural issue requiring deeper intervention. Surface-level sensitivity allows American High to avoid 'political' topics related to social inequality based on race, sex, gender, or class. Being nice to each other, Pascoe reveals, does not serve these students or solve the broader issues we face; however, a true politics of care just might. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Other Kingdom: Departing the Consumer Culture Author: John Mcknight, Walter Brueggemann, Peter Block Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Our seduction into beliefs in competition, scarcity, and acquisition are producing too many casualties. We need to depart a kingdom that creates isolation, polarized debate, an exhausted planet, and violence that comes with the will to empire. The abbreviation of this empire is called a consumer culture. We think the free-market ideology that surrounds us is true and inevitable and represents progress. We are called to better adapt, be more agile, more lean, more schooled, more, more, more. Give it up. There is no such thing as customer satisfaction. We need a new narrative. An Other Kingdom takes us out of a culture of addictive consumption into a place where life is ours to create together. This way depends upon a neighborly covenant—an agreement that we together, will better raise our children, be healthy, be connected, be safe, and provide a livelihood. The authors invite you on a journey of departure from our consumer market culture. Discover an alternative set of beliefs that have the capacity to evoke a culture where poverty, violence, and shrinking well-being are not inevitable. An Other Kingdom outlines this journey to construct a future outside the systems world of solutions. John Mcknight, Walter Brueggemann, Peter Block Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399 thebookvoice.com 3:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Other Kingdom: Departing the Consumer Culture Author: John Mcknight, Walter Brueggemann, Peter Block Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Our seduction into beliefs in competition, scarcity, and acquisition are producing too many casualties. We need to depart a kingdom that creates isolation, polarized debate, an exhausted planet, and violence that comes with the will to empire. The abbreviation of this empire is called a consumer culture. We think the free-market ideology that surrounds us is true and inevitable and represents progress. We are called to better adapt, be more agile, more lean, more schooled, more, more, more. Give it up. There is no such thing as customer satisfaction. We need a new narrative. An Other Kingdom takes us out of a culture of addictive consumption into a place where life is ours to create together. This way depends upon a neighborly covenant—an agreement that we together, will better raise our children, be healthy, be connected, be safe, and provide a livelihood. The authors invite you on a journey of departure from our consumer market culture. Discover an alternative set of beliefs that have the capacity to evoke a culture where poverty, violence, and shrinking well-being are not inevitable. An Other Kingdom outlines this journey to construct a future outside the systems world of solutions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Other Kingdom: Departing the Consumer Culture Author: John Mcknight, Walter Brueggemann, Peter Block Narrator: Mirron Willis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Our seduction into beliefs in competition, scarcity, and acquisition are producing too many casualties. We need to depart a kingdom that creates isolation, polarized debate, an exhausted planet, and violence that comes with the will to empire. The abbreviation of this empire is called a consumer culture. We think the free-market ideology that surrounds us is true and inevitable and represents progress. We are called to better adapt, be more agile, more lean, more schooled, more, more, more. Give it up. There is no such thing as customer satisfaction. We need a new narrative. An Other Kingdom takes us out of a culture of addictive consumption into a place where life is ours to create together. This way depends upon a neighborly covenant—an agreement that we together, will better raise our children, be healthy, be connected, be safe, and provide a livelihood. The authors invite you on a journey of departure from our consumer market culture. Discover an alternative set of beliefs that have the capacity to evoke a culture where poverty, violence, and shrinking well-being are not inevitable. An Other Kingdom outlines this journey to construct a future outside the systems world of solutions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714347 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natives against Nativism: Antiracism and Indigenous Critique in Postcolonial France Author: Olivia C. Harrison Narrator: Siiri Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For the past fifty years, the Palestinian question has served as a rallying cry in the struggle for migrant rights in postcolonial France, from the immigrant labor associations of the 1970s and Beur movements of the 1980s to the militant decolonial groups of the 2000s. In Natives against Nativism, Olivia C. Harrison explores the intersection of anticolonial solidarity and antiracist activism from the 1970s to the present. Natives against Nativism analyzes a wide range of texts—novels, memoirs, plays, films, and militant archives—that mobilize the twin figures of the Palestinian and the American Indian in a crossed critique of Eurocolonial modernity. Harrison argues that anticolonial solidarity with Palestinians and Indigenous Americans has been instrumental in developing a sophisticated critique of racism across imperial formations—in this case, France, the United States, and Israel. Serving as the first relational study of antiracism in France, Natives against Nativism observes how claims to indigeneity have been deployed in multiple directions, both in the ongoing struggle for migrant rights and racial justice, and in white nativist claims in France today. Olivia C. Harrison Tue, 12 Mar 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714347 thebookvoice.com 9:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natives against Nativism: Antiracism and Indigenous Critique in Postcolonial France Author: Olivia C. Harrison Narrator: Siiri Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For the past fifty years, the Palestinian question has served as a rallying cry in the struggle for migrant rights in postcolonial France, from the immigrant labor associations of the 1970s and Beur movements of the 1980s to the militant decolonial groups of the 2000s. In Natives against Nativism, Olivia C. Harrison explores the intersection of anticolonial solidarity and antiracist activism from the 1970s to the present. Natives against Nativism analyzes a wide range of texts—novels, memoirs, plays, films, and militant archives—that mobilize the twin figures of the Palestinian and the American Indian in a crossed critique of Eurocolonial modernity. Harrison argues that anticolonial solidarity with Palestinians and Indigenous Americans has been instrumental in developing a sophisticated critique of racism across imperial formations—in this case, France, the United States, and Israel. Serving as the first relational study of antiracism in France, Natives against Nativism observes how claims to indigeneity have been deployed in multiple directions, both in the ongoing struggle for migrant rights and racial justice, and in white nativist claims in France today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714347]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Natives against Nativism: Antiracism and Indigenous Critique in Postcolonial France Author: Olivia C. Harrison Narrator: Siiri Scott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 12, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For the past fifty years, the Palestinian question has served as a rallying cry in the struggle for migrant rights in postcolonial France, from the immigrant labor associations of the 1970s and Beur movements of the 1980s to the militant decolonial groups of the 2000s. In Natives against Nativism, Olivia C. Harrison explores the intersection of anticolonial solidarity and antiracist activism from the 1970s to the present. Natives against Nativism analyzes a wide range of texts—novels, memoirs, plays, films, and militant archives—that mobilize the twin figures of the Palestinian and the American Indian in a crossed critique of Eurocolonial modernity. Harrison argues that anticolonial solidarity with Palestinians and Indigenous Americans has been instrumental in developing a sophisticated critique of racism across imperial formations—in this case, France, the United States, and Israel. Serving as the first relational study of antiracism in France, Natives against Nativism observes how claims to indigeneity have been deployed in multiple directions, both in the ongoing struggle for migrant rights and racial justice, and in white nativist claims in France today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714346 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Muslim American Slave: The Life of Omar Ibn Said Author: Omar Ibn Said Narrator: Amir Abdullah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Born to a wealthy family in West Africa around 1770, Omar Ibn Said was abducted and sold into slavery in the United States, where he came to the attention of a prominent North Carolina family after filling 'the walls of his room with piteous petitions to be released, all written in the Arabic language,' as one local newspaper reported. Ibn Said soon became a local celebrity, and in 1831 he was asked to write his life story, producing the only known surviving American slave narrative written in Arabic. In A Muslim American Slave, Ala Alryyes offers both a definitive translation and an authoritative edition of this singularly important work, lending new insights into the early history of Islam in America and exploring the multiple, shifting interpretations of Ibn Said's narrative by the nineteenth-century missionaries, ethnographers, and intellectuals who championed it. This edition presents the English translation of Ibn Said's Arabic narrative, augmented by Alryyes's comprehensive introduction, contextual essays and historical commentary by leading literary critics and scholars of Islam and the African diaspora and other writings by Omar Ibn Said. The result is an invaluable addition to our understanding of writings by enslaved Americans and a timely reminder that 'Islam' and 'America' are not mutually exclusive terms. Omar Ibn Said Tue, 27 Feb 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714346 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Muslim American Slave: The Life of Omar Ibn Said Author: Omar Ibn Said Narrator: Amir Abdullah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Born to a wealthy family in West Africa around 1770, Omar Ibn Said was abducted and sold into slavery in the United States, where he came to the attention of a prominent North Carolina family after filling 'the walls of his room with piteous petitions to be released, all written in the Arabic language,' as one local newspaper reported. Ibn Said soon became a local celebrity, and in 1831 he was asked to write his life story, producing the only known surviving American slave narrative written in Arabic. In A Muslim American Slave, Ala Alryyes offers both a definitive translation and an authoritative edition of this singularly important work, lending new insights into the early history of Islam in America and exploring the multiple, shifting interpretations of Ibn Said's narrative by the nineteenth-century missionaries, ethnographers, and intellectuals who championed it. This edition presents the English translation of Ibn Said's Arabic narrative, augmented by Alryyes's comprehensive introduction, contextual essays and historical commentary by leading literary critics and scholars of Islam and the African diaspora and other writings by Omar Ibn Said. The result is an invaluable addition to our understanding of writings by enslaved Americans and a timely reminder that 'Islam' and 'America' are not mutually exclusive terms. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714346]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Muslim American Slave: The Life of Omar Ibn Said Author: Omar Ibn Said Narrator: Amir Abdullah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Born to a wealthy family in West Africa around 1770, Omar Ibn Said was abducted and sold into slavery in the United States, where he came to the attention of a prominent North Carolina family after filling 'the walls of his room with piteous petitions to be released, all written in the Arabic language,' as one local newspaper reported. Ibn Said soon became a local celebrity, and in 1831 he was asked to write his life story, producing the only known surviving American slave narrative written in Arabic. In A Muslim American Slave, Ala Alryyes offers both a definitive translation and an authoritative edition of this singularly important work, lending new insights into the early history of Islam in America and exploring the multiple, shifting interpretations of Ibn Said's narrative by the nineteenth-century missionaries, ethnographers, and intellectuals who championed it. This edition presents the English translation of Ibn Said's Arabic narrative, augmented by Alryyes's comprehensive introduction, contextual essays and historical commentary by leading literary critics and scholars of Islam and the African diaspora and other writings by Omar Ibn Said. The result is an invaluable addition to our understanding of writings by enslaved Americans and a timely reminder that 'Islam' and 'America' are not mutually exclusive terms. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714327 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Half: Forty Women Reveal Life After Fifty Author: Ellen Warner Narrator: Hannah Choi, Carmen Jewel Jones, Zehra Jane Naqvi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A frank, honest, and insightful look into the lives of women over fifty. The Second Half explores how the second half of life is experienced by women from many different cultures. From a French actress to a British novelist, from an Algerian nomad to a Saudi Arabian doctor, and an American politician, Ellen Warner traveled all over the world to interview women about their lives. She asked them what they learned in the first half that was helpful in the second, and what advice they would give to younger women. Their revealing and inspiring stories are enlightening for all listeners. Ellen Warner Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714327 thebookvoice.com 5:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Half: Forty Women Reveal Life After Fifty Author: Ellen Warner Narrator: Hannah Choi, Carmen Jewel Jones, Zehra Jane Naqvi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A frank, honest, and insightful look into the lives of women over fifty. The Second Half explores how the second half of life is experienced by women from many different cultures. From a French actress to a British novelist, from an Algerian nomad to a Saudi Arabian doctor, and an American politician, Ellen Warner traveled all over the world to interview women about their lives. She asked them what they learned in the first half that was helpful in the second, and what advice they would give to younger women. Their revealing and inspiring stories are enlightening for all listeners. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Second Half: Forty Women Reveal Life After Fifty Author: Ellen Warner Narrator: Hannah Choi, Carmen Jewel Jones, Zehra Jane Naqvi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A frank, honest, and insightful look into the lives of women over fifty. The Second Half explores how the second half of life is experienced by women from many different cultures. From a French actress to a British novelist, from an Algerian nomad to a Saudi Arabian doctor, and an American politician, Ellen Warner traveled all over the world to interview women about their lives. She asked them what they learned in the first half that was helpful in the second, and what advice they would give to younger women. Their revealing and inspiring stories are enlightening for all listeners. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714178 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ways of Eating: Exploring Food through History and Culture Author: Benjamin Aldes Wurgaft, Merry White Narrator: Benjamin Aldes Wurgaft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What we learn when an anthropologist and a historian talk about food. From the origins of agriculture to contemporary debates over culinary authenticity, Ways of Eating introduces listeners to world food history and food anthropology. Through engaging stories and historical deep dives, Benjamin A. Wurgaft and Merry I. White offer new ways to understand food in relation to its natural and cultural histories and the social rules that shape our meals. Wurgaft and White use vivid storytelling to bring food practices to life, weaving stories of Panamanian coffee growers, medieval women beer makers, and Japanese knife forgers. From the Venetian spice trade to the Columbian Exchange, from Roman garum to Vietnamese nuoc cham, Ways of Eating provides an absorbing account of world food history and anthropology. Migration, politics, and the dynamics of group identity all shape what we eat, and we can learn to trace these social forces from the plate to the kitchen, the factory, and the field. Benjamin Aldes Wurgaft, Merry White Tue, 26 Dec 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714178 thebookvoice.com 8:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ways of Eating: Exploring Food through History and Culture Author: Benjamin Aldes Wurgaft, Merry White Narrator: Benjamin Aldes Wurgaft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What we learn when an anthropologist and a historian talk about food. From the origins of agriculture to contemporary debates over culinary authenticity, Ways of Eating introduces listeners to world food history and food anthropology. Through engaging stories and historical deep dives, Benjamin A. Wurgaft and Merry I. White offer new ways to understand food in relation to its natural and cultural histories and the social rules that shape our meals. Wurgaft and White use vivid storytelling to bring food practices to life, weaving stories of Panamanian coffee growers, medieval women beer makers, and Japanese knife forgers. From the Venetian spice trade to the Columbian Exchange, from Roman garum to Vietnamese nuoc cham, Ways of Eating provides an absorbing account of world food history and anthropology. Migration, politics, and the dynamics of group identity all shape what we eat, and we can learn to trace these social forces from the plate to the kitchen, the factory, and the field. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714178]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ways of Eating: Exploring Food through History and Culture Author: Benjamin Aldes Wurgaft, Merry White Narrator: Benjamin Aldes Wurgaft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: What we learn when an anthropologist and a historian talk about food. From the origins of agriculture to contemporary debates over culinary authenticity, Ways of Eating introduces listeners to world food history and food anthropology. Through engaging stories and historical deep dives, Benjamin A. Wurgaft and Merry I. White offer new ways to understand food in relation to its natural and cultural histories and the social rules that shape our meals. Wurgaft and White use vivid storytelling to bring food practices to life, weaving stories of Panamanian coffee growers, medieval women beer makers, and Japanese knife forgers. From the Venetian spice trade to the Columbian Exchange, from Roman garum to Vietnamese nuoc cham, Ways of Eating provides an absorbing account of world food history and anthropology. Migration, politics, and the dynamics of group identity all shape what we eat, and we can learn to trace these social forces from the plate to the kitchen, the factory, and the field. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714175 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Technoableism: Rethinking Who Needs Improvement Author: Ashley Shew Narrator: Maria Pendolino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When Ashley Shew became a self-described 'hard-of-hearing chemobrained amputee with Crohn's disease and tinnitus,' there was no returning to 'normal.' Suddenly well-meaning people called her an 'inspiration' while grocery shopping or viewed her as a needy recipient of technological wizardry. Most disabled people don't want what the abled assume they want—nor are they generally asked. In vibrant prose, Shew shows how we can create better narratives and more accessible futures by drawing from the insights of the cross-disability community. To forge a more equitable world, Shew argues that we must eliminate 'technoableism'—the harmful belief that technology is a 'solution' for disability; that the disabled simply await being 'fixed' by technological wizardry; that making society more accessible and equitable is somehow a lesser priority. This badly needed introduction to disability expertise considers mobility devices, medical infrastructure, neurodivergence, and the relationship between disability and race. The future, Shew points out, is surely disabled—whether through changing climate, new diseases, or even through space travel. It's time we looked closely at how we all think about disability technologies and learn to envision disabilities not as liabilities, but as skill sets enabling all of us to navigate a challenging world. Ashley Shew Tue, 26 Dec 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714175 thebookvoice.com 4:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Technoableism: Rethinking Who Needs Improvement Author: Ashley Shew Narrator: Maria Pendolino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When Ashley Shew became a self-described 'hard-of-hearing chemobrained amputee with Crohn's disease and tinnitus,' there was no returning to 'normal.' Suddenly well-meaning people called her an 'inspiration' while grocery shopping or viewed her as a needy recipient of technological wizardry. Most disabled people don't want what the abled assume they want—nor are they generally asked. In vibrant prose, Shew shows how we can create better narratives and more accessible futures by drawing from the insights of the cross-disability community. To forge a more equitable world, Shew argues that we must eliminate 'technoableism'—the harmful belief that technology is a 'solution' for disability; that the disabled simply await being 'fixed' by technological wizardry; that making society more accessible and equitable is somehow a lesser priority. This badly needed introduction to disability expertise considers mobility devices, medical infrastructure, neurodivergence, and the relationship between disability and race. The future, Shew points out, is surely disabled—whether through changing climate, new diseases, or even through space travel. It's time we looked closely at how we all think about disability technologies and learn to envision disabilities not as liabilities, but as skill sets enabling all of us to navigate a challenging world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Technoableism: Rethinking Who Needs Improvement Author: Ashley Shew Narrator: Maria Pendolino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: When Ashley Shew became a self-described 'hard-of-hearing chemobrained amputee with Crohn's disease and tinnitus,' there was no returning to 'normal.' Suddenly well-meaning people called her an 'inspiration' while grocery shopping or viewed her as a needy recipient of technological wizardry. Most disabled people don't want what the abled assume they want—nor are they generally asked. In vibrant prose, Shew shows how we can create better narratives and more accessible futures by drawing from the insights of the cross-disability community. To forge a more equitable world, Shew argues that we must eliminate 'technoableism'—the harmful belief that technology is a 'solution' for disability; that the disabled simply await being 'fixed' by technological wizardry; that making society more accessible and equitable is somehow a lesser priority. This badly needed introduction to disability expertise considers mobility devices, medical infrastructure, neurodivergence, and the relationship between disability and race. The future, Shew points out, is surely disabled—whether through changing climate, new diseases, or even through space travel. It's time we looked closely at how we all think about disability technologies and learn to envision disabilities not as liabilities, but as skill sets enabling all of us to navigate a challenging world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714177 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Crusades: Islamophobia and the Global War on Muslims Author: Khaled A. Beydoun Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first book to examine global Islamophobia from a legal and ground-up perspective, from renowned public intellectual Khaled A. Beydoun. Islamophobia has spiraled into a global menace, and democratic and authoritarian regimes alike have deployed it as a strategy to persecute their Muslim populations. With this book, Khaled A. Beydoun details how the American War on Terror has facilitated and intensified the network of anti-Muslim campaigns unfolding across the world. The New Crusades is the first book of its kind, offering a critical and intimate examination of global Islamophobia and its manifestations in Europe, Asia, the Middle East, and regions beyond and in between. Through trenchant analysis and direct testimony from Muslims on the ground, Beydoun interrogates how Islamophobia acts as a unifying global thread of state and social bigotry, instigating both liberal and right-wing hate-mongering. Whether imposed by way of hijab bans in France, state-sponsored hate speech and violence in India, or the network of concentration camps in China, Islamophobia unravels into distinct systems of demonization and oppression across the post-9/11 geopolitical landscape. Lucid and poignant, The New Crusades reveals that Islamophobia is not only a worldwide phenomenon—it stands as one of the world's last bastions of acceptable hate. Khaled A. Beydoun Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714177 thebookvoice.com 11:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Crusades: Islamophobia and the Global War on Muslims Author: Khaled A. Beydoun Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first book to examine global Islamophobia from a legal and ground-up perspective, from renowned public intellectual Khaled A. Beydoun. Islamophobia has spiraled into a global menace, and democratic and authoritarian regimes alike have deployed it as a strategy to persecute their Muslim populations. With this book, Khaled A. Beydoun details how the American War on Terror has facilitated and intensified the network of anti-Muslim campaigns unfolding across the world. The New Crusades is the first book of its kind, offering a critical and intimate examination of global Islamophobia and its manifestations in Europe, Asia, the Middle East, and regions beyond and in between. Through trenchant analysis and direct testimony from Muslims on the ground, Beydoun interrogates how Islamophobia acts as a unifying global thread of state and social bigotry, instigating both liberal and right-wing hate-mongering. Whether imposed by way of hijab bans in France, state-sponsored hate speech and violence in India, or the network of concentration camps in China, Islamophobia unravels into distinct systems of demonization and oppression across the post-9/11 geopolitical landscape. Lucid and poignant, The New Crusades reveals that Islamophobia is not only a worldwide phenomenon—it stands as one of the world's last bastions of acceptable hate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Crusades: Islamophobia and the Global War on Muslims Author: Khaled A. Beydoun Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The first book to examine global Islamophobia from a legal and ground-up perspective, from renowned public intellectual Khaled A. Beydoun. Islamophobia has spiraled into a global menace, and democratic and authoritarian regimes alike have deployed it as a strategy to persecute their Muslim populations. With this book, Khaled A. Beydoun details how the American War on Terror has facilitated and intensified the network of anti-Muslim campaigns unfolding across the world. The New Crusades is the first book of its kind, offering a critical and intimate examination of global Islamophobia and its manifestations in Europe, Asia, the Middle East, and regions beyond and in between. Through trenchant analysis and direct testimony from Muslims on the ground, Beydoun interrogates how Islamophobia acts as a unifying global thread of state and social bigotry, instigating both liberal and right-wing hate-mongering. Whether imposed by way of hijab bans in France, state-sponsored hate speech and violence in India, or the network of concentration camps in China, Islamophobia unravels into distinct systems of demonization and oppression across the post-9/11 geopolitical landscape. Lucid and poignant, The New Crusades reveals that Islamophobia is not only a worldwide phenomenon—it stands as one of the world's last bastions of acceptable hate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714170 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Become What We Normalize: What We Owe Each Other in Worlds That Demand Our Silence Author: David Dark Narrator: David Dark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of the most respected thinkers and public intellectuals of our day comes a book that is both a cultural critique of the state of our country and a robust summons to resist complicity. As we move through the world, we constantly weigh our conscience against what David Dark calls 'deferential fear'—going along just to get along, especially in relation to our cultural, political, and religious conversations. Dark reveals our compromised reality: the host of hidden structures and tacit social arrangements that draw us away from ourselves and threaten to turn us slowly into what we decry in others. We Become What We Normalize counsels a creative, slow, and artful response to the economy of reaction, hurry, shaming, and fearmongering. Dark offers a deep analysis of the ways our conceptions of ourselves and our use of technology often lead us away from what we believe, reinforcing the false narrative that we must humiliate others in order to survive. 'I suspect we become what we sit still for, what we play along with, and what we abide in our attempts to access more perceived power and more alleged influence,' Dark writes. We Become What We Normalize calls for a new kind of struggle, ethic, witness, and spirit that helps us step away from the infinite loop of normalizing harm into effecting true change for ourselves and the worlds we inhabit. David Dark Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714170 thebookvoice.com 5:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Become What We Normalize: What We Owe Each Other in Worlds That Demand Our Silence Author: David Dark Narrator: David Dark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of the most respected thinkers and public intellectuals of our day comes a book that is both a cultural critique of the state of our country and a robust summons to resist complicity. As we move through the world, we constantly weigh our conscience against what David Dark calls 'deferential fear'—going along just to get along, especially in relation to our cultural, political, and religious conversations. Dark reveals our compromised reality: the host of hidden structures and tacit social arrangements that draw us away from ourselves and threaten to turn us slowly into what we decry in others. We Become What We Normalize counsels a creative, slow, and artful response to the economy of reaction, hurry, shaming, and fearmongering. Dark offers a deep analysis of the ways our conceptions of ourselves and our use of technology often lead us away from what we believe, reinforcing the false narrative that we must humiliate others in order to survive. 'I suspect we become what we sit still for, what we play along with, and what we abide in our attempts to access more perceived power and more alleged influence,' Dark writes. We Become What We Normalize calls for a new kind of struggle, ethic, witness, and spirit that helps us step away from the infinite loop of normalizing harm into effecting true change for ourselves and the worlds we inhabit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Become What We Normalize: What We Owe Each Other in Worlds That Demand Our Silence Author: David Dark Narrator: David Dark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From one of the most respected thinkers and public intellectuals of our day comes a book that is both a cultural critique of the state of our country and a robust summons to resist complicity. As we move through the world, we constantly weigh our conscience against what David Dark calls 'deferential fear'—going along just to get along, especially in relation to our cultural, political, and religious conversations. Dark reveals our compromised reality: the host of hidden structures and tacit social arrangements that draw us away from ourselves and threaten to turn us slowly into what we decry in others. We Become What We Normalize counsels a creative, slow, and artful response to the economy of reaction, hurry, shaming, and fearmongering. Dark offers a deep analysis of the ways our conceptions of ourselves and our use of technology often lead us away from what we believe, reinforcing the false narrative that we must humiliate others in order to survive. 'I suspect we become what we sit still for, what we play along with, and what we abide in our attempts to access more perceived power and more alleged influence,' Dark writes. We Become What We Normalize calls for a new kind of struggle, ethic, witness, and spirit that helps us step away from the infinite loop of normalizing harm into effecting true change for ourselves and the worlds we inhabit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714168 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Techno-Capitalism: The Rise of the New Robber Barons and the Fight for the Common Good Author: Loretta Napoleoni Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The respected Italian economist and journalist offers a bold and provocative argument that the speed of technological transformation is threatening our future At the dawn of the digital revolution, the internet was going to be the great equalizer, a global democratic force. Instead, Wall Street ended up funding a new breed of serial capitalists, the Techtitans, who embraced rapid, transformational change while stripping their workers of rights and enriching themselves beyond anybody's wildest imagination; and the Space Barons, who mine new frontiers for precious resources. Tech pioneers like Google, Facebook, Apple, Uber, and Microsoft never had any intention of spreading democracy. Those who control and own the technology are the absolute masters. As artificial intelligence enters the labor market, companies like Uber are able to cut labor costs to the barest of minimums, by squeezing workers' privileges and rights. Technological transformation is occurring at a speed that is existentially unbearable for most of us. We must fight for our common good to address today's real challenges of global warming and militarism and the soulessness of capitalist endeavor. Napoleoni shows us how. Loretta Napoleoni Tue, 16 Apr 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714168 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Techno-Capitalism: The Rise of the New Robber Barons and the Fight for the Common Good Author: Loretta Napoleoni Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The respected Italian economist and journalist offers a bold and provocative argument that the speed of technological transformation is threatening our future At the dawn of the digital revolution, the internet was going to be the great equalizer, a global democratic force. Instead, Wall Street ended up funding a new breed of serial capitalists, the Techtitans, who embraced rapid, transformational change while stripping their workers of rights and enriching themselves beyond anybody's wildest imagination; and the Space Barons, who mine new frontiers for precious resources. Tech pioneers like Google, Facebook, Apple, Uber, and Microsoft never had any intention of spreading democracy. Those who control and own the technology are the absolute masters. As artificial intelligence enters the labor market, companies like Uber are able to cut labor costs to the barest of minimums, by squeezing workers' privileges and rights. Technological transformation is occurring at a speed that is existentially unbearable for most of us. We must fight for our common good to address today's real challenges of global warming and militarism and the soulessness of capitalist endeavor. Napoleoni shows us how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/714168]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Techno-Capitalism: The Rise of the New Robber Barons and the Fight for the Common Good Author: Loretta Napoleoni Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The respected Italian economist and journalist offers a bold and provocative argument that the speed of technological transformation is threatening our future At the dawn of the digital revolution, the internet was going to be the great equalizer, a global democratic force. Instead, Wall Street ended up funding a new breed of serial capitalists, the Techtitans, who embraced rapid, transformational change while stripping their workers of rights and enriching themselves beyond anybody's wildest imagination; and the Space Barons, who mine new frontiers for precious resources. Tech pioneers like Google, Facebook, Apple, Uber, and Microsoft never had any intention of spreading democracy. Those who control and own the technology are the absolute masters. As artificial intelligence enters the labor market, companies like Uber are able to cut labor costs to the barest of minimums, by squeezing workers' privileges and rights. Technological transformation is occurring at a speed that is existentially unbearable for most of us. We must fight for our common good to address today's real challenges of global warming and militarism and the soulessness of capitalist endeavor. Napoleoni shows us how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713562 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Therapy: Why the Kids Aren't Growing Up Author: Abigail Shrier Narrator: Abigail Shrier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER. From the author of Irreversible Damage, an investigation into a mental health industry that is harming, not healing, American children In virtually every way that can be measured, Gen Z’s mental health is worse than that of previous generations. Youth suicide rates are climbing, antidepressant prescriptions for children are common, and the proliferation of mental health diagnoses has not helped the staggering number of kids who are lonely, lost, sad and fearful of growing up. What’s gone wrong with America’s youth? In Bad Therapy, bestselling investigative journalist Abigail Shrier argues that the problem isn’t the kids—it’s the mental health experts. Drawing on hundreds of interviews with child psychologists, parents, teachers, and young people, Shrier explores the ways the mental health industry has transformed the way we teach, treat, discipline, and even talk to our kids. She reveals that most of the therapeutic approaches have serious side effects and few proven benefits. Among her unsettling findings: - Talk therapy can induce rumination, trapping children in cycles of anxiety and depression - Social Emotional Learning handicaps our most vulnerable children, in both public schools and private - “Gentle parenting” can encourage emotional turbulence – even violence – in children as they lash out, desperate for an adult in charge Mental health care can be lifesaving when properly applied to children with severe needs, but for the typical child, the cure can be worse than the disease. Bad Therapy is a must-read for anyone questioning why our efforts to bolster America’s kids have backfired—and what it will take for parents to lead a turnaround. Abigail Shrier Tue, 27 Feb 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713562 thebookvoice.com 8:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Therapy: Why the Kids Aren't Growing Up Author: Abigail Shrier Narrator: Abigail Shrier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER. From the author of Irreversible Damage, an investigation into a mental health industry that is harming, not healing, American children In virtually every way that can be measured, Gen Z’s mental health is worse than that of previous generations. Youth suicide rates are climbing, antidepressant prescriptions for children are common, and the proliferation of mental health diagnoses has not helped the staggering number of kids who are lonely, lost, sad and fearful of growing up. What’s gone wrong with America’s youth? In Bad Therapy, bestselling investigative journalist Abigail Shrier argues that the problem isn’t the kids—it’s the mental health experts. Drawing on hundreds of interviews with child psychologists, parents, teachers, and young people, Shrier explores the ways the mental health industry has transformed the way we teach, treat, discipline, and even talk to our kids. She reveals that most of the therapeutic approaches have serious side effects and few proven benefits. Among her unsettling findings: - Talk therapy can induce rumination, trapping children in cycles of anxiety and depression - Social Emotional Learning handicaps our most vulnerable children, in both public schools and private - “Gentle parenting” can encourage emotional turbulence – even violence – in children as they lash out, desperate for an adult in charge Mental health care can be lifesaving when properly applied to children with severe needs, but for the typical child, the cure can be worse than the disease. Bad Therapy is a must-read for anyone questioning why our efforts to bolster America’s kids have backfired—and what it will take for parents to lead a turnaround. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713562]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bad Therapy: Why the Kids Aren't Growing Up Author: Abigail Shrier Narrator: Abigail Shrier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER. From the author of Irreversible Damage, an investigation into a mental health industry that is harming, not healing, American children In virtually every way that can be measured, Gen Z’s mental health is worse than that of previous generations. Youth suicide rates are climbing, antidepressant prescriptions for children are common, and the proliferation of mental health diagnoses has not helped the staggering number of kids who are lonely, lost, sad and fearful of growing up. What’s gone wrong with America’s youth? In Bad Therapy, bestselling investigative journalist Abigail Shrier argues that the problem isn’t the kids—it’s the mental health experts. Drawing on hundreds of interviews with child psychologists, parents, teachers, and young people, Shrier explores the ways the mental health industry has transformed the way we teach, treat, discipline, and even talk to our kids. She reveals that most of the therapeutic approaches have serious side effects and few proven benefits. Among her unsettling findings: - Talk therapy can induce rumination, trapping children in cycles of anxiety and depression - Social Emotional Learning handicaps our most vulnerable children, in both public schools and private - “Gentle parenting” can encourage emotional turbulence – even violence – in children as they lash out, desperate for an adult in charge Mental health care can be lifesaving when properly applied to children with severe needs, but for the typical child, the cure can be worse than the disease. Bad Therapy is a must-read for anyone questioning why our efforts to bolster America’s kids have backfired—and what it will take for parents to lead a turnaround. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Chomsky & Mujica: Sobreviviendo al siglo XXI Author: Saúl Alvídrez Narrator: Sergio Lonardi, Sebastián Castro Saavedra, Gustavo Dardés Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Las valiosas reflexiones del político más querido del mundo y del más importante pensador contemporáneo, reunidos por primera vez en Uruguay para llamar a la acción. Dos referentes mundiales del pensamiento contemporáneo se reúnen en este libro para conversar acerca de temas trascendentales que afectan a la humanidad y debatir alternativas de cara al futuro. Por un lado, José Pepe Mujica, un expresidente y exguerrillero que ha logrado una enorme popularidad internacional por su mensaje de austeridad, sabiduría y sentido común. Por otro lado, Noam Chomsky, el intelectual que revolucionó la lingüística para luego abordar una amplia gama de temas humanísticos y filosóficos de profunda actualidad. El documentalista mexicano Saúl Alvídrez logró reunirlos y generar el clima propicio para el intercambio fecundo de ideas. Del encuentro de estas voces surgen reflexiones que permiten un acercamiento a los grandes temas que el mundo actual está afrontando: las consecuencias del cambio climático, los males de la política, la corrupción, los populismos, la crisis del capitalismo y sus sucesivas mutaciones, la lógica de la economía de mercado y los problemas de la producción, entre muchos otros. Frente a la amenaza de un colapso civilizatorio, y ante las contradicciones de las alternativas de izquierda, Chomsky y Mujica apuntan a los valores que deben tenerse en cuenta para avanzar hacia un cambio sostenible. La democracia, la libertad, la vida con propósito, el amor y la amistad, como pilares desde los que construir un nuevo rumbo. Convencido de que las generaciones millennial y centennial han heredado una civilización ecológica, económica, política y socialmente insostenible, Alvídrez afirma que su misión es intentar amplificar la conversación pública entre los jóvenes y enfocarla a la solución de problemas globales. Saúl Alvídrez Thu, 28 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713551 thebookvoice.com 5:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Chomsky & Mujica: Sobreviviendo al siglo XXI Author: Saúl Alvídrez Narrator: Sergio Lonardi, Sebastián Castro Saavedra, Gustavo Dardés Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Las valiosas reflexiones del político más querido del mundo y del más importante pensador contemporáneo, reunidos por primera vez en Uruguay para llamar a la acción. Dos referentes mundiales del pensamiento contemporáneo se reúnen en este libro para conversar acerca de temas trascendentales que afectan a la humanidad y debatir alternativas de cara al futuro. Por un lado, José Pepe Mujica, un expresidente y exguerrillero que ha logrado una enorme popularidad internacional por su mensaje de austeridad, sabiduría y sentido común. Por otro lado, Noam Chomsky, el intelectual que revolucionó la lingüística para luego abordar una amplia gama de temas humanísticos y filosóficos de profunda actualidad. El documentalista mexicano Saúl Alvídrez logró reunirlos y generar el clima propicio para el intercambio fecundo de ideas. Del encuentro de estas voces surgen reflexiones que permiten un acercamiento a los grandes temas que el mundo actual está afrontando: las consecuencias del cambio climático, los males de la política, la corrupción, los populismos, la crisis del capitalismo y sus sucesivas mutaciones, la lógica de la economía de mercado y los problemas de la producción, entre muchos otros. Frente a la amenaza de un colapso civilizatorio, y ante las contradicciones de las alternativas de izquierda, Chomsky y Mujica apuntan a los valores que deben tenerse en cuenta para avanzar hacia un cambio sostenible. La democracia, la libertad, la vida con propósito, el amor y la amistad, como pilares desde los que construir un nuevo rumbo. Convencido de que las generaciones millennial y centennial han heredado una civilización ecológica, económica, política y socialmente insostenible, Alvídrez afirma que su misión es intentar amplificar la conversación pública entre los jóvenes y enfocarla a la solución de problemas globales. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Chomsky & Mujica: Sobreviviendo al siglo XXI Author: Saúl Alvídrez Narrator: Sergio Lonardi, Sebastián Castro Saavedra, Gustavo Dardés Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: September 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Las valiosas reflexiones del político más querido del mundo y del más importante pensador contemporáneo, reunidos por primera vez en Uruguay para llamar a la acción. Dos referentes mundiales del pensamiento contemporáneo se reúnen en este libro para conversar acerca de temas trascendentales que afectan a la humanidad y debatir alternativas de cara al futuro. Por un lado, José Pepe Mujica, un expresidente y exguerrillero que ha logrado una enorme popularidad internacional por su mensaje de austeridad, sabiduría y sentido común. Por otro lado, Noam Chomsky, el intelectual que revolucionó la lingüística para luego abordar una amplia gama de temas humanísticos y filosóficos de profunda actualidad. El documentalista mexicano Saúl Alvídrez logró reunirlos y generar el clima propicio para el intercambio fecundo de ideas. Del encuentro de estas voces surgen reflexiones que permiten un acercamiento a los grandes temas que el mundo actual está afrontando: las consecuencias del cambio climático, los males de la política, la corrupción, los populismos, la crisis del capitalismo y sus sucesivas mutaciones, la lógica de la economía de mercado y los problemas de la producción, entre muchos otros. Frente a la amenaza de un colapso civilizatorio, y ante las contradicciones de las alternativas de izquierda, Chomsky y Mujica apuntan a los valores que deben tenerse en cuenta para avanzar hacia un cambio sostenible. La democracia, la libertad, la vida con propósito, el amor y la amistad, como pilares desde los que construir un nuevo rumbo. Convencido de que las generaciones millennial y centennial han heredado una civilización ecológica, económica, política y socialmente insostenible, Alvídrez afirma que su misión es intentar amplificar la conversación pública entre los jóvenes y enfocarla a la solución de problemas globales. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713505 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los girasoles en invierno Author: Albalucia Angel Narrator: Florencia Maza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 6, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La primera novela de Albalucía Ángel es una obra torrencial y adelantada a su tiempo que mezcla vivencias, digresiones y quimeras para trasladar al lector, a través de la mente de su protagonista, en un viaje frenético que lo llevará a toda velocidad a París, Roma, las islas griegas o Venus en una narración sin límites de género ni convenciones de estilo. Una obra que supuso un antes y un después para la literatura latinoamericana escrita por mujeres e introdujo con arrebato la experimentación posmodernista en la narrativa colombiana. La reedición de Los girasoles en invierno es la reivindicación de una autora titánica de obra revolucionaria a la que le ha llegado el momento de ser reconocida como lo que realmente es: una auténtica pionera de la literatura en habla castellana a la altura de nombres como Elena Poniatowska o Cristina Peri Rossi. Albalucia Angel Fri, 06 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713505 thebookvoice.com 7:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los girasoles en invierno Author: Albalucia Angel Narrator: Florencia Maza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 6, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La primera novela de Albalucía Ángel es una obra torrencial y adelantada a su tiempo que mezcla vivencias, digresiones y quimeras para trasladar al lector, a través de la mente de su protagonista, en un viaje frenético que lo llevará a toda velocidad a París, Roma, las islas griegas o Venus en una narración sin límites de género ni convenciones de estilo. Una obra que supuso un antes y un después para la literatura latinoamericana escrita por mujeres e introdujo con arrebato la experimentación posmodernista en la narrativa colombiana. La reedición de Los girasoles en invierno es la reivindicación de una autora titánica de obra revolucionaria a la que le ha llegado el momento de ser reconocida como lo que realmente es: una auténtica pionera de la literatura en habla castellana a la altura de nombres como Elena Poniatowska o Cristina Peri Rossi. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/713505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los girasoles en invierno Author: Albalucia Angel Narrator: Florencia Maza Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 6, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La primera novela de Albalucía Ángel es una obra torrencial y adelantada a su tiempo que mezcla vivencias, digresiones y quimeras para trasladar al lector, a través de la mente de su protagonista, en un viaje frenético que lo llevará a toda velocidad a París, Roma, las islas griegas o Venus en una narración sin límites de género ni convenciones de estilo. Una obra que supuso un antes y un después para la literatura latinoamericana escrita por mujeres e introdujo con arrebato la experimentación posmodernista en la narrativa colombiana. La reedición de Los girasoles en invierno es la reivindicación de una autora titánica de obra revolucionaria a la que le ha llegado el momento de ser reconocida como lo que realmente es: una auténtica pionera de la literatura en habla castellana a la altura de nombres como Elena Poniatowska o Cristina Peri Rossi. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712889 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Begin Transmission: The Trans Allegories of The Matrix Author: Tilly Bridges Narrator: Tilly Bridges Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Trans woman and screenwriter Tilly Bridges takes you through the trans allegories of the Matrix franchise, with deep dives into The Matrix, The Matrix Reloaded, The Animatrix, The Matrix Revolutions, and The Matrix Resurrections, tracking one person’s transition journey—from Thomas Anderson, to Neo… to Trinity. Each movie’s allegory is deeply layered, building from movie to movie, and speaks to a different aspect of trans existence. You’ll learn how color is used to convey more than you realize, how Neo’s psyche is personified in the people around him, how no other mass media franchise speaks as truly, deeply, and honestly to the trans experience, and exactly why these movies are beloved and vital to the trans community (and their cis allies). Free your mind, and see just how deep the rabbit hole goes. Tilly Bridges Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712889 thebookvoice.com 7:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Begin Transmission: The Trans Allegories of The Matrix Author: Tilly Bridges Narrator: Tilly Bridges Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Trans woman and screenwriter Tilly Bridges takes you through the trans allegories of the Matrix franchise, with deep dives into The Matrix, The Matrix Reloaded, The Animatrix, The Matrix Revolutions, and The Matrix Resurrections, tracking one person’s transition journey—from Thomas Anderson, to Neo… to Trinity. Each movie’s allegory is deeply layered, building from movie to movie, and speaks to a different aspect of trans existence. You’ll learn how color is used to convey more than you realize, how Neo’s psyche is personified in the people around him, how no other mass media franchise speaks as truly, deeply, and honestly to the trans experience, and exactly why these movies are beloved and vital to the trans community (and their cis allies). Free your mind, and see just how deep the rabbit hole goes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712889]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Begin Transmission: The Trans Allegories of The Matrix Author: Tilly Bridges Narrator: Tilly Bridges Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Trans woman and screenwriter Tilly Bridges takes you through the trans allegories of the Matrix franchise, with deep dives into The Matrix, The Matrix Reloaded, The Animatrix, The Matrix Revolutions, and The Matrix Resurrections, tracking one person’s transition journey—from Thomas Anderson, to Neo… to Trinity. Each movie’s allegory is deeply layered, building from movie to movie, and speaks to a different aspect of trans existence. You’ll learn how color is used to convey more than you realize, how Neo’s psyche is personified in the people around him, how no other mass media franchise speaks as truly, deeply, and honestly to the trans experience, and exactly why these movies are beloved and vital to the trans community (and their cis allies). Free your mind, and see just how deep the rabbit hole goes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712705 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Karma: My Autobiography: 'The most entertaining music memoir since Elton John' Observer Author: Boy George Narrator: Boy George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 9, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE OFFICIAL STORY OF A MUSICAL ICON - TOLD IN FULL FOR THE FIRST TIME IN HIS OWN WORDS 'In what might be the most entertaining music memoir since Elton John's Me, Boy George's Karma weaves a meandering path through several decades' of fame, success, crash and burn, before delivering him into a kind of autumnal meditative serenity... This is George O'Dowd in all his exhausting glory.' Observer 'I went to a lot of trouble to create Boy George and then I went through a whole battle for years about not wanting to be him. But now I enjoy and embrace it in a way that I wasn't able to as a young person.... I'm finally learning to be George Alan O'Dowd from Eltham.' Karma is the definitive autobiography from the incomparable Grammy, Brit and Ivor Novello award-winning lead singer of Culture Club and LGBTQ+ vanguard: Boy George. Told in his inimitable style, Karma tells the story of the charismatic frontman - the drama, the music, his journey of addiction and recovery, surviving prison, meeting legends like David Bowie, Prince and Madonna, and the highs and lows of a life lived in the spotlight and in the headlines. This is the explosive and searingly honest account of Boy George's life as a child growing up in sixties London, coming out to his Irish Catholic family and exploring his sexuality through the hedonism of the seventies - the glam rock and punk rock revolution that birthed Culture Club - and the heydays of the nineties, to finally embracing the man and artist that he is today. With all the humour, honesty, sarcasm (and hats!) that you'd expect, Karma gives us a unique insight into Boy George's incredible story and the true evolution of a music icon. 'Culture Club is always going to be one of those lovers I go back to. I've railed against it and that Boy George character I created. For years I convinced myself I was a creature of habit, unchangeable, immovable. But eventually you have to look in the mirror. Not looking for spots, looking for something deeper. Why the hell am I here? I would say life is the point of life.' Boy George Thu, 09 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712705 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Karma: My Autobiography: 'The most entertaining music memoir since Elton John' Observer Author: Boy George Narrator: Boy George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 9, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE OFFICIAL STORY OF A MUSICAL ICON - TOLD IN FULL FOR THE FIRST TIME IN HIS OWN WORDS 'In what might be the most entertaining music memoir since Elton John's Me, Boy George's Karma weaves a meandering path through several decades' of fame, success, crash and burn, before delivering him into a kind of autumnal meditative serenity... This is George O'Dowd in all his exhausting glory.' Observer 'I went to a lot of trouble to create Boy George and then I went through a whole battle for years about not wanting to be him. But now I enjoy and embrace it in a way that I wasn't able to as a young person.... I'm finally learning to be George Alan O'Dowd from Eltham.' Karma is the definitive autobiography from the incomparable Grammy, Brit and Ivor Novello award-winning lead singer of Culture Club and LGBTQ+ vanguard: Boy George. Told in his inimitable style, Karma tells the story of the charismatic frontman - the drama, the music, his journey of addiction and recovery, surviving prison, meeting legends like David Bowie, Prince and Madonna, and the highs and lows of a life lived in the spotlight and in the headlines. This is the explosive and searingly honest account of Boy George's life as a child growing up in sixties London, coming out to his Irish Catholic family and exploring his sexuality through the hedonism of the seventies - the glam rock and punk rock revolution that birthed Culture Club - and the heydays of the nineties, to finally embracing the man and artist that he is today. With all the humour, honesty, sarcasm (and hats!) that you'd expect, Karma gives us a unique insight into Boy George's incredible story and the true evolution of a music icon. 'Culture Club is always going to be one of those lovers I go back to. I've railed against it and that Boy George character I created. For years I convinced myself I was a creature of habit, unchangeable, immovable. But eventually you have to look in the mirror. Not looking for spots, looking for something deeper. Why the hell am I here? I would say life is the point of life.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Karma: My Autobiography: 'The most entertaining music memoir since Elton John' Observer Author: Boy George Narrator: Boy George Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 9, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: THE OFFICIAL STORY OF A MUSICAL ICON - TOLD IN FULL FOR THE FIRST TIME IN HIS OWN WORDS 'In what might be the most entertaining music memoir since Elton John's Me, Boy George's Karma weaves a meandering path through several decades' of fame, success, crash and burn, before delivering him into a kind of autumnal meditative serenity... This is George O'Dowd in all his exhausting glory.' Observer 'I went to a lot of trouble to create Boy George and then I went through a whole battle for years about not wanting to be him. But now I enjoy and embrace it in a way that I wasn't able to as a young person.... I'm finally learning to be George Alan O'Dowd from Eltham.' Karma is the definitive autobiography from the incomparable Grammy, Brit and Ivor Novello award-winning lead singer of Culture Club and LGBTQ+ vanguard: Boy George. Told in his inimitable style, Karma tells the story of the charismatic frontman - the drama, the music, his journey of addiction and recovery, surviving prison, meeting legends like David Bowie, Prince and Madonna, and the highs and lows of a life lived in the spotlight and in the headlines. This is the explosive and searingly honest account of Boy George's life as a child growing up in sixties London, coming out to his Irish Catholic family and exploring his sexuality through the hedonism of the seventies - the glam rock and punk rock revolution that birthed Culture Club - and the heydays of the nineties, to finally embracing the man and artist that he is today. With all the humour, honesty, sarcasm (and hats!) that you'd expect, Karma gives us a unique insight into Boy George's incredible story and the true evolution of a music icon. 'Culture Club is always going to be one of those lovers I go back to. I've railed against it and that Boy George character I created. For years I convinced myself I was a creature of habit, unchangeable, immovable. But eventually you have to look in the mirror. Not looking for spots, looking for something deeper. Why the hell am I here? I would say life is the point of life.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712534 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything and Nothing at Once: A Black Man's Reimagined Soundtrack for the Future Author: Joél Leon Narrator: Joél Leon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author and combines several original tracks from Joél Leon and his collaborators, Arthur Lewis and Trevon Squirewell, and a thought-provoking collection of essays. Everything and Nothing at Once is an all-encompassing audio experience. For readers of Heavy, Punch Me Up to The Gods, and A Little Devil in America, a beautiful, painful, and soaring tribute to everything that Black men are and can be. Growing up in the Bronx, Joél Leon was taught that being soft, being vulnerable, could end your life. Shaped by a singular view of Black masculinity espoused by the media, by family and friends, and by society, he learned instead to care about the gold around his neck and the number of bills in his wallet. He absorbed the “facts” that white was always right and Black men were seen as threatening or great for comic relief but never worthy of the opening credits. It wasn’t until years later that Joél understood he didn’t have to be defined by these things. Now, in a collection of wide-ranging essays, he takes readers from his upbringing in the Bronx to his life raising two little girls of his own, unraveling those narratives to arrive at a deeper understanding of who he is as a son, friend, partner, and father. Traversing both the serious and lighthearted, from contemplating male beauty standards and his belly to his decision to seek therapy to the difficulties of making co-parenting work, Joél cracks open his heart to reveal his multitudes. “I learned that being Black is an all-encompassing everything...To be Black, to be a Black man in the era I grew up in, was easily everything and nothing at once.” Crafted like an album, each essay is a single that stands alone yet reverberates throughout the entire collection. Pieces like “How to Make a Black Friend.” consider challenging, delightful and absurd moments in relationships, while others like “Sensitive Thugs All Need Hugs” and “All Gold Everything” ponder the collective harms of society's lens. With incisive, searing prose, Everything and Nothing at Once deconstructs what it means to be a Black man in America. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt & Company. Joél Leon Tue, 04 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712534 thebookvoice.com 10:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything and Nothing at Once: A Black Man's Reimagined Soundtrack for the Future Author: Joél Leon Narrator: Joél Leon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author and combines several original tracks from Joél Leon and his collaborators, Arthur Lewis and Trevon Squirewell, and a thought-provoking collection of essays. Everything and Nothing at Once is an all-encompassing audio experience. For readers of Heavy, Punch Me Up to The Gods, and A Little Devil in America, a beautiful, painful, and soaring tribute to everything that Black men are and can be. Growing up in the Bronx, Joél Leon was taught that being soft, being vulnerable, could end your life. Shaped by a singular view of Black masculinity espoused by the media, by family and friends, and by society, he learned instead to care about the gold around his neck and the number of bills in his wallet. He absorbed the “facts” that white was always right and Black men were seen as threatening or great for comic relief but never worthy of the opening credits. It wasn’t until years later that Joél understood he didn’t have to be defined by these things. Now, in a collection of wide-ranging essays, he takes readers from his upbringing in the Bronx to his life raising two little girls of his own, unraveling those narratives to arrive at a deeper understanding of who he is as a son, friend, partner, and father. Traversing both the serious and lighthearted, from contemplating male beauty standards and his belly to his decision to seek therapy to the difficulties of making co-parenting work, Joél cracks open his heart to reveal his multitudes. “I learned that being Black is an all-encompassing everything...To be Black, to be a Black man in the era I grew up in, was easily everything and nothing at once.” Crafted like an album, each essay is a single that stands alone yet reverberates throughout the entire collection. Pieces like “How to Make a Black Friend.” consider challenging, delightful and absurd moments in relationships, while others like “Sensitive Thugs All Need Hugs” and “All Gold Everything” ponder the collective harms of society's lens. With incisive, searing prose, Everything and Nothing at Once deconstructs what it means to be a Black man in America. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt & Company. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712534]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Everything and Nothing at Once: A Black Man's Reimagined Soundtrack for the Future Author: Joél Leon Narrator: Joél Leon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author and combines several original tracks from Joél Leon and his collaborators, Arthur Lewis and Trevon Squirewell, and a thought-provoking collection of essays. Everything and Nothing at Once is an all-encompassing audio experience. For readers of Heavy, Punch Me Up to The Gods, and A Little Devil in America, a beautiful, painful, and soaring tribute to everything that Black men are and can be. Growing up in the Bronx, Joél Leon was taught that being soft, being vulnerable, could end your life. Shaped by a singular view of Black masculinity espoused by the media, by family and friends, and by society, he learned instead to care about the gold around his neck and the number of bills in his wallet. He absorbed the “facts” that white was always right and Black men were seen as threatening or great for comic relief but never worthy of the opening credits. It wasn’t until years later that Joél understood he didn’t have to be defined by these things. Now, in a collection of wide-ranging essays, he takes readers from his upbringing in the Bronx to his life raising two little girls of his own, unraveling those narratives to arrive at a deeper understanding of who he is as a son, friend, partner, and father. Traversing both the serious and lighthearted, from contemplating male beauty standards and his belly to his decision to seek therapy to the difficulties of making co-parenting work, Joél cracks open his heart to reveal his multitudes. “I learned that being Black is an all-encompassing everything...To be Black, to be a Black man in the era I grew up in, was easily everything and nothing at once.” Crafted like an album, each essay is a single that stands alone yet reverberates throughout the entire collection. Pieces like “How to Make a Black Friend.” consider challenging, delightful and absurd moments in relationships, while others like “Sensitive Thugs All Need Hugs” and “All Gold Everything” ponder the collective harms of society's lens. With incisive, searing prose, Everything and Nothing at Once deconstructs what it means to be a Black man in America. A Macmillan Audio production from Henry Holt & Company. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712528 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reinventing Love: How the Patriarchy Sabotages Heterosexual Relations Author: Mona Chollet Narrator: Alix Dunmore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A new work by the author of “In Defense of Witches” that seeks to redefine heterosexual relationships and give women back their voice. As feminist principles have taken wider hold in society, and basic ideas about equality for women can seem a given, many women still struggle in one of the most important areas of life: love. Whether it’s finding a partner, seeking a commitment from one, or struggling in a relationship that is unfulfilling or even potentially abusive, women still find that deeply-engrained notions of gender and behavior can be obstacles to a healthy, loving relationship. In her new book, acclaimed French feminist Mona Chollet tackles some of these long-held and pervasive ideas that remain stumbling blocks for many women in heterosexual relationships. Drawing from popular culture, politics, and literature, Reinventing Love provides a provocative, accessible look at how heterosexual relationships can improve and evolve under a feminist lens. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Mona Chollet Tue, 02 Jul 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712528 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reinventing Love: How the Patriarchy Sabotages Heterosexual Relations Author: Mona Chollet Narrator: Alix Dunmore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A new work by the author of “In Defense of Witches” that seeks to redefine heterosexual relationships and give women back their voice. As feminist principles have taken wider hold in society, and basic ideas about equality for women can seem a given, many women still struggle in one of the most important areas of life: love. Whether it’s finding a partner, seeking a commitment from one, or struggling in a relationship that is unfulfilling or even potentially abusive, women still find that deeply-engrained notions of gender and behavior can be obstacles to a healthy, loving relationship. In her new book, acclaimed French feminist Mona Chollet tackles some of these long-held and pervasive ideas that remain stumbling blocks for many women in heterosexual relationships. Drawing from popular culture, politics, and literature, Reinventing Love provides a provocative, accessible look at how heterosexual relationships can improve and evolve under a feminist lens. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reinventing Love: How the Patriarchy Sabotages Heterosexual Relations Author: Mona Chollet Narrator: Alix Dunmore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 2, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A new work by the author of “In Defense of Witches” that seeks to redefine heterosexual relationships and give women back their voice. As feminist principles have taken wider hold in society, and basic ideas about equality for women can seem a given, many women still struggle in one of the most important areas of life: love. Whether it’s finding a partner, seeking a commitment from one, or struggling in a relationship that is unfulfilling or even potentially abusive, women still find that deeply-engrained notions of gender and behavior can be obstacles to a healthy, loving relationship. In her new book, acclaimed French feminist Mona Chollet tackles some of these long-held and pervasive ideas that remain stumbling blocks for many women in heterosexual relationships. Drawing from popular culture, politics, and literature, Reinventing Love provides a provocative, accessible look at how heterosexual relationships can improve and evolve under a feminist lens. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Immigration: Why Successful Societies Welcome Newcomers Author: Zeke Hernandez Narrator: Zeke Hernandez, André Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Santana's engaging narration makes the audiobook not just informative but also compelling. He captures the listener's attention whether he's discussing the historical context of immigration policies or exploring contemporary debates. Santana's delivery ensures that listeners remain thoroughly engaged throughout this audiobook.'—AudioFile This program features an introduction, afterword, and acknowledgements read by the author. The go-to book on immigration: fact-based, comprehensive, and nonpartisan. Immigration is one of the most controversial topics in the United States and everywhere else. Pundits, politicians, and the public usually depict immigrants as either villains or victims. The villain narrative is that immigrants pose a threat—to our economy because they steal our jobs; our way of life because they change our culture; and to our safety and laws because of their criminality. The victim argument tells us that immigrants are needy outsiders—the poor, huddled masses whom we must help at our own cost if necessary. But the data clearly debunks both narratives. From jobs, investment, and innovation to cultural vitality and national security, more immigration has an overwhelmingly positive impact on everything that makes a society successful. In The Truth About Immigration, Wharton professor Zeke Hernandez draws from nearly 20 years of research to answer all the big questions about immigration. He combines moving personal stories with rigorous research to offer an accessible, apolitical, and evidence-based look at how newcomers affect our local communities and our nation. You'll learn about the overlooked impact of immigrants on investment and job creation; realize how much we take for granted the novel technologies, products, and businesses newcomers create; get the facts straight about perennial concerns like jobs, crime, and undocumented immigrants; and gain new perspectives on misunderstood issues such as the border, taxes, and assimilation. Most books making a case for immigration tell you that immigration is good for immigrants. This book is all about how newcomers benefit you, your community, and your country. Skeptics fear that newcomers compete economically with locals because of their similarities and fail to socially assimilate because of their differences. You'll see that it's exactly the opposite: newcomers bring enduring economic benefits because of their differences and contribute positively to society because of their similarities. Destined to become the go-to book on one of the most important issues of our time, this book turns fear into hope by proving a simple truth: immigrants are essential for economically prosperous and socially vibrant nations. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Zeke Hernandez Tue, 04 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712520 thebookvoice.com 11:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Immigration: Why Successful Societies Welcome Newcomers Author: Zeke Hernandez Narrator: Zeke Hernandez, André Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Santana's engaging narration makes the audiobook not just informative but also compelling. He captures the listener's attention whether he's discussing the historical context of immigration policies or exploring contemporary debates. Santana's delivery ensures that listeners remain thoroughly engaged throughout this audiobook.'—AudioFile This program features an introduction, afterword, and acknowledgements read by the author. The go-to book on immigration: fact-based, comprehensive, and nonpartisan. Immigration is one of the most controversial topics in the United States and everywhere else. Pundits, politicians, and the public usually depict immigrants as either villains or victims. The villain narrative is that immigrants pose a threat—to our economy because they steal our jobs; our way of life because they change our culture; and to our safety and laws because of their criminality. The victim argument tells us that immigrants are needy outsiders—the poor, huddled masses whom we must help at our own cost if necessary. But the data clearly debunks both narratives. From jobs, investment, and innovation to cultural vitality and national security, more immigration has an overwhelmingly positive impact on everything that makes a society successful. In The Truth About Immigration, Wharton professor Zeke Hernandez draws from nearly 20 years of research to answer all the big questions about immigration. He combines moving personal stories with rigorous research to offer an accessible, apolitical, and evidence-based look at how newcomers affect our local communities and our nation. You'll learn about the overlooked impact of immigrants on investment and job creation; realize how much we take for granted the novel technologies, products, and businesses newcomers create; get the facts straight about perennial concerns like jobs, crime, and undocumented immigrants; and gain new perspectives on misunderstood issues such as the border, taxes, and assimilation. Most books making a case for immigration tell you that immigration is good for immigrants. This book is all about how newcomers benefit you, your community, and your country. Skeptics fear that newcomers compete economically with locals because of their similarities and fail to socially assimilate because of their differences. You'll see that it's exactly the opposite: newcomers bring enduring economic benefits because of their differences and contribute positively to society because of their similarities. Destined to become the go-to book on one of the most important issues of our time, this book turns fear into hope by proving a simple truth: immigrants are essential for economically prosperous and socially vibrant nations. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Truth About Immigration: Why Successful Societies Welcome Newcomers Author: Zeke Hernandez Narrator: Zeke Hernandez, André Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Santana's engaging narration makes the audiobook not just informative but also compelling. He captures the listener's attention whether he's discussing the historical context of immigration policies or exploring contemporary debates. Santana's delivery ensures that listeners remain thoroughly engaged throughout this audiobook.'—AudioFile This program features an introduction, afterword, and acknowledgements read by the author. The go-to book on immigration: fact-based, comprehensive, and nonpartisan. Immigration is one of the most controversial topics in the United States and everywhere else. Pundits, politicians, and the public usually depict immigrants as either villains or victims. The villain narrative is that immigrants pose a threat—to our economy because they steal our jobs; our way of life because they change our culture; and to our safety and laws because of their criminality. The victim argument tells us that immigrants are needy outsiders—the poor, huddled masses whom we must help at our own cost if necessary. But the data clearly debunks both narratives. From jobs, investment, and innovation to cultural vitality and national security, more immigration has an overwhelmingly positive impact on everything that makes a society successful. In The Truth About Immigration, Wharton professor Zeke Hernandez draws from nearly 20 years of research to answer all the big questions about immigration. He combines moving personal stories with rigorous research to offer an accessible, apolitical, and evidence-based look at how newcomers affect our local communities and our nation. You'll learn about the overlooked impact of immigrants on investment and job creation; realize how much we take for granted the novel technologies, products, and businesses newcomers create; get the facts straight about perennial concerns like jobs, crime, and undocumented immigrants; and gain new perspectives on misunderstood issues such as the border, taxes, and assimilation. Most books making a case for immigration tell you that immigration is good for immigrants. This book is all about how newcomers benefit you, your community, and your country. Skeptics fear that newcomers compete economically with locals because of their similarities and fail to socially assimilate because of their differences. You'll see that it's exactly the opposite: newcomers bring enduring economic benefits because of their differences and contribute positively to society because of their similarities. Destined to become the go-to book on one of the most important issues of our time, this book turns fear into hope by proving a simple truth: immigrants are essential for economically prosperous and socially vibrant nations. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712513 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Are Children For?: On Ambivalence and Choice Author: Rachel Wiseman, Anastasia Berg Narrator: Jennifer Pickens, Zura Johnson, Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program features multicast narration. A modern argument, grounded in philosophy and cultural criticism, about childbearing ambivalence and how to overcome it Becoming a parent, once the expected outcome of adulthood, is increasingly viewed as a potential threat to the most basic goals and aspirations of modern life. We seek self-fulfillment; we want to liberate women to find meaning and self-worth outside the home; and we wish to protect the planet from the ravages of climate change. Weighing the pros and cons of having children, Millennials and Zoomers are finding it increasingly difficult to judge in its favor. With lucid argument and passionate prose, Anastasia Berg and Rachel Wiseman offer the guidance necessary to move beyond uncertainty. The decision whether or not to have children, they argue, is not just a women’s issue but a basic human one. And at a time when climate change worries threaten the very legitimacy of human reproduction, Berg and Wiseman conclude that neither our personal nor collective failures ought to prevent us from embracing the fundamental goodness of human life—not only in the present but, in choosing to have children, in the future. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Rachel Wiseman, Anastasia Berg Tue, 11 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712513 thebookvoice.com 9:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Are Children For?: On Ambivalence and Choice Author: Rachel Wiseman, Anastasia Berg Narrator: Jennifer Pickens, Zura Johnson, Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program features multicast narration. A modern argument, grounded in philosophy and cultural criticism, about childbearing ambivalence and how to overcome it Becoming a parent, once the expected outcome of adulthood, is increasingly viewed as a potential threat to the most basic goals and aspirations of modern life. We seek self-fulfillment; we want to liberate women to find meaning and self-worth outside the home; and we wish to protect the planet from the ravages of climate change. Weighing the pros and cons of having children, Millennials and Zoomers are finding it increasingly difficult to judge in its favor. With lucid argument and passionate prose, Anastasia Berg and Rachel Wiseman offer the guidance necessary to move beyond uncertainty. The decision whether or not to have children, they argue, is not just a women’s issue but a basic human one. And at a time when climate change worries threaten the very legitimacy of human reproduction, Berg and Wiseman conclude that neither our personal nor collective failures ought to prevent us from embracing the fundamental goodness of human life—not only in the present but, in choosing to have children, in the future. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712513]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Are Children For?: On Ambivalence and Choice Author: Rachel Wiseman, Anastasia Berg Narrator: Jennifer Pickens, Zura Johnson, Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 11, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program features multicast narration. A modern argument, grounded in philosophy and cultural criticism, about childbearing ambivalence and how to overcome it Becoming a parent, once the expected outcome of adulthood, is increasingly viewed as a potential threat to the most basic goals and aspirations of modern life. We seek self-fulfillment; we want to liberate women to find meaning and self-worth outside the home; and we wish to protect the planet from the ravages of climate change. Weighing the pros and cons of having children, Millennials and Zoomers are finding it increasingly difficult to judge in its favor. With lucid argument and passionate prose, Anastasia Berg and Rachel Wiseman offer the guidance necessary to move beyond uncertainty. The decision whether or not to have children, they argue, is not just a women’s issue but a basic human one. And at a time when climate change worries threaten the very legitimacy of human reproduction, Berg and Wiseman conclude that neither our personal nor collective failures ought to prevent us from embracing the fundamental goodness of human life—not only in the present but, in choosing to have children, in the future. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712481 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Birds Aren't Real: The True Story of Mass Avian Murder and the Largest Surveillance Campaign in US History Author: Peter Mcindoe, Connor Gaydos Narrator: Connor Gaydos, Peter Mcindoe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the authors. The true story of the greatest conspiracy in US history—and how to fight back. Have you ever seen a baby pigeon? You haven’t, have you? No one has, not in many, many years. They used to be everywhere. You couldn’t walk out of your front door in New York City in the 1930s without seeing dozens of those little guys scurrying around. Today, there are millions of grown up pigeons in New York, but not a baby pigeon to be seen. That’s because they come out of the factory as adults. This is one of the many smoking guns of the bird drone surveillance crisis. Since 1959, the Deep State has mercilessly slaughtered over 12 billion birds and replaced them with identical drones that are designed to spy on private citizens and report their every action directly to the government. From pet canaries to Sesame Street, the shadowy figures that pull the strings have infiltrated every aspect of our society, making a mockery of civil liberties while the American people live in blissful ignorance. Until now. In Birds Aren’t Real, whistleblowers Peter McIndoe and Connor Gaydos trace the roots of a political conspiracy so vast and well-hidden that it almost seems like an elaborate hoax. These hero Bird Truthers have risked life and limb to compile and disseminate a treasure trove of information about the origins of the surveillance crisis, its spread, and the patriots who are on the front lines today, raising awareness and working to reclaim America as the land of the free. This urgent manifesto features a host of useful illustrations, activities, and leaked classified documents that will convince even the most outspoken skeptic that birds aren’t real. The truth is out there: will you stand and fight before it’s too late? A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Peter Mcindoe, Connor Gaydos Tue, 04 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712481 thebookvoice.com 3:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Birds Aren't Real: The True Story of Mass Avian Murder and the Largest Surveillance Campaign in US History Author: Peter Mcindoe, Connor Gaydos Narrator: Connor Gaydos, Peter Mcindoe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the authors. The true story of the greatest conspiracy in US history—and how to fight back. Have you ever seen a baby pigeon? You haven’t, have you? No one has, not in many, many years. They used to be everywhere. You couldn’t walk out of your front door in New York City in the 1930s without seeing dozens of those little guys scurrying around. Today, there are millions of grown up pigeons in New York, but not a baby pigeon to be seen. That’s because they come out of the factory as adults. This is one of the many smoking guns of the bird drone surveillance crisis. Since 1959, the Deep State has mercilessly slaughtered over 12 billion birds and replaced them with identical drones that are designed to spy on private citizens and report their every action directly to the government. From pet canaries to Sesame Street, the shadowy figures that pull the strings have infiltrated every aspect of our society, making a mockery of civil liberties while the American people live in blissful ignorance. Until now. In Birds Aren’t Real, whistleblowers Peter McIndoe and Connor Gaydos trace the roots of a political conspiracy so vast and well-hidden that it almost seems like an elaborate hoax. These hero Bird Truthers have risked life and limb to compile and disseminate a treasure trove of information about the origins of the surveillance crisis, its spread, and the patriots who are on the front lines today, raising awareness and working to reclaim America as the land of the free. This urgent manifesto features a host of useful illustrations, activities, and leaked classified documents that will convince even the most outspoken skeptic that birds aren’t real. The truth is out there: will you stand and fight before it’s too late? A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712481]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Birds Aren't Real: The True Story of Mass Avian Murder and the Largest Surveillance Campaign in US History Author: Peter Mcindoe, Connor Gaydos Narrator: Connor Gaydos, Peter Mcindoe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the authors. The true story of the greatest conspiracy in US history—and how to fight back. Have you ever seen a baby pigeon? You haven’t, have you? No one has, not in many, many years. They used to be everywhere. You couldn’t walk out of your front door in New York City in the 1930s without seeing dozens of those little guys scurrying around. Today, there are millions of grown up pigeons in New York, but not a baby pigeon to be seen. That’s because they come out of the factory as adults. This is one of the many smoking guns of the bird drone surveillance crisis. Since 1959, the Deep State has mercilessly slaughtered over 12 billion birds and replaced them with identical drones that are designed to spy on private citizens and report their every action directly to the government. From pet canaries to Sesame Street, the shadowy figures that pull the strings have infiltrated every aspect of our society, making a mockery of civil liberties while the American people live in blissful ignorance. Until now. In Birds Aren’t Real, whistleblowers Peter McIndoe and Connor Gaydos trace the roots of a political conspiracy so vast and well-hidden that it almost seems like an elaborate hoax. These hero Bird Truthers have risked life and limb to compile and disseminate a treasure trove of information about the origins of the surveillance crisis, its spread, and the patriots who are on the front lines today, raising awareness and working to reclaim America as the land of the free. This urgent manifesto features a host of useful illustrations, activities, and leaked classified documents that will convince even the most outspoken skeptic that birds aren’t real. The truth is out there: will you stand and fight before it’s too late? A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin’s Press. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712243 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbecoming a Lady: The Forgotten Sluts and Shrews That Shaped America Author: Therese Oneill Narrator: Chanté Mccormick, Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A quippy and irreverent collection of illustrated profiles of the great American women who weren’t attractive, well-spoken, demure, or sinless enough to receive their rightful place in history, until now, from New York Times bestselling author Therese Oneill. Slut. Shrew. Sinful. Scold. The 19th- and early 20th-century American women profiled in this collection were called all these names and worse when they were alive. And that’s just fine. These glorious dames earned those monikers, and one hundred years later they can wear them proudly! They refused to conform to societal standards. They bucked everyday niceties and blazed their own trails. They were collectively unbecoming as women, but they forever changed what women can become. With irresistible charm and laugh-out-loud impertinence, New York Times bestselling author Therese Oneill chronicles the lives of eighteen unbecoming ladies whose audacity, courage, and sheer disdain for lady-like expectations left them out of so many history books. Curious readers will learn about forgotten heroines such as: -Dr. Mary Edwards Walker: who, despite being the only woman ever awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor, was shunned and forgotten due to her insistence on wearing pants in public. -Elizabeth Packard: whose careful record of her own unjust incarceration in a 19th century madhouse by her husband (her crime: not wanting to be Presbyterian anymore) led to nationwide law reforms to protect the rights of those with mental health issues. -Lilian Gilbreth: best remembered for being the real-life mom of Cheaper by the Dozen but who probably should be remembered for scientifically removing the stigma of the sanitary napkin and designing the modern-day kitchen. -And many more! With dozens of illustrations and historical photographs throughout, Unbecoming a Lady shines a light on unforgettable, impressive women who deserve to be remembered. Therese Oneill Tue, 05 Mar 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712243 thebookvoice.com 3:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbecoming a Lady: The Forgotten Sluts and Shrews That Shaped America Author: Therese Oneill Narrator: Chanté Mccormick, Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A quippy and irreverent collection of illustrated profiles of the great American women who weren’t attractive, well-spoken, demure, or sinless enough to receive their rightful place in history, until now, from New York Times bestselling author Therese Oneill. Slut. Shrew. Sinful. Scold. The 19th- and early 20th-century American women profiled in this collection were called all these names and worse when they were alive. And that’s just fine. These glorious dames earned those monikers, and one hundred years later they can wear them proudly! They refused to conform to societal standards. They bucked everyday niceties and blazed their own trails. They were collectively unbecoming as women, but they forever changed what women can become. With irresistible charm and laugh-out-loud impertinence, New York Times bestselling author Therese Oneill chronicles the lives of eighteen unbecoming ladies whose audacity, courage, and sheer disdain for lady-like expectations left them out of so many history books. Curious readers will learn about forgotten heroines such as: -Dr. Mary Edwards Walker: who, despite being the only woman ever awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor, was shunned and forgotten due to her insistence on wearing pants in public. -Elizabeth Packard: whose careful record of her own unjust incarceration in a 19th century madhouse by her husband (her crime: not wanting to be Presbyterian anymore) led to nationwide law reforms to protect the rights of those with mental health issues. -Lilian Gilbreth: best remembered for being the real-life mom of Cheaper by the Dozen but who probably should be remembered for scientifically removing the stigma of the sanitary napkin and designing the modern-day kitchen. -And many more! With dozens of illustrations and historical photographs throughout, Unbecoming a Lady shines a light on unforgettable, impressive women who deserve to be remembered. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unbecoming a Lady: The Forgotten Sluts and Shrews That Shaped America Author: Therese Oneill Narrator: Chanté Mccormick, Betsy Foldes Meiman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A quippy and irreverent collection of illustrated profiles of the great American women who weren’t attractive, well-spoken, demure, or sinless enough to receive their rightful place in history, until now, from New York Times bestselling author Therese Oneill. Slut. Shrew. Sinful. Scold. The 19th- and early 20th-century American women profiled in this collection were called all these names and worse when they were alive. And that’s just fine. These glorious dames earned those monikers, and one hundred years later they can wear them proudly! They refused to conform to societal standards. They bucked everyday niceties and blazed their own trails. They were collectively unbecoming as women, but they forever changed what women can become. With irresistible charm and laugh-out-loud impertinence, New York Times bestselling author Therese Oneill chronicles the lives of eighteen unbecoming ladies whose audacity, courage, and sheer disdain for lady-like expectations left them out of so many history books. Curious readers will learn about forgotten heroines such as: -Dr. Mary Edwards Walker: who, despite being the only woman ever awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor, was shunned and forgotten due to her insistence on wearing pants in public. -Elizabeth Packard: whose careful record of her own unjust incarceration in a 19th century madhouse by her husband (her crime: not wanting to be Presbyterian anymore) led to nationwide law reforms to protect the rights of those with mental health issues. -Lilian Gilbreth: best remembered for being the real-life mom of Cheaper by the Dozen but who probably should be remembered for scientifically removing the stigma of the sanitary napkin and designing the modern-day kitchen. -And many more! With dozens of illustrations and historical photographs throughout, Unbecoming a Lady shines a light on unforgettable, impressive women who deserve to be remembered. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712238 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Thousand Miles From Care: The Hunt for My Brother’s Killer – A Thirty-Year Quest for Justice Author: Steve Johnson Narrator: Steve Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Soon to be a MAJOR MOVIE. A gripping and heartbreaking story, A Thousand Miles from Care tells the 30-year quest Steve Johnson undertook to uncover the truth about his brilliant brother’s death. At the entrance of Sydney Harbor, the cliffs rise fourteen stories above the Pacific, like a gigantic skirt made of sandstone. North Head, one of the most memorable cliffs, is a gorgeous place to watch the sunrise. But it’s an unforgiving place to lose your footing. When Steve Johnson’s younger brother Scott went over the edge in 1988, he hit an outcrop on the way down and exploded on the rocks below. A Thousand Miles from Care draws upon the mountain of exclusive materials Steve amassed over his 32-year fight for answers, including sealed court transcripts, police records, interviews with suspects, inquest reports, correspondence with gang members, private investigations, and much else. It utilizes unique details, interview transcripts and insights based on Johnson’s close relationship with authorities and high-ranking New South Wales officials developed over more than three decades. This profoundly impactful book traces the steps Steve Johnson, his family and friends took to solve the mystery of Scott’s alleged suicide, navigating an openly hostile police force and a maze of dead ends, unreliable informants, skinhead gangs, a faked confession, police-connected drug rings, and setbacks at every turn. A Thousand Miles from Care is above all, a love story between two brothers but shared by everyone who worked so long for truth and justice for Scott. Steve Johnson Thu, 04 Jul 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712238 thebookvoice.com 10:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Thousand Miles From Care: The Hunt for My Brother’s Killer – A Thirty-Year Quest for Justice Author: Steve Johnson Narrator: Steve Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Soon to be a MAJOR MOVIE. A gripping and heartbreaking story, A Thousand Miles from Care tells the 30-year quest Steve Johnson undertook to uncover the truth about his brilliant brother’s death. At the entrance of Sydney Harbor, the cliffs rise fourteen stories above the Pacific, like a gigantic skirt made of sandstone. North Head, one of the most memorable cliffs, is a gorgeous place to watch the sunrise. But it’s an unforgiving place to lose your footing. When Steve Johnson’s younger brother Scott went over the edge in 1988, he hit an outcrop on the way down and exploded on the rocks below. A Thousand Miles from Care draws upon the mountain of exclusive materials Steve amassed over his 32-year fight for answers, including sealed court transcripts, police records, interviews with suspects, inquest reports, correspondence with gang members, private investigations, and much else. It utilizes unique details, interview transcripts and insights based on Johnson’s close relationship with authorities and high-ranking New South Wales officials developed over more than three decades. This profoundly impactful book traces the steps Steve Johnson, his family and friends took to solve the mystery of Scott’s alleged suicide, navigating an openly hostile police force and a maze of dead ends, unreliable informants, skinhead gangs, a faked confession, police-connected drug rings, and setbacks at every turn. A Thousand Miles from Care is above all, a love story between two brothers but shared by everyone who worked so long for truth and justice for Scott. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712238]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Thousand Miles From Care: The Hunt for My Brother’s Killer – A Thirty-Year Quest for Justice Author: Steve Johnson Narrator: Steve Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Soon to be a MAJOR MOVIE. A gripping and heartbreaking story, A Thousand Miles from Care tells the 30-year quest Steve Johnson undertook to uncover the truth about his brilliant brother’s death. At the entrance of Sydney Harbor, the cliffs rise fourteen stories above the Pacific, like a gigantic skirt made of sandstone. North Head, one of the most memorable cliffs, is a gorgeous place to watch the sunrise. But it’s an unforgiving place to lose your footing. When Steve Johnson’s younger brother Scott went over the edge in 1988, he hit an outcrop on the way down and exploded on the rocks below. A Thousand Miles from Care draws upon the mountain of exclusive materials Steve amassed over his 32-year fight for answers, including sealed court transcripts, police records, interviews with suspects, inquest reports, correspondence with gang members, private investigations, and much else. It utilizes unique details, interview transcripts and insights based on Johnson’s close relationship with authorities and high-ranking New South Wales officials developed over more than three decades. This profoundly impactful book traces the steps Steve Johnson, his family and friends took to solve the mystery of Scott’s alleged suicide, navigating an openly hostile police force and a maze of dead ends, unreliable informants, skinhead gangs, a faked confession, police-connected drug rings, and setbacks at every turn. A Thousand Miles from Care is above all, a love story between two brothers but shared by everyone who worked so long for truth and justice for Scott. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712221 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nature of Our Cities: Harnessing the Power of the Natural World to Survive a Changing Planet Author: Nadina Galle Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Elizabeth Kolbert and Michael Pollan, The Nature of Our Cities is a stirring exploration of how innovators from around the world are combining urban nature with emerging technologies, protecting the planet’s cities from the effects of climate change and safeguarding the health of their inhabitants. We live in an age when humanity spends 90% of its time indoors, yet the nature around us—especially in America’s cities—has never been more vital. This distancing from nature has sparked crises in mental health, longevity, and hope for the next generation, while also heightening the risks we face from historic floods, heatwaves, and wildfires. Indeed, embracing nature holds untapped potential to strengthen and fortify our cities, suburbs, and towns, providing solutions spanning flood preparation, wildfire management, and promoting longevity. As ecological engineer Dr. Nadina Galle shows in The Nature of Our Cities nature is our most critical infrastructure for tackling the climate crisis. It just needs a little help.  A fellow at MIT’s Senseable City Lab and selected for Forbes’ 30 under 30 list, Galle is at the forefront of the growing movement to fuse nature and technology for urban resilience. In THE NATURE OF OUR CITIES, she embarks on a journey as fascinating as it is pressing, showing how scientists and citizens from around the world are harnessing emerging technologies to unlock the power of the natural world to save their cities, a phenomenon she calls the “Internet of Nature.” Traveling the globe, Galle examines how urban nature, long an afterthought for many, actually points the way toward a more sustainable future. She reveals how technology can help nature navigate this precarious moment with modern advances such as: Laser-mapping that identifies at-risk neighborhoods to fight deadly health disparities A.I.-powered robots that prevent wildfires from reaching urban areas Intelligent water gardens that protect cities from floods and hurricanes Advanced sensors that achieve 99% tree survival in dry, hot summers    Optimistic in spirit yet pragmatic in approach, Galle writes persuasively that the future of urban life depends on balancing the natural world with the technology that can help sustain it. By turns clear-eyed and lyrical, THE NATURE OF OUR CITIES marks the emergence of an invigorating, prescient new talent in nature writing. Nadina Galle Tue, 18 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712221 thebookvoice.com 9:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nature of Our Cities: Harnessing the Power of the Natural World to Survive a Changing Planet Author: Nadina Galle Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Elizabeth Kolbert and Michael Pollan, The Nature of Our Cities is a stirring exploration of how innovators from around the world are combining urban nature with emerging technologies, protecting the planet’s cities from the effects of climate change and safeguarding the health of their inhabitants. We live in an age when humanity spends 90% of its time indoors, yet the nature around us—especially in America’s cities—has never been more vital. This distancing from nature has sparked crises in mental health, longevity, and hope for the next generation, while also heightening the risks we face from historic floods, heatwaves, and wildfires. Indeed, embracing nature holds untapped potential to strengthen and fortify our cities, suburbs, and towns, providing solutions spanning flood preparation, wildfire management, and promoting longevity. As ecological engineer Dr. Nadina Galle shows in The Nature of Our Cities nature is our most critical infrastructure for tackling the climate crisis. It just needs a little help.  A fellow at MIT’s Senseable City Lab and selected for Forbes’ 30 under 30 list, Galle is at the forefront of the growing movement to fuse nature and technology for urban resilience. In THE NATURE OF OUR CITIES, she embarks on a journey as fascinating as it is pressing, showing how scientists and citizens from around the world are harnessing emerging technologies to unlock the power of the natural world to save their cities, a phenomenon she calls the “Internet of Nature.” Traveling the globe, Galle examines how urban nature, long an afterthought for many, actually points the way toward a more sustainable future. She reveals how technology can help nature navigate this precarious moment with modern advances such as: Laser-mapping that identifies at-risk neighborhoods to fight deadly health disparities A.I.-powered robots that prevent wildfires from reaching urban areas Intelligent water gardens that protect cities from floods and hurricanes Advanced sensors that achieve 99% tree survival in dry, hot summers    Optimistic in spirit yet pragmatic in approach, Galle writes persuasively that the future of urban life depends on balancing the natural world with the technology that can help sustain it. By turns clear-eyed and lyrical, THE NATURE OF OUR CITIES marks the emergence of an invigorating, prescient new talent in nature writing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nature of Our Cities: Harnessing the Power of the Natural World to Survive a Changing Planet Author: Nadina Galle Narrator: Eileen Stevens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In the tradition of Elizabeth Kolbert and Michael Pollan, The Nature of Our Cities is a stirring exploration of how innovators from around the world are combining urban nature with emerging technologies, protecting the planet’s cities from the effects of climate change and safeguarding the health of their inhabitants. We live in an age when humanity spends 90% of its time indoors, yet the nature around us—especially in America’s cities—has never been more vital. This distancing from nature has sparked crises in mental health, longevity, and hope for the next generation, while also heightening the risks we face from historic floods, heatwaves, and wildfires. Indeed, embracing nature holds untapped potential to strengthen and fortify our cities, suburbs, and towns, providing solutions spanning flood preparation, wildfire management, and promoting longevity. As ecological engineer Dr. Nadina Galle shows in The Nature of Our Cities nature is our most critical infrastructure for tackling the climate crisis. It just needs a little help.  A fellow at MIT’s Senseable City Lab and selected for Forbes’ 30 under 30 list, Galle is at the forefront of the growing movement to fuse nature and technology for urban resilience. In THE NATURE OF OUR CITIES, she embarks on a journey as fascinating as it is pressing, showing how scientists and citizens from around the world are harnessing emerging technologies to unlock the power of the natural world to save their cities, a phenomenon she calls the “Internet of Nature.” Traveling the globe, Galle examines how urban nature, long an afterthought for many, actually points the way toward a more sustainable future. She reveals how technology can help nature navigate this precarious moment with modern advances such as: Laser-mapping that identifies at-risk neighborhoods to fight deadly health disparities A.I.-powered robots that prevent wildfires from reaching urban areas Intelligent water gardens that protect cities from floods and hurricanes Advanced sensors that achieve 99% tree survival in dry, hot summers    Optimistic in spirit yet pragmatic in approach, Galle writes persuasively that the future of urban life depends on balancing the natural world with the technology that can help sustain it. By turns clear-eyed and lyrical, THE NATURE OF OUR CITIES marks the emergence of an invigorating, prescient new talent in nature writing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712215 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Art of the Craft: A Guidebook to Collaborative Storytelling Author: Girls Write Now Narrator: Alice Wen, Elena Rey, Nicky Endres, Dana Wing Lau, Grace Capeless, Tyla Collier, Rachel Perry, Nikki Massoud, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A writing companion, inspirational guide to the craft, and anthology featuring interactive multi-genre work from the acclaimed organization on its twenty-fifth anniversary. We all have stories to tell, but not everyone gets the mentoring and training or encouragement to become a great storyteller. Founded a quarter century ago, Girls Write Now has empowered young women and gender-expansive youth to harness their creative talents, gaining confidence, skills, and a community supporting them in sharing stories the world needs to hear. This hands-on guide—conceived of and written and edited by the young people of Girls Write Now—draws from the organization’s dynamic curriculum and the writers’ own personal experiences spanning decades. It offers aspiring writers the tools they need to develop their craft—including tips, insight, and advice on the writing and publishing process as well as critical thinking about the future of storytelling. With this handbook, readers everywhere can equip themselves to shape their life stories, and become the writers and leaders they dream of being. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Girls Write Now Tue, 23 Apr 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712215 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Art of the Craft: A Guidebook to Collaborative Storytelling Author: Girls Write Now Narrator: Alice Wen, Elena Rey, Nicky Endres, Dana Wing Lau, Grace Capeless, Tyla Collier, Rachel Perry, Nikki Massoud, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A writing companion, inspirational guide to the craft, and anthology featuring interactive multi-genre work from the acclaimed organization on its twenty-fifth anniversary. We all have stories to tell, but not everyone gets the mentoring and training or encouragement to become a great storyteller. Founded a quarter century ago, Girls Write Now has empowered young women and gender-expansive youth to harness their creative talents, gaining confidence, skills, and a community supporting them in sharing stories the world needs to hear. This hands-on guide—conceived of and written and edited by the young people of Girls Write Now—draws from the organization’s dynamic curriculum and the writers’ own personal experiences spanning decades. It offers aspiring writers the tools they need to develop their craft—including tips, insight, and advice on the writing and publishing process as well as critical thinking about the future of storytelling. With this handbook, readers everywhere can equip themselves to shape their life stories, and become the writers and leaders they dream of being. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712215]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On the Art of the Craft: A Guidebook to Collaborative Storytelling Author: Girls Write Now Narrator: Alice Wen, Elena Rey, Nicky Endres, Dana Wing Lau, Grace Capeless, Tyla Collier, Rachel Perry, Nikki Massoud, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A writing companion, inspirational guide to the craft, and anthology featuring interactive multi-genre work from the acclaimed organization on its twenty-fifth anniversary. We all have stories to tell, but not everyone gets the mentoring and training or encouragement to become a great storyteller. Founded a quarter century ago, Girls Write Now has empowered young women and gender-expansive youth to harness their creative talents, gaining confidence, skills, and a community supporting them in sharing stories the world needs to hear. This hands-on guide—conceived of and written and edited by the young people of Girls Write Now—draws from the organization’s dynamic curriculum and the writers’ own personal experiences spanning decades. It offers aspiring writers the tools they need to develop their craft—including tips, insight, and advice on the writing and publishing process as well as critical thinking about the future of storytelling. With this handbook, readers everywhere can equip themselves to shape their life stories, and become the writers and leaders they dream of being. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712205 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Account: The official autobiography Author: Coleen Rooney Narrator: Coleen Rooney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 9, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Written in her own words, this candid account takes an intimate, behind the scenes look at the reality of a life lived on social media and under the scrutiny of the public eye ‘It was the biggest thing that had ever happened to me, and like nothing I’d ever experienced… Looking back on it now, it still amazes me how inflated it all got, how ridiculous, how serious. That’s why I need to tell what happened in full…’ Coleen Rooney has always been true to herself. In My Account, she tells us how her upbringing prepared her for a life in the full glare of public and media scrutiny. In fact, from an early age, she was no stranger to responsibility, having two younger brothers as well as welcoming disabled foster sister Rosie into the family. At just seventeen, she and boyfriend Wayne left their childhood homes to live together and in time they had their own young family to care for. But being married to one of the world’s most successful sportsmen has also meant that any private difficulties they faced were inevitably exposed very publicly. And that is no more true than in the now infamous tale of how a casual acquaintance of Coleen’s ended in an extraordinary deception. Here, she recounts how she first suspected someone was betraying her trust (and how devastated it left her), and then the meticulous steps she took to identify, trap and finally reveal to the world her suspect. With the consequences playing out around the world and Coleen dragged unwillingly into a devastating court case whose outcome was far from certain, only now can she candidly give us her side of the story. This, then, is My Account, Coleen Rooney’s tale of what it means to stand up for yourself and your family. ©2023 Coleen Rooney (P)2023 Penguin Audio Coleen Rooney Thu, 09 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712205 thebookvoice.com 6:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Account: The official autobiography Author: Coleen Rooney Narrator: Coleen Rooney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 9, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Written in her own words, this candid account takes an intimate, behind the scenes look at the reality of a life lived on social media and under the scrutiny of the public eye ‘It was the biggest thing that had ever happened to me, and like nothing I’d ever experienced… Looking back on it now, it still amazes me how inflated it all got, how ridiculous, how serious. That’s why I need to tell what happened in full…’ Coleen Rooney has always been true to herself. In My Account, she tells us how her upbringing prepared her for a life in the full glare of public and media scrutiny. In fact, from an early age, she was no stranger to responsibility, having two younger brothers as well as welcoming disabled foster sister Rosie into the family. At just seventeen, she and boyfriend Wayne left their childhood homes to live together and in time they had their own young family to care for. But being married to one of the world’s most successful sportsmen has also meant that any private difficulties they faced were inevitably exposed very publicly. And that is no more true than in the now infamous tale of how a casual acquaintance of Coleen’s ended in an extraordinary deception. Here, she recounts how she first suspected someone was betraying her trust (and how devastated it left her), and then the meticulous steps she took to identify, trap and finally reveal to the world her suspect. With the consequences playing out around the world and Coleen dragged unwillingly into a devastating court case whose outcome was far from certain, only now can she candidly give us her side of the story. This, then, is My Account, Coleen Rooney’s tale of what it means to stand up for yourself and your family. ©2023 Coleen Rooney (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712205]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Account: The official autobiography Author: Coleen Rooney Narrator: Coleen Rooney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 9, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Written in her own words, this candid account takes an intimate, behind the scenes look at the reality of a life lived on social media and under the scrutiny of the public eye ‘It was the biggest thing that had ever happened to me, and like nothing I’d ever experienced… Looking back on it now, it still amazes me how inflated it all got, how ridiculous, how serious. That’s why I need to tell what happened in full…’ Coleen Rooney has always been true to herself. In My Account, she tells us how her upbringing prepared her for a life in the full glare of public and media scrutiny. In fact, from an early age, she was no stranger to responsibility, having two younger brothers as well as welcoming disabled foster sister Rosie into the family. At just seventeen, she and boyfriend Wayne left their childhood homes to live together and in time they had their own young family to care for. But being married to one of the world’s most successful sportsmen has also meant that any private difficulties they faced were inevitably exposed very publicly. And that is no more true than in the now infamous tale of how a casual acquaintance of Coleen’s ended in an extraordinary deception. Here, she recounts how she first suspected someone was betraying her trust (and how devastated it left her), and then the meticulous steps she took to identify, trap and finally reveal to the world her suspect. With the consequences playing out around the world and Coleen dragged unwillingly into a devastating court case whose outcome was far from certain, only now can she candidly give us her side of the story. This, then, is My Account, Coleen Rooney’s tale of what it means to stand up for yourself and your family. ©2023 Coleen Rooney (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712013 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lede: Dispatches from a Life in the Press Author: Calvin Trillin Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A fascinating portrait of journalism and the people who make it, told through pieces collected from the incomparable six-decade career of bestselling author and longtime New Yorker writer Calvin Trillin “The Lede contains profiles . . . that are acknowledged classics of the form and will be studied until A.I. makes hash out of all of us.”—Dwight Garner, The New York Times I’ve been writing about the press almost as long as I’ve been in the game. At some point, it occurred to me that disparate pieces from various places in various styles amounted to a picture from multiple angles of what the press has been like over the years since I became a practitioner and an observer. Calvin Trillin has reported serious pieces across America for The New Yorker, covered the civil rights movement in the South for Time, and written comic verse for The Nation. But one of his favorite subjects over the years—a superb fit for his unique combination of reportage and humor—has been his own professional environment: the American press. In The Lede, Trillin gathers his incisive, often hilarious writing on reporting, reporters, and the media world that is their orbit. He writes about a legendary crime reporter in Miami, a swashbuckling New York Times reporter, and an erudite film critic in Dallas who once a week transformed himself from an appreciator of the French nouvelle vague into a crude connoisseur of movies like Mother Riley Meets the Vampire. There are pieces on the House of Lords aspirations of a North American press baron, the paucity of gossip columns in Russia, the embroilment of a weekly newspaper in a missing person case, and the founding of a publication called Beautiful Spot: A Magazine of Parking. Uniting all of this is Trillin’s signature combination of empathy, humor, and graceful prose. The Lede is an unparalleled portrait of one of our fundamental American institutions from a master journalist. Calvin Trillin Tue, 13 Feb 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712013 thebookvoice.com 10:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lede: Dispatches from a Life in the Press Author: Calvin Trillin Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A fascinating portrait of journalism and the people who make it, told through pieces collected from the incomparable six-decade career of bestselling author and longtime New Yorker writer Calvin Trillin “The Lede contains profiles . . . that are acknowledged classics of the form and will be studied until A.I. makes hash out of all of us.”—Dwight Garner, The New York Times I’ve been writing about the press almost as long as I’ve been in the game. At some point, it occurred to me that disparate pieces from various places in various styles amounted to a picture from multiple angles of what the press has been like over the years since I became a practitioner and an observer. Calvin Trillin has reported serious pieces across America for The New Yorker, covered the civil rights movement in the South for Time, and written comic verse for The Nation. But one of his favorite subjects over the years—a superb fit for his unique combination of reportage and humor—has been his own professional environment: the American press. In The Lede, Trillin gathers his incisive, often hilarious writing on reporting, reporters, and the media world that is their orbit. He writes about a legendary crime reporter in Miami, a swashbuckling New York Times reporter, and an erudite film critic in Dallas who once a week transformed himself from an appreciator of the French nouvelle vague into a crude connoisseur of movies like Mother Riley Meets the Vampire. There are pieces on the House of Lords aspirations of a North American press baron, the paucity of gossip columns in Russia, the embroilment of a weekly newspaper in a missing person case, and the founding of a publication called Beautiful Spot: A Magazine of Parking. Uniting all of this is Trillin’s signature combination of empathy, humor, and graceful prose. The Lede is an unparalleled portrait of one of our fundamental American institutions from a master journalist. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712013]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Lede: Dispatches from a Life in the Press Author: Calvin Trillin Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 13, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A fascinating portrait of journalism and the people who make it, told through pieces collected from the incomparable six-decade career of bestselling author and longtime New Yorker writer Calvin Trillin “The Lede contains profiles . . . that are acknowledged classics of the form and will be studied until A.I. makes hash out of all of us.”—Dwight Garner, The New York Times I’ve been writing about the press almost as long as I’ve been in the game. At some point, it occurred to me that disparate pieces from various places in various styles amounted to a picture from multiple angles of what the press has been like over the years since I became a practitioner and an observer. Calvin Trillin has reported serious pieces across America for The New Yorker, covered the civil rights movement in the South for Time, and written comic verse for The Nation. But one of his favorite subjects over the years—a superb fit for his unique combination of reportage and humor—has been his own professional environment: the American press. In The Lede, Trillin gathers his incisive, often hilarious writing on reporting, reporters, and the media world that is their orbit. He writes about a legendary crime reporter in Miami, a swashbuckling New York Times reporter, and an erudite film critic in Dallas who once a week transformed himself from an appreciator of the French nouvelle vague into a crude connoisseur of movies like Mother Riley Meets the Vampire. There are pieces on the House of Lords aspirations of a North American press baron, the paucity of gossip columns in Russia, the embroilment of a weekly newspaper in a missing person case, and the founding of a publication called Beautiful Spot: A Magazine of Parking. Uniting all of this is Trillin’s signature combination of empathy, humor, and graceful prose. The Lede is an unparalleled portrait of one of our fundamental American institutions from a master journalist. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Yearbook [Portraits and Stories] Author: Adraint Khadafhi Bereal Narrator: Adraint Khadafhi Bereal, Reynaldo Piniella, André Santana, Zoleka Vundla, Marcella Cox, Angel Pean, Torian Brackett, Benjamin Charles, Malik Rashad, Henriette Zoutomou, Keylor Leigh, Joniece Abbott-Pratt, Kiese Laymon, Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A gripping exploration of the joys, hardships, and truths of Black students through intimate, honest dialogues and stunning photography, author of Heavy “A radical, reverential, and restorative document of community.”—Rebecca Bengal, author of Strange Hours: Photography, Memory, and the Lives of Artists When photographer Adraint Bereal graduated from the University of Texas, he self-published an impressive volume of portraits, personal statements, and interviews that explored UT's campus culture and offered an intimate look at the lives of Black students matriculating within a majority white space. Bereal's work was inspired by his first photo exhibition at the George Washington Carver Museum in Austin, entitled 1.7, that unearthed the experiences of the 925 Black men that made up just 1.7% of UT's total 52,000 student body. Now Bereal expands the scope of his original project and visits colleges nationwide, from Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) to predominantly white institutions to trade schools and more. Rather than dwelling on the monolith of trauma often associated with Black narratives, Bereal is dedicated to using honest dialogue to share stories of true joy and triumph amidst the hardships, prejudices, and internal struggles. Using an exciting and eclectic design approach to accompany the portraits and stories, each individual profile effectively conveys the interviewee's unique voice, tone, and background. The Black Yearbook reframes society's stereotypical perception of higher education by representing and celebrating the wide range of Black experiences on campuses. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains selected photographs taken by the author from the book. Adraint Khadafhi Bereal Tue, 16 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712014 thebookvoice.com 3:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Yearbook [Portraits and Stories] Author: Adraint Khadafhi Bereal Narrator: Adraint Khadafhi Bereal, Reynaldo Piniella, André Santana, Zoleka Vundla, Marcella Cox, Angel Pean, Torian Brackett, Benjamin Charles, Malik Rashad, Henriette Zoutomou, Keylor Leigh, Joniece Abbott-Pratt, Kiese Laymon, Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A gripping exploration of the joys, hardships, and truths of Black students through intimate, honest dialogues and stunning photography, author of Heavy “A radical, reverential, and restorative document of community.”—Rebecca Bengal, author of Strange Hours: Photography, Memory, and the Lives of Artists When photographer Adraint Bereal graduated from the University of Texas, he self-published an impressive volume of portraits, personal statements, and interviews that explored UT's campus culture and offered an intimate look at the lives of Black students matriculating within a majority white space. Bereal's work was inspired by his first photo exhibition at the George Washington Carver Museum in Austin, entitled 1.7, that unearthed the experiences of the 925 Black men that made up just 1.7% of UT's total 52,000 student body. Now Bereal expands the scope of his original project and visits colleges nationwide, from Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) to predominantly white institutions to trade schools and more. Rather than dwelling on the monolith of trauma often associated with Black narratives, Bereal is dedicated to using honest dialogue to share stories of true joy and triumph amidst the hardships, prejudices, and internal struggles. Using an exciting and eclectic design approach to accompany the portraits and stories, each individual profile effectively conveys the interviewee's unique voice, tone, and background. The Black Yearbook reframes society's stereotypical perception of higher education by representing and celebrating the wide range of Black experiences on campuses. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains selected photographs taken by the author from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/712014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Yearbook [Portraits and Stories] Author: Adraint Khadafhi Bereal Narrator: Adraint Khadafhi Bereal, Reynaldo Piniella, André Santana, Zoleka Vundla, Marcella Cox, Angel Pean, Torian Brackett, Benjamin Charles, Malik Rashad, Henriette Zoutomou, Keylor Leigh, Joniece Abbott-Pratt, Kiese Laymon, Ron Butler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A gripping exploration of the joys, hardships, and truths of Black students through intimate, honest dialogues and stunning photography, author of Heavy “A radical, reverential, and restorative document of community.”—Rebecca Bengal, author of Strange Hours: Photography, Memory, and the Lives of Artists When photographer Adraint Bereal graduated from the University of Texas, he self-published an impressive volume of portraits, personal statements, and interviews that explored UT's campus culture and offered an intimate look at the lives of Black students matriculating within a majority white space. Bereal's work was inspired by his first photo exhibition at the George Washington Carver Museum in Austin, entitled 1.7, that unearthed the experiences of the 925 Black men that made up just 1.7% of UT's total 52,000 student body. Now Bereal expands the scope of his original project and visits colleges nationwide, from Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) to predominantly white institutions to trade schools and more. Rather than dwelling on the monolith of trauma often associated with Black narratives, Bereal is dedicated to using honest dialogue to share stories of true joy and triumph amidst the hardships, prejudices, and internal struggles. Using an exciting and eclectic design approach to accompany the portraits and stories, each individual profile effectively conveys the interviewee's unique voice, tone, and background. The Black Yearbook reframes society's stereotypical perception of higher education by representing and celebrating the wide range of Black experiences on campuses. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains selected photographs taken by the author from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711750 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inheritance: The Evolutionary Origins of the Modern World Author: Harvey Whitehouse Narrator: Harvey Whitehouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin How our evolved psychology has shaped the past, present and future of humanity. Each of us is endowed with an inheritance. A set of ancient biases, forged through countless millennia of natural and cultural selection, which shape every facet of our behaviour. For generations, this inheritance has taken us to ever greater heights, driving the rise of more sophisticated technologies, more organized religions, more expansive empires. But now, for the first time, it is failing us. We find ourselves careering towards a future of unprecedented political polarization, deadlier wars, and environmental destruction. In Inheritance, renowned anthropologist Harvey Whitehouse offers a sweeping account of how our evolved biases have shaped humanity’s past and imperil its future. Unveiling a pioneering new way of viewing our collective history – one that weaves together psychological experiments, on-the-ground fieldwork, and big data – Whitehouse introduces three biases that shape human behaviour everywhere: conformism, religiosity, and tribalism. These biases have catalysed the greatest transformations in human history, from the birth of agriculture and arrival of the first kings to the rise and fall of human sacrifice and creation of multiethnic empires. Yet today, they are driving us to ruin. Taking us deep into New Guinea tribes, Libyan militias, and predatory ad agencies, Whitehouse shows how the tools we once used to manage our biases are breaking down, with devastating implications for us all. By uncovering how human nature has shaped our collective history, Inheritance reveals a surprising new path to solving our most urgent problems. The result is a powerful reappraisal of the human journey; one that transforms our understanding of who we are, and who we could be. ‘Insightful and breathtaking.’ Yuval Noah Harari, author of Sapiens ‘Bold and sweeping.’ Peter Frankopan, author of The Silk Roads ‘Profoundly thought-provoking.’ Kate Raworth, author of Doughnut Economics ©2024 Harvey Whitehouse (P)2024 Penguin Audio Harvey Whitehouse Thu, 13 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711750 thebookvoice.com 10:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inheritance: The Evolutionary Origins of the Modern World Author: Harvey Whitehouse Narrator: Harvey Whitehouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin How our evolved psychology has shaped the past, present and future of humanity. Each of us is endowed with an inheritance. A set of ancient biases, forged through countless millennia of natural and cultural selection, which shape every facet of our behaviour. For generations, this inheritance has taken us to ever greater heights, driving the rise of more sophisticated technologies, more organized religions, more expansive empires. But now, for the first time, it is failing us. We find ourselves careering towards a future of unprecedented political polarization, deadlier wars, and environmental destruction. In Inheritance, renowned anthropologist Harvey Whitehouse offers a sweeping account of how our evolved biases have shaped humanity’s past and imperil its future. Unveiling a pioneering new way of viewing our collective history – one that weaves together psychological experiments, on-the-ground fieldwork, and big data – Whitehouse introduces three biases that shape human behaviour everywhere: conformism, religiosity, and tribalism. These biases have catalysed the greatest transformations in human history, from the birth of agriculture and arrival of the first kings to the rise and fall of human sacrifice and creation of multiethnic empires. Yet today, they are driving us to ruin. Taking us deep into New Guinea tribes, Libyan militias, and predatory ad agencies, Whitehouse shows how the tools we once used to manage our biases are breaking down, with devastating implications for us all. By uncovering how human nature has shaped our collective history, Inheritance reveals a surprising new path to solving our most urgent problems. The result is a powerful reappraisal of the human journey; one that transforms our understanding of who we are, and who we could be. ‘Insightful and breathtaking.’ Yuval Noah Harari, author of Sapiens ‘Bold and sweeping.’ Peter Frankopan, author of The Silk Roads ‘Profoundly thought-provoking.’ Kate Raworth, author of Doughnut Economics ©2024 Harvey Whitehouse (P)2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711750]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inheritance: The Evolutionary Origins of the Modern World Author: Harvey Whitehouse Narrator: Harvey Whitehouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 55 minutes Release date: June 13, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin How our evolved psychology has shaped the past, present and future of humanity. Each of us is endowed with an inheritance. A set of ancient biases, forged through countless millennia of natural and cultural selection, which shape every facet of our behaviour. For generations, this inheritance has taken us to ever greater heights, driving the rise of more sophisticated technologies, more organized religions, more expansive empires. But now, for the first time, it is failing us. We find ourselves careering towards a future of unprecedented political polarization, deadlier wars, and environmental destruction. In Inheritance, renowned anthropologist Harvey Whitehouse offers a sweeping account of how our evolved biases have shaped humanity’s past and imperil its future. Unveiling a pioneering new way of viewing our collective history – one that weaves together psychological experiments, on-the-ground fieldwork, and big data – Whitehouse introduces three biases that shape human behaviour everywhere: conformism, religiosity, and tribalism. These biases have catalysed the greatest transformations in human history, from the birth of agriculture and arrival of the first kings to the rise and fall of human sacrifice and creation of multiethnic empires. Yet today, they are driving us to ruin. Taking us deep into New Guinea tribes, Libyan militias, and predatory ad agencies, Whitehouse shows how the tools we once used to manage our biases are breaking down, with devastating implications for us all. By uncovering how human nature has shaped our collective history, Inheritance reveals a surprising new path to solving our most urgent problems. The result is a powerful reappraisal of the human journey; one that transforms our understanding of who we are, and who we could be. ‘Insightful and breathtaking.’ Yuval Noah Harari, author of Sapiens ‘Bold and sweeping.’ Peter Frankopan, author of The Silk Roads ‘Profoundly thought-provoking.’ Kate Raworth, author of Doughnut Economics ©2024 Harvey Whitehouse (P)2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711747 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Olympians: A True Story of Gender, Fascism and the Making of Modern Sport Author: Michael Waters Narrator: Jennifer Pickens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In December 1935, Zdenek Koubek, one of the most famous sprinters in European women’s sports, declared he was now living as a man. Around the same time, the celebrated British field athlete Mark Weston, also assigned female at birth, announced that he, too, was a man. Periodicals and radio programs across the world carried the news; both became global celebrities. A few decades later, they were all but forgotten. And in the wake of their transitions, what could have been a push toward equality became instead, through a confluence of bureaucracy, war, and sheer happenstance, the exact opposite: the now all-too-familiar panic around trans, intersex, and gender nonconforming athletes. In The Other Olympians, Michael Waters uncovers, for the first time, the gripping true stories of Koubek, Weston, and other pioneering trans and intersex athletes from their era. With dogged research and cinematic flair, Waters also tracks how International Olympic Committee members ignored Nazi Germany’s atrocities in order to pull off the Berlin Games, a partnership that ultimately influenced the IOC’s nearly century-long obsession with surveilling and cataloging gender. Immersive and revelatory, The Other Olympians is a groundbreaking, hidden-in-the-archives marvel, an inspiring call for equality, and an essential contribution toward understanding the contemporary culture wars over gender in sports. ©2024 Michael Waters (P) 2024 Penguin Audio Michael Waters Thu, 06 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711747 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Olympians: A True Story of Gender, Fascism and the Making of Modern Sport Author: Michael Waters Narrator: Jennifer Pickens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In December 1935, Zdenek Koubek, one of the most famous sprinters in European women’s sports, declared he was now living as a man. Around the same time, the celebrated British field athlete Mark Weston, also assigned female at birth, announced that he, too, was a man. Periodicals and radio programs across the world carried the news; both became global celebrities. A few decades later, they were all but forgotten. And in the wake of their transitions, what could have been a push toward equality became instead, through a confluence of bureaucracy, war, and sheer happenstance, the exact opposite: the now all-too-familiar panic around trans, intersex, and gender nonconforming athletes. In The Other Olympians, Michael Waters uncovers, for the first time, the gripping true stories of Koubek, Weston, and other pioneering trans and intersex athletes from their era. With dogged research and cinematic flair, Waters also tracks how International Olympic Committee members ignored Nazi Germany’s atrocities in order to pull off the Berlin Games, a partnership that ultimately influenced the IOC’s nearly century-long obsession with surveilling and cataloging gender. Immersive and revelatory, The Other Olympians is a groundbreaking, hidden-in-the-archives marvel, an inspiring call for equality, and an essential contribution toward understanding the contemporary culture wars over gender in sports. ©2024 Michael Waters (P) 2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Other Olympians: A True Story of Gender, Fascism and the Making of Modern Sport Author: Michael Waters Narrator: Jennifer Pickens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. In December 1935, Zdenek Koubek, one of the most famous sprinters in European women’s sports, declared he was now living as a man. Around the same time, the celebrated British field athlete Mark Weston, also assigned female at birth, announced that he, too, was a man. Periodicals and radio programs across the world carried the news; both became global celebrities. A few decades later, they were all but forgotten. And in the wake of their transitions, what could have been a push toward equality became instead, through a confluence of bureaucracy, war, and sheer happenstance, the exact opposite: the now all-too-familiar panic around trans, intersex, and gender nonconforming athletes. In The Other Olympians, Michael Waters uncovers, for the first time, the gripping true stories of Koubek, Weston, and other pioneering trans and intersex athletes from their era. With dogged research and cinematic flair, Waters also tracks how International Olympic Committee members ignored Nazi Germany’s atrocities in order to pull off the Berlin Games, a partnership that ultimately influenced the IOC’s nearly century-long obsession with surveilling and cataloging gender. Immersive and revelatory, The Other Olympians is a groundbreaking, hidden-in-the-archives marvel, an inspiring call for equality, and an essential contribution toward understanding the contemporary culture wars over gender in sports. ©2024 Michael Waters (P) 2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magical/Realism: Essays on Music, Memory, Fantasy, and Borders Author: Vanessa Angélica Villarreal Narrator: Vanessa Angélica Villarreal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Longlisted for the National Book Award A brilliant, singular collection of essays that looks to music, fantasy, and pop culture—from Beyoncé to Game of Thrones—to excavate and reimagine what has been disappeared by migration and colonialism. Upon becoming a new mother, Vanessa Angélica Villarreal was called to Mexico to reconnect with her ancestors and recover her grandmother’s story, only to return to the sudden loss of her marriage, home, and reality. In Magical/Realism, Villarreal crosses into the erasure of memory and self, fragmented by migration, borders, and colonial and intimate violence, reconstructing her story with pieces of American pop culture, and the music, video games, and fantasy that have helped her make sense of it all. The border between the real and imagined is a speculative space where we can remember, or re-world, what has been lost—and each chapter engages in this essential project of world-building. In one essay, Villarreal examines her own gender performativity through Nirvana and Selena; in another, she offers a radical but crucial racial reading of Jon Snow in Game of Thrones; and throughout the collection, she explores how fantasy can help us interpret and heal when grief feels insurmountable. She reflects on the moments of her life that are too painful to remember—her difficult adolescence, her role as the eldest daughter of Mexican immigrants, her divorce—and finds a way to archive her history and map her future(s) with the hope and joy of fantasy and magical thinking. Magical/Realism is a wise, tender, and essential collection that carves a path toward a new way of remembering and telling our stories—broadening our understanding of what memoir and cultural criticism can be. Vanessa Angélica Villarreal Tue, 14 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711732 thebookvoice.com 12:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magical/Realism: Essays on Music, Memory, Fantasy, and Borders Author: Vanessa Angélica Villarreal Narrator: Vanessa Angélica Villarreal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Longlisted for the National Book Award A brilliant, singular collection of essays that looks to music, fantasy, and pop culture—from Beyoncé to Game of Thrones—to excavate and reimagine what has been disappeared by migration and colonialism. Upon becoming a new mother, Vanessa Angélica Villarreal was called to Mexico to reconnect with her ancestors and recover her grandmother’s story, only to return to the sudden loss of her marriage, home, and reality. In Magical/Realism, Villarreal crosses into the erasure of memory and self, fragmented by migration, borders, and colonial and intimate violence, reconstructing her story with pieces of American pop culture, and the music, video games, and fantasy that have helped her make sense of it all. The border between the real and imagined is a speculative space where we can remember, or re-world, what has been lost—and each chapter engages in this essential project of world-building. In one essay, Villarreal examines her own gender performativity through Nirvana and Selena; in another, she offers a radical but crucial racial reading of Jon Snow in Game of Thrones; and throughout the collection, she explores how fantasy can help us interpret and heal when grief feels insurmountable. She reflects on the moments of her life that are too painful to remember—her difficult adolescence, her role as the eldest daughter of Mexican immigrants, her divorce—and finds a way to archive her history and map her future(s) with the hope and joy of fantasy and magical thinking. Magical/Realism is a wise, tender, and essential collection that carves a path toward a new way of remembering and telling our stories—broadening our understanding of what memoir and cultural criticism can be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Magical/Realism: Essays on Music, Memory, Fantasy, and Borders Author: Vanessa Angélica Villarreal Narrator: Vanessa Angélica Villarreal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Longlisted for the National Book Award A brilliant, singular collection of essays that looks to music, fantasy, and pop culture—from Beyoncé to Game of Thrones—to excavate and reimagine what has been disappeared by migration and colonialism. Upon becoming a new mother, Vanessa Angélica Villarreal was called to Mexico to reconnect with her ancestors and recover her grandmother’s story, only to return to the sudden loss of her marriage, home, and reality. In Magical/Realism, Villarreal crosses into the erasure of memory and self, fragmented by migration, borders, and colonial and intimate violence, reconstructing her story with pieces of American pop culture, and the music, video games, and fantasy that have helped her make sense of it all. The border between the real and imagined is a speculative space where we can remember, or re-world, what has been lost—and each chapter engages in this essential project of world-building. In one essay, Villarreal examines her own gender performativity through Nirvana and Selena; in another, she offers a radical but crucial racial reading of Jon Snow in Game of Thrones; and throughout the collection, she explores how fantasy can help us interpret and heal when grief feels insurmountable. She reflects on the moments of her life that are too painful to remember—her difficult adolescence, her role as the eldest daughter of Mexican immigrants, her divorce—and finds a way to archive her history and map her future(s) with the hope and joy of fantasy and magical thinking. Magical/Realism is a wise, tender, and essential collection that carves a path toward a new way of remembering and telling our stories—broadening our understanding of what memoir and cultural criticism can be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711717 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Holy Grail Legend Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). A cup. A chalice. A dish or platter. Even a lance or bloodline. The Holy Grail has become so many things to so many people. Over a vast period of time its story has evolved, changed, morphed, merged and even been manipulated. It has become a corner stone of Royal power or a secret so devilishly powerful that it could bring down a religion followed by over a billion people. We are told it originated with the man called Jesus Christ. That it was the chalice which caught his blood as he died upon the cross. And yet, it already existed in-order to do so. It was already held sacred and dear to those with esoteric knowledge. This is why it was used to collect the holy blood of the most holy man. Marketing and propaganda, books and movies have all become the source of the confusing idea that now surrounds the Grail. Is it a cup or is it really the truth about the bloodline of Gods only son? Are the children of Jesus and Mary now walking amongst us? No. The answer is simple. This is a blindside, a distraction, created to divert us from the real powerful truth of the Holy Grail. The real truth is much more interesting. Much more powerful. The real truth will give us all eternal life. The Legend of the Grail is one of everlasting life. It is nothing less than the quest for immortality. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711717 thebookvoice.com 0:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Holy Grail Legend Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). A cup. A chalice. A dish or platter. Even a lance or bloodline. The Holy Grail has become so many things to so many people. Over a vast period of time its story has evolved, changed, morphed, merged and even been manipulated. It has become a corner stone of Royal power or a secret so devilishly powerful that it could bring down a religion followed by over a billion people. We are told it originated with the man called Jesus Christ. That it was the chalice which caught his blood as he died upon the cross. And yet, it already existed in-order to do so. It was already held sacred and dear to those with esoteric knowledge. This is why it was used to collect the holy blood of the most holy man. Marketing and propaganda, books and movies have all become the source of the confusing idea that now surrounds the Grail. Is it a cup or is it really the truth about the bloodline of Gods only son? Are the children of Jesus and Mary now walking amongst us? No. The answer is simple. This is a blindside, a distraction, created to divert us from the real powerful truth of the Holy Grail. The real truth is much more interesting. Much more powerful. The real truth will give us all eternal life. The Legend of the Grail is one of everlasting life. It is nothing less than the quest for immortality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Holy Grail Legend Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). A cup. A chalice. A dish or platter. Even a lance or bloodline. The Holy Grail has become so many things to so many people. Over a vast period of time its story has evolved, changed, morphed, merged and even been manipulated. It has become a corner stone of Royal power or a secret so devilishly powerful that it could bring down a religion followed by over a billion people. We are told it originated with the man called Jesus Christ. That it was the chalice which caught his blood as he died upon the cross. And yet, it already existed in-order to do so. It was already held sacred and dear to those with esoteric knowledge. This is why it was used to collect the holy blood of the most holy man. Marketing and propaganda, books and movies have all become the source of the confusing idea that now surrounds the Grail. Is it a cup or is it really the truth about the bloodline of Gods only son? Are the children of Jesus and Mary now walking amongst us? No. The answer is simple. This is a blindside, a distraction, created to divert us from the real powerful truth of the Holy Grail. The real truth is much more interesting. Much more powerful. The real truth will give us all eternal life. The Legend of the Grail is one of everlasting life. It is nothing less than the quest for immortality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711718 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CIA Mind Control Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Do you trust your government? Are those people controlling our secret service and military really the good guys? Did you know that your government drugged, raped, tortured and murdered United States citizens in a massive experiment that spanned decades? The CIA’s Project MKUltra authorised the use of mind bending drugs on thousands of unsuspecting innocent people. Ordinary people, experimented on like lab rats by their own government. Assassinations, conspiracies, cover ups, manipulation of Hollywood, mind control. This is the story of a covert operation that has not in fact ended. This is the story of a secret project gone mad. This is the story of MKUltra. Do you trust your government now? Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711718 thebookvoice.com 0:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CIA Mind Control Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Do you trust your government? Are those people controlling our secret service and military really the good guys? Did you know that your government drugged, raped, tortured and murdered United States citizens in a massive experiment that spanned decades? The CIA’s Project MKUltra authorised the use of mind bending drugs on thousands of unsuspecting innocent people. Ordinary people, experimented on like lab rats by their own government. Assassinations, conspiracies, cover ups, manipulation of Hollywood, mind control. This is the story of a covert operation that has not in fact ended. This is the story of a secret project gone mad. This is the story of MKUltra. Do you trust your government now? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711718]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CIA Mind Control Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Do you trust your government? Are those people controlling our secret service and military really the good guys? Did you know that your government drugged, raped, tortured and murdered United States citizens in a massive experiment that spanned decades? The CIA’s Project MKUltra authorised the use of mind bending drugs on thousands of unsuspecting innocent people. Ordinary people, experimented on like lab rats by their own government. Assassinations, conspiracies, cover ups, manipulation of Hollywood, mind control. This is the story of a covert operation that has not in fact ended. This is the story of a secret project gone mad. This is the story of MKUltra. Do you trust your government now? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711712 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). There is a sinister and secretive group of people that run the globe. They control everything from the banks to the media. They own the world. They own 99% of the world's wealth and yet are less than 1% of the population. They have special family bloodlines to pass on power from generation to generation. They have sacred rites and secret rituals. They have a belief system that stretches back in time for thousands of years to their very origin. They spawned the religions, royal families, global business, financial systems and arms companies. They created revolutions and wars on an epic scale. They watch everything we do and manipulate our thoughts and actions. You are in their service and you do not even realise it. They have been doing all of this and more, for thousands of years and they have one goal in sight. This is the darkest, untold tale of control in the history of mankind. This is the story of what they believe, what they do, how they do it and why. They have many names. But they have one origin and one purpose. And now we have tracked down their symbols, secrets, names, origin and purpose. Using previously unknown and secret sources we will reveal them. This is the Illuminati. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711712 thebookvoice.com 0:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). There is a sinister and secretive group of people that run the globe. They control everything from the banks to the media. They own the world. They own 99% of the world's wealth and yet are less than 1% of the population. They have special family bloodlines to pass on power from generation to generation. They have sacred rites and secret rituals. They have a belief system that stretches back in time for thousands of years to their very origin. They spawned the religions, royal families, global business, financial systems and arms companies. They created revolutions and wars on an epic scale. They watch everything we do and manipulate our thoughts and actions. You are in their service and you do not even realise it. They have been doing all of this and more, for thousands of years and they have one goal in sight. This is the darkest, untold tale of control in the history of mankind. This is the story of what they believe, what they do, how they do it and why. They have many names. But they have one origin and one purpose. And now we have tracked down their symbols, secrets, names, origin and purpose. Using previously unknown and secret sources we will reveal them. This is the Illuminati. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711712]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). There is a sinister and secretive group of people that run the globe. They control everything from the banks to the media. They own the world. They own 99% of the world's wealth and yet are less than 1% of the population. They have special family bloodlines to pass on power from generation to generation. They have sacred rites and secret rituals. They have a belief system that stretches back in time for thousands of years to their very origin. They spawned the religions, royal families, global business, financial systems and arms companies. They created revolutions and wars on an epic scale. They watch everything we do and manipulate our thoughts and actions. You are in their service and you do not even realise it. They have been doing all of this and more, for thousands of years and they have one goal in sight. This is the darkest, untold tale of control in the history of mankind. This is the story of what they believe, what they do, how they do it and why. They have many names. But they have one origin and one purpose. And now we have tracked down their symbols, secrets, names, origin and purpose. Using previously unknown and secret sources we will reveal them. This is the Illuminati. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711713 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). This is the tale of how the illuminati invaded and took control of the United States of America. This is the real history of America as you've never seen before. Using new evidence we will reveal how this massive secret origanization infiltrated the religious groups, political parties, Universities and corporations. How they placed their own people in positions of power and authority. How they manipulated the minds of the masses and hid it all from view. This group embraces what is known as the esoteric, the so-called spiritual truth hidden from the rest of us. Over a vast period of time, this secretive organization turned slowly to the dark side of these esoteric truths and utilized them for power and control. They take their orders from the International Secret Council of Nine. They are collectively called the Confederation of Initiates. They are under the strict control of their masters and to oppose them means punishment worse than death. It has been this way for thousands of years and they are working slowly but surely towards their ultimate goal of a one world government with the Nine in control. We reveal their plans and schemes. We show how the so-called land of the free is not free at all. How it is under the yoke of a very large, very powerful and very secret organization. This is the illuminati of America. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711713 thebookvoice.com 0:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). This is the tale of how the illuminati invaded and took control of the United States of America. This is the real history of America as you've never seen before. Using new evidence we will reveal how this massive secret origanization infiltrated the religious groups, political parties, Universities and corporations. How they placed their own people in positions of power and authority. How they manipulated the minds of the masses and hid it all from view. This group embraces what is known as the esoteric, the so-called spiritual truth hidden from the rest of us. Over a vast period of time, this secretive organization turned slowly to the dark side of these esoteric truths and utilized them for power and control. They take their orders from the International Secret Council of Nine. They are collectively called the Confederation of Initiates. They are under the strict control of their masters and to oppose them means punishment worse than death. It has been this way for thousands of years and they are working slowly but surely towards their ultimate goal of a one world government with the Nine in control. We reveal their plans and schemes. We show how the so-called land of the free is not free at all. How it is under the yoke of a very large, very powerful and very secret organization. This is the illuminati of America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711713]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). This is the tale of how the illuminati invaded and took control of the United States of America. This is the real history of America as you've never seen before. Using new evidence we will reveal how this massive secret origanization infiltrated the religious groups, political parties, Universities and corporations. How they placed their own people in positions of power and authority. How they manipulated the minds of the masses and hid it all from view. This group embraces what is known as the esoteric, the so-called spiritual truth hidden from the rest of us. Over a vast period of time, this secretive organization turned slowly to the dark side of these esoteric truths and utilized them for power and control. They take their orders from the International Secret Council of Nine. They are collectively called the Confederation of Initiates. They are under the strict control of their masters and to oppose them means punishment worse than death. It has been this way for thousands of years and they are working slowly but surely towards their ultimate goal of a one world government with the Nine in control. We reveal their plans and schemes. We show how the so-called land of the free is not free at all. How it is under the yoke of a very large, very powerful and very secret organization. This is the illuminati of America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711714 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origin of the Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). There is an elite group that control the world. They run governments, companies and religions. They have done so for a very long time. Their names have changed, their faces altered but their bloodlines remain the same. We see glimpses of their power. We see the outcomes of their plots and schemes. We see revolutions and war. We succumb to their propaganda and manipulation again and again. Most have no idea that they are under the spell. In the 18th century they emerged briefly into the spotlight to bring about world-wide cataclysmic change and they called themselves the Illuminati. Quickly they spread and embedded themselves and their ideals within other secret societies. The French had a bloody revolution. America turned the tide against a royal regime. Russia, Spain and more, all fell to the zeal of a new world order. This is the story of the world's most powerful secret and sacred order. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711714 thebookvoice.com 0:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origin of the Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). There is an elite group that control the world. They run governments, companies and religions. They have done so for a very long time. Their names have changed, their faces altered but their bloodlines remain the same. We see glimpses of their power. We see the outcomes of their plots and schemes. We see revolutions and war. We succumb to their propaganda and manipulation again and again. Most have no idea that they are under the spell. In the 18th century they emerged briefly into the spotlight to bring about world-wide cataclysmic change and they called themselves the Illuminati. Quickly they spread and embedded themselves and their ideals within other secret societies. The French had a bloody revolution. America turned the tide against a royal regime. Russia, Spain and more, all fell to the zeal of a new world order. This is the story of the world's most powerful secret and sacred order. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711714]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Origin of the Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). There is an elite group that control the world. They run governments, companies and religions. They have done so for a very long time. Their names have changed, their faces altered but their bloodlines remain the same. We see glimpses of their power. We see the outcomes of their plots and schemes. We see revolutions and war. We succumb to their propaganda and manipulation again and again. Most have no idea that they are under the spell. In the 18th century they emerged briefly into the spotlight to bring about world-wide cataclysmic change and they called themselves the Illuminati. Quickly they spread and embedded themselves and their ideals within other secret societies. The French had a bloody revolution. America turned the tide against a royal regime. Russia, Spain and more, all fell to the zeal of a new world order. This is the story of the world's most powerful secret and sacred order. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Magic Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the very beginning, mankind has been fascinated with the world of the occult – the unseen. From the first cave paintings to the Bible, magic can be found everywhere. From secret societies to Victorian occult spiritualists, from influential masters of the black arts to Disney films, Magic holds a spell over us. But what is magic? Magic is not the trickery of a conjurer. True magic is much more. True magic is the focus on the mystical world, the non-material world, the strange and wonderful. True magic explains the inexplicable. It is revelation beyond science and logic. True magic will make you question reality itself. In fact it will show you reality and help you understand that you have been living in a false world all along. If you seek answers to the big questions of conscious existence then you need to enter the realm of real magic. If you wish to understand the mysteries of the universe, then you need magic. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692 thebookvoice.com 0:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Magic Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the very beginning, mankind has been fascinated with the world of the occult – the unseen. From the first cave paintings to the Bible, magic can be found everywhere. From secret societies to Victorian occult spiritualists, from influential masters of the black arts to Disney films, Magic holds a spell over us. But what is magic? Magic is not the trickery of a conjurer. True magic is much more. True magic is the focus on the mystical world, the non-material world, the strange and wonderful. True magic explains the inexplicable. It is revelation beyond science and logic. True magic will make you question reality itself. In fact it will show you reality and help you understand that you have been living in a false world all along. If you seek answers to the big questions of conscious existence then you need to enter the realm of real magic. If you wish to understand the mysteries of the universe, then you need magic. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: True Magic Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the very beginning, mankind has been fascinated with the world of the occult – the unseen. From the first cave paintings to the Bible, magic can be found everywhere. From secret societies to Victorian occult spiritualists, from influential masters of the black arts to Disney films, Magic holds a spell over us. But what is magic? Magic is not the trickery of a conjurer. True magic is much more. True magic is the focus on the mystical world, the non-material world, the strange and wonderful. True magic explains the inexplicable. It is revelation beyond science and logic. True magic will make you question reality itself. In fact it will show you reality and help you understand that you have been living in a false world all along. If you seek answers to the big questions of conscious existence then you need to enter the realm of real magic. If you wish to understand the mysteries of the universe, then you need magic. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711688 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of Nikola Tesla Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Nikola Tesla is an enigmatic character. A Serbian-American with a fascinating history. In his own time he was a legend and a dandy of the press. His every word was reported, his every deed surprised. He was a character of his time and a true showman. But today there are secrets and conspiracies coming to light that will make us see this man in a new way. His inventions will now seem even more amazing. We are told his wireless technology captured alien signals and the world was in awe and wanted to know more. That his ideas of wireless power spreading across the planet were so dangerous to the might of the energy companies that he was silenced and starved of finance. That his legacy was ruined and his mental state questioned. The man raised millions and lived the life of royalty. And yet, at the end of his life he was bankrupt. and died in a dirty downtown New York hotel. He had become a character fool for the press who laughed at him. And yet, two days after his death the FBI raided his apartment and took away all of his possessions. We will investigate the man, his origins, his inventions, dreams and fantasies and we will tackle head on the claims surrounding him today. Welcome to the Tesla Enigma. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711688 thebookvoice.com 0:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of Nikola Tesla Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Nikola Tesla is an enigmatic character. A Serbian-American with a fascinating history. In his own time he was a legend and a dandy of the press. His every word was reported, his every deed surprised. He was a character of his time and a true showman. But today there are secrets and conspiracies coming to light that will make us see this man in a new way. His inventions will now seem even more amazing. We are told his wireless technology captured alien signals and the world was in awe and wanted to know more. That his ideas of wireless power spreading across the planet were so dangerous to the might of the energy companies that he was silenced and starved of finance. That his legacy was ruined and his mental state questioned. The man raised millions and lived the life of royalty. And yet, at the end of his life he was bankrupt. and died in a dirty downtown New York hotel. He had become a character fool for the press who laughed at him. And yet, two days after his death the FBI raided his apartment and took away all of his possessions. We will investigate the man, his origins, his inventions, dreams and fantasies and we will tackle head on the claims surrounding him today. Welcome to the Tesla Enigma. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711688]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of Nikola Tesla Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Nikola Tesla is an enigmatic character. A Serbian-American with a fascinating history. In his own time he was a legend and a dandy of the press. His every word was reported, his every deed surprised. He was a character of his time and a true showman. But today there are secrets and conspiracies coming to light that will make us see this man in a new way. His inventions will now seem even more amazing. We are told his wireless technology captured alien signals and the world was in awe and wanted to know more. That his ideas of wireless power spreading across the planet were so dangerous to the might of the energy companies that he was silenced and starved of finance. That his legacy was ruined and his mental state questioned. The man raised millions and lived the life of royalty. And yet, at the end of his life he was bankrupt. and died in a dirty downtown New York hotel. He had become a character fool for the press who laughed at him. And yet, two days after his death the FBI raided his apartment and took away all of his possessions. We will investigate the man, his origins, his inventions, dreams and fantasies and we will tackle head on the claims surrounding him today. Welcome to the Tesla Enigma. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711689 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of the Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From rap artists wearing their symbol to multi-million dollar movies, the enigmatic and elusive secret society we know as the illuminti has held us captive in more ways than one. We are told they originated in the 18th century, but the truth is much older than that. Who are they? What secrets do they hold? When and where did they originate? They run governments, companies and religions. They have done so for a very long time. Their names have changed, their faces altered but their secrets remain the same. We see glimpses of their power. We see the outcomes of their plots and schemes. We see revolutions and war. We succumb to their propaganda and manipulation again and again. Most have no idea that they are under the spell. In the 18th century they emerged briefly into the spotlight to bring about world-wide cataclysmic change and they called themselves the Illuminati. Quickly they spread and embedded themselves and their ideals within other secret societies. The French had a bloody revolution. America turned the tide against a royal regime. Russia, Spain and more, all fell to the zeal of a new world order. In this book we will delve deep into the what these people believe in and enter their secret initiations and rituals. We will explain what those rituals mean and their origins. We will see the spread of their influence with the assassins, Druze, Yezidis, Allumbrados, Ismailis, Templars, Triad and more. We will see how they created and fostered revolutions from France and America to China and Russia. And we will uncover their very ancient origins and how they were there at the very beginning of the major religions of the globe. This is the story of the world's most powerful secret society - the illuminati. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711689 thebookvoice.com 0:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of the Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From rap artists wearing their symbol to multi-million dollar movies, the enigmatic and elusive secret society we know as the illuminti has held us captive in more ways than one. We are told they originated in the 18th century, but the truth is much older than that. Who are they? What secrets do they hold? When and where did they originate? They run governments, companies and religions. They have done so for a very long time. Their names have changed, their faces altered but their secrets remain the same. We see glimpses of their power. We see the outcomes of their plots and schemes. We see revolutions and war. We succumb to their propaganda and manipulation again and again. Most have no idea that they are under the spell. In the 18th century they emerged briefly into the spotlight to bring about world-wide cataclysmic change and they called themselves the Illuminati. Quickly they spread and embedded themselves and their ideals within other secret societies. The French had a bloody revolution. America turned the tide against a royal regime. Russia, Spain and more, all fell to the zeal of a new world order. In this book we will delve deep into the what these people believe in and enter their secret initiations and rituals. We will explain what those rituals mean and their origins. We will see the spread of their influence with the assassins, Druze, Yezidis, Allumbrados, Ismailis, Templars, Triad and more. We will see how they created and fostered revolutions from France and America to China and Russia. And we will uncover their very ancient origins and how they were there at the very beginning of the major religions of the globe. This is the story of the world's most powerful secret society - the illuminati. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secrets of the Illuminati Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From rap artists wearing their symbol to multi-million dollar movies, the enigmatic and elusive secret society we know as the illuminti has held us captive in more ways than one. We are told they originated in the 18th century, but the truth is much older than that. Who are they? What secrets do they hold? When and where did they originate? They run governments, companies and religions. They have done so for a very long time. Their names have changed, their faces altered but their secrets remain the same. We see glimpses of their power. We see the outcomes of their plots and schemes. We see revolutions and war. We succumb to their propaganda and manipulation again and again. Most have no idea that they are under the spell. In the 18th century they emerged briefly into the spotlight to bring about world-wide cataclysmic change and they called themselves the Illuminati. Quickly they spread and embedded themselves and their ideals within other secret societies. The French had a bloody revolution. America turned the tide against a royal regime. Russia, Spain and more, all fell to the zeal of a new world order. In this book we will delve deep into the what these people believe in and enter their secret initiations and rituals. We will explain what those rituals mean and their origins. We will see the spread of their influence with the assassins, Druze, Yezidis, Allumbrados, Ismailis, Templars, Triad and more. We will see how they created and fostered revolutions from France and America to China and Russia. And we will uncover their very ancient origins and how they were there at the very beginning of the major religions of the globe. This is the story of the world's most powerful secret society - the illuminati. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711690 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Space Trek Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For decades we have all grown up watching science fiction movies and TV shows. And we have all dreamed of going where no man has gone before. That time is here and now. We are on the very edge of a new era in humanity. Within the next few years mankind will be not only journeying to other planets, we will be inhabiting them. Our ultra-high technology robots are even now walking upon the surface of Mars, sending back information and preparing the ground for our coming. This is not science fiction. This is science fact. And just as before in the history of humanity, the process is being led by several unique, intelligent and talented individuals such as Elon Musk. Rocket ships take off vertically and return to Earth vertically. Humans are shuttled to the International Space Station as if they're travelling from New York to Los Angeles. Supersonic space craft fly mankind around the globe virtually in space, just to make things faster. But what does the future hold for us? We cannot maintain peace on Earth. How can we do so in space? NASA, SpaceX and Virgin are not the only ones with eyes upon the stars. Russia and especially China, also have desires in that direction. The race for space is on and all bets are off. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711690 thebookvoice.com 0:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Space Trek Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For decades we have all grown up watching science fiction movies and TV shows. And we have all dreamed of going where no man has gone before. That time is here and now. We are on the very edge of a new era in humanity. Within the next few years mankind will be not only journeying to other planets, we will be inhabiting them. Our ultra-high technology robots are even now walking upon the surface of Mars, sending back information and preparing the ground for our coming. This is not science fiction. This is science fact. And just as before in the history of humanity, the process is being led by several unique, intelligent and talented individuals such as Elon Musk. Rocket ships take off vertically and return to Earth vertically. Humans are shuttled to the International Space Station as if they're travelling from New York to Los Angeles. Supersonic space craft fly mankind around the globe virtually in space, just to make things faster. But what does the future hold for us? We cannot maintain peace on Earth. How can we do so in space? NASA, SpaceX and Virgin are not the only ones with eyes upon the stars. Russia and especially China, also have desires in that direction. The race for space is on and all bets are off. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Space Trek Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For decades we have all grown up watching science fiction movies and TV shows. And we have all dreamed of going where no man has gone before. That time is here and now. We are on the very edge of a new era in humanity. Within the next few years mankind will be not only journeying to other planets, we will be inhabiting them. Our ultra-high technology robots are even now walking upon the surface of Mars, sending back information and preparing the ground for our coming. This is not science fiction. This is science fact. And just as before in the history of humanity, the process is being led by several unique, intelligent and talented individuals such as Elon Musk. Rocket ships take off vertically and return to Earth vertically. Humans are shuttled to the International Space Station as if they're travelling from New York to Los Angeles. Supersonic space craft fly mankind around the globe virtually in space, just to make things faster. But what does the future hold for us? We cannot maintain peace on Earth. How can we do so in space? NASA, SpaceX and Virgin are not the only ones with eyes upon the stars. Russia and especially China, also have desires in that direction. The race for space is on and all bets are off. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711691 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Super Saints Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Welcome to the world of the super humans we call Saints. They can come back to life, fly through the air, walk on water and so much more. Saint Denis lost his head. So he picked it up and carried on walking. Saint Margaret was swallowed whole by a dragon, drowned, set on fire and yet refused to die. Saint Simeon lived on top of a massive pillar in the desert. Saint Christina visited purgatory and loved to be beaten up. In fact there are thousands and thousands of Saints and all have amazing stories. A great many are also well-known to us all and yet their real stories are not. Saint Nicholas or Santa Claus is actually the patron Saint of sailors, dock workers, thieves, murderers, shoe-shiners and lost lawsuits. Saint Columba recorded the first sighting of the Loch Ness monster as well as stealing the recipe for nettle soup. This is a fascinating and often hilarious look at the lives of the real super heroes we call Saints. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711691 thebookvoice.com 0:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Super Saints Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Welcome to the world of the super humans we call Saints. They can come back to life, fly through the air, walk on water and so much more. Saint Denis lost his head. So he picked it up and carried on walking. Saint Margaret was swallowed whole by a dragon, drowned, set on fire and yet refused to die. Saint Simeon lived on top of a massive pillar in the desert. Saint Christina visited purgatory and loved to be beaten up. In fact there are thousands and thousands of Saints and all have amazing stories. A great many are also well-known to us all and yet their real stories are not. Saint Nicholas or Santa Claus is actually the patron Saint of sailors, dock workers, thieves, murderers, shoe-shiners and lost lawsuits. Saint Columba recorded the first sighting of the Loch Ness monster as well as stealing the recipe for nettle soup. This is a fascinating and often hilarious look at the lives of the real super heroes we call Saints. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711691]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Super Saints Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Welcome to the world of the super humans we call Saints. They can come back to life, fly through the air, walk on water and so much more. Saint Denis lost his head. So he picked it up and carried on walking. Saint Margaret was swallowed whole by a dragon, drowned, set on fire and yet refused to die. Saint Simeon lived on top of a massive pillar in the desert. Saint Christina visited purgatory and loved to be beaten up. In fact there are thousands and thousands of Saints and all have amazing stories. A great many are also well-known to us all and yet their real stories are not. Saint Nicholas or Santa Claus is actually the patron Saint of sailors, dock workers, thieves, murderers, shoe-shiners and lost lawsuits. Saint Columba recorded the first sighting of the Loch Ness monster as well as stealing the recipe for nettle soup. This is a fascinating and often hilarious look at the lives of the real super heroes we call Saints. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise of the Machines Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For decades science fiction writers have amazed us and terrorized us with their portrayal of the world of robots. The coming army of super artificially intelligent machines that will help us or hinder us. From the crazy daleks of Dr Who to the funny and human like androids of Star Trek, everything has been imagined. Today we are living in that future age of robots and artificial intelligence. Today all those dreams of the past are coming true. Around the world scientists, engineers and software creators are bringing to life the fantasy world of the films. Mechanical robots will soon be outdated with biologically created humanoids implanted with artificial intelligence and connected to each other across the globe. They will self-repair, gather energy from the sun and live forever. They will be all-knowing and all-powerful like Gods that will walk the earth. And all the time we humans are blindly following. We are walking away from millions of years as beings of a natural world into something so unnatural that even the science fiction writers will be amazed. This future world is now inevitable and cannot be stopped. We have no choice but to be part of it and so we had better be armed with knowledge inorder to be better prepared for the circumstances. The greatest brains on earth today have warned us about the consequences of getting this new technology wrong. They have predicted catastrophe. Prepare to meet your future now. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684 thebookvoice.com 0:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise of the Machines Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For decades science fiction writers have amazed us and terrorized us with their portrayal of the world of robots. The coming army of super artificially intelligent machines that will help us or hinder us. From the crazy daleks of Dr Who to the funny and human like androids of Star Trek, everything has been imagined. Today we are living in that future age of robots and artificial intelligence. Today all those dreams of the past are coming true. Around the world scientists, engineers and software creators are bringing to life the fantasy world of the films. Mechanical robots will soon be outdated with biologically created humanoids implanted with artificial intelligence and connected to each other across the globe. They will self-repair, gather energy from the sun and live forever. They will be all-knowing and all-powerful like Gods that will walk the earth. And all the time we humans are blindly following. We are walking away from millions of years as beings of a natural world into something so unnatural that even the science fiction writers will be amazed. This future world is now inevitable and cannot be stopped. We have no choice but to be part of it and so we had better be armed with knowledge inorder to be better prepared for the circumstances. The greatest brains on earth today have warned us about the consequences of getting this new technology wrong. They have predicted catastrophe. Prepare to meet your future now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise of the Machines Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For decades science fiction writers have amazed us and terrorized us with their portrayal of the world of robots. The coming army of super artificially intelligent machines that will help us or hinder us. From the crazy daleks of Dr Who to the funny and human like androids of Star Trek, everything has been imagined. Today we are living in that future age of robots and artificial intelligence. Today all those dreams of the past are coming true. Around the world scientists, engineers and software creators are bringing to life the fantasy world of the films. Mechanical robots will soon be outdated with biologically created humanoids implanted with artificial intelligence and connected to each other across the globe. They will self-repair, gather energy from the sun and live forever. They will be all-knowing and all-powerful like Gods that will walk the earth. And all the time we humans are blindly following. We are walking away from millions of years as beings of a natural world into something so unnatural that even the science fiction writers will be amazed. This future world is now inevitable and cannot be stopped. We have no choice but to be part of it and so we had better be armed with knowledge inorder to be better prepared for the circumstances. The greatest brains on earth today have warned us about the consequences of getting this new technology wrong. They have predicted catastrophe. Prepare to meet your future now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Societies: Control and Manipulation Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the dawn of mankind there have been secret societies. Groups of men and women coming together to gain and maintain power for themselves. As populations grew so too did the power and the need to be extremely creative in methods of control. Over the centuries there have been a few elite brotherhoods that have developed incredibly subtle and complex ways to manipulate the people. They have invented religions and mysteries; they have seeded revolution and started wars. Literature, plays, fables, movies, games, belief systems and the internet are all weapons in their growing armoury. In this book we will explain how these secret societies manipulate mankind. We will delve into the psychology they use to control the way we buy, vote and believe. Everything we do and think is created for us. Even if we believe we are free. And all of this began many thousands of years ago when they created the religions of the globe. The exact same processes used to entice people to believe are now used to manipulate us. But more than that, we will reveal the people behind the creation of Christianity, Islam and more and the hidden secrets that they guard to this day. From Jesus to Buddha, from Muhammad to Zoroaster, the patterns are the same because they were all created by the same elite group. They have made history and rewritten it. They hide in plain sight. We have worshipped them from afar. They are our gods, leaders, priests and revolutionaries. They are the secret societies of the globe and this is their story. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711685 thebookvoice.com 0:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Societies: Control and Manipulation Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the dawn of mankind there have been secret societies. Groups of men and women coming together to gain and maintain power for themselves. As populations grew so too did the power and the need to be extremely creative in methods of control. Over the centuries there have been a few elite brotherhoods that have developed incredibly subtle and complex ways to manipulate the people. They have invented religions and mysteries; they have seeded revolution and started wars. Literature, plays, fables, movies, games, belief systems and the internet are all weapons in their growing armoury. In this book we will explain how these secret societies manipulate mankind. We will delve into the psychology they use to control the way we buy, vote and believe. Everything we do and think is created for us. Even if we believe we are free. And all of this began many thousands of years ago when they created the religions of the globe. The exact same processes used to entice people to believe are now used to manipulate us. But more than that, we will reveal the people behind the creation of Christianity, Islam and more and the hidden secrets that they guard to this day. From Jesus to Buddha, from Muhammad to Zoroaster, the patterns are the same because they were all created by the same elite group. They have made history and rewritten it. They hide in plain sight. We have worshipped them from afar. They are our gods, leaders, priests and revolutionaries. They are the secret societies of the globe and this is their story. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Societies: Control and Manipulation Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the dawn of mankind there have been secret societies. Groups of men and women coming together to gain and maintain power for themselves. As populations grew so too did the power and the need to be extremely creative in methods of control. Over the centuries there have been a few elite brotherhoods that have developed incredibly subtle and complex ways to manipulate the people. They have invented religions and mysteries; they have seeded revolution and started wars. Literature, plays, fables, movies, games, belief systems and the internet are all weapons in their growing armoury. In this book we will explain how these secret societies manipulate mankind. We will delve into the psychology they use to control the way we buy, vote and believe. Everything we do and think is created for us. Even if we believe we are free. And all of this began many thousands of years ago when they created the religions of the globe. The exact same processes used to entice people to believe are now used to manipulate us. But more than that, we will reveal the people behind the creation of Christianity, Islam and more and the hidden secrets that they guard to this day. From Jesus to Buddha, from Muhammad to Zoroaster, the patterns are the same because they were all created by the same elite group. They have made history and rewritten it. They hide in plain sight. We have worshipped them from afar. They are our gods, leaders, priests and revolutionaries. They are the secret societies of the globe and this is their story. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711686 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Societies of World War Two Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Some say that both the world wars were the result of a massive, world-wide conspiracy by an illusive secret society known as the illuminati. Others say the wars were really all part of the same grand European power struggle between the old world and the new, between royalty, politicians, communists and capitalists. Others say it was just a series of unfortunate events. What is the truth? Do men plot? Yes they do. Are there secret organisations that have manipulated society and even brought about war? Yes there are. Did they create the first and second world wars? Yes they did. Are they behind the rise of the Nazi Party? Yes. The history of world war two is incomplete. A massive element has been left out of the history books. The role of secret societies. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711686 thebookvoice.com 0:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Societies of World War Two Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Some say that both the world wars were the result of a massive, world-wide conspiracy by an illusive secret society known as the illuminati. Others say the wars were really all part of the same grand European power struggle between the old world and the new, between royalty, politicians, communists and capitalists. Others say it was just a series of unfortunate events. What is the truth? Do men plot? Yes they do. Are there secret organisations that have manipulated society and even brought about war? Yes there are. Did they create the first and second world wars? Yes they did. Are they behind the rise of the Nazi Party? Yes. The history of world war two is incomplete. A massive element has been left out of the history books. The role of secret societies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711686]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Societies of World War Two Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Some say that both the world wars were the result of a massive, world-wide conspiracy by an illusive secret society known as the illuminati. Others say the wars were really all part of the same grand European power struggle between the old world and the new, between royalty, politicians, communists and capitalists. Others say it was just a series of unfortunate events. What is the truth? Do men plot? Yes they do. Are there secret organisations that have manipulated society and even brought about war? Yes there are. Did they create the first and second world wars? Yes they did. Are they behind the rise of the Nazi Party? Yes. The history of world war two is incomplete. A massive element has been left out of the history books. The role of secret societies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Society Secrets Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Secret societies have their origin in religions, mysteries, folklore, myths and legends. They very often created them and in each of these tales can be found the ultimate truths of the secret societies of the world. Tales of the children of Jesus, the Holy Grail, hidden chambers in ancient structures and profound inner wisdom are all part and parcel of the fascinating world of secret societies. It is a world of the occult. It is hidden right before our very eyes and all we need is new sight. In this film we will reveal the very heart of the ancient secret orders and their beliefs. We will show exactly what it is they are hiding and how these secrets have been hidden right before our eyes. These secrets are highly esoteric and mystical and we will need to alter our perspective inorder to see the truth. This is the quantum world of the mind itself and the revelation of sacred and secret truths of the universe itself. Suddenly mysteries will reveal their secrets. From the Holy Grail to the Ark of the Covenant, from Sufi mysticism to enlightenment itself, the occult nature of these profound and enigmatic tales will be revealed. The inner teachings and secrets of these hidden groups is one of profound wisdom. This is why it has been so powerful. It is time to walk the path of the initiate and discover the ultimate sacred hidden truths for ourselves. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687 thebookvoice.com 0:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Society Secrets Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Secret societies have their origin in religions, mysteries, folklore, myths and legends. They very often created them and in each of these tales can be found the ultimate truths of the secret societies of the world. Tales of the children of Jesus, the Holy Grail, hidden chambers in ancient structures and profound inner wisdom are all part and parcel of the fascinating world of secret societies. It is a world of the occult. It is hidden right before our very eyes and all we need is new sight. In this film we will reveal the very heart of the ancient secret orders and their beliefs. We will show exactly what it is they are hiding and how these secrets have been hidden right before our eyes. These secrets are highly esoteric and mystical and we will need to alter our perspective inorder to see the truth. This is the quantum world of the mind itself and the revelation of sacred and secret truths of the universe itself. Suddenly mysteries will reveal their secrets. From the Holy Grail to the Ark of the Covenant, from Sufi mysticism to enlightenment itself, the occult nature of these profound and enigmatic tales will be revealed. The inner teachings and secrets of these hidden groups is one of profound wisdom. This is why it has been so powerful. It is time to walk the path of the initiate and discover the ultimate sacred hidden truths for ourselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Society Secrets Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Secret societies have their origin in religions, mysteries, folklore, myths and legends. They very often created them and in each of these tales can be found the ultimate truths of the secret societies of the world. Tales of the children of Jesus, the Holy Grail, hidden chambers in ancient structures and profound inner wisdom are all part and parcel of the fascinating world of secret societies. It is a world of the occult. It is hidden right before our very eyes and all we need is new sight. In this film we will reveal the very heart of the ancient secret orders and their beliefs. We will show exactly what it is they are hiding and how these secrets have been hidden right before our eyes. These secrets are highly esoteric and mystical and we will need to alter our perspective inorder to see the truth. This is the quantum world of the mind itself and the revelation of sacred and secret truths of the universe itself. Suddenly mysteries will reveal their secrets. From the Holy Grail to the Ark of the Covenant, from Sufi mysticism to enlightenment itself, the occult nature of these profound and enigmatic tales will be revealed. The inner teachings and secrets of these hidden groups is one of profound wisdom. This is why it has been so powerful. It is time to walk the path of the initiate and discover the ultimate sacred hidden truths for ourselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nazi War Secrets Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Adolf Hitler changed the world. He was a messiah to his people and the anti-Christ to the rest. He was personally responsible for the deaths of millions of people around the globe. He is the greatest war criminal in history. We are all familiar with the rise to power of the Nazi party and the global conflict they instigated. But not everybody is aware of how this all came to be and the many secrets. From deep religious and occult secrets to technical innovations far beyond the abilities of the rest of the world, the Nazi party is a fascinating and tragically evil part of mankind's history. From flying wings, super heavy tanks and suicidal rocket bombs to flying saucers and huge orbital solar mirrors, the world of Nazi war machines brings to mind the death star and super weapons of Star Wars. This is the tale of manipulation, control, secret societies, weird weapons and ancient prophecy coming true. This is the tale of the world's most terrifying element of humanity - the dark side. Welcome to Nazi War Secrets. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711682 thebookvoice.com 0:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nazi War Secrets Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Adolf Hitler changed the world. He was a messiah to his people and the anti-Christ to the rest. He was personally responsible for the deaths of millions of people around the globe. He is the greatest war criminal in history. We are all familiar with the rise to power of the Nazi party and the global conflict they instigated. But not everybody is aware of how this all came to be and the many secrets. From deep religious and occult secrets to technical innovations far beyond the abilities of the rest of the world, the Nazi party is a fascinating and tragically evil part of mankind's history. From flying wings, super heavy tanks and suicidal rocket bombs to flying saucers and huge orbital solar mirrors, the world of Nazi war machines brings to mind the death star and super weapons of Star Wars. This is the tale of manipulation, control, secret societies, weird weapons and ancient prophecy coming true. This is the tale of the world's most terrifying element of humanity - the dark side. Welcome to Nazi War Secrets. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nazi War Secrets Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Adolf Hitler changed the world. He was a messiah to his people and the anti-Christ to the rest. He was personally responsible for the deaths of millions of people around the globe. He is the greatest war criminal in history. We are all familiar with the rise to power of the Nazi party and the global conflict they instigated. But not everybody is aware of how this all came to be and the many secrets. From deep religious and occult secrets to technical innovations far beyond the abilities of the rest of the world, the Nazi party is a fascinating and tragically evil part of mankind's history. From flying wings, super heavy tanks and suicidal rocket bombs to flying saucers and huge orbital solar mirrors, the world of Nazi war machines brings to mind the death star and super weapons of Star Wars. This is the tale of manipulation, control, secret societies, weird weapons and ancient prophecy coming true. This is the tale of the world's most terrifying element of humanity - the dark side. Welcome to Nazi War Secrets. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711683 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise and Fall of Empires Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). As you sit there in front of the comforting glow of the television screen, the world outside continues as normal. Often, we are oblivious to the fact that ours is but one of many empires that have risen and fallen throughout the course of human history. Yet ours is not an empire of a single state, ruled by some emperor. Ours is a global empire – an empire of connection, technology, and consumption. To most, the thought that this globalised, technologically advanced world, is just as fragile as those that came before us seems absurd. Yet the deserts are littered with the great crumbling monuments of once seemingly invincible nations, the citizens of which would have thought the same. Those who understand the patterns of human civilisation cannot look around and think that what they see will last forever. The great works we build today will be the crumbling monuments of some future desert. We must therefore look to the past to understand both present realities and future possibilities. So, join us now as we explore the rise and fall of past empires. You shall journey through vast cities, witness the creation of grand architecture marvels, worship strange gods long forgotten, and see a reflection of ourselves in the citizens of these empires. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711683 thebookvoice.com 0:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise and Fall of Empires Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). As you sit there in front of the comforting glow of the television screen, the world outside continues as normal. Often, we are oblivious to the fact that ours is but one of many empires that have risen and fallen throughout the course of human history. Yet ours is not an empire of a single state, ruled by some emperor. Ours is a global empire – an empire of connection, technology, and consumption. To most, the thought that this globalised, technologically advanced world, is just as fragile as those that came before us seems absurd. Yet the deserts are littered with the great crumbling monuments of once seemingly invincible nations, the citizens of which would have thought the same. Those who understand the patterns of human civilisation cannot look around and think that what they see will last forever. The great works we build today will be the crumbling monuments of some future desert. We must therefore look to the past to understand both present realities and future possibilities. So, join us now as we explore the rise and fall of past empires. You shall journey through vast cities, witness the creation of grand architecture marvels, worship strange gods long forgotten, and see a reflection of ourselves in the citizens of these empires. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711683]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rise and Fall of Empires Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). As you sit there in front of the comforting glow of the television screen, the world outside continues as normal. Often, we are oblivious to the fact that ours is but one of many empires that have risen and fallen throughout the course of human history. Yet ours is not an empire of a single state, ruled by some emperor. Ours is a global empire – an empire of connection, technology, and consumption. To most, the thought that this globalised, technologically advanced world, is just as fragile as those that came before us seems absurd. Yet the deserts are littered with the great crumbling monuments of once seemingly invincible nations, the citizens of which would have thought the same. Those who understand the patterns of human civilisation cannot look around and think that what they see will last forever. The great works we build today will be the crumbling monuments of some future desert. We must therefore look to the past to understand both present realities and future possibilities. So, join us now as we explore the rise and fall of past empires. You shall journey through vast cities, witness the creation of grand architecture marvels, worship strange gods long forgotten, and see a reflection of ourselves in the citizens of these empires. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Bloodlines Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). We watch the news. We see war, disease, poverty, man against man. We see billions of poor people, displaced by the power brokers. We see the super rich getting richer. Many simply see the news, they don't understand or even try to. They don't know the bigger picture, the truth about what is really happening out there. The truth is, what happens out there, affects us all. And all of those world events are happening, not by chance, but by design. All of our lives are being affected by just a few men. Those men are members of an elite group. Their ancestors plotted and schemed just as they do today. Their goals are short and long term. They affect all levels of society. Lawmakers and enforcers, religious and political leaders, movie makers and media moguls, industrial giants and pharmaceutical murderers. All around the world they work. Plotting and scheming, scheming and plotting. Nobody dares to speak out against them. Most don't even know. Through clever manipulation, marketing, propaganda and force, they control the world. These are not the people you're thinking of. These are not always the politicians who are often pawns themselves. These people are members of a long line, a golden thread through history that stretches back thousands of years and can be traced through their own bloodline. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711677 thebookvoice.com 0:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Bloodlines Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). We watch the news. We see war, disease, poverty, man against man. We see billions of poor people, displaced by the power brokers. We see the super rich getting richer. Many simply see the news, they don't understand or even try to. They don't know the bigger picture, the truth about what is really happening out there. The truth is, what happens out there, affects us all. And all of those world events are happening, not by chance, but by design. All of our lives are being affected by just a few men. Those men are members of an elite group. Their ancestors plotted and schemed just as they do today. Their goals are short and long term. They affect all levels of society. Lawmakers and enforcers, religious and political leaders, movie makers and media moguls, industrial giants and pharmaceutical murderers. All around the world they work. Plotting and scheming, scheming and plotting. Nobody dares to speak out against them. Most don't even know. Through clever manipulation, marketing, propaganda and force, they control the world. These are not the people you're thinking of. These are not always the politicians who are often pawns themselves. These people are members of a long line, a golden thread through history that stretches back thousands of years and can be traced through their own bloodline. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Secret Bloodlines Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). We watch the news. We see war, disease, poverty, man against man. We see billions of poor people, displaced by the power brokers. We see the super rich getting richer. Many simply see the news, they don't understand or even try to. They don't know the bigger picture, the truth about what is really happening out there. The truth is, what happens out there, affects us all. And all of those world events are happening, not by chance, but by design. All of our lives are being affected by just a few men. Those men are members of an elite group. Their ancestors plotted and schemed just as they do today. Their goals are short and long term. They affect all levels of society. Lawmakers and enforcers, religious and political leaders, movie makers and media moguls, industrial giants and pharmaceutical murderers. All around the world they work. Plotting and scheming, scheming and plotting. Nobody dares to speak out against them. Most don't even know. Through clever manipulation, marketing, propaganda and force, they control the world. These are not the people you're thinking of. These are not always the politicians who are often pawns themselves. These people are members of a long line, a golden thread through history that stretches back thousands of years and can be traced through their own bloodline. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711678 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gods of Egypt Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Ancient and mysterious. Powerful and deadly. All-knowing and generous. The Gods of Egypt were many things. They originated many thousands of years ago in a land far away from Egypt. Over time they evolved, changed, adapted and grew in mystery. Their stories are filled with great battles and vengeance. Of cycles of nature and the balance of the very universe. Their tales a real game of thrones. From the gods of the underworld such as Osiris and Anubis, to the gods of light such as Amun-Ra and Horus, the lives and actions of the Gods of Ancient Egypt explain our very existence and our place in the universe. The mysteries of all that is and ever shall be were explored in their lives. Isis immaculately conceived the son of God. Horus and Set did battle again and again as light and dark. Maat was the fundamental order of the universe itself. Ra was the rising sun. Osiris was God of the underworld. Thoth created writing, science and more. All of this as a mirror to the observable world and even more to explain that which cannot be observed. Their influence has travelled across continents and across time. Our own so-called religions are full of them under different names. This is the fascinating story of the Real Gods of Egypt. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711678 thebookvoice.com 0:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gods of Egypt Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Ancient and mysterious. Powerful and deadly. All-knowing and generous. The Gods of Egypt were many things. They originated many thousands of years ago in a land far away from Egypt. Over time they evolved, changed, adapted and grew in mystery. Their stories are filled with great battles and vengeance. Of cycles of nature and the balance of the very universe. Their tales a real game of thrones. From the gods of the underworld such as Osiris and Anubis, to the gods of light such as Amun-Ra and Horus, the lives and actions of the Gods of Ancient Egypt explain our very existence and our place in the universe. The mysteries of all that is and ever shall be were explored in their lives. Isis immaculately conceived the son of God. Horus and Set did battle again and again as light and dark. Maat was the fundamental order of the universe itself. Ra was the rising sun. Osiris was God of the underworld. Thoth created writing, science and more. All of this as a mirror to the observable world and even more to explain that which cannot be observed. Their influence has travelled across continents and across time. Our own so-called religions are full of them under different names. This is the fascinating story of the Real Gods of Egypt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gods of Egypt Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Ancient and mysterious. Powerful and deadly. All-knowing and generous. The Gods of Egypt were many things. They originated many thousands of years ago in a land far away from Egypt. Over time they evolved, changed, adapted and grew in mystery. Their stories are filled with great battles and vengeance. Of cycles of nature and the balance of the very universe. Their tales a real game of thrones. From the gods of the underworld such as Osiris and Anubis, to the gods of light such as Amun-Ra and Horus, the lives and actions of the Gods of Ancient Egypt explain our very existence and our place in the universe. The mysteries of all that is and ever shall be were explored in their lives. Isis immaculately conceived the son of God. Horus and Set did battle again and again as light and dark. Maat was the fundamental order of the universe itself. Ra was the rising sun. Osiris was God of the underworld. Thoth created writing, science and more. All of this as a mirror to the observable world and even more to explain that which cannot be observed. Their influence has travelled across continents and across time. Our own so-called religions are full of them under different names. This is the fascinating story of the Real Gods of Egypt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711679 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Men in Black Conspiracy Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). In the shadows of other dimensions, there lies a nefarious force waging war upon humans from the space between spaces for millennia, a dark force that governs not just our thoughts and actions but our very souls. The very advent of time began the slave master hierarchy between us and those unseen forces behind our every action and thought. They built and created "rules" and systems of thought, created kingdoms and spawned religions used to rule the masses from afar by controlling the ebb and flow of space and time on an epic level. Under the guise of "free will" and individualism the systems in place around us actually ensures that we have no choice but to comply and obey an underlying agenda that’s at its core is evil, put in place by beings that feed and are nurtured by the control they maintain over planet earth. This is the story of the real Men in Black. Raphael Terra Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711679 thebookvoice.com 0:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Men in Black Conspiracy Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). In the shadows of other dimensions, there lies a nefarious force waging war upon humans from the space between spaces for millennia, a dark force that governs not just our thoughts and actions but our very souls. The very advent of time began the slave master hierarchy between us and those unseen forces behind our every action and thought. They built and created "rules" and systems of thought, created kingdoms and spawned religions used to rule the masses from afar by controlling the ebb and flow of space and time on an epic level. Under the guise of "free will" and individualism the systems in place around us actually ensures that we have no choice but to comply and obey an underlying agenda that’s at its core is evil, put in place by beings that feed and are nurtured by the control they maintain over planet earth. This is the story of the real Men in Black. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711679]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Men in Black Conspiracy Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Raphael Terra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). In the shadows of other dimensions, there lies a nefarious force waging war upon humans from the space between spaces for millennia, a dark force that governs not just our thoughts and actions but our very souls. The very advent of time began the slave master hierarchy between us and those unseen forces behind our every action and thought. They built and created "rules" and systems of thought, created kingdoms and spawned religions used to rule the masses from afar by controlling the ebb and flow of space and time on an epic level. Under the guise of "free will" and individualism the systems in place around us actually ensures that we have no choice but to comply and obey an underlying agenda that’s at its core is evil, put in place by beings that feed and are nurtured by the control they maintain over planet earth. This is the story of the real Men in Black. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711437 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf und Sehnsucht in der Mitte der Gesellschaft (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Stephan Anpalagan Narrator: Uve Teschner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 27, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ein Buch über Heimat. Und Liebe. Und Liebeskummer. Ein Buch über uns alle. In 'Kampf und Sehnsucht in der Mitte der Gesellschaft' schreibt der Theologe und Autor Stephan Anpalagan über Heimat. Unsere Heimat. Es ist ein Buch über Menschen, die sagen 'Ich liebe dieses Land so sehr. Aber dieses Land liebt mich nicht zurück.' Es ist eine Geschichte über den Liebeskummer, den Menschen verspüren, die seit Jahren, Jahrzehnten und Generationen in unserem Land leben und dennoch keine Heimat finden. Es ist ein Buch über das 'Wir' in 'Wir sind das Volk' und das 'Du' in 'Du bist Deutschland'. Es ist ein Buch über Deutschland. Ein Deutschlandbuch. Eine Erzählung über die italienischen Gastarbeiter, den deutschen Fußball, die deutsche Leitkultur und die deutsche Bahn. Es ist ein Ausblick darauf, wie der Rassismus in unserem Land den Fachkräftemangel verschärft und was wir dagegen tun können. Vor allem aber, wie wir dieses Land zu einer besseren Heimat machen. Für uns alle. 'Mit Witz und Schärfe und nicht ganz ohne Sympathie denkt Stephan Anpalagan in diesem Buch über die Deutschen nach, die sich so nach der Mitte sehnen, und er fragt, was diese Sehnsucht für die bundesrepublikanische Demokratie bedeuten kann.' Hedwig Richter 'Von diesem Buch geht eine ganz eigene Faszination aus. Stil, Erzählweise, all das hat mich wirklich gepackt, in meine Jugend zurückgeworfen, an meine Eltern erinnert. Stephan Anpalagan schafft es, den Bogen von den 1950ern bis zur jüngsten Vergangenheit zu schlagen, ohne dabei unterkomplex zu werden. Analytisch immer auf das Wesentliche fokussiert. Man möchte schreien - und dennoch ist es ein Lesevergnügen!' Carlo Masala 'An der Familientafel Deutschland ist Stephan Anpalagan der Lieblingscousin, der so humorvoll erzählen kann - und dich danach mit ein, zwei kritischen Fragen zum Stocken bringt. Differenziert und schonungslos seziert er unsere affektgeladene Neurosenrepublik und begibt sich an einen Ort, den kaum einer zu beschreiben vermag: die Mitte.' Micky Beisenherz Stephan Anpalagan Wed, 27 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711437 thebookvoice.com 6:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf und Sehnsucht in der Mitte der Gesellschaft (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Stephan Anpalagan Narrator: Uve Teschner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 27, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ein Buch über Heimat. Und Liebe. Und Liebeskummer. Ein Buch über uns alle. In 'Kampf und Sehnsucht in der Mitte der Gesellschaft' schreibt der Theologe und Autor Stephan Anpalagan über Heimat. Unsere Heimat. Es ist ein Buch über Menschen, die sagen 'Ich liebe dieses Land so sehr. Aber dieses Land liebt mich nicht zurück.' Es ist eine Geschichte über den Liebeskummer, den Menschen verspüren, die seit Jahren, Jahrzehnten und Generationen in unserem Land leben und dennoch keine Heimat finden. Es ist ein Buch über das 'Wir' in 'Wir sind das Volk' und das 'Du' in 'Du bist Deutschland'. Es ist ein Buch über Deutschland. Ein Deutschlandbuch. Eine Erzählung über die italienischen Gastarbeiter, den deutschen Fußball, die deutsche Leitkultur und die deutsche Bahn. Es ist ein Ausblick darauf, wie der Rassismus in unserem Land den Fachkräftemangel verschärft und was wir dagegen tun können. Vor allem aber, wie wir dieses Land zu einer besseren Heimat machen. Für uns alle. 'Mit Witz und Schärfe und nicht ganz ohne Sympathie denkt Stephan Anpalagan in diesem Buch über die Deutschen nach, die sich so nach der Mitte sehnen, und er fragt, was diese Sehnsucht für die bundesrepublikanische Demokratie bedeuten kann.' Hedwig Richter 'Von diesem Buch geht eine ganz eigene Faszination aus. Stil, Erzählweise, all das hat mich wirklich gepackt, in meine Jugend zurückgeworfen, an meine Eltern erinnert. Stephan Anpalagan schafft es, den Bogen von den 1950ern bis zur jüngsten Vergangenheit zu schlagen, ohne dabei unterkomplex zu werden. Analytisch immer auf das Wesentliche fokussiert. Man möchte schreien - und dennoch ist es ein Lesevergnügen!' Carlo Masala 'An der Familientafel Deutschland ist Stephan Anpalagan der Lieblingscousin, der so humorvoll erzählen kann - und dich danach mit ein, zwei kritischen Fragen zum Stocken bringt. Differenziert und schonungslos seziert er unsere affektgeladene Neurosenrepublik und begibt sich an einen Ort, den kaum einer zu beschreiben vermag: die Mitte.' Micky Beisenherz Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Kampf und Sehnsucht in der Mitte der Gesellschaft (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Stephan Anpalagan Narrator: Uve Teschner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 27, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Ein Buch über Heimat. Und Liebe. Und Liebeskummer. Ein Buch über uns alle. In 'Kampf und Sehnsucht in der Mitte der Gesellschaft' schreibt der Theologe und Autor Stephan Anpalagan über Heimat. Unsere Heimat. Es ist ein Buch über Menschen, die sagen 'Ich liebe dieses Land so sehr. Aber dieses Land liebt mich nicht zurück.' Es ist eine Geschichte über den Liebeskummer, den Menschen verspüren, die seit Jahren, Jahrzehnten und Generationen in unserem Land leben und dennoch keine Heimat finden. Es ist ein Buch über das 'Wir' in 'Wir sind das Volk' und das 'Du' in 'Du bist Deutschland'. Es ist ein Buch über Deutschland. Ein Deutschlandbuch. Eine Erzählung über die italienischen Gastarbeiter, den deutschen Fußball, die deutsche Leitkultur und die deutsche Bahn. Es ist ein Ausblick darauf, wie der Rassismus in unserem Land den Fachkräftemangel verschärft und was wir dagegen tun können. Vor allem aber, wie wir dieses Land zu einer besseren Heimat machen. Für uns alle. 'Mit Witz und Schärfe und nicht ganz ohne Sympathie denkt Stephan Anpalagan in diesem Buch über die Deutschen nach, die sich so nach der Mitte sehnen, und er fragt, was diese Sehnsucht für die bundesrepublikanische Demokratie bedeuten kann.' Hedwig Richter 'Von diesem Buch geht eine ganz eigene Faszination aus. Stil, Erzählweise, all das hat mich wirklich gepackt, in meine Jugend zurückgeworfen, an meine Eltern erinnert. Stephan Anpalagan schafft es, den Bogen von den 1950ern bis zur jüngsten Vergangenheit zu schlagen, ohne dabei unterkomplex zu werden. Analytisch immer auf das Wesentliche fokussiert. Man möchte schreien - und dennoch ist es ein Lesevergnügen!' Carlo Masala 'An der Familientafel Deutschland ist Stephan Anpalagan der Lieblingscousin, der so humorvoll erzählen kann - und dich danach mit ein, zwei kritischen Fragen zum Stocken bringt. Differenziert und schonungslos seziert er unsere affektgeladene Neurosenrepublik und begibt sich an einen Ort, den kaum einer zu beschreiben vermag: die Mitte.' Micky Beisenherz https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711438 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mensch sein - Von der Evolution für die Zukunft lernen (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Carel Van Schaik, Kai Michel Narrator: Alexander Pensel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Etwas stimmt mit dem Leben nicht. Jeder kennt das Gefühl. Depressionen und Angststörungen grassieren. Krisen, Kriege und Katastrophen dominieren die Nachrichten. Die längste Zeit redete die Kirche uns ein, es läge an der menschlichen Sündhaftigkeit. Heute hält uns eine ganze Ratgeberindustrie auf der Anklagebank und verordnet Selbstoptimierung, Achtsamkeit und Resilienztraining. Höchste Zeit für eine evolutionäre Aufklärung. Wir sind nicht schuld. Wir müssen uns nur endlich selbst verstehen! Der Anthropologe Carel van Schaik und der Historiker Kai Michel erklären, wie es dazu kam, dass wir eine Existenz im Ausnahmezustand führen. Sie räumen mit Missverständnissen über die Evolution und die menschliche Natur auf und zeigen, welche Macht die Kultur über uns besitzt. Die Autoren liefern das Wissen, um die Welt so zu gestalten, dass in Zukunft wirkliches Menschsein möglich ist. Carel Van Schaik, Kai Michel Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711438 thebookvoice.com 12:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mensch sein - Von der Evolution für die Zukunft lernen (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Carel Van Schaik, Kai Michel Narrator: Alexander Pensel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Etwas stimmt mit dem Leben nicht. Jeder kennt das Gefühl. Depressionen und Angststörungen grassieren. Krisen, Kriege und Katastrophen dominieren die Nachrichten. Die längste Zeit redete die Kirche uns ein, es läge an der menschlichen Sündhaftigkeit. Heute hält uns eine ganze Ratgeberindustrie auf der Anklagebank und verordnet Selbstoptimierung, Achtsamkeit und Resilienztraining. Höchste Zeit für eine evolutionäre Aufklärung. Wir sind nicht schuld. Wir müssen uns nur endlich selbst verstehen! Der Anthropologe Carel van Schaik und der Historiker Kai Michel erklären, wie es dazu kam, dass wir eine Existenz im Ausnahmezustand führen. Sie räumen mit Missverständnissen über die Evolution und die menschliche Natur auf und zeigen, welche Macht die Kultur über uns besitzt. Die Autoren liefern das Wissen, um die Welt so zu gestalten, dass in Zukunft wirkliches Menschsein möglich ist. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711438]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mensch sein - Von der Evolution für die Zukunft lernen (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Carel Van Schaik, Kai Michel Narrator: Alexander Pensel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Etwas stimmt mit dem Leben nicht. Jeder kennt das Gefühl. Depressionen und Angststörungen grassieren. Krisen, Kriege und Katastrophen dominieren die Nachrichten. Die längste Zeit redete die Kirche uns ein, es läge an der menschlichen Sündhaftigkeit. Heute hält uns eine ganze Ratgeberindustrie auf der Anklagebank und verordnet Selbstoptimierung, Achtsamkeit und Resilienztraining. Höchste Zeit für eine evolutionäre Aufklärung. Wir sind nicht schuld. Wir müssen uns nur endlich selbst verstehen! Der Anthropologe Carel van Schaik und der Historiker Kai Michel erklären, wie es dazu kam, dass wir eine Existenz im Ausnahmezustand führen. Sie räumen mit Missverständnissen über die Evolution und die menschliche Natur auf und zeigen, welche Macht die Kultur über uns besitzt. Die Autoren liefern das Wissen, um die Welt so zu gestalten, dass in Zukunft wirkliches Menschsein möglich ist. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711398 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strong Girls, Strong World: A Practical Guide to Helping Them Soar--and Creating a Better Future for Us All Author: Dale Hanson Bourke Narrator: Dale Hanson Bourke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: You Can Make a Global Impact―One Girl at a Time In Strong Girls, Strong World, Dale Hanson Bourke draws on her international leadership and reporting experience to offer personal insights we can all use as a road map to understanding the issues girls face―and the tangible ways we can each make a difference. Filled with personal stories, hope-filled examples, and specific opportunities, readers will discover - how investing in girls changes communities and entire countries - eight areas that create high-impact investments for girls - what leading organizations are doing to change the lives of girls, and - dozens of specific and practical ways you can make a difference today. Investing in the life of a girl can bring about global change. In Strong Girls, Strong World, you’ll find out how to take the first steps. Dale Hanson Bourke Tue, 03 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711398 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strong Girls, Strong World: A Practical Guide to Helping Them Soar--and Creating a Better Future for Us All Author: Dale Hanson Bourke Narrator: Dale Hanson Bourke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: You Can Make a Global Impact―One Girl at a Time In Strong Girls, Strong World, Dale Hanson Bourke draws on her international leadership and reporting experience to offer personal insights we can all use as a road map to understanding the issues girls face―and the tangible ways we can each make a difference. Filled with personal stories, hope-filled examples, and specific opportunities, readers will discover - how investing in girls changes communities and entire countries - eight areas that create high-impact investments for girls - what leading organizations are doing to change the lives of girls, and - dozens of specific and practical ways you can make a difference today. Investing in the life of a girl can bring about global change. In Strong Girls, Strong World, you’ll find out how to take the first steps. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strong Girls, Strong World: A Practical Guide to Helping Them Soar--and Creating a Better Future for Us All Author: Dale Hanson Bourke Narrator: Dale Hanson Bourke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: You Can Make a Global Impact―One Girl at a Time In Strong Girls, Strong World, Dale Hanson Bourke draws on her international leadership and reporting experience to offer personal insights we can all use as a road map to understanding the issues girls face―and the tangible ways we can each make a difference. Filled with personal stories, hope-filled examples, and specific opportunities, readers will discover - how investing in girls changes communities and entire countries - eight areas that create high-impact investments for girls - what leading organizations are doing to change the lives of girls, and - dozens of specific and practical ways you can make a difference today. Investing in the life of a girl can bring about global change. In Strong Girls, Strong World, you’ll find out how to take the first steps. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Whispers to Shouts: The Ways We Talk About Cancer Author: Elaine Schattner Narrator: Jenn Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It’s hard today to remember how recently cancer was a silent killer, a dreaded disease about which people rarely spoke in public. In hospitals and doctors’ offices, conversations about malignancy were hushed and hope was limited. In this deeply researched book, Elaine Schattner reveals a sea change—from before 1900 to the present day—in how ordinary people talk about cancer. From Whispers to Shouts examines public perception of cancer through stories in newspapers and magazines, social media, and popular culture. It probes the evolving relationship between journalists and medical specialists and illuminates the role of women and charities that distributed medical information. Schattner traces the origins of patient advocacy and activism from the 1920s onward, highlighting how, while doctors have lost control of messages about cancer, survivors have gained visibility and voice. The book’s final section lays out provocative questions facing the cancer community today—including distrust of oncologists, concerns over financial burdens, and disparities in cancer treatments and care. Schattner considers how patients and their loved ones struggle to make decisions amid conflicting information and opinions. She explores the ramifications of so much openness, good and bad, and asks an important question: Has awareness backfired? Instead, Schattner contends, we need greater understanding of cancer’s treatability. Elaine Schattner Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711376 thebookvoice.com 10:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Whispers to Shouts: The Ways We Talk About Cancer Author: Elaine Schattner Narrator: Jenn Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It’s hard today to remember how recently cancer was a silent killer, a dreaded disease about which people rarely spoke in public. In hospitals and doctors’ offices, conversations about malignancy were hushed and hope was limited. In this deeply researched book, Elaine Schattner reveals a sea change—from before 1900 to the present day—in how ordinary people talk about cancer. From Whispers to Shouts examines public perception of cancer through stories in newspapers and magazines, social media, and popular culture. It probes the evolving relationship between journalists and medical specialists and illuminates the role of women and charities that distributed medical information. Schattner traces the origins of patient advocacy and activism from the 1920s onward, highlighting how, while doctors have lost control of messages about cancer, survivors have gained visibility and voice. The book’s final section lays out provocative questions facing the cancer community today—including distrust of oncologists, concerns over financial burdens, and disparities in cancer treatments and care. Schattner considers how patients and their loved ones struggle to make decisions amid conflicting information and opinions. She explores the ramifications of so much openness, good and bad, and asks an important question: Has awareness backfired? Instead, Schattner contends, we need greater understanding of cancer’s treatability. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From Whispers to Shouts: The Ways We Talk About Cancer Author: Elaine Schattner Narrator: Jenn Lee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: It’s hard today to remember how recently cancer was a silent killer, a dreaded disease about which people rarely spoke in public. In hospitals and doctors’ offices, conversations about malignancy were hushed and hope was limited. In this deeply researched book, Elaine Schattner reveals a sea change—from before 1900 to the present day—in how ordinary people talk about cancer. From Whispers to Shouts examines public perception of cancer through stories in newspapers and magazines, social media, and popular culture. It probes the evolving relationship between journalists and medical specialists and illuminates the role of women and charities that distributed medical information. Schattner traces the origins of patient advocacy and activism from the 1920s onward, highlighting how, while doctors have lost control of messages about cancer, survivors have gained visibility and voice. The book’s final section lays out provocative questions facing the cancer community today—including distrust of oncologists, concerns over financial burdens, and disparities in cancer treatments and care. Schattner considers how patients and their loved ones struggle to make decisions amid conflicting information and opinions. She explores the ramifications of so much openness, good and bad, and asks an important question: Has awareness backfired? Instead, Schattner contends, we need greater understanding of cancer’s treatability. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711335 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Patriarchale Belastungsstörung: Geschlecht, Klasse und Psyche Author: Beatrice Frasl Narrator: Beatrice Frasl Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Patriarchat und mentale Gesundheit: Beatrice Frasl wühlt tief in den Eingeweiden unseres 'kranken' Gesundheitssystems. Psychische Gesundheit ist politisch In Ländern wie Deutschland und Österreich können wir uns auf eine medizinische Notversorgung verlassen. Gibt es einen Unfall, wird ein Rettungswagen gerufen, Patient*innen werden in ein Krankenhaus gebracht und schnellstmöglich versorgt. Selbstverständlich, oder? Immerhin wäre es für uns unvorstellbar, mit einem Knochenbruch wieder nach Hause geschickt zu werden, einschließlich einer Wartefrist von sechs Wochen. Bis ein Behandlungsplatz zur Verfügung steht. In etwa so gestaltet sich jedoch die Situation im Bereich der psychischen Erkrankungen. Denn: Unser Gesundheitssystem schreibt, als Teil unseres Gesellschaftssystems, Ungleichheiten fort. Sozialer und ökonomischer Background, kulturelle Rahmenbedingungen und der neoliberale Leistungsgedanke bestimmen, wer gesund ist und wer nicht, wer krank sein darf und letztendlich auch: wem Behandlungsmöglichkeiten offenstehen und wem diese verwehrt bleiben. Ungleichheit in der psychischen Krankenversorgung geht uns alle etwas an! Du fragst dich, was Geschlecht und die Versorgung psychischer Erkrankungen gemeinsam haben? Was das Patriarchat mit der Diagnose von Krankheiten zu tun hat? Spoiler-Alarm: sehr viel! Der Grund, warum Frauen so viel häufiger von Depressionen und Angsterkrankungen betroffen sind als Männer, warum Männer jedoch weniger oft Ärzt*innen aufsuchen und sich behandeln lassen, liegt u. a. in den stereotypischen Vorstellungen und Rollenbildern, die wir im Laufe unseres Aufwachsens erlernt haben. Und: Frausein im Patriarchat bedeutet Gefährdung auf vielen Ebenen. Der Mangel an ökonomischer Sicherheit, die körperliche und psychische Gewalt, denen Frauen sehr viel häufiger ausgeliefert sind, und die Doppelbelastung, die durch Arbeit und Care-Arbeit auf den Schultern von Frauen lastet, sind zusätzliche Gründe dafür, warum weibliche Personen zur Risikogruppe zählen und durch unzureichende Krankenversorgung abermals benachteiligt sind. Stigmatisierung und Tabuisierung: Wie können wir mit psychischen Erkrankungen umgehen? Dass die psychische Krankenversorgung keine Selbstverständlichkeit ist, hängt eng mit der Pathologisierung bestimmter menschlicher Empfindungen zusammen, die nicht in das kapitalistische System passen. Besonders Frauen, ihre Körper und ihre Wahrnehmungen sind und waren schon immer ein Instrument zur Ausübung patriarchaler Kontrolle. Geschlechterrollen, der 'Diagnose Gap' und gesellschaftliche Herrschaftsverhältnisse – Beatrice Frasl zeigt in diesem Buch: Das Sprechen über psychische Gesundheit ist ein feministischer Akt, ein Akt, der uns allen die Macht über uns selbst zurückgeben kann. Beatrice Frasl Thu, 14 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711335 thebookvoice.com 7:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Patriarchale Belastungsstörung: Geschlecht, Klasse und Psyche Author: Beatrice Frasl Narrator: Beatrice Frasl Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Patriarchat und mentale Gesundheit: Beatrice Frasl wühlt tief in den Eingeweiden unseres 'kranken' Gesundheitssystems. Psychische Gesundheit ist politisch In Ländern wie Deutschland und Österreich können wir uns auf eine medizinische Notversorgung verlassen. Gibt es einen Unfall, wird ein Rettungswagen gerufen, Patient*innen werden in ein Krankenhaus gebracht und schnellstmöglich versorgt. Selbstverständlich, oder? Immerhin wäre es für uns unvorstellbar, mit einem Knochenbruch wieder nach Hause geschickt zu werden, einschließlich einer Wartefrist von sechs Wochen. Bis ein Behandlungsplatz zur Verfügung steht. In etwa so gestaltet sich jedoch die Situation im Bereich der psychischen Erkrankungen. Denn: Unser Gesundheitssystem schreibt, als Teil unseres Gesellschaftssystems, Ungleichheiten fort. Sozialer und ökonomischer Background, kulturelle Rahmenbedingungen und der neoliberale Leistungsgedanke bestimmen, wer gesund ist und wer nicht, wer krank sein darf und letztendlich auch: wem Behandlungsmöglichkeiten offenstehen und wem diese verwehrt bleiben. Ungleichheit in der psychischen Krankenversorgung geht uns alle etwas an! Du fragst dich, was Geschlecht und die Versorgung psychischer Erkrankungen gemeinsam haben? Was das Patriarchat mit der Diagnose von Krankheiten zu tun hat? Spoiler-Alarm: sehr viel! Der Grund, warum Frauen so viel häufiger von Depressionen und Angsterkrankungen betroffen sind als Männer, warum Männer jedoch weniger oft Ärzt*innen aufsuchen und sich behandeln lassen, liegt u. a. in den stereotypischen Vorstellungen und Rollenbildern, die wir im Laufe unseres Aufwachsens erlernt haben. Und: Frausein im Patriarchat bedeutet Gefährdung auf vielen Ebenen. Der Mangel an ökonomischer Sicherheit, die körperliche und psychische Gewalt, denen Frauen sehr viel häufiger ausgeliefert sind, und die Doppelbelastung, die durch Arbeit und Care-Arbeit auf den Schultern von Frauen lastet, sind zusätzliche Gründe dafür, warum weibliche Personen zur Risikogruppe zählen und durch unzureichende Krankenversorgung abermals benachteiligt sind. Stigmatisierung und Tabuisierung: Wie können wir mit psychischen Erkrankungen umgehen? Dass die psychische Krankenversorgung keine Selbstverständlichkeit ist, hängt eng mit der Pathologisierung bestimmter menschlicher Empfindungen zusammen, die nicht in das kapitalistische System passen. Besonders Frauen, ihre Körper und ihre Wahrnehmungen sind und waren schon immer ein Instrument zur Ausübung patriarchaler Kontrolle. Geschlechterrollen, der 'Diagnose Gap' und gesellschaftliche Herrschaftsverhältnisse – Beatrice Frasl zeigt in diesem Buch: Das Sprechen über psychische Gesundheit ist ein feministischer Akt, ein Akt, der uns allen die Macht über uns selbst zurückgeben kann. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711335]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Patriarchale Belastungsstörung: Geschlecht, Klasse und Psyche Author: Beatrice Frasl Narrator: Beatrice Frasl Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Patriarchat und mentale Gesundheit: Beatrice Frasl wühlt tief in den Eingeweiden unseres 'kranken' Gesundheitssystems. Psychische Gesundheit ist politisch In Ländern wie Deutschland und Österreich können wir uns auf eine medizinische Notversorgung verlassen. Gibt es einen Unfall, wird ein Rettungswagen gerufen, Patient*innen werden in ein Krankenhaus gebracht und schnellstmöglich versorgt. Selbstverständlich, oder? Immerhin wäre es für uns unvorstellbar, mit einem Knochenbruch wieder nach Hause geschickt zu werden, einschließlich einer Wartefrist von sechs Wochen. Bis ein Behandlungsplatz zur Verfügung steht. In etwa so gestaltet sich jedoch die Situation im Bereich der psychischen Erkrankungen. Denn: Unser Gesundheitssystem schreibt, als Teil unseres Gesellschaftssystems, Ungleichheiten fort. Sozialer und ökonomischer Background, kulturelle Rahmenbedingungen und der neoliberale Leistungsgedanke bestimmen, wer gesund ist und wer nicht, wer krank sein darf und letztendlich auch: wem Behandlungsmöglichkeiten offenstehen und wem diese verwehrt bleiben. Ungleichheit in der psychischen Krankenversorgung geht uns alle etwas an! Du fragst dich, was Geschlecht und die Versorgung psychischer Erkrankungen gemeinsam haben? Was das Patriarchat mit der Diagnose von Krankheiten zu tun hat? Spoiler-Alarm: sehr viel! Der Grund, warum Frauen so viel häufiger von Depressionen und Angsterkrankungen betroffen sind als Männer, warum Männer jedoch weniger oft Ärzt*innen aufsuchen und sich behandeln lassen, liegt u. a. in den stereotypischen Vorstellungen und Rollenbildern, die wir im Laufe unseres Aufwachsens erlernt haben. Und: Frausein im Patriarchat bedeutet Gefährdung auf vielen Ebenen. Der Mangel an ökonomischer Sicherheit, die körperliche und psychische Gewalt, denen Frauen sehr viel häufiger ausgeliefert sind, und die Doppelbelastung, die durch Arbeit und Care-Arbeit auf den Schultern von Frauen lastet, sind zusätzliche Gründe dafür, warum weibliche Personen zur Risikogruppe zählen und durch unzureichende Krankenversorgung abermals benachteiligt sind. Stigmatisierung und Tabuisierung: Wie können wir mit psychischen Erkrankungen umgehen? Dass die psychische Krankenversorgung keine Selbstverständlichkeit ist, hängt eng mit der Pathologisierung bestimmter menschlicher Empfindungen zusammen, die nicht in das kapitalistische System passen. Besonders Frauen, ihre Körper und ihre Wahrnehmungen sind und waren schon immer ein Instrument zur Ausübung patriarchaler Kontrolle. Geschlechterrollen, der 'Diagnose Gap' und gesellschaftliche Herrschaftsverhältnisse – Beatrice Frasl zeigt in diesem Buch: Das Sprechen über psychische Gesundheit ist ein feministischer Akt, ein Akt, der uns allen die Macht über uns selbst zurückgeben kann. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711219 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Grief/White Grievance: The Politics of Loss Author: Juliet Hooker Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Joana Garcia reveals howrace shapes expectations about whose losses matter In democracies, citizens must accept loss; we can't always be on the winning side. But in the United States, the fundamental civic capacity of being able to lose is not distributed equally. Propped up by white supremacy, whites (as a group) are accustomed to winning; they have generally been able to exercise political rule without having to accept sharing it. Black citizens, on the other hand, are expected to be political heroes whose civic suffering enables progress toward racial justice. In this book, Juliet Hooker, a leading thinker on democracy and race, argues that the two most important forces driving racial politics in the United States today are Black grief and white grievance. Black grief is exemplified by current protests against police violence—the latest in a tradition of violent death and subsequent public mourning spurring Black political mobilization. The potent politics of white grievance, meanwhile, which is also not new, imagines the U.S. as a white country under siege. Drawing on African American political thought, Hooker examines key moments in U.S. racial politics that illuminate the problem of loss in democracy. She connects today's Black Lives Matter protests to the use of lynching photographs to arouse public outrage over post–Reconstruction era racial terror, and she discusses Emmett Till's funeral as a catalyst for the civil rights struggles of the 1950s and 1960s. She also traces the political weaponization of white victimhood during the Obama and Trump presidencies. Calling for an expansion of Black and white political imaginations, Hooker argues that both must learn to sit with loss, for different reasons and to different ends. Juliet Hooker Tue, 03 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711219 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Grief/White Grievance: The Politics of Loss Author: Juliet Hooker Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Joana Garcia reveals howrace shapes expectations about whose losses matter In democracies, citizens must accept loss; we can't always be on the winning side. But in the United States, the fundamental civic capacity of being able to lose is not distributed equally. Propped up by white supremacy, whites (as a group) are accustomed to winning; they have generally been able to exercise political rule without having to accept sharing it. Black citizens, on the other hand, are expected to be political heroes whose civic suffering enables progress toward racial justice. In this book, Juliet Hooker, a leading thinker on democracy and race, argues that the two most important forces driving racial politics in the United States today are Black grief and white grievance. Black grief is exemplified by current protests against police violence—the latest in a tradition of violent death and subsequent public mourning spurring Black political mobilization. The potent politics of white grievance, meanwhile, which is also not new, imagines the U.S. as a white country under siege. Drawing on African American political thought, Hooker examines key moments in U.S. racial politics that illuminate the problem of loss in democracy. She connects today's Black Lives Matter protests to the use of lynching photographs to arouse public outrage over post–Reconstruction era racial terror, and she discusses Emmett Till's funeral as a catalyst for the civil rights struggles of the 1950s and 1960s. She also traces the political weaponization of white victimhood during the Obama and Trump presidencies. Calling for an expansion of Black and white political imaginations, Hooker argues that both must learn to sit with loss, for different reasons and to different ends. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711219]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Grief/White Grievance: The Politics of Loss Author: Juliet Hooker Narrator: Joana Garcia Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: October 3, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by Joana Garcia reveals howrace shapes expectations about whose losses matter In democracies, citizens must accept loss; we can't always be on the winning side. But in the United States, the fundamental civic capacity of being able to lose is not distributed equally. Propped up by white supremacy, whites (as a group) are accustomed to winning; they have generally been able to exercise political rule without having to accept sharing it. Black citizens, on the other hand, are expected to be political heroes whose civic suffering enables progress toward racial justice. In this book, Juliet Hooker, a leading thinker on democracy and race, argues that the two most important forces driving racial politics in the United States today are Black grief and white grievance. Black grief is exemplified by current protests against police violence—the latest in a tradition of violent death and subsequent public mourning spurring Black political mobilization. The potent politics of white grievance, meanwhile, which is also not new, imagines the U.S. as a white country under siege. Drawing on African American political thought, Hooker examines key moments in U.S. racial politics that illuminate the problem of loss in democracy. She connects today's Black Lives Matter protests to the use of lynching photographs to arouse public outrage over post–Reconstruction era racial terror, and she discusses Emmett Till's funeral as a catalyst for the civil rights struggles of the 1950s and 1960s. She also traces the political weaponization of white victimhood during the Obama and Trump presidencies. Calling for an expansion of Black and white political imaginations, Hooker argues that both must learn to sit with loss, for different reasons and to different ends. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711212 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heroes in Mythology Author: Jim Weiss Narrator: Jim Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: September 8, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this audiobook for young listeners, Jim Weiss thrillingly narrates his adaptation of three of the world's greatest adventures, each featuring a quest for wisdom and a famous character: Theseus, Prometheus, and Odin. Includes 'Theseus and the Minotaur,' 'Prometheus, Bringer of Fire,' and more. Jim Weiss Fri, 08 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711212 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heroes in Mythology Author: Jim Weiss Narrator: Jim Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: September 8, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this audiobook for young listeners, Jim Weiss thrillingly narrates his adaptation of three of the world's greatest adventures, each featuring a quest for wisdom and a famous character: Theseus, Prometheus, and Odin. Includes 'Theseus and the Minotaur,' 'Prometheus, Bringer of Fire,' and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/711212]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heroes in Mythology Author: Jim Weiss Narrator: Jim Weiss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: September 8, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this audiobook for young listeners, Jim Weiss thrillingly narrates his adaptation of three of the world's greatest adventures, each featuring a quest for wisdom and a famous character: Theseus, Prometheus, and Odin. Includes 'Theseus and the Minotaur,' 'Prometheus, Bringer of Fire,' and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710813 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eighteen: A History of Britain in 18 Young Lives Author: Alice Loxton Narrator: Alice Loxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Read by the author, Alice Loxton. Biggest books to look out for in 2024 – The Guardian 'Loxton is the next big thing in history' – Dan Snow At eighteen, your life is full of of what-ifs and why-nots. You have everything to look forward to – unless you’ve got the plague. From a young Elizabeth Tudor, the orphan facing deadly intrigue at court, to a teenage Richard Burton, the rugby-obsessed son of a Welsh miner, historian Alice Loxton explores Britain’s past through the lives of eighteen figures at this crucial age. How do you make a living in Georgian London with no arms or legs? What would you do if a world war interrupted your university studies? With plenty of wit and insight, Eighteen invites readers to join an eclectic cast of young Britons across the nation and throughout its history, to find out what makes us who we are. Filled with fascinating stories of royalty, explorers, writers and entertainers, Eighteen asks what lessons we can learn for modern Britain. 'A whirlwind of historical energy . . . one of the brightest new stars of popular history' – Dan Jones Alice Loxton Thu, 15 Aug 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710813 thebookvoice.com 9:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eighteen: A History of Britain in 18 Young Lives Author: Alice Loxton Narrator: Alice Loxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Read by the author, Alice Loxton. Biggest books to look out for in 2024 – The Guardian 'Loxton is the next big thing in history' – Dan Snow At eighteen, your life is full of of what-ifs and why-nots. You have everything to look forward to – unless you’ve got the plague. From a young Elizabeth Tudor, the orphan facing deadly intrigue at court, to a teenage Richard Burton, the rugby-obsessed son of a Welsh miner, historian Alice Loxton explores Britain’s past through the lives of eighteen figures at this crucial age. How do you make a living in Georgian London with no arms or legs? What would you do if a world war interrupted your university studies? With plenty of wit and insight, Eighteen invites readers to join an eclectic cast of young Britons across the nation and throughout its history, to find out what makes us who we are. Filled with fascinating stories of royalty, explorers, writers and entertainers, Eighteen asks what lessons we can learn for modern Britain. 'A whirlwind of historical energy . . . one of the brightest new stars of popular history' – Dan Jones Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710813]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eighteen: A History of Britain in 18 Young Lives Author: Alice Loxton Narrator: Alice Loxton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 15, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Read by the author, Alice Loxton. Biggest books to look out for in 2024 – The Guardian 'Loxton is the next big thing in history' – Dan Snow At eighteen, your life is full of of what-ifs and why-nots. You have everything to look forward to – unless you’ve got the plague. From a young Elizabeth Tudor, the orphan facing deadly intrigue at court, to a teenage Richard Burton, the rugby-obsessed son of a Welsh miner, historian Alice Loxton explores Britain’s past through the lives of eighteen figures at this crucial age. How do you make a living in Georgian London with no arms or legs? What would you do if a world war interrupted your university studies? With plenty of wit and insight, Eighteen invites readers to join an eclectic cast of young Britons across the nation and throughout its history, to find out what makes us who we are. Filled with fascinating stories of royalty, explorers, writers and entertainers, Eighteen asks what lessons we can learn for modern Britain. 'A whirlwind of historical energy . . . one of the brightest new stars of popular history' – Dan Jones https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710731 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Insurrection: The Radical Right's Assault on American Democracy Author: David Neiwert Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a smattering of ominous right-wing compounds in the Pacific Northwest in the 1970s, to the shocking January 6, 2021 insurrection at the US Capitol, America has seen the culmination of a long-building war on democracy being waged by a fundamentally violent and antidemocratic far-right movement that unironically calls itself the 'Patriot' movement. So how did we get here? Award-winning journalist David Neiwert—who been following the rise of these extremist groups since the late 1970s, when he was a young reporter in Idaho—explores how the movement was built over decades, how it was set aflame by Donald Trump and his cohorts, and how it will continue to attack American democracy for the foreseeable future. Neiwert especially studies how the Pacific Northwest has long been a breeding ground of extremist violence, from the time when neo-nazis migrated to the area from southern California in the 1970s, through the great battles in Portland and Seattle and neighboring towns over the last decade. Laying out how these groups organize their terroristic violence and attacks on democratic institutions at every level—including local, state, and federal targets—Neiwert details what their strategies and plans look like for the foreseeable future. David Neiwert Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710731 thebookvoice.com 16:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Insurrection: The Radical Right's Assault on American Democracy Author: David Neiwert Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a smattering of ominous right-wing compounds in the Pacific Northwest in the 1970s, to the shocking January 6, 2021 insurrection at the US Capitol, America has seen the culmination of a long-building war on democracy being waged by a fundamentally violent and antidemocratic far-right movement that unironically calls itself the 'Patriot' movement. So how did we get here? Award-winning journalist David Neiwert—who been following the rise of these extremist groups since the late 1970s, when he was a young reporter in Idaho—explores how the movement was built over decades, how it was set aflame by Donald Trump and his cohorts, and how it will continue to attack American democracy for the foreseeable future. Neiwert especially studies how the Pacific Northwest has long been a breeding ground of extremist violence, from the time when neo-nazis migrated to the area from southern California in the 1970s, through the great battles in Portland and Seattle and neighboring towns over the last decade. Laying out how these groups organize their terroristic violence and attacks on democratic institutions at every level—including local, state, and federal targets—Neiwert details what their strategies and plans look like for the foreseeable future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710731]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Insurrection: The Radical Right's Assault on American Democracy Author: David Neiwert Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 15 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a smattering of ominous right-wing compounds in the Pacific Northwest in the 1970s, to the shocking January 6, 2021 insurrection at the US Capitol, America has seen the culmination of a long-building war on democracy being waged by a fundamentally violent and antidemocratic far-right movement that unironically calls itself the 'Patriot' movement. So how did we get here? Award-winning journalist David Neiwert—who been following the rise of these extremist groups since the late 1970s, when he was a young reporter in Idaho—explores how the movement was built over decades, how it was set aflame by Donald Trump and his cohorts, and how it will continue to attack American democracy for the foreseeable future. Neiwert especially studies how the Pacific Northwest has long been a breeding ground of extremist violence, from the time when neo-nazis migrated to the area from southern California in the 1970s, through the great battles in Portland and Seattle and neighboring towns over the last decade. Laying out how these groups organize their terroristic violence and attacks on democratic institutions at every level—including local, state, and federal targets—Neiwert details what their strategies and plans look like for the foreseeable future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710717 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slave Breeding: Sex, Violence, and Memory in African American History Author: Gregory D. Smithers Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For over two centuries, the topic of slave breeding has occupied a controversial place in the master narrative of American history. From nineteenth-century abolitionists to twentieth-century filmmakers and artists, Americans have debated whether slave owners deliberately and coercively manipulated the sexual practices and marital status of enslaved African Americans to reproduce new generations of slaves for profit. In this bold and provocative book, historian Gregory Smithers investigates how African Americans have narrated, remembered, and represented slave-breeding practices. He argues that while social and economic historians have downplayed the significance of slave breeding, African Americans have refused to forget the violence and sexual coercion associated with the plantation South. By placing African American histories and memories of slave breeding within the larger context of America's history of racial and gender discrimination, Smithers sheds much-needed light on African American collective memory, racialized perceptions of fragile black families, and the long history of racially motivated violence against men, women, and children of color. Gregory D. Smithers Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710717 thebookvoice.com 8:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slave Breeding: Sex, Violence, and Memory in African American History Author: Gregory D. Smithers Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For over two centuries, the topic of slave breeding has occupied a controversial place in the master narrative of American history. From nineteenth-century abolitionists to twentieth-century filmmakers and artists, Americans have debated whether slave owners deliberately and coercively manipulated the sexual practices and marital status of enslaved African Americans to reproduce new generations of slaves for profit. In this bold and provocative book, historian Gregory Smithers investigates how African Americans have narrated, remembered, and represented slave-breeding practices. He argues that while social and economic historians have downplayed the significance of slave breeding, African Americans have refused to forget the violence and sexual coercion associated with the plantation South. By placing African American histories and memories of slave breeding within the larger context of America's history of racial and gender discrimination, Smithers sheds much-needed light on African American collective memory, racialized perceptions of fragile black families, and the long history of racially motivated violence against men, women, and children of color. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710717]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Slave Breeding: Sex, Violence, and Memory in African American History Author: Gregory D. Smithers Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: For over two centuries, the topic of slave breeding has occupied a controversial place in the master narrative of American history. From nineteenth-century abolitionists to twentieth-century filmmakers and artists, Americans have debated whether slave owners deliberately and coercively manipulated the sexual practices and marital status of enslaved African Americans to reproduce new generations of slaves for profit. In this bold and provocative book, historian Gregory Smithers investigates how African Americans have narrated, remembered, and represented slave-breeding practices. He argues that while social and economic historians have downplayed the significance of slave breeding, African Americans have refused to forget the violence and sexual coercion associated with the plantation South. By placing African American histories and memories of slave breeding within the larger context of America's history of racial and gender discrimination, Smithers sheds much-needed light on African American collective memory, racialized perceptions of fragile black families, and the long history of racially motivated violence against men, women, and children of color. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710706 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Holomovement: Embracing Our Collective Purpose to Unite Humanity Author: William Keepin, Emanuel Kuntzelman Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Holomovement is wholeness in motion and compassion in action working together for the betterment of all. The Holomovement has always existed; as we enter this unitive age, its evolutionary impulse is uniquely alive in each of us, weaving together the consciousness of the whole. It is a call to unity, but not uniformity. Our evolution and emergence of inherent potential depend upon the planetary-scale synergistic relationships and dynamic coevolutionary partnerships we're nurturing in these unprecedented times. The Holomovement embraces this diversity, inviting you to participate in catalyzing a social movement to balance and harmonize our relationship with each other, the planet and cosmos. Explore evidence-based understanding and inspirational accounts of the living universe and our integral place in its evolution. In this grand unfolding from simplicity to complexity and diversity toward ever greater levels of interdependence, you will better understand how your own purpose in the evolutionary process is critical to this movement. Find inspiration in this anthology to actively support the wholeness in motion around us, integrating your unique gifts and the Holomovement's unifying values into a collective story of our time that serves the greatest good. William Keepin, Emanuel Kuntzelman Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710706 thebookvoice.com 14:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Holomovement: Embracing Our Collective Purpose to Unite Humanity Author: William Keepin, Emanuel Kuntzelman Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Holomovement is wholeness in motion and compassion in action working together for the betterment of all. The Holomovement has always existed; as we enter this unitive age, its evolutionary impulse is uniquely alive in each of us, weaving together the consciousness of the whole. It is a call to unity, but not uniformity. Our evolution and emergence of inherent potential depend upon the planetary-scale synergistic relationships and dynamic coevolutionary partnerships we're nurturing in these unprecedented times. The Holomovement embraces this diversity, inviting you to participate in catalyzing a social movement to balance and harmonize our relationship with each other, the planet and cosmos. Explore evidence-based understanding and inspirational accounts of the living universe and our integral place in its evolution. In this grand unfolding from simplicity to complexity and diversity toward ever greater levels of interdependence, you will better understand how your own purpose in the evolutionary process is critical to this movement. Find inspiration in this anthology to actively support the wholeness in motion around us, integrating your unique gifts and the Holomovement's unifying values into a collective story of our time that serves the greatest good. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710706]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Holomovement: Embracing Our Collective Purpose to Unite Humanity Author: William Keepin, Emanuel Kuntzelman Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The Holomovement is wholeness in motion and compassion in action working together for the betterment of all. The Holomovement has always existed; as we enter this unitive age, its evolutionary impulse is uniquely alive in each of us, weaving together the consciousness of the whole. It is a call to unity, but not uniformity. Our evolution and emergence of inherent potential depend upon the planetary-scale synergistic relationships and dynamic coevolutionary partnerships we're nurturing in these unprecedented times. The Holomovement embraces this diversity, inviting you to participate in catalyzing a social movement to balance and harmonize our relationship with each other, the planet and cosmos. Explore evidence-based understanding and inspirational accounts of the living universe and our integral place in its evolution. In this grand unfolding from simplicity to complexity and diversity toward ever greater levels of interdependence, you will better understand how your own purpose in the evolutionary process is critical to this movement. Find inspiration in this anthology to actively support the wholeness in motion around us, integrating your unique gifts and the Holomovement's unifying values into a collective story of our time that serves the greatest good. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710709 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710709]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Skid Dogs Author: Emelia Symington-Fedy Narrator: Emelia Symington-Fedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A raw and riveting coming-of-age story about the wild love of teenage friendships and the casual oppression of nineties rape culture. Emelia Symington-Fedy grew up with her girl gang on the railroad tracks of a small town in British Columbia. Unsupervised and wild, the girls explored the power and shortcomings of 'best' friendships and their growing sexuality. Two decades later an eighteen-year-old girl is murdered on Halloween on the same tracks, and Symington-Fedy returns to her hometown to stay with her mother, who is fearful of a murderer at large. While the media narrows its focus on how the girl dared be alone on the tracks, Symington-Fedy slowly comes to terms with the mistreatment of her own teenage body. Giving a bold and often darkly humorous first-hand account of nineties rape culture and the sexual coercion that still permeates girlhood, Symington-Fedy holds her hometown close and accountable and exposes the subtle ways that misogyny shows up daily. Emelia Symington-Fedy Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710709 thebookvoice.com 9:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710709]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Skid Dogs Author: Emelia Symington-Fedy Narrator: Emelia Symington-Fedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A raw and riveting coming-of-age story about the wild love of teenage friendships and the casual oppression of nineties rape culture. Emelia Symington-Fedy grew up with her girl gang on the railroad tracks of a small town in British Columbia. Unsupervised and wild, the girls explored the power and shortcomings of 'best' friendships and their growing sexuality. Two decades later an eighteen-year-old girl is murdered on Halloween on the same tracks, and Symington-Fedy returns to her hometown to stay with her mother, who is fearful of a murderer at large. While the media narrows its focus on how the girl dared be alone on the tracks, Symington-Fedy slowly comes to terms with the mistreatment of her own teenage body. Giving a bold and often darkly humorous first-hand account of nineties rape culture and the sexual coercion that still permeates girlhood, Symington-Fedy holds her hometown close and accountable and exposes the subtle ways that misogyny shows up daily. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710709]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Skid Dogs Author: Emelia Symington-Fedy Narrator: Emelia Symington-Fedy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 40 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A raw and riveting coming-of-age story about the wild love of teenage friendships and the casual oppression of nineties rape culture. Emelia Symington-Fedy grew up with her girl gang on the railroad tracks of a small town in British Columbia. Unsupervised and wild, the girls explored the power and shortcomings of 'best' friendships and their growing sexuality. Two decades later an eighteen-year-old girl is murdered on Halloween on the same tracks, and Symington-Fedy returns to her hometown to stay with her mother, who is fearful of a murderer at large. While the media narrows its focus on how the girl dared be alone on the tracks, Symington-Fedy slowly comes to terms with the mistreatment of her own teenage body. Giving a bold and often darkly humorous first-hand account of nineties rape culture and the sexual coercion that still permeates girlhood, Symington-Fedy holds her hometown close and accountable and exposes the subtle ways that misogyny shows up daily. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710700 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Restoring Eden: Unearthing the Agribusiness Secret That Poisoned My Farming Community Author: Elizabeth D. Hilborn Narrator: Marnye Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All spring, Dr. Elizabeth Hilborn watched as her family fruit farm of many years became increasingly diminished, suffering from a lack of bees. The plentiful wildlife, so abundant just weeks before, was gone. Everything was still, silent. As an environmental scientist trained to investigate disease outbreaks, she rose to the challenge. Despite facing headwinds from skeptical neighbors, environmental experts, and agricultural consultants, she'd assembled information. The chemicals found in her water samples showed beyond any doubt that not only her farm, but her greater farming community, was at risk from toxic chemicals that traveled with rain water over the land and deep within the soil. Even as a scientist, she'd been unaware of the risks to life from some common agricultural chemicals. Her goal was to protect her farm and the animals who lived there. But first she had to convince her rural neighbors of the risk to their way of life, too. A lyrical celebration of nature by a passionate citizen scientist who felt called to advocate for the land, earth, and creatures who don't have a voice, Restoring Eden ultimately offers hope that citizens can create change, that reform is possible. Elizabeth D. Hilborn Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710700 thebookvoice.com 8:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Restoring Eden: Unearthing the Agribusiness Secret That Poisoned My Farming Community Author: Elizabeth D. Hilborn Narrator: Marnye Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All spring, Dr. Elizabeth Hilborn watched as her family fruit farm of many years became increasingly diminished, suffering from a lack of bees. The plentiful wildlife, so abundant just weeks before, was gone. Everything was still, silent. As an environmental scientist trained to investigate disease outbreaks, she rose to the challenge. Despite facing headwinds from skeptical neighbors, environmental experts, and agricultural consultants, she'd assembled information. The chemicals found in her water samples showed beyond any doubt that not only her farm, but her greater farming community, was at risk from toxic chemicals that traveled with rain water over the land and deep within the soil. Even as a scientist, she'd been unaware of the risks to life from some common agricultural chemicals. Her goal was to protect her farm and the animals who lived there. But first she had to convince her rural neighbors of the risk to their way of life, too. A lyrical celebration of nature by a passionate citizen scientist who felt called to advocate for the land, earth, and creatures who don't have a voice, Restoring Eden ultimately offers hope that citizens can create change, that reform is possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Restoring Eden: Unearthing the Agribusiness Secret That Poisoned My Farming Community Author: Elizabeth D. Hilborn Narrator: Marnye Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: All spring, Dr. Elizabeth Hilborn watched as her family fruit farm of many years became increasingly diminished, suffering from a lack of bees. The plentiful wildlife, so abundant just weeks before, was gone. Everything was still, silent. As an environmental scientist trained to investigate disease outbreaks, she rose to the challenge. Despite facing headwinds from skeptical neighbors, environmental experts, and agricultural consultants, she'd assembled information. The chemicals found in her water samples showed beyond any doubt that not only her farm, but her greater farming community, was at risk from toxic chemicals that traveled with rain water over the land and deep within the soil. Even as a scientist, she'd been unaware of the risks to life from some common agricultural chemicals. Her goal was to protect her farm and the animals who lived there. But first she had to convince her rural neighbors of the risk to their way of life, too. A lyrical celebration of nature by a passionate citizen scientist who felt called to advocate for the land, earth, and creatures who don't have a voice, Restoring Eden ultimately offers hope that citizens can create change, that reform is possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710697 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Celtic Myths: From the Mystic Might of the Celtic Warriors to the Magic of the Fey Folk, the Storied History and Folklore of Ireland, Scotland, Brittany, and Wales Author: Jennifer Emick Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hear the tales of gods, monsters, magic, and more! Warriors, poets, scholars, and visionaries—from the depths of time the ancient Celts have fascinated us. Their rich heritage lives on today. But who were they? From the Druids and fairies to King Arthur and Celtic Christianity, there is much to be learned about these natives of the British and Irish islands. Their stories are fantastic and stirring, and through them, you'll gain a glimpse into what life was like during the Iron Age. These legends, first told through song as people gathered around the fire more than 2,000 years ago, are now here for you to explore. Experience the wonder and wisdom of these mysterious people with The Book of Celtic Myths. Jennifer Emick Tue, 05 Dec 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710697 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Celtic Myths: From the Mystic Might of the Celtic Warriors to the Magic of the Fey Folk, the Storied History and Folklore of Ireland, Scotland, Brittany, and Wales Author: Jennifer Emick Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hear the tales of gods, monsters, magic, and more! Warriors, poets, scholars, and visionaries—from the depths of time the ancient Celts have fascinated us. Their rich heritage lives on today. But who were they? From the Druids and fairies to King Arthur and Celtic Christianity, there is much to be learned about these natives of the British and Irish islands. Their stories are fantastic and stirring, and through them, you'll gain a glimpse into what life was like during the Iron Age. These legends, first told through song as people gathered around the fire more than 2,000 years ago, are now here for you to explore. Experience the wonder and wisdom of these mysterious people with The Book of Celtic Myths. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710697]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Celtic Myths: From the Mystic Might of the Celtic Warriors to the Magic of the Fey Folk, the Storied History and Folklore of Ireland, Scotland, Brittany, and Wales Author: Jennifer Emick Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 5, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Hear the tales of gods, monsters, magic, and more! Warriors, poets, scholars, and visionaries—from the depths of time the ancient Celts have fascinated us. Their rich heritage lives on today. But who were they? From the Druids and fairies to King Arthur and Celtic Christianity, there is much to be learned about these natives of the British and Irish islands. Their stories are fantastic and stirring, and through them, you'll gain a glimpse into what life was like during the Iron Age. These legends, first told through song as people gathered around the fire more than 2,000 years ago, are now here for you to explore. Experience the wonder and wisdom of these mysterious people with The Book of Celtic Myths. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710694 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waiting to Inhale: Cannabis Legalization and the Fight for Racial Justice Author: Tahira Rehmatullah, Akwasi Owusu-Bempah Narrator: Julienne Irons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the start, the War on Drugs targeted Black, Brown, and Indigenous Americans already disadvantaged by a system stacked against them. Even now, as white Americans who largely escaped the fire capitalize on the legalization movement and a booming cannabis industry, their less fortunate peers continue to suffer the consequences of the systemic racism in policing and failed drug policy that fueled the original crisis. In Waiting to Inhale, Akwasi Owusu-Bempah and Tahira Rehmatullah issue a powerful call for a racial reckoning and provide a roadmap to redress this deep and abiding injustice. Waiting to Inhale illuminates the stories of those on the front lines of the War on Drugs. As attitudes toward cannabis are shifting, now is the opportune time, Owusu-Bempah and Rehmatullah submit, to expunge cannabis convictions and make a place in the burgeoning legal cannabis market for Black and other underrepresented groups who have borne the brunt of harsh cannabis laws. A powerful indictment of one of the worst social and political failures in the nation's history, Waiting to Inhale offers an equally powerful vision of the possibility of redemption. Communities can be rebuilt, and racist policies must be overturned in order to give way to a new era of justice Tahira Rehmatullah, Akwasi Owusu-Bempah Tue, 12 Dec 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710694 thebookvoice.com 8:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waiting to Inhale: Cannabis Legalization and the Fight for Racial Justice Author: Tahira Rehmatullah, Akwasi Owusu-Bempah Narrator: Julienne Irons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the start, the War on Drugs targeted Black, Brown, and Indigenous Americans already disadvantaged by a system stacked against them. Even now, as white Americans who largely escaped the fire capitalize on the legalization movement and a booming cannabis industry, their less fortunate peers continue to suffer the consequences of the systemic racism in policing and failed drug policy that fueled the original crisis. In Waiting to Inhale, Akwasi Owusu-Bempah and Tahira Rehmatullah issue a powerful call for a racial reckoning and provide a roadmap to redress this deep and abiding injustice. Waiting to Inhale illuminates the stories of those on the front lines of the War on Drugs. As attitudes toward cannabis are shifting, now is the opportune time, Owusu-Bempah and Rehmatullah submit, to expunge cannabis convictions and make a place in the burgeoning legal cannabis market for Black and other underrepresented groups who have borne the brunt of harsh cannabis laws. A powerful indictment of one of the worst social and political failures in the nation's history, Waiting to Inhale offers an equally powerful vision of the possibility of redemption. Communities can be rebuilt, and racist policies must be overturned in order to give way to a new era of justice Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Waiting to Inhale: Cannabis Legalization and the Fight for Racial Justice Author: Tahira Rehmatullah, Akwasi Owusu-Bempah Narrator: Julienne Irons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the start, the War on Drugs targeted Black, Brown, and Indigenous Americans already disadvantaged by a system stacked against them. Even now, as white Americans who largely escaped the fire capitalize on the legalization movement and a booming cannabis industry, their less fortunate peers continue to suffer the consequences of the systemic racism in policing and failed drug policy that fueled the original crisis. In Waiting to Inhale, Akwasi Owusu-Bempah and Tahira Rehmatullah issue a powerful call for a racial reckoning and provide a roadmap to redress this deep and abiding injustice. Waiting to Inhale illuminates the stories of those on the front lines of the War on Drugs. As attitudes toward cannabis are shifting, now is the opportune time, Owusu-Bempah and Rehmatullah submit, to expunge cannabis convictions and make a place in the burgeoning legal cannabis market for Black and other underrepresented groups who have borne the brunt of harsh cannabis laws. A powerful indictment of one of the worst social and political failures in the nation's history, Waiting to Inhale offers an equally powerful vision of the possibility of redemption. Communities can be rebuilt, and racist policies must be overturned in order to give way to a new era of justice https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710689 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wait Five Minutes: Weatherlore in the Twenty-First Century Author: Shelley Ingram Narrator: Sanya Simmons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The weather governs our lives. It fills gaps in conversations, determines our dress, and influences our architecture. No matter how much our lives may have moved indoors, no matter how much we may rely on technology, we still monitor the weather. Wait Five Minutes: Weatherlore in the Twenty-First Century draws from folkloric, literary, and scientific theory to offer up new ways of thinking about this most ancient of phenomena. Weatherlore is a concept that describes the folk beliefs and traditions about the weather that are passed down casually among groups of people. From detailing personal experiences at picnics and suburban lawns to critically analyzing storm stories, novels, and flood legends, contributors offer engaging multidisciplinary perspectives on weatherlore. As we move further into the twenty-first century, an increasing awareness of climate change and its impacts on daily life calls for a folkloristic reckoning with the weather and a rising need to examine vernacular understandings of weather and climate. Weatherlore helps us understand and shape global political conversations about climate change and biopolitics at the same time that it influences individual, group, and regional lives and identities. We use weather, and thus its folklore, to make meaning of ourselves, our groups, and, quite literally, our world. Shelley Ingram Tue, 12 Dec 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710689 thebookvoice.com 12:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wait Five Minutes: Weatherlore in the Twenty-First Century Author: Shelley Ingram Narrator: Sanya Simmons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The weather governs our lives. It fills gaps in conversations, determines our dress, and influences our architecture. No matter how much our lives may have moved indoors, no matter how much we may rely on technology, we still monitor the weather. Wait Five Minutes: Weatherlore in the Twenty-First Century draws from folkloric, literary, and scientific theory to offer up new ways of thinking about this most ancient of phenomena. Weatherlore is a concept that describes the folk beliefs and traditions about the weather that are passed down casually among groups of people. From detailing personal experiences at picnics and suburban lawns to critically analyzing storm stories, novels, and flood legends, contributors offer engaging multidisciplinary perspectives on weatherlore. As we move further into the twenty-first century, an increasing awareness of climate change and its impacts on daily life calls for a folkloristic reckoning with the weather and a rising need to examine vernacular understandings of weather and climate. Weatherlore helps us understand and shape global political conversations about climate change and biopolitics at the same time that it influences individual, group, and regional lives and identities. We use weather, and thus its folklore, to make meaning of ourselves, our groups, and, quite literally, our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wait Five Minutes: Weatherlore in the Twenty-First Century Author: Shelley Ingram Narrator: Sanya Simmons Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The weather governs our lives. It fills gaps in conversations, determines our dress, and influences our architecture. No matter how much our lives may have moved indoors, no matter how much we may rely on technology, we still monitor the weather. Wait Five Minutes: Weatherlore in the Twenty-First Century draws from folkloric, literary, and scientific theory to offer up new ways of thinking about this most ancient of phenomena. Weatherlore is a concept that describes the folk beliefs and traditions about the weather that are passed down casually among groups of people. From detailing personal experiences at picnics and suburban lawns to critically analyzing storm stories, novels, and flood legends, contributors offer engaging multidisciplinary perspectives on weatherlore. As we move further into the twenty-first century, an increasing awareness of climate change and its impacts on daily life calls for a folkloristic reckoning with the weather and a rising need to examine vernacular understandings of weather and climate. Weatherlore helps us understand and shape global political conversations about climate change and biopolitics at the same time that it influences individual, group, and regional lives and identities. We use weather, and thus its folklore, to make meaning of ourselves, our groups, and, quite literally, our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Kids beyond the Binary: Celebrating God's Transgender and Gender Diverse Children Author: Jamie Bruesehoff Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dare to dream of a church and a world transformed by the bold celebration of transgender and gender-diverse children. Drawing on the author's experience as a mother walking with and learning from her own transgender child, as well as working with hundreds of families across the country doing the same, this book helps parents navigate the emotional, spiritual, and logistical landscape of raising a gender-diverse child. Grounded in the unequivocal truth of God's deep love and limitless creativity, this book compels listeners to move past 'all are welcome' to loving and celebrating transgender and gender-diverse youth in the brilliance of their uniqueness, the wisdom of their self-awareness, and the joy of their authenticity. Faith leaders and adults who work with youth will also find the book a helpful tool for gaining insight and building safer and more welcoming congregations for these children. Rich with personal stories, research, and practical steps, this book dares to dream of a church and a world transformed by the bold and joyful acceptance and celebration of transgender and gender-diverse children and youth. These children need us, and the world needs them. Jamie Bruesehoff Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710662 thebookvoice.com 8:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Kids beyond the Binary: Celebrating God's Transgender and Gender Diverse Children Author: Jamie Bruesehoff Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dare to dream of a church and a world transformed by the bold celebration of transgender and gender-diverse children. Drawing on the author's experience as a mother walking with and learning from her own transgender child, as well as working with hundreds of families across the country doing the same, this book helps parents navigate the emotional, spiritual, and logistical landscape of raising a gender-diverse child. Grounded in the unequivocal truth of God's deep love and limitless creativity, this book compels listeners to move past 'all are welcome' to loving and celebrating transgender and gender-diverse youth in the brilliance of their uniqueness, the wisdom of their self-awareness, and the joy of their authenticity. Faith leaders and adults who work with youth will also find the book a helpful tool for gaining insight and building safer and more welcoming congregations for these children. Rich with personal stories, research, and practical steps, this book dares to dream of a church and a world transformed by the bold and joyful acceptance and celebration of transgender and gender-diverse children and youth. These children need us, and the world needs them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Kids beyond the Binary: Celebrating God's Transgender and Gender Diverse Children Author: Jamie Bruesehoff Narrator: Sarah Beth Pfeifer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dare to dream of a church and a world transformed by the bold celebration of transgender and gender-diverse children. Drawing on the author's experience as a mother walking with and learning from her own transgender child, as well as working with hundreds of families across the country doing the same, this book helps parents navigate the emotional, spiritual, and logistical landscape of raising a gender-diverse child. Grounded in the unequivocal truth of God's deep love and limitless creativity, this book compels listeners to move past 'all are welcome' to loving and celebrating transgender and gender-diverse youth in the brilliance of their uniqueness, the wisdom of their self-awareness, and the joy of their authenticity. Faith leaders and adults who work with youth will also find the book a helpful tool for gaining insight and building safer and more welcoming congregations for these children. Rich with personal stories, research, and practical steps, this book dares to dream of a church and a world transformed by the bold and joyful acceptance and celebration of transgender and gender-diverse children and youth. These children need us, and the world needs them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710497 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Tarot: A Decolonial Guide to Divinatory Literacy Author: Christopher Marmolejo Narrator: Christopher Marmolejo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Designed to be used with any deck, Red Tarot interrogates the images, themes, and power structures that have been read into and onto the cards—and guides readers to radical and empowering reclamation. Today, we have a wealth of tarot resources with many goals—but few address the historically marginalized. Red Tarot speaks to anyone who is othered due to their identity, or ways of being or thinking—LGBTQIA2S+ and BIPOC folks in particular—and presents the tarot as a radical epistemology because of the ways that it shifts the authority of knowing into the hands of the people themselves. Author Chris Marmolejo frames literacy as key to liberation, and an understanding of tarot as radical literacy. Marmolejo shows how the cards can be used to read into the power dynamics of white supremacist-capitalist-imperialist-patriarchy and then subvert them. They offer a brief history and overview of tarot as well as complementary, non-appropriative spirituality practices, situating tarot imagery within cosmologies outside the typical Hellenistic frame: Death is interpreted through the lens of Hindu goddess Chhinnamasta; the High Priestess through Aztec goddess Coyolxauhqui. They follow with an interpretation of each card, bolstered by the teachings of Toni Morrison, bell hooks, Paulo Freire, José Esteban Muñoz, and others—nodding to authors who have paved the way to liberation in their respective fields. The book offers a tarot system that integrates the intersections of the work of these leaders, as well as the author’s astrology practice, and reveals tarot as a language for liberation. For readers of Postcolonial Astrology and Tarot for Change, Red Tarot is a radical praxis and decolonized tarot that moves beyond self-help and divination to reclaim tarot for liberation, self-determination, and collective healing. Christopher Marmolejo Tue, 05 Mar 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710497 thebookvoice.com 17:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Tarot: A Decolonial Guide to Divinatory Literacy Author: Christopher Marmolejo Narrator: Christopher Marmolejo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Designed to be used with any deck, Red Tarot interrogates the images, themes, and power structures that have been read into and onto the cards—and guides readers to radical and empowering reclamation. Today, we have a wealth of tarot resources with many goals—but few address the historically marginalized. Red Tarot speaks to anyone who is othered due to their identity, or ways of being or thinking—LGBTQIA2S+ and BIPOC folks in particular—and presents the tarot as a radical epistemology because of the ways that it shifts the authority of knowing into the hands of the people themselves. Author Chris Marmolejo frames literacy as key to liberation, and an understanding of tarot as radical literacy. Marmolejo shows how the cards can be used to read into the power dynamics of white supremacist-capitalist-imperialist-patriarchy and then subvert them. They offer a brief history and overview of tarot as well as complementary, non-appropriative spirituality practices, situating tarot imagery within cosmologies outside the typical Hellenistic frame: Death is interpreted through the lens of Hindu goddess Chhinnamasta; the High Priestess through Aztec goddess Coyolxauhqui. They follow with an interpretation of each card, bolstered by the teachings of Toni Morrison, bell hooks, Paulo Freire, José Esteban Muñoz, and others—nodding to authors who have paved the way to liberation in their respective fields. The book offers a tarot system that integrates the intersections of the work of these leaders, as well as the author’s astrology practice, and reveals tarot as a language for liberation. For readers of Postcolonial Astrology and Tarot for Change, Red Tarot is a radical praxis and decolonized tarot that moves beyond self-help and divination to reclaim tarot for liberation, self-determination, and collective healing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710497]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Red Tarot: A Decolonial Guide to Divinatory Literacy Author: Christopher Marmolejo Narrator: Christopher Marmolejo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 5, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Designed to be used with any deck, Red Tarot interrogates the images, themes, and power structures that have been read into and onto the cards—and guides readers to radical and empowering reclamation. Today, we have a wealth of tarot resources with many goals—but few address the historically marginalized. Red Tarot speaks to anyone who is othered due to their identity, or ways of being or thinking—LGBTQIA2S+ and BIPOC folks in particular—and presents the tarot as a radical epistemology because of the ways that it shifts the authority of knowing into the hands of the people themselves. Author Chris Marmolejo frames literacy as key to liberation, and an understanding of tarot as radical literacy. Marmolejo shows how the cards can be used to read into the power dynamics of white supremacist-capitalist-imperialist-patriarchy and then subvert them. They offer a brief history and overview of tarot as well as complementary, non-appropriative spirituality practices, situating tarot imagery within cosmologies outside the typical Hellenistic frame: Death is interpreted through the lens of Hindu goddess Chhinnamasta; the High Priestess through Aztec goddess Coyolxauhqui. They follow with an interpretation of each card, bolstered by the teachings of Toni Morrison, bell hooks, Paulo Freire, José Esteban Muñoz, and others—nodding to authors who have paved the way to liberation in their respective fields. The book offers a tarot system that integrates the intersections of the work of these leaders, as well as the author’s astrology practice, and reveals tarot as a language for liberation. For readers of Postcolonial Astrology and Tarot for Change, Red Tarot is a radical praxis and decolonized tarot that moves beyond self-help and divination to reclaim tarot for liberation, self-determination, and collective healing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710495 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We've Been Too Patient: Voices from Radical Mental Health--Stories and Research Challenging the Biomedical Model Author: L.D. Green Narrator: Dara Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 25 unflinching stories and essays from the front lines of the radical mental health movement   Overmedication, police brutality, electroconvulsive therapy, involuntary hospitalization, traumas that lead to intense altered states and suicidal thoughts: these are the struggles of those labeled “mentally ill.” While much has been written about the systemic problems of our mental-health care system, this book gives voice to those with personal experience of psychiatric miscare often excluded from the discussion, like people of color and LGBTQ+ communities. It is dedicated to finding working alternatives to the “Mental Health Industrial Complex” and shifting the conversation from mental illness to mental health. L.D. Green Tue, 06 Aug 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710495 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We've Been Too Patient: Voices from Radical Mental Health--Stories and Research Challenging the Biomedical Model Author: L.D. Green Narrator: Dara Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 25 unflinching stories and essays from the front lines of the radical mental health movement   Overmedication, police brutality, electroconvulsive therapy, involuntary hospitalization, traumas that lead to intense altered states and suicidal thoughts: these are the struggles of those labeled “mentally ill.” While much has been written about the systemic problems of our mental-health care system, this book gives voice to those with personal experience of psychiatric miscare often excluded from the discussion, like people of color and LGBTQ+ communities. It is dedicated to finding working alternatives to the “Mental Health Industrial Complex” and shifting the conversation from mental illness to mental health. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710495]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We've Been Too Patient: Voices from Radical Mental Health--Stories and Research Challenging the Biomedical Model Author: L.D. Green Narrator: Dara Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 25 unflinching stories and essays from the front lines of the radical mental health movement   Overmedication, police brutality, electroconvulsive therapy, involuntary hospitalization, traumas that lead to intense altered states and suicidal thoughts: these are the struggles of those labeled “mentally ill.” While much has been written about the systemic problems of our mental-health care system, this book gives voice to those with personal experience of psychiatric miscare often excluded from the discussion, like people of color and LGBTQ+ communities. It is dedicated to finding working alternatives to the “Mental Health Industrial Complex” and shifting the conversation from mental illness to mental health. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surviving Modern Yoga: Cult Dynamics, Charismatic Leaders, and What Survivors Can Teach Us Author: Matthew Remski Narrator: Theo Wildcroft, Matthew Remski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Grounded in investigative research and real survivor stories, Surviving Modern Yoga uncovers the physical and sexual abuse perpetrated by Ashtanga yoga leader Pattabhi Jois—and reckons with the culture, structures, and mythos that enabled it. Yoga culture sells well-meaning westerners the full package: physical health, good vibes, and spiritual growth. Here, investigative journalist Matthew Remski explores how cultic dynamics, institutional self-interest, and spiritualized indifference collude to obscure the truth: Harm happens in plain sight. Through in-depth interviews, insider analysis, and Remski’s own history with high-demand groups, Surviving Modern Yoga brings to light how we’re each susceptible to cult abuse and exploitation. He shows how, with the right kind of situational vulnerability and the wrong kind of guru, the ideas we hold close about ourselves—like It wouldn’t happen to me or I’d speak up for victims—fail to protect us. Remski reckons with his own complicity in spiritual power dynamics, and shares how a process of disillusionment allowed him to recognize harm. He does the same for readers, peeling back the veneer of yoga marketing to reveal the abuse, assault, and silencing perpetrated against seekers who trusted Jois as a mentor, their guruji—even a father figure. Each survivor speaks in their own words, on their own terms, reclaiming agency against an insular, in-group culture that enabled a charismatic leader’s devastating harm—and positioned him as its only remedy. Surviving Modern Yoga also includes practical tools to help readers: - Understand how high-demand groups trap would-be targets - Evaluate their own situational vulnerabilities - Learn to listen for loaded, red-flag language - Cultivate their literacy of cult tactics Matthew Remski Tue, 14 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710496 thebookvoice.com 16:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surviving Modern Yoga: Cult Dynamics, Charismatic Leaders, and What Survivors Can Teach Us Author: Matthew Remski Narrator: Theo Wildcroft, Matthew Remski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Grounded in investigative research and real survivor stories, Surviving Modern Yoga uncovers the physical and sexual abuse perpetrated by Ashtanga yoga leader Pattabhi Jois—and reckons with the culture, structures, and mythos that enabled it. Yoga culture sells well-meaning westerners the full package: physical health, good vibes, and spiritual growth. Here, investigative journalist Matthew Remski explores how cultic dynamics, institutional self-interest, and spiritualized indifference collude to obscure the truth: Harm happens in plain sight. Through in-depth interviews, insider analysis, and Remski’s own history with high-demand groups, Surviving Modern Yoga brings to light how we’re each susceptible to cult abuse and exploitation. He shows how, with the right kind of situational vulnerability and the wrong kind of guru, the ideas we hold close about ourselves—like It wouldn’t happen to me or I’d speak up for victims—fail to protect us. Remski reckons with his own complicity in spiritual power dynamics, and shares how a process of disillusionment allowed him to recognize harm. He does the same for readers, peeling back the veneer of yoga marketing to reveal the abuse, assault, and silencing perpetrated against seekers who trusted Jois as a mentor, their guruji—even a father figure. Each survivor speaks in their own words, on their own terms, reclaiming agency against an insular, in-group culture that enabled a charismatic leader’s devastating harm—and positioned him as its only remedy. Surviving Modern Yoga also includes practical tools to help readers: - Understand how high-demand groups trap would-be targets - Evaluate their own situational vulnerabilities - Learn to listen for loaded, red-flag language - Cultivate their literacy of cult tactics Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Surviving Modern Yoga: Cult Dynamics, Charismatic Leaders, and What Survivors Can Teach Us Author: Matthew Remski Narrator: Theo Wildcroft, Matthew Remski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Grounded in investigative research and real survivor stories, Surviving Modern Yoga uncovers the physical and sexual abuse perpetrated by Ashtanga yoga leader Pattabhi Jois—and reckons with the culture, structures, and mythos that enabled it. Yoga culture sells well-meaning westerners the full package: physical health, good vibes, and spiritual growth. Here, investigative journalist Matthew Remski explores how cultic dynamics, institutional self-interest, and spiritualized indifference collude to obscure the truth: Harm happens in plain sight. Through in-depth interviews, insider analysis, and Remski’s own history with high-demand groups, Surviving Modern Yoga brings to light how we’re each susceptible to cult abuse and exploitation. He shows how, with the right kind of situational vulnerability and the wrong kind of guru, the ideas we hold close about ourselves—like It wouldn’t happen to me or I’d speak up for victims—fail to protect us. Remski reckons with his own complicity in spiritual power dynamics, and shares how a process of disillusionment allowed him to recognize harm. He does the same for readers, peeling back the veneer of yoga marketing to reveal the abuse, assault, and silencing perpetrated against seekers who trusted Jois as a mentor, their guruji—even a father figure. Each survivor speaks in their own words, on their own terms, reclaiming agency against an insular, in-group culture that enabled a charismatic leader’s devastating harm—and positioned him as its only remedy. Surviving Modern Yoga also includes practical tools to help readers: - Understand how high-demand groups trap would-be targets - Evaluate their own situational vulnerabilities - Learn to listen for loaded, red-flag language - Cultivate their literacy of cult tactics https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710492 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kuni: A Japanese Vision and Practice for Urban-Rural Reconnection Author: Tsuyoshi Sekihara, Richard Mccarthy Narrator: Kym Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Reading Kuni makes me want to dive into rural Japan...this book reminds me that leaders emerge when and where you least expect it.” — ALICE WATERS, founder of Chez Panisse restaurant, activist, and author A guide to reviving and revitalizing forgotten places and communities through the Japanese principles of kuni Kuni offers a unique model for the revitalization of rural and deindustrialized lands and communities--and shares lessons in citizen-led regeneration for all of us, regardless of where we live. “Kuni” is both a reimagining of the Japanese word for nation and an approach to reviving communities. It shows what happens when dedicated people band together and invest their hearts, minds, and souls back into a community, modeling a new way of living that actually works. A kuni can be created anywhere--even a hamlet on the verge of extinction--and embodies 7 key principles: - Everyone is equal in a kuni - Kuni is equipped with a Regional Management Organization--a democratic organization that takes care of small public services - Kuni is a link between residents and repeat visitors - Life in a kuni is circular--consumption and production are in balance - Kuni embraces the whole person - Kuni can be a place for young people who seek interconnectedness - The time for kuni is now Kuni offers a compelling vision of regenerative relationships that can take root in the United States--and anywhere. With spare and beautiful prose and useful principles for reviving rural places, this book addresses our longing for a hopeful revolution of everyday life. Tsuyoshi Sekihara, Richard Mccarthy Tue, 27 Feb 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710492 thebookvoice.com 5:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kuni: A Japanese Vision and Practice for Urban-Rural Reconnection Author: Tsuyoshi Sekihara, Richard Mccarthy Narrator: Kym Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Reading Kuni makes me want to dive into rural Japan...this book reminds me that leaders emerge when and where you least expect it.” — ALICE WATERS, founder of Chez Panisse restaurant, activist, and author A guide to reviving and revitalizing forgotten places and communities through the Japanese principles of kuni Kuni offers a unique model for the revitalization of rural and deindustrialized lands and communities--and shares lessons in citizen-led regeneration for all of us, regardless of where we live. “Kuni” is both a reimagining of the Japanese word for nation and an approach to reviving communities. It shows what happens when dedicated people band together and invest their hearts, minds, and souls back into a community, modeling a new way of living that actually works. A kuni can be created anywhere--even a hamlet on the verge of extinction--and embodies 7 key principles: - Everyone is equal in a kuni - Kuni is equipped with a Regional Management Organization--a democratic organization that takes care of small public services - Kuni is a link between residents and repeat visitors - Life in a kuni is circular--consumption and production are in balance - Kuni embraces the whole person - Kuni can be a place for young people who seek interconnectedness - The time for kuni is now Kuni offers a compelling vision of regenerative relationships that can take root in the United States--and anywhere. With spare and beautiful prose and useful principles for reviving rural places, this book addresses our longing for a hopeful revolution of everyday life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710492]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kuni: A Japanese Vision and Practice for Urban-Rural Reconnection Author: Tsuyoshi Sekihara, Richard Mccarthy Narrator: Kym Miller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Reading Kuni makes me want to dive into rural Japan...this book reminds me that leaders emerge when and where you least expect it.” — ALICE WATERS, founder of Chez Panisse restaurant, activist, and author A guide to reviving and revitalizing forgotten places and communities through the Japanese principles of kuni Kuni offers a unique model for the revitalization of rural and deindustrialized lands and communities--and shares lessons in citizen-led regeneration for all of us, regardless of where we live. “Kuni” is both a reimagining of the Japanese word for nation and an approach to reviving communities. It shows what happens when dedicated people band together and invest their hearts, minds, and souls back into a community, modeling a new way of living that actually works. A kuni can be created anywhere--even a hamlet on the verge of extinction--and embodies 7 key principles: - Everyone is equal in a kuni - Kuni is equipped with a Regional Management Organization--a democratic organization that takes care of small public services - Kuni is a link between residents and repeat visitors - Life in a kuni is circular--consumption and production are in balance - Kuni embraces the whole person - Kuni can be a place for young people who seek interconnectedness - The time for kuni is now Kuni offers a compelling vision of regenerative relationships that can take root in the United States--and anywhere. With spare and beautiful prose and useful principles for reviving rural places, this book addresses our longing for a hopeful revolution of everyday life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El loro en el limonero Author: Chris Stewart Narrator: Joe Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Segunda parte de la trilogía sobre el encanto de la vida alternativa que vive Chris Stewart en la Alpujarra granadina. Con el formidable éxito de ventas de Entre limones -el divertidísimo relato autobiográfico de un joven inglés que, con tal de no vestir traje y acudir a una oficina, se gasta todos sus ahorros en la compra de un ruinoso cortijo en la Alpujarra granadina- Chris Stewart dio comienzo a su célebre trilogía sobre el irresistible encanto de la vida alternativa, en la que los pequeños sucesos cotidianos y la tranquila observación del espectáculo que supone la actitud del hombre ante sus semejantes y ante la naturaleza compensan con creces los placeres materiales de una vida normal. Acompañado por su mujer Ana, la pequeña Chloé y un loro algo misántropo que forma parte del núcleo familiar, Chris relata con su inimitable estilo las nuevas experiencias que le depara su retiro voluntario del mundanal ruido. Su relación con los vecinos, los entresijos de la escolarización en España, el descubrimiento de un plan para construir una presa que dejaría buena parte del valle sepultada bajo el agua, todo es motivo de asombro. Y por añadidura, el éxito de su primer libro atrae a un hatajo de periodistas ingleses interesados en su vida anterior a su llegada a las Alpujarras: las temporadas pasadas en Suecia esquilando ovejas en mitad del invierno, su primer contacto con España para aprender a tocar la guitarra flamenca, su trabajo en un circo y su breve carrera musical como batería del grupo de rock de su colegio: Genesis. La crítica ha dicho... «Stewart tiene un talento especial para captar los diálogos, una curiosidad insaciable, un optimismo contagioso y un plácido sentido del humor a prueba de conspiraciones xenófobas: Beatus ille.» Babelia «Cuando un autor es tan divertido y modesto como Stewart, uno no se cansa de leer su historia.» The Times «Stewart nunca es condescendiente, se limita a observar [...] divertido, generoso y amable.» The Guardian «Stewart nunca pierde el olfato para detectar las buenas anécdotas.» The Telegraph Chris Stewart Thu, 21 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710466 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El loro en el limonero Author: Chris Stewart Narrator: Joe Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Segunda parte de la trilogía sobre el encanto de la vida alternativa que vive Chris Stewart en la Alpujarra granadina. Con el formidable éxito de ventas de Entre limones -el divertidísimo relato autobiográfico de un joven inglés que, con tal de no vestir traje y acudir a una oficina, se gasta todos sus ahorros en la compra de un ruinoso cortijo en la Alpujarra granadina- Chris Stewart dio comienzo a su célebre trilogía sobre el irresistible encanto de la vida alternativa, en la que los pequeños sucesos cotidianos y la tranquila observación del espectáculo que supone la actitud del hombre ante sus semejantes y ante la naturaleza compensan con creces los placeres materiales de una vida normal. Acompañado por su mujer Ana, la pequeña Chloé y un loro algo misántropo que forma parte del núcleo familiar, Chris relata con su inimitable estilo las nuevas experiencias que le depara su retiro voluntario del mundanal ruido. Su relación con los vecinos, los entresijos de la escolarización en España, el descubrimiento de un plan para construir una presa que dejaría buena parte del valle sepultada bajo el agua, todo es motivo de asombro. Y por añadidura, el éxito de su primer libro atrae a un hatajo de periodistas ingleses interesados en su vida anterior a su llegada a las Alpujarras: las temporadas pasadas en Suecia esquilando ovejas en mitad del invierno, su primer contacto con España para aprender a tocar la guitarra flamenca, su trabajo en un circo y su breve carrera musical como batería del grupo de rock de su colegio: Genesis. La crítica ha dicho... «Stewart tiene un talento especial para captar los diálogos, una curiosidad insaciable, un optimismo contagioso y un plácido sentido del humor a prueba de conspiraciones xenófobas: Beatus ille.» Babelia «Cuando un autor es tan divertido y modesto como Stewart, uno no se cansa de leer su historia.» The Times «Stewart nunca es condescendiente, se limita a observar [...] divertido, generoso y amable.» The Guardian «Stewart nunca pierde el olfato para detectar las buenas anécdotas.» The Telegraph Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/710466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El loro en el limonero Author: Chris Stewart Narrator: Joe Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Segunda parte de la trilogía sobre el encanto de la vida alternativa que vive Chris Stewart en la Alpujarra granadina. Con el formidable éxito de ventas de Entre limones -el divertidísimo relato autobiográfico de un joven inglés que, con tal de no vestir traje y acudir a una oficina, se gasta todos sus ahorros en la compra de un ruinoso cortijo en la Alpujarra granadina- Chris Stewart dio comienzo a su célebre trilogía sobre el irresistible encanto de la vida alternativa, en la que los pequeños sucesos cotidianos y la tranquila observación del espectáculo que supone la actitud del hombre ante sus semejantes y ante la naturaleza compensan con creces los placeres materiales de una vida normal. Acompañado por su mujer Ana, la pequeña Chloé y un loro algo misántropo que forma parte del núcleo familiar, Chris relata con su inimitable estilo las nuevas experiencias que le depara su retiro voluntario del mundanal ruido. Su relación con los vecinos, los entresijos de la escolarización en España, el descubrimiento de un plan para construir una presa que dejaría buena parte del valle sepultada bajo el agua, todo es motivo de asombro. Y por añadidura, el éxito de su primer libro atrae a un hatajo de periodistas ingleses interesados en su vida anterior a su llegada a las Alpujarras: las temporadas pasadas en Suecia esquilando ovejas en mitad del invierno, su primer contacto con España para aprender a tocar la guitarra flamenca, su trabajo en un circo y su breve carrera musical como batería del grupo de rock de su colegio: Genesis. La crítica ha dicho... «Stewart tiene un talento especial para captar los diálogos, una curiosidad insaciable, un optimismo contagioso y un plácido sentido del humor a prueba de conspiraciones xenófobas: Beatus ille.» Babelia «Cuando un autor es tan divertido y modesto como Stewart, uno no se cansa de leer su historia.» The Times «Stewart nunca es condescendiente, se limita a observar [...] divertido, generoso y amable.» The Guardian «Stewart nunca pierde el olfato para detectar las buenas anécdotas.» The Telegraph https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709888 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art and Science of Connection: Why Social Health Is the Missing Key to Living Longer, Healthier, and Happier Author: Kasley Killam Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking redefinition of what it means to be healthy that introduces the need for social health—the part of wellbeing that comes from feeling connected—to truly flourish. Exercise. Eat a balanced diet. Go to therapy. Most wellness advice is focused on achieving and maintaining good physical and mental health. But Harvard-trained social scientist and pioneering social health expert Kasley Killam reveals that this approach is missing a vital component: human connection. Relationships not only make us happier, but also are critical to our overall health and longevity. Research shows that people with a strong sense of belonging are 2.6 times more likely to report good or excellent health. Perhaps even more astonishingly, people who lack social support are up to 53% more likely to die from any cause. Yet social health has been overlooked and underappreciated—until now. Just as we exercise our physical muscles, we can strengthen our social muscles. Weaving together cutting-edge science, mindset shifts, and practical wisdom, Killam offers the first methodology for how to be socially healthy. An antidote to the loneliness epidemic and an inspiring manifesto for seeing wellbeing as not only physical and mental, but also social, The Art and Science of Connection is a handbook for thriving. In this essential book, you will: Learn a simple yet powerful framework to understand, evaluate, and bolster your social health. Discover the exact strategy or habit you need, as well as research-backed tips, to cultivate and sustain meaningful connection now and throughout your life. Glean actionable insights to develop a sense of community in your neighborhood, at work, and online from a spirited group of neighbors in Paris, the CEO of a major healthcare company, and an artificially intelligent chatbot. Get an insider look at the innovative ways that doctors, teachers, entrepreneurs, architects, government leaders, and everyday people are catalyzing a movement toward a more socially healthy society. The Art and Science of Connection will transform the way you think about each interaction with a friend, family member, coworker, or neighbor, and give you the tools you need to live a more connected and healthy life—whether you are an introvert or extrovert, if you feel stretched thin, and no matter your age or background. Along the way, Killam will reveal how a university student, a newlywed, a working professional, and a retired widow overcame challenges to thrive through connection—and how you can, too. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Kasley Killam Tue, 18 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709888 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art and Science of Connection: Why Social Health Is the Missing Key to Living Longer, Healthier, and Happier Author: Kasley Killam Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking redefinition of what it means to be healthy that introduces the need for social health—the part of wellbeing that comes from feeling connected—to truly flourish. Exercise. Eat a balanced diet. Go to therapy. Most wellness advice is focused on achieving and maintaining good physical and mental health. But Harvard-trained social scientist and pioneering social health expert Kasley Killam reveals that this approach is missing a vital component: human connection. Relationships not only make us happier, but also are critical to our overall health and longevity. Research shows that people with a strong sense of belonging are 2.6 times more likely to report good or excellent health. Perhaps even more astonishingly, people who lack social support are up to 53% more likely to die from any cause. Yet social health has been overlooked and underappreciated—until now. Just as we exercise our physical muscles, we can strengthen our social muscles. Weaving together cutting-edge science, mindset shifts, and practical wisdom, Killam offers the first methodology for how to be socially healthy. An antidote to the loneliness epidemic and an inspiring manifesto for seeing wellbeing as not only physical and mental, but also social, The Art and Science of Connection is a handbook for thriving. In this essential book, you will: Learn a simple yet powerful framework to understand, evaluate, and bolster your social health. Discover the exact strategy or habit you need, as well as research-backed tips, to cultivate and sustain meaningful connection now and throughout your life. Glean actionable insights to develop a sense of community in your neighborhood, at work, and online from a spirited group of neighbors in Paris, the CEO of a major healthcare company, and an artificially intelligent chatbot. Get an insider look at the innovative ways that doctors, teachers, entrepreneurs, architects, government leaders, and everyday people are catalyzing a movement toward a more socially healthy society. The Art and Science of Connection will transform the way you think about each interaction with a friend, family member, coworker, or neighbor, and give you the tools you need to live a more connected and healthy life—whether you are an introvert or extrovert, if you feel stretched thin, and no matter your age or background. Along the way, Killam will reveal how a university student, a newlywed, a working professional, and a retired widow overcame challenges to thrive through connection—and how you can, too. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709888]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art and Science of Connection: Why Social Health Is the Missing Key to Living Longer, Healthier, and Happier Author: Kasley Killam Narrator: Cindy Kay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking redefinition of what it means to be healthy that introduces the need for social health—the part of wellbeing that comes from feeling connected—to truly flourish. Exercise. Eat a balanced diet. Go to therapy. Most wellness advice is focused on achieving and maintaining good physical and mental health. But Harvard-trained social scientist and pioneering social health expert Kasley Killam reveals that this approach is missing a vital component: human connection. Relationships not only make us happier, but also are critical to our overall health and longevity. Research shows that people with a strong sense of belonging are 2.6 times more likely to report good or excellent health. Perhaps even more astonishingly, people who lack social support are up to 53% more likely to die from any cause. Yet social health has been overlooked and underappreciated—until now. Just as we exercise our physical muscles, we can strengthen our social muscles. Weaving together cutting-edge science, mindset shifts, and practical wisdom, Killam offers the first methodology for how to be socially healthy. An antidote to the loneliness epidemic and an inspiring manifesto for seeing wellbeing as not only physical and mental, but also social, The Art and Science of Connection is a handbook for thriving. In this essential book, you will: Learn a simple yet powerful framework to understand, evaluate, and bolster your social health. Discover the exact strategy or habit you need, as well as research-backed tips, to cultivate and sustain meaningful connection now and throughout your life. Glean actionable insights to develop a sense of community in your neighborhood, at work, and online from a spirited group of neighbors in Paris, the CEO of a major healthcare company, and an artificially intelligent chatbot. Get an insider look at the innovative ways that doctors, teachers, entrepreneurs, architects, government leaders, and everyday people are catalyzing a movement toward a more socially healthy society. The Art and Science of Connection will transform the way you think about each interaction with a friend, family member, coworker, or neighbor, and give you the tools you need to live a more connected and healthy life—whether you are an introvert or extrovert, if you feel stretched thin, and no matter your age or background. Along the way, Killam will reveal how a university student, a newlywed, a working professional, and a retired widow overcame challenges to thrive through connection—and how you can, too. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709886 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extraordinary Wing Women: True Stories of Life-Altering, World-Changing Sisterhood Author: Kimothy Joy Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Celebrating the beauty, power, and joy of female friendship Wingman: a pilot who flies behind and outside the leader of a flying formation. While researching her first book, That’s What She Said, Kimothy Joy discovered that the famous women she was profiling were not alone in their success. Each of them were propelled forward by a supporter—a wing woman—a sister, a mom, a best friend, a close confidant. The remarkable partnerships they shared were as multifaceted and complex as the individual women themselves.  Extraordinary Wing Women is Joy’s tribute to the importance of female camaraderie. This collection features 33 stories, each varying in length. Some will be familiar power duos—Oprah and Gayle, Helen Keller and Anne Sullivan, Venus and Serena Williams. Others are less known though just as inspiring such as the friendship of Julia Child and her editor Avis DeVoto, Junko Tabei and her all-women mountaineering team, and the Mariposas—the Mirabel sisters who overthrew a dictator in the Dominican Republic. The women featured are from across the world and from diverse periods of history. They are activists, artists, scientists, politicians, athletes, musicians, writers, and more—role models for every woman. Joy dedicates Extraordinary Wing Women to the generations of women who are dismantling the myth that we must compete with one another to pursue and achieve our dreams. History and fiction have shown that we are stronger when we support one another. Joy hopes to inspire and teach us that we, too, have our own wings and can soar higher than ever before with our wing women beside us. Kimothy Joy Tue, 26 Dec 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709886 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extraordinary Wing Women: True Stories of Life-Altering, World-Changing Sisterhood Author: Kimothy Joy Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Celebrating the beauty, power, and joy of female friendship Wingman: a pilot who flies behind and outside the leader of a flying formation. While researching her first book, That’s What She Said, Kimothy Joy discovered that the famous women she was profiling were not alone in their success. Each of them were propelled forward by a supporter—a wing woman—a sister, a mom, a best friend, a close confidant. The remarkable partnerships they shared were as multifaceted and complex as the individual women themselves.  Extraordinary Wing Women is Joy’s tribute to the importance of female camaraderie. This collection features 33 stories, each varying in length. Some will be familiar power duos—Oprah and Gayle, Helen Keller and Anne Sullivan, Venus and Serena Williams. Others are less known though just as inspiring such as the friendship of Julia Child and her editor Avis DeVoto, Junko Tabei and her all-women mountaineering team, and the Mariposas—the Mirabel sisters who overthrew a dictator in the Dominican Republic. The women featured are from across the world and from diverse periods of history. They are activists, artists, scientists, politicians, athletes, musicians, writers, and more—role models for every woman. Joy dedicates Extraordinary Wing Women to the generations of women who are dismantling the myth that we must compete with one another to pursue and achieve our dreams. History and fiction have shown that we are stronger when we support one another. Joy hopes to inspire and teach us that we, too, have our own wings and can soar higher than ever before with our wing women beside us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Extraordinary Wing Women: True Stories of Life-Altering, World-Changing Sisterhood Author: Kimothy Joy Narrator: Deanna Anthony Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Celebrating the beauty, power, and joy of female friendship Wingman: a pilot who flies behind and outside the leader of a flying formation. While researching her first book, That’s What She Said, Kimothy Joy discovered that the famous women she was profiling were not alone in their success. Each of them were propelled forward by a supporter—a wing woman—a sister, a mom, a best friend, a close confidant. The remarkable partnerships they shared were as multifaceted and complex as the individual women themselves.  Extraordinary Wing Women is Joy’s tribute to the importance of female camaraderie. This collection features 33 stories, each varying in length. Some will be familiar power duos—Oprah and Gayle, Helen Keller and Anne Sullivan, Venus and Serena Williams. Others are less known though just as inspiring such as the friendship of Julia Child and her editor Avis DeVoto, Junko Tabei and her all-women mountaineering team, and the Mariposas—the Mirabel sisters who overthrew a dictator in the Dominican Republic. The women featured are from across the world and from diverse periods of history. They are activists, artists, scientists, politicians, athletes, musicians, writers, and more—role models for every woman. Joy dedicates Extraordinary Wing Women to the generations of women who are dismantling the myth that we must compete with one another to pursue and achieve our dreams. History and fiction have shown that we are stronger when we support one another. Joy hopes to inspire and teach us that we, too, have our own wings and can soar higher than ever before with our wing women beside us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709865 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: But What Will People Say?: Navigating Mental Health, Identity, Love and Family Between Cultures Author: Sahaj Kaur Kohli Narrator: Sahaj Kaur Kohli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Growing up in the USA as a child of South-Asian immigrants, Sahaj straddled multiple cultures. While reading self-help and going to therapy helped her make sense of the world and her psyche, she soon realised that the advice of white, western writers didn’t cater to her experience. Unlike the outside world, at home the idea of mental health was feared as a sign of weakness, often met with the question ‘But what will people say?’ And for many like her who are navigating two cultures at once, the traditional advice to just ‘set boundaries’ or ‘put yourself first’ is not possible, or even safe. Since then, Sahaj has made it her mission to make therapeutic advice accessible and inclusive of the multicultural experience. Combining her personal story with research, insights from her personal and online communities, and practical advice, this book is a much-needed and revolutionary approach that enables multicultural people to show more compassion for themselves, for others and, above all, feel seen. ©2024 Sahaj Kaur Kohli (P) 2024 Penguin Audio Sahaj Kaur Kohli Thu, 06 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709865 thebookvoice.com 11:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: But What Will People Say?: Navigating Mental Health, Identity, Love and Family Between Cultures Author: Sahaj Kaur Kohli Narrator: Sahaj Kaur Kohli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Growing up in the USA as a child of South-Asian immigrants, Sahaj straddled multiple cultures. While reading self-help and going to therapy helped her make sense of the world and her psyche, she soon realised that the advice of white, western writers didn’t cater to her experience. Unlike the outside world, at home the idea of mental health was feared as a sign of weakness, often met with the question ‘But what will people say?’ And for many like her who are navigating two cultures at once, the traditional advice to just ‘set boundaries’ or ‘put yourself first’ is not possible, or even safe. Since then, Sahaj has made it her mission to make therapeutic advice accessible and inclusive of the multicultural experience. Combining her personal story with research, insights from her personal and online communities, and practical advice, this book is a much-needed and revolutionary approach that enables multicultural people to show more compassion for themselves, for others and, above all, feel seen. ©2024 Sahaj Kaur Kohli (P) 2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709865]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: But What Will People Say?: Navigating Mental Health, Identity, Love and Family Between Cultures Author: Sahaj Kaur Kohli Narrator: Sahaj Kaur Kohli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 6, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Growing up in the USA as a child of South-Asian immigrants, Sahaj straddled multiple cultures. While reading self-help and going to therapy helped her make sense of the world and her psyche, she soon realised that the advice of white, western writers didn’t cater to her experience. Unlike the outside world, at home the idea of mental health was feared as a sign of weakness, often met with the question ‘But what will people say?’ And for many like her who are navigating two cultures at once, the traditional advice to just ‘set boundaries’ or ‘put yourself first’ is not possible, or even safe. Since then, Sahaj has made it her mission to make therapeutic advice accessible and inclusive of the multicultural experience. Combining her personal story with research, insights from her personal and online communities, and practical advice, this book is a much-needed and revolutionary approach that enables multicultural people to show more compassion for themselves, for others and, above all, feel seen. ©2024 Sahaj Kaur Kohli (P) 2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709734 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب قلق السعي إلى المكانة Author: آلان دو بوتون Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: عبر صفحات هذا الكتاب، تناول الفيلسوف البريطاني Alain De Botton إحدى أهم الأزمات التي تعرقل البشر في العصر الحديث، وهي معضلة القلق الدائم للسعي إلى المكانة. وصل Botton إلى أنه ربما يكون افتقادنا للحب والتقدير، أو الغطرسة، أو الطموح والتطلع، أو الكفاءة، أو الاعتماد على عوامل خارج إرادتنا مبعثًا للقلق داخل نفوسنا في البحث عن المكانة. آلان دو بوتون Thu, 31 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709734 thebookvoice.com 0:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب قلق السعي إلى المكانة Author: آلان دو بوتون Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: عبر صفحات هذا الكتاب، تناول الفيلسوف البريطاني Alain De Botton إحدى أهم الأزمات التي تعرقل البشر في العصر الحديث، وهي معضلة القلق الدائم للسعي إلى المكانة. وصل Botton إلى أنه ربما يكون افتقادنا للحب والتقدير، أو الغطرسة، أو الطموح والتطلع، أو الكفاءة، أو الاعتماد على عوامل خارج إرادتنا مبعثًا للقلق داخل نفوسنا في البحث عن المكانة. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب قلق السعي إلى المكانة Author: آلان دو بوتون Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: عبر صفحات هذا الكتاب، تناول الفيلسوف البريطاني Alain De Botton إحدى أهم الأزمات التي تعرقل البشر في العصر الحديث، وهي معضلة القلق الدائم للسعي إلى المكانة. وصل Botton إلى أنه ربما يكون افتقادنا للحب والتقدير، أو الغطرسة، أو الطموح والتطلع، أو الكفاءة، أو الاعتماد على عوامل خارج إرادتنا مبعثًا للقلق داخل نفوسنا في البحث عن المكانة. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709736 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب وظائف لا قيمة لها Author: ديفيد غرايبر Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: في عام ألفين وستة عشر نشرت جريدة إسبانية خبرًا عن موظف يعمل بإحدى شركات معالجة المياه تغيَّب عن العمل لمدة ست سنوات كاملة، وحينما جرى استدعائه للحصول على مكافأة نهاية الخدمة، لم يحضر، وهكذا اكتشف أمره. يقول مدير هذا الموظف إنّه لم يلاحظ غيابه على الرغم من أنّه يجلس بالمكتب المقابل له، وإنَّ شركة المياه ظنَّت أنَّه خاضع لإشراف السلطات المحلية بينما كانت السلطات المحلية تظن أنه خاضع لإشراف شركة المياه، بينما يقول الموظف إنه كان ضحية لأنه اضطر للعمل طيلة حياته في وظيفة ليست بها مهام يمكنه القيام بها! هل لديك تفسير لهذا الأمر؟ ديفيد غرايبر Thu, 31 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709736 thebookvoice.com 0:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب وظائف لا قيمة لها Author: ديفيد غرايبر Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: في عام ألفين وستة عشر نشرت جريدة إسبانية خبرًا عن موظف يعمل بإحدى شركات معالجة المياه تغيَّب عن العمل لمدة ست سنوات كاملة، وحينما جرى استدعائه للحصول على مكافأة نهاية الخدمة، لم يحضر، وهكذا اكتشف أمره. يقول مدير هذا الموظف إنّه لم يلاحظ غيابه على الرغم من أنّه يجلس بالمكتب المقابل له، وإنَّ شركة المياه ظنَّت أنَّه خاضع لإشراف السلطات المحلية بينما كانت السلطات المحلية تظن أنه خاضع لإشراف شركة المياه، بينما يقول الموظف إنه كان ضحية لأنه اضطر للعمل طيلة حياته في وظيفة ليست بها مهام يمكنه القيام بها! هل لديك تفسير لهذا الأمر؟ Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - ملخص كتاب وظائف لا قيمة لها Author: ديفيد غرايبر Narrator: Sahla Books Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: في عام ألفين وستة عشر نشرت جريدة إسبانية خبرًا عن موظف يعمل بإحدى شركات معالجة المياه تغيَّب عن العمل لمدة ست سنوات كاملة، وحينما جرى استدعائه للحصول على مكافأة نهاية الخدمة، لم يحضر، وهكذا اكتشف أمره. يقول مدير هذا الموظف إنّه لم يلاحظ غيابه على الرغم من أنّه يجلس بالمكتب المقابل له، وإنَّ شركة المياه ظنَّت أنَّه خاضع لإشراف السلطات المحلية بينما كانت السلطات المحلية تظن أنه خاضع لإشراف شركة المياه، بينما يقول الموظف إنه كان ضحية لأنه اضطر للعمل طيلة حياته في وظيفة ليست بها مهام يمكنه القيام بها! هل لديك تفسير لهذا الأمر؟ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709498 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: K-Drama School: A Pop Culture Inquiry Into Why We Love Korean Television Author: Grace Jung Narrator: Grace Jung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the Emmy Award-winning Squid Game to streaming sensations like The Glory and Crash Landing on You, Korean television has emerged onto the global pop culture scene as compelling television—but what exactly makes these shows so irresistibly bingeable? And what can we learn about our societies and ourselves from watching them? From stand-up comedian and media studies PhD Grace Jung comes a rollicking deep dive into the cultural significance of Korean television. K-Drama School analyzes everything from common tropes like amnesia and slapping to conspicuous product placements of Subway sandwiches and coffee; to representations of disability, race and gender; to what Korea's war-torn history says about South Korea’s media output and the stories being told on screen. With chapters organized by "lessons," each one inquiring into a different theme of Korean television, K-Drama School offers a groundbreaking exploration into this singular form of entertainment, from an author who writes with humor and heart about shows that spur tears and laughter, keeping us glued to the TV while making fans of us all. Shows discussed include: Squid Game, SKY Castle, Crash Course in Romance, Extraordinary Attorney Woo, My Mister, Something in the Rain, One Spring Night, DP, Guardian: The Lonely and Great God, Autumn in My Heart, Winter Sonata, Our Blues, and more. Grace Jung Tue, 23 Apr 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709498 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: K-Drama School: A Pop Culture Inquiry Into Why We Love Korean Television Author: Grace Jung Narrator: Grace Jung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the Emmy Award-winning Squid Game to streaming sensations like The Glory and Crash Landing on You, Korean television has emerged onto the global pop culture scene as compelling television—but what exactly makes these shows so irresistibly bingeable? And what can we learn about our societies and ourselves from watching them? From stand-up comedian and media studies PhD Grace Jung comes a rollicking deep dive into the cultural significance of Korean television. K-Drama School analyzes everything from common tropes like amnesia and slapping to conspicuous product placements of Subway sandwiches and coffee; to representations of disability, race and gender; to what Korea's war-torn history says about South Korea’s media output and the stories being told on screen. With chapters organized by "lessons," each one inquiring into a different theme of Korean television, K-Drama School offers a groundbreaking exploration into this singular form of entertainment, from an author who writes with humor and heart about shows that spur tears and laughter, keeping us glued to the TV while making fans of us all. Shows discussed include: Squid Game, SKY Castle, Crash Course in Romance, Extraordinary Attorney Woo, My Mister, Something in the Rain, One Spring Night, DP, Guardian: The Lonely and Great God, Autumn in My Heart, Winter Sonata, Our Blues, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: K-Drama School: A Pop Culture Inquiry Into Why We Love Korean Television Author: Grace Jung Narrator: Grace Jung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the Emmy Award-winning Squid Game to streaming sensations like The Glory and Crash Landing on You, Korean television has emerged onto the global pop culture scene as compelling television—but what exactly makes these shows so irresistibly bingeable? And what can we learn about our societies and ourselves from watching them? From stand-up comedian and media studies PhD Grace Jung comes a rollicking deep dive into the cultural significance of Korean television. K-Drama School analyzes everything from common tropes like amnesia and slapping to conspicuous product placements of Subway sandwiches and coffee; to representations of disability, race and gender; to what Korea's war-torn history says about South Korea’s media output and the stories being told on screen. With chapters organized by "lessons," each one inquiring into a different theme of Korean television, K-Drama School offers a groundbreaking exploration into this singular form of entertainment, from an author who writes with humor and heart about shows that spur tears and laughter, keeping us glued to the TV while making fans of us all. Shows discussed include: Squid Game, SKY Castle, Crash Course in Romance, Extraordinary Attorney Woo, My Mister, Something in the Rain, One Spring Night, DP, Guardian: The Lonely and Great God, Autumn in My Heart, Winter Sonata, Our Blues, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709468 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Only Die Once: How to Make It to the End with No Regrets Author: Jodi Wellman Narrator: Jodi Wellman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A kick-in-the-pants wake-up call to start living meaningfully in light of how many Mondays you have left from longtime coach, positive psychology expert, and Penn Resilience Program instructor Jodi Wellman How many Mondays do you have left?  Does that question send you into a panic spiral, or are you convinced that, unlike everyone in the history of life on earth, you will somehow avoid the tragic end and live to tell the tale? Statistically, we get about 4,000 Mondays in our lifetime, so if you're halfway through your life, you might have roughly 2,000 Mondays to go. The good news is that you are in charge of how you spend those days: toiling at a job you hate, or creating a career you love; scrolling mindlessly for hours a day, or pursuing the hobbies and travel that light you up; dreading the end, or living a full life that allows you to greet the Grim Reaper with a smile. Built around the principles of positive psychology, You Only Die Once is the jolt that will bring you back to life, no near-death experience required. Full of practical takeaways and research-backed content, this book will motivate readers to take action on the life they want to be living, acting like a defibrillator for the soul. Accompanied by author Jodi Wellman's charming illustrations, this book won't lecture you about eating more kale or insist that the only path forward is to quit your job and move to Provence (although it's not not suggesting you do that either. The latter, that is. We'd never ask anyone to eat more kale.). Instead, it's a real-life guide to small changes that reawaken your passion and curiosity for life. Packed with inspiring stories, exercises, quizzes, quotes, and a step-by-step plan to awaken the liveliest version of you, You Only Die Once is the healthy dose of mortality you need to start living with urgency and meaning. Jodi Wellman Tue, 07 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709468 thebookvoice.com 10:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Only Die Once: How to Make It to the End with No Regrets Author: Jodi Wellman Narrator: Jodi Wellman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A kick-in-the-pants wake-up call to start living meaningfully in light of how many Mondays you have left from longtime coach, positive psychology expert, and Penn Resilience Program instructor Jodi Wellman How many Mondays do you have left?  Does that question send you into a panic spiral, or are you convinced that, unlike everyone in the history of life on earth, you will somehow avoid the tragic end and live to tell the tale? Statistically, we get about 4,000 Mondays in our lifetime, so if you're halfway through your life, you might have roughly 2,000 Mondays to go. The good news is that you are in charge of how you spend those days: toiling at a job you hate, or creating a career you love; scrolling mindlessly for hours a day, or pursuing the hobbies and travel that light you up; dreading the end, or living a full life that allows you to greet the Grim Reaper with a smile. Built around the principles of positive psychology, You Only Die Once is the jolt that will bring you back to life, no near-death experience required. Full of practical takeaways and research-backed content, this book will motivate readers to take action on the life they want to be living, acting like a defibrillator for the soul. Accompanied by author Jodi Wellman's charming illustrations, this book won't lecture you about eating more kale or insist that the only path forward is to quit your job and move to Provence (although it's not not suggesting you do that either. The latter, that is. We'd never ask anyone to eat more kale.). Instead, it's a real-life guide to small changes that reawaken your passion and curiosity for life. Packed with inspiring stories, exercises, quizzes, quotes, and a step-by-step plan to awaken the liveliest version of you, You Only Die Once is the healthy dose of mortality you need to start living with urgency and meaning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Only Die Once: How to Make It to the End with No Regrets Author: Jodi Wellman Narrator: Jodi Wellman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A kick-in-the-pants wake-up call to start living meaningfully in light of how many Mondays you have left from longtime coach, positive psychology expert, and Penn Resilience Program instructor Jodi Wellman How many Mondays do you have left?  Does that question send you into a panic spiral, or are you convinced that, unlike everyone in the history of life on earth, you will somehow avoid the tragic end and live to tell the tale? Statistically, we get about 4,000 Mondays in our lifetime, so if you're halfway through your life, you might have roughly 2,000 Mondays to go. The good news is that you are in charge of how you spend those days: toiling at a job you hate, or creating a career you love; scrolling mindlessly for hours a day, or pursuing the hobbies and travel that light you up; dreading the end, or living a full life that allows you to greet the Grim Reaper with a smile. Built around the principles of positive psychology, You Only Die Once is the jolt that will bring you back to life, no near-death experience required. Full of practical takeaways and research-backed content, this book will motivate readers to take action on the life they want to be living, acting like a defibrillator for the soul. Accompanied by author Jodi Wellman's charming illustrations, this book won't lecture you about eating more kale or insist that the only path forward is to quit your job and move to Provence (although it's not not suggesting you do that either. The latter, that is. We'd never ask anyone to eat more kale.). Instead, it's a real-life guide to small changes that reawaken your passion and curiosity for life. Packed with inspiring stories, exercises, quizzes, quotes, and a step-by-step plan to awaken the liveliest version of you, You Only Die Once is the healthy dose of mortality you need to start living with urgency and meaning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709469 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Swimming Against the Current: Fighting for Common Sense in a World That's Lost its Mind Author: Riley Gaines Narrator: Riley Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America’s most sought-after voice in the fight to save female sports shares her unbelievable story and inspires readers to embrace common sense and truth in discussions about women's rights. Riley Gaines has been called many things: Collegiate athlete. All-American. Champion. But in 2022, everything changed. The narrative shifted. Now, critics smeared her as: Transphobic. Narrow-minded. Evil. What changed? Riley gave the truth a voice. She stood up, spoke out, and dared to ask questions -- not just for herself, but for all female athletes who refuse to accept an ideology where "inclusivity" for trans-identifying male athletes now means treating women unfairly.  Riley Gaines is changing minds in the process, and this highly anticipated, fearless, pro-woman book takes on controversial but critical questions we must confront about women (and sports) in America. Can't we embrace policies that give everyone the chance to compete but still protect women and ensure they have a fair shot at success? In this book, Riley scrutinizes the perspectives of athletes on the opposing side of this debate, deconstructing their arguments with science, facts, and logic. She also asks what has happened to free speech and dissent in this country, where it now seems nearly impossible to have a well-reasoned debate. And in telling her story, Riley reveals what’s at stake if the truth-seekers remain silent about the injustices women face from radical agendas. Riley Gaines Tue, 21 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709469 thebookvoice.com 6:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Swimming Against the Current: Fighting for Common Sense in a World That's Lost its Mind Author: Riley Gaines Narrator: Riley Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America’s most sought-after voice in the fight to save female sports shares her unbelievable story and inspires readers to embrace common sense and truth in discussions about women's rights. Riley Gaines has been called many things: Collegiate athlete. All-American. Champion. But in 2022, everything changed. The narrative shifted. Now, critics smeared her as: Transphobic. Narrow-minded. Evil. What changed? Riley gave the truth a voice. She stood up, spoke out, and dared to ask questions -- not just for herself, but for all female athletes who refuse to accept an ideology where "inclusivity" for trans-identifying male athletes now means treating women unfairly.  Riley Gaines is changing minds in the process, and this highly anticipated, fearless, pro-woman book takes on controversial but critical questions we must confront about women (and sports) in America. Can't we embrace policies that give everyone the chance to compete but still protect women and ensure they have a fair shot at success? In this book, Riley scrutinizes the perspectives of athletes on the opposing side of this debate, deconstructing their arguments with science, facts, and logic. She also asks what has happened to free speech and dissent in this country, where it now seems nearly impossible to have a well-reasoned debate. And in telling her story, Riley reveals what’s at stake if the truth-seekers remain silent about the injustices women face from radical agendas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709469]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Swimming Against the Current: Fighting for Common Sense in a World That's Lost its Mind Author: Riley Gaines Narrator: Riley Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: America’s most sought-after voice in the fight to save female sports shares her unbelievable story and inspires readers to embrace common sense and truth in discussions about women's rights. Riley Gaines has been called many things: Collegiate athlete. All-American. Champion. But in 2022, everything changed. The narrative shifted. Now, critics smeared her as: Transphobic. Narrow-minded. Evil. What changed? Riley gave the truth a voice. She stood up, spoke out, and dared to ask questions -- not just for herself, but for all female athletes who refuse to accept an ideology where "inclusivity" for trans-identifying male athletes now means treating women unfairly.  Riley Gaines is changing minds in the process, and this highly anticipated, fearless, pro-woman book takes on controversial but critical questions we must confront about women (and sports) in America. Can't we embrace policies that give everyone the chance to compete but still protect women and ensure they have a fair shot at success? In this book, Riley scrutinizes the perspectives of athletes on the opposing side of this debate, deconstructing their arguments with science, facts, and logic. She also asks what has happened to free speech and dissent in this country, where it now seems nearly impossible to have a well-reasoned debate. And in telling her story, Riley reveals what’s at stake if the truth-seekers remain silent about the injustices women face from radical agendas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709457 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Parent Revolution: Rescuing Your Kids from the Radicals Ruining Our Schools Author: Corey A. Deangelis Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the leader of the online army in America's parental rights movement comes the real story of how moms and dads across the country are turning the tide against radical activists in public schools. It’s no secret that our government-run public education system has held generations of Americans hostage. The teachers unions—the government’s stormtroopers—have been hard at work running a mass misinformation campaign to convince parents that because this is how it has always been, this is how it has to be. But here’s what you may not realize: the parents are winning, and we have entered the death spiral of the education dictatorship. The school choice revolution is here, and moms and dads are successfully restoring parental rights in education, one state, one school district at a time.   In The Parent Revolution, Dr. Corey A. DeAngelis–public enemy #1 of the teachers' unions – takes readers inside this movement like no one else can. As Vox reported in late 2023, DeAngelis has become “the public face” of the effort, “traveling from state to state, holding rallies, making media appearances, and tweeting constantly.” Or as another education voice put it, “No one in education policy, advocacy, or activism has ever lived rent-free in more heads at once than Corey DeAngelis.”   As America’s most prominent and influential advocate of school choice, DeAngelis unapologetically argues why parents and political leaders must lean into the culture war taking place in schools. He exposes the hypocritical elites who are content to hold other people’s children captive to poorly run government schools while sending their own children to the best private and charter schools out there. And most importantly, he equips readers with the ability to make sure the potent forces of the educational industrial complex don’t regain their footing. Corey A. Deangelis Tue, 14 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709457 thebookvoice.com 6:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Parent Revolution: Rescuing Your Kids from the Radicals Ruining Our Schools Author: Corey A. Deangelis Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the leader of the online army in America's parental rights movement comes the real story of how moms and dads across the country are turning the tide against radical activists in public schools. It’s no secret that our government-run public education system has held generations of Americans hostage. The teachers unions—the government’s stormtroopers—have been hard at work running a mass misinformation campaign to convince parents that because this is how it has always been, this is how it has to be. But here’s what you may not realize: the parents are winning, and we have entered the death spiral of the education dictatorship. The school choice revolution is here, and moms and dads are successfully restoring parental rights in education, one state, one school district at a time.   In The Parent Revolution, Dr. Corey A. DeAngelis–public enemy #1 of the teachers' unions – takes readers inside this movement like no one else can. As Vox reported in late 2023, DeAngelis has become “the public face” of the effort, “traveling from state to state, holding rallies, making media appearances, and tweeting constantly.” Or as another education voice put it, “No one in education policy, advocacy, or activism has ever lived rent-free in more heads at once than Corey DeAngelis.”   As America’s most prominent and influential advocate of school choice, DeAngelis unapologetically argues why parents and political leaders must lean into the culture war taking place in schools. He exposes the hypocritical elites who are content to hold other people’s children captive to poorly run government schools while sending their own children to the best private and charter schools out there. And most importantly, he equips readers with the ability to make sure the potent forces of the educational industrial complex don’t regain their footing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Parent Revolution: Rescuing Your Kids from the Radicals Ruining Our Schools Author: Corey A. Deangelis Narrator: Chris Abell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From the leader of the online army in America's parental rights movement comes the real story of how moms and dads across the country are turning the tide against radical activists in public schools. It’s no secret that our government-run public education system has held generations of Americans hostage. The teachers unions—the government’s stormtroopers—have been hard at work running a mass misinformation campaign to convince parents that because this is how it has always been, this is how it has to be. But here’s what you may not realize: the parents are winning, and we have entered the death spiral of the education dictatorship. The school choice revolution is here, and moms and dads are successfully restoring parental rights in education, one state, one school district at a time.   In The Parent Revolution, Dr. Corey A. DeAngelis–public enemy #1 of the teachers' unions – takes readers inside this movement like no one else can. As Vox reported in late 2023, DeAngelis has become “the public face” of the effort, “traveling from state to state, holding rallies, making media appearances, and tweeting constantly.” Or as another education voice put it, “No one in education policy, advocacy, or activism has ever lived rent-free in more heads at once than Corey DeAngelis.”   As America’s most prominent and influential advocate of school choice, DeAngelis unapologetically argues why parents and political leaders must lean into the culture war taking place in schools. He exposes the hypocritical elites who are content to hold other people’s children captive to poorly run government schools while sending their own children to the best private and charter schools out there. And most importantly, he equips readers with the ability to make sure the potent forces of the educational industrial complex don’t regain their footing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709459 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Perspective: Brave Expression in the Age of Intolerance Author: Africa Brooke Narrator: Africa Brooke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In our deeply divided, binary world, honest discussion is stressful for all sides. Entrepreneur and thought leader Africa Brooke charts a path for understanding in this groundbreaking guide for finding common ground. In this manifesto, Africa teaches us how to return to critical thinking and reduce societal divides by opening our minds and being more self-questioning in difficult discussions. This book will help you figure out what you truly believe—as opposed to parroting or having knee-jerk reactions in conversation. You’ll learn to share your views, hear theirs, make a point you feel must be made, and try to find common ground without self-censorship or self-sabotage. This personal guide helps readers move away from rigid thinking, allowing them to enter any potentially difficult discussion about politics, work, personal responsibility, race, sex, gender, religion — whatever the subject — while maintaining integrity, authenticity, and openness, and successfully expressing opinions while listening to contrary points of view.  Africa has built a successful business coaching an exclusive roster of high-profile clients seeking to handle themselves in the public eye. The tools offered in The Third Perspective have been honed over years of that experience: hers is a proven system that works. She offers readers a new path for communication, and because communication is everything, critical to building trust and fruitful relationships, a life transforming experience.   Africa Brooke’s framework has three pillars—Awareness, Responsibility, and Expression—that ask: what is stopping you from speaking your mind, what do you stand for, what are you willing to risk? Africa Brooke Tue, 14 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709459 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Perspective: Brave Expression in the Age of Intolerance Author: Africa Brooke Narrator: Africa Brooke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In our deeply divided, binary world, honest discussion is stressful for all sides. Entrepreneur and thought leader Africa Brooke charts a path for understanding in this groundbreaking guide for finding common ground. In this manifesto, Africa teaches us how to return to critical thinking and reduce societal divides by opening our minds and being more self-questioning in difficult discussions. This book will help you figure out what you truly believe—as opposed to parroting or having knee-jerk reactions in conversation. You’ll learn to share your views, hear theirs, make a point you feel must be made, and try to find common ground without self-censorship or self-sabotage. This personal guide helps readers move away from rigid thinking, allowing them to enter any potentially difficult discussion about politics, work, personal responsibility, race, sex, gender, religion — whatever the subject — while maintaining integrity, authenticity, and openness, and successfully expressing opinions while listening to contrary points of view.  Africa has built a successful business coaching an exclusive roster of high-profile clients seeking to handle themselves in the public eye. The tools offered in The Third Perspective have been honed over years of that experience: hers is a proven system that works. She offers readers a new path for communication, and because communication is everything, critical to building trust and fruitful relationships, a life transforming experience.   Africa Brooke’s framework has three pillars—Awareness, Responsibility, and Expression—that ask: what is stopping you from speaking your mind, what do you stand for, what are you willing to risk? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Third Perspective: Brave Expression in the Age of Intolerance Author: Africa Brooke Narrator: Africa Brooke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In our deeply divided, binary world, honest discussion is stressful for all sides. Entrepreneur and thought leader Africa Brooke charts a path for understanding in this groundbreaking guide for finding common ground. In this manifesto, Africa teaches us how to return to critical thinking and reduce societal divides by opening our minds and being more self-questioning in difficult discussions. This book will help you figure out what you truly believe—as opposed to parroting or having knee-jerk reactions in conversation. You’ll learn to share your views, hear theirs, make a point you feel must be made, and try to find common ground without self-censorship or self-sabotage. This personal guide helps readers move away from rigid thinking, allowing them to enter any potentially difficult discussion about politics, work, personal responsibility, race, sex, gender, religion — whatever the subject — while maintaining integrity, authenticity, and openness, and successfully expressing opinions while listening to contrary points of view.  Africa has built a successful business coaching an exclusive roster of high-profile clients seeking to handle themselves in the public eye. The tools offered in The Third Perspective have been honed over years of that experience: hers is a proven system that works. She offers readers a new path for communication, and because communication is everything, critical to building trust and fruitful relationships, a life transforming experience.   Africa Brooke’s framework has three pillars—Awareness, Responsibility, and Expression—that ask: what is stopping you from speaking your mind, what do you stand for, what are you willing to risk? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Self-Care for Black Women & Spiritual Self-Care for Black Women Author: Easytube Zen Studio Narrator: Easytube Zen Studio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 27, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover the transformative power of self-care designed exclusively for Black women with our empowering guidebook, 'Emotional Self-Care for Black Women & Spiritual Self-Care for Black Women.' Delve into the unique journey of emotional and spiritual well-being, tailored to address the specific needs and experiences of Black women in today's world. ?? Embrace Your Authenticity: This captivating book invites you to honor your authentic self, embracing the rich tapestry of emotions that come with being a Black woman. Navigate the complexities of identity, self-love, and self-acceptance through practical guidance and heartfelt stories that resonate with your unique experiences. ?? Nurturing Your Soul: Explore the depths of spiritual self-care as a Black woman, discovering profound ways to reconnect with your inner self and find solace. From ancient wisdom to contemporary practices, this book presents a treasure trove of spiritual tools that resonate with your heritage and help you forge a stronger connection to your roots. ?? Cultivating Resilience: Amid life's challenges, 'Emotional Self-Care for Black Women & Spiritual Self-Care for Black Women' acts as your unwavering companion, empowering you to build resilience in the face of adversity. Uncover strategies to navigate racial and gender-related stressors, fostering a resilient mindset that propels you forward with grace and strength. ?? Building Meaningful Connections: Forge genuine connections with other Black women as you embark on this journey of self-discovery and growth. Engage in practices that honor sisterhood, unity, and empowerment, creating a support network that understands your journey and uplifts your spirit. ?? Holistic Healing: Elevate your well-being through a holistic approach that integrates emotional and spiritual practices. As you engage with the expertly crafted exercises, meditations, and affirmations, you'll witness a profound transformation that aligns your emotional and spiritual selves, Easytube Zen Studio Sun, 27 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709319 thebookvoice.com 10:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Self-Care for Black Women & Spiritual Self-Care for Black Women Author: Easytube Zen Studio Narrator: Easytube Zen Studio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 27, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover the transformative power of self-care designed exclusively for Black women with our empowering guidebook, 'Emotional Self-Care for Black Women & Spiritual Self-Care for Black Women.' Delve into the unique journey of emotional and spiritual well-being, tailored to address the specific needs and experiences of Black women in today's world. ?? Embrace Your Authenticity: This captivating book invites you to honor your authentic self, embracing the rich tapestry of emotions that come with being a Black woman. Navigate the complexities of identity, self-love, and self-acceptance through practical guidance and heartfelt stories that resonate with your unique experiences. ?? Nurturing Your Soul: Explore the depths of spiritual self-care as a Black woman, discovering profound ways to reconnect with your inner self and find solace. From ancient wisdom to contemporary practices, this book presents a treasure trove of spiritual tools that resonate with your heritage and help you forge a stronger connection to your roots. ?? Cultivating Resilience: Amid life's challenges, 'Emotional Self-Care for Black Women & Spiritual Self-Care for Black Women' acts as your unwavering companion, empowering you to build resilience in the face of adversity. Uncover strategies to navigate racial and gender-related stressors, fostering a resilient mindset that propels you forward with grace and strength. ?? Building Meaningful Connections: Forge genuine connections with other Black women as you embark on this journey of self-discovery and growth. Engage in practices that honor sisterhood, unity, and empowerment, creating a support network that understands your journey and uplifts your spirit. ?? Holistic Healing: Elevate your well-being through a holistic approach that integrates emotional and spiritual practices. As you engage with the expertly crafted exercises, meditations, and affirmations, you'll witness a profound transformation that aligns your emotional and spiritual selves, Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Self-Care for Black Women & Spiritual Self-Care for Black Women Author: Easytube Zen Studio Narrator: Easytube Zen Studio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 27, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Discover the transformative power of self-care designed exclusively for Black women with our empowering guidebook, 'Emotional Self-Care for Black Women & Spiritual Self-Care for Black Women.' Delve into the unique journey of emotional and spiritual well-being, tailored to address the specific needs and experiences of Black women in today's world. ?? Embrace Your Authenticity: This captivating book invites you to honor your authentic self, embracing the rich tapestry of emotions that come with being a Black woman. Navigate the complexities of identity, self-love, and self-acceptance through practical guidance and heartfelt stories that resonate with your unique experiences. ?? Nurturing Your Soul: Explore the depths of spiritual self-care as a Black woman, discovering profound ways to reconnect with your inner self and find solace. From ancient wisdom to contemporary practices, this book presents a treasure trove of spiritual tools that resonate with your heritage and help you forge a stronger connection to your roots. ?? Cultivating Resilience: Amid life's challenges, 'Emotional Self-Care for Black Women & Spiritual Self-Care for Black Women' acts as your unwavering companion, empowering you to build resilience in the face of adversity. Uncover strategies to navigate racial and gender-related stressors, fostering a resilient mindset that propels you forward with grace and strength. ?? Building Meaningful Connections: Forge genuine connections with other Black women as you embark on this journey of self-discovery and growth. Engage in practices that honor sisterhood, unity, and empowerment, creating a support network that understands your journey and uplifts your spirit. ?? Holistic Healing: Elevate your well-being through a holistic approach that integrates emotional and spiritual practices. As you engage with the expertly crafted exercises, meditations, and affirmations, you'll witness a profound transformation that aligns your emotional and spiritual selves, https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709260 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aufklärung in Zeiten der Verdunkelung - Auf dem Punkt (Ungekürzt) Author: Philipp Blom Narrator: Julia Kothe, Patrick Imhof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 18, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dieses Buch ist der Aufruf zu einer neuen Klarheit des Denkens. Denn die Probleme von morgen können wir nicht mit der Denkweise und Philosophie von gestern bekämpfen. Wenn die wichtigsten politischen und philosophischen Errungenschaften der Aufklärung - Demokratie, Menschenrechte, evidenzbasiertes Denken - überleben sollen, müssen wir eine Lebensweise und ein Verständnis der Welt entwickeln, die dem menschlichen Wohlergehen verpflichtet sind und von planetarischer Gerechtigkeit getragen werden. In existenziellen Krisen der Menschheit ist das Ethos der Aufklärung notwendiger denn je. In seinem kämpferischen Essay zeigt Philipp Blom: Es sind mit theologischem Schutt behaftete Ideen, die von der gemäßigten Hauptströmung der Aufklärung transportiert wurden und unser Denken und Handeln bis heute prägen. Jetzt ist es Zeit für die wahre, radikale Aufklärung! Philipp Blom Mon, 18 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709260 thebookvoice.com 4:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aufklärung in Zeiten der Verdunkelung - Auf dem Punkt (Ungekürzt) Author: Philipp Blom Narrator: Julia Kothe, Patrick Imhof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 18, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dieses Buch ist der Aufruf zu einer neuen Klarheit des Denkens. Denn die Probleme von morgen können wir nicht mit der Denkweise und Philosophie von gestern bekämpfen. Wenn die wichtigsten politischen und philosophischen Errungenschaften der Aufklärung - Demokratie, Menschenrechte, evidenzbasiertes Denken - überleben sollen, müssen wir eine Lebensweise und ein Verständnis der Welt entwickeln, die dem menschlichen Wohlergehen verpflichtet sind und von planetarischer Gerechtigkeit getragen werden. In existenziellen Krisen der Menschheit ist das Ethos der Aufklärung notwendiger denn je. In seinem kämpferischen Essay zeigt Philipp Blom: Es sind mit theologischem Schutt behaftete Ideen, die von der gemäßigten Hauptströmung der Aufklärung transportiert wurden und unser Denken und Handeln bis heute prägen. Jetzt ist es Zeit für die wahre, radikale Aufklärung! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/709260]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Aufklärung in Zeiten der Verdunkelung - Auf dem Punkt (Ungekürzt) Author: Philipp Blom Narrator: Julia Kothe, Patrick Imhof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 18, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Dieses Buch ist der Aufruf zu einer neuen Klarheit des Denkens. Denn die Probleme von morgen können wir nicht mit der Denkweise und Philosophie von gestern bekämpfen. Wenn die wichtigsten politischen und philosophischen Errungenschaften der Aufklärung - Demokratie, Menschenrechte, evidenzbasiertes Denken - überleben sollen, müssen wir eine Lebensweise und ein Verständnis der Welt entwickeln, die dem menschlichen Wohlergehen verpflichtet sind und von planetarischer Gerechtigkeit getragen werden. In existenziellen Krisen der Menschheit ist das Ethos der Aufklärung notwendiger denn je. In seinem kämpferischen Essay zeigt Philipp Blom: Es sind mit theologischem Schutt behaftete Ideen, die von der gemäßigten Hauptströmung der Aufklärung transportiert wurden und unser Denken und Handeln bis heute prägen. Jetzt ist es Zeit für die wahre, radikale Aufklärung! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708843 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Care for Black Men: 100 Ways to Heal and Liberate Author: Jor-El Caraballo Narrator: Jor-El Caraballo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Self-Care for Black Men is so important...designed to help Black men manage their mental health.” —The Root A self-care guidebook full of activities for Black men everywhere pursuing joy, creating connections, confronting racism, and working through intergenerational trauma. Black men desperately need care and restoration. But what does that restoration look like when you’re a Black man in today’s world? How do you take care of your mental health when men who look like you die at the hands of police? How do you find peace and refuge when you’re not sure how to keep up with your partner? Or navigate a challenging workplace? While scrolling through social media feeds, you may feel like you don’t have access to wellness like women do. But Black men need a space for self-care too. In Self-Care for Black Men, you will find practical answers to your questions. This book contains self-care strategies that address some of the most common issues Black men face, such as dealing with racism, navigating prejudice in the workplace, managing romantic relationships, and working through intergenerational trauma. This is your guide to wellness and self-discovery written specifically for Black men. There will opportunities to learn new skills to manage your mental health, as well as do more deep reflection on your own terms. It’s time to take your health firmly within your own hands and Self-Care for Black Men will help you do that. Jor-El Caraballo Tue, 07 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708843 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Care for Black Men: 100 Ways to Heal and Liberate Author: Jor-El Caraballo Narrator: Jor-El Caraballo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Self-Care for Black Men is so important...designed to help Black men manage their mental health.” —The Root A self-care guidebook full of activities for Black men everywhere pursuing joy, creating connections, confronting racism, and working through intergenerational trauma. Black men desperately need care and restoration. But what does that restoration look like when you’re a Black man in today’s world? How do you take care of your mental health when men who look like you die at the hands of police? How do you find peace and refuge when you’re not sure how to keep up with your partner? Or navigate a challenging workplace? While scrolling through social media feeds, you may feel like you don’t have access to wellness like women do. But Black men need a space for self-care too. In Self-Care for Black Men, you will find practical answers to your questions. This book contains self-care strategies that address some of the most common issues Black men face, such as dealing with racism, navigating prejudice in the workplace, managing romantic relationships, and working through intergenerational trauma. This is your guide to wellness and self-discovery written specifically for Black men. There will opportunities to learn new skills to manage your mental health, as well as do more deep reflection on your own terms. It’s time to take your health firmly within your own hands and Self-Care for Black Men will help you do that. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708843]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Care for Black Men: 100 Ways to Heal and Liberate Author: Jor-El Caraballo Narrator: Jor-El Caraballo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “Self-Care for Black Men is so important...designed to help Black men manage their mental health.” —The Root A self-care guidebook full of activities for Black men everywhere pursuing joy, creating connections, confronting racism, and working through intergenerational trauma. Black men desperately need care and restoration. But what does that restoration look like when you’re a Black man in today’s world? How do you take care of your mental health when men who look like you die at the hands of police? How do you find peace and refuge when you’re not sure how to keep up with your partner? Or navigate a challenging workplace? While scrolling through social media feeds, you may feel like you don’t have access to wellness like women do. But Black men need a space for self-care too. In Self-Care for Black Men, you will find practical answers to your questions. This book contains self-care strategies that address some of the most common issues Black men face, such as dealing with racism, navigating prejudice in the workplace, managing romantic relationships, and working through intergenerational trauma. This is your guide to wellness and self-discovery written specifically for Black men. There will opportunities to learn new skills to manage your mental health, as well as do more deep reflection on your own terms. It’s time to take your health firmly within your own hands and Self-Care for Black Men will help you do that. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Magical Overthinking: Notes on Modern Irrationality Author: Amanda Montell Narrator: Amanda Montell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A BookPage Best Nonfiction Book of 2024 From the bestselling author of Cultish and host of the podcast Sounds Like a Cult, a delicious blend of cultural criticism and personal narrative that explores our cognitive biases and the power, disadvantages, and highlights of magical thinking. Utilizing the linguistic insights of her “witty and brilliant” (Blyth Roberson, author of America the Beautiful?) first book Wordslut and the sociological explorations of her breakout hit Cultish, Amanda Montell now turns her erudite eye to the inner workings of the human mind and its biases in her most personal and electrifying work yet. “Magical thinking” can be broadly defined as the belief that one’s internal thoughts can affect unrelated events in the external world: think of the conviction that one can manifest their way out of poverty, stave off cancer with positive vibes, thwart the apocalypse by learning to can their own peaches, or transform an unhealthy relationship to a glorious one with loyalty alone. In all its forms, magical thinking works in service of restoring agency amid chaos, but in The Age of Magical Overthinking, Montell argues that in the modern information age, our brain’s coping mechanisms have been overloaded, and our irrationality turned up to an eleven. In a series of razor sharp, deeply funny chapters, Montell delves into a cornucopia of the cognitive biases that run rampant in our brains, from how the “halo effect” cultivates worship (and hatred) of larger-than-life celebrities, to how the “sunk cost fallacy” can keep us in detrimental relationships long after we’ve realized they’re not serving us. As she illuminates these concepts with her signature brilliance and wit, Montell’s prevailing message is one of hope, empathy, and ultimately forgiveness for our anxiety-addled human selves. If you have all but lost faith in our ability to reason, Montell aims to make some sense of the senseless. To crack open a window in our minds, and let a warm breeze in. To help quiet the cacophony for a while, or even hear a melody in it. Amanda Montell Tue, 09 Apr 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838 thebookvoice.com 6:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Magical Overthinking: Notes on Modern Irrationality Author: Amanda Montell Narrator: Amanda Montell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A BookPage Best Nonfiction Book of 2024 From the bestselling author of Cultish and host of the podcast Sounds Like a Cult, a delicious blend of cultural criticism and personal narrative that explores our cognitive biases and the power, disadvantages, and highlights of magical thinking. Utilizing the linguistic insights of her “witty and brilliant” (Blyth Roberson, author of America the Beautiful?) first book Wordslut and the sociological explorations of her breakout hit Cultish, Amanda Montell now turns her erudite eye to the inner workings of the human mind and its biases in her most personal and electrifying work yet. “Magical thinking” can be broadly defined as the belief that one’s internal thoughts can affect unrelated events in the external world: think of the conviction that one can manifest their way out of poverty, stave off cancer with positive vibes, thwart the apocalypse by learning to can their own peaches, or transform an unhealthy relationship to a glorious one with loyalty alone. In all its forms, magical thinking works in service of restoring agency amid chaos, but in The Age of Magical Overthinking, Montell argues that in the modern information age, our brain’s coping mechanisms have been overloaded, and our irrationality turned up to an eleven. In a series of razor sharp, deeply funny chapters, Montell delves into a cornucopia of the cognitive biases that run rampant in our brains, from how the “halo effect” cultivates worship (and hatred) of larger-than-life celebrities, to how the “sunk cost fallacy” can keep us in detrimental relationships long after we’ve realized they’re not serving us. As she illuminates these concepts with her signature brilliance and wit, Montell’s prevailing message is one of hope, empathy, and ultimately forgiveness for our anxiety-addled human selves. If you have all but lost faith in our ability to reason, Montell aims to make some sense of the senseless. To crack open a window in our minds, and let a warm breeze in. To help quiet the cacophony for a while, or even hear a melody in it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708838]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Age of Magical Overthinking: Notes on Modern Irrationality Author: Amanda Montell Narrator: Amanda Montell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 9, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER A BookPage Best Nonfiction Book of 2024 From the bestselling author of Cultish and host of the podcast Sounds Like a Cult, a delicious blend of cultural criticism and personal narrative that explores our cognitive biases and the power, disadvantages, and highlights of magical thinking. Utilizing the linguistic insights of her “witty and brilliant” (Blyth Roberson, author of America the Beautiful?) first book Wordslut and the sociological explorations of her breakout hit Cultish, Amanda Montell now turns her erudite eye to the inner workings of the human mind and its biases in her most personal and electrifying work yet. “Magical thinking” can be broadly defined as the belief that one’s internal thoughts can affect unrelated events in the external world: think of the conviction that one can manifest their way out of poverty, stave off cancer with positive vibes, thwart the apocalypse by learning to can their own peaches, or transform an unhealthy relationship to a glorious one with loyalty alone. In all its forms, magical thinking works in service of restoring agency amid chaos, but in The Age of Magical Overthinking, Montell argues that in the modern information age, our brain’s coping mechanisms have been overloaded, and our irrationality turned up to an eleven. In a series of razor sharp, deeply funny chapters, Montell delves into a cornucopia of the cognitive biases that run rampant in our brains, from how the “halo effect” cultivates worship (and hatred) of larger-than-life celebrities, to how the “sunk cost fallacy” can keep us in detrimental relationships long after we’ve realized they’re not serving us. As she illuminates these concepts with her signature brilliance and wit, Montell’s prevailing message is one of hope, empathy, and ultimately forgiveness for our anxiety-addled human selves. If you have all but lost faith in our ability to reason, Montell aims to make some sense of the senseless. To crack open a window in our minds, and let a warm breeze in. To help quiet the cacophony for a while, or even hear a melody in it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708818 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic: Women, Fame, and the Tabloid 2000s Author: Sarah Ditum Narrator: Sarah Ditum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A scathing reexamination of the lives of nine female celebrities in the 2000s, and the sexist, exploitative culture that took them down Welcome to celebrity culture in the early aughts: the reign of Perez Hilton, celebrity sex tapes, and dueling tabloids fed by paparazzi who were willing to do anything to get the shot. It was a time when the Internet was still the Wild West, and when slut-shaming, fat-shaming, and revenge porn were all considered perfectly legitimate. Celebrity was seen as a commodity to be consumed, and for the famous women of this era, they were never as popular—or as vulnerable—as when they were in crisis. Toxic tells the stories of nine women who defined the hell of celebrity in the 2000s and explores how they were devoured by fame, how they attempted to control their own narratives, and how they succeeded or (more often) failed. These women come from all walks of fame—pop music, acting, reality TV, and WWE wrestling. Some of them you think you know already, and others will be less familiar, but Toxic reveals these women neither as pure victims nor as conniving strategists, but as complex individuals trying to navigate celebrity while under attack from a vicious and fast-changing media. Their portrayal has shaped the way that all women—famous or otherwise—are viewed today, and their experiences preempted the now-universal condition, especially thanks to social media, of living under the public gaze. In this audiobook, Ditum brings readers back to a time before second chances and redemption arcs, and traces the ripple effects that came in the wake of spending a decade vilifying our idols. We’ll see how these women’s stories intersect with the birth of YouTube, the rise of Internet pornography, and the emergence of Donald Trump as a political force. It’s time to come to terms with how those cultural events shaped the way we see ourselves, our bodies, our relationships, our aspirations, and our presence in the wider world. We are all products of the toxic decade. Sarah Ditum Tue, 23 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708818 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic: Women, Fame, and the Tabloid 2000s Author: Sarah Ditum Narrator: Sarah Ditum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A scathing reexamination of the lives of nine female celebrities in the 2000s, and the sexist, exploitative culture that took them down Welcome to celebrity culture in the early aughts: the reign of Perez Hilton, celebrity sex tapes, and dueling tabloids fed by paparazzi who were willing to do anything to get the shot. It was a time when the Internet was still the Wild West, and when slut-shaming, fat-shaming, and revenge porn were all considered perfectly legitimate. Celebrity was seen as a commodity to be consumed, and for the famous women of this era, they were never as popular—or as vulnerable—as when they were in crisis. Toxic tells the stories of nine women who defined the hell of celebrity in the 2000s and explores how they were devoured by fame, how they attempted to control their own narratives, and how they succeeded or (more often) failed. These women come from all walks of fame—pop music, acting, reality TV, and WWE wrestling. Some of them you think you know already, and others will be less familiar, but Toxic reveals these women neither as pure victims nor as conniving strategists, but as complex individuals trying to navigate celebrity while under attack from a vicious and fast-changing media. Their portrayal has shaped the way that all women—famous or otherwise—are viewed today, and their experiences preempted the now-universal condition, especially thanks to social media, of living under the public gaze. In this audiobook, Ditum brings readers back to a time before second chances and redemption arcs, and traces the ripple effects that came in the wake of spending a decade vilifying our idols. We’ll see how these women’s stories intersect with the birth of YouTube, the rise of Internet pornography, and the emergence of Donald Trump as a political force. It’s time to come to terms with how those cultural events shaped the way we see ourselves, our bodies, our relationships, our aspirations, and our presence in the wider world. We are all products of the toxic decade. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708818]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic: Women, Fame, and the Tabloid 2000s Author: Sarah Ditum Narrator: Sarah Ditum Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A scathing reexamination of the lives of nine female celebrities in the 2000s, and the sexist, exploitative culture that took them down Welcome to celebrity culture in the early aughts: the reign of Perez Hilton, celebrity sex tapes, and dueling tabloids fed by paparazzi who were willing to do anything to get the shot. It was a time when the Internet was still the Wild West, and when slut-shaming, fat-shaming, and revenge porn were all considered perfectly legitimate. Celebrity was seen as a commodity to be consumed, and for the famous women of this era, they were never as popular—or as vulnerable—as when they were in crisis. Toxic tells the stories of nine women who defined the hell of celebrity in the 2000s and explores how they were devoured by fame, how they attempted to control their own narratives, and how they succeeded or (more often) failed. These women come from all walks of fame—pop music, acting, reality TV, and WWE wrestling. Some of them you think you know already, and others will be less familiar, but Toxic reveals these women neither as pure victims nor as conniving strategists, but as complex individuals trying to navigate celebrity while under attack from a vicious and fast-changing media. Their portrayal has shaped the way that all women—famous or otherwise—are viewed today, and their experiences preempted the now-universal condition, especially thanks to social media, of living under the public gaze. In this audiobook, Ditum brings readers back to a time before second chances and redemption arcs, and traces the ripple effects that came in the wake of spending a decade vilifying our idols. We’ll see how these women’s stories intersect with the birth of YouTube, the rise of Internet pornography, and the emergence of Donald Trump as a political force. It’s time to come to terms with how those cultural events shaped the way we see ourselves, our bodies, our relationships, our aspirations, and our presence in the wider world. We are all products of the toxic decade. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708808 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nosotros somos los culpables: La tragedia de la guardería ABC (Nueva edición con prólogo de Yuri Herrera) Author: Diego Enrique Osorno Narrator: Adrián González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El incendio de la Guardería ABC, en Sonora, es uno de los hechos más graves de la historia reciente de nuestro país. Este libro recopila testimonios sobre la tragedia en la que murieron 49 niños y más de 70 resultaron heridos. La desgracia llegando a quienes ni la esperaban ni la merecían; la irresponsabilidad que la propició; la complicidad de gobiernos, legisladores y jueces; la continua postergación de una investigación a fondo. Y los nombres de las niñas y los niños, las actividades y movilizaciones para honrarlos de la mejor manera, es decir, exigiendo castigo a los responsables, justicia para las víctimas y la adopción de medidas que impidan que la tragedia se vuelva a repetir. Todo eso y más hemos aprendido del libro Nosotros somos los culpables de Diego Enrique Osorno, que arma el rompecabezas de la tragedia. -Subcomandante Marcos Diego Enrique Osorno Thu, 14 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708808 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nosotros somos los culpables: La tragedia de la guardería ABC (Nueva edición con prólogo de Yuri Herrera) Author: Diego Enrique Osorno Narrator: Adrián González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El incendio de la Guardería ABC, en Sonora, es uno de los hechos más graves de la historia reciente de nuestro país. Este libro recopila testimonios sobre la tragedia en la que murieron 49 niños y más de 70 resultaron heridos. La desgracia llegando a quienes ni la esperaban ni la merecían; la irresponsabilidad que la propició; la complicidad de gobiernos, legisladores y jueces; la continua postergación de una investigación a fondo. Y los nombres de las niñas y los niños, las actividades y movilizaciones para honrarlos de la mejor manera, es decir, exigiendo castigo a los responsables, justicia para las víctimas y la adopción de medidas que impidan que la tragedia se vuelva a repetir. Todo eso y más hemos aprendido del libro Nosotros somos los culpables de Diego Enrique Osorno, que arma el rompecabezas de la tragedia. -Subcomandante Marcos Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Nosotros somos los culpables: La tragedia de la guardería ABC (Nueva edición con prólogo de Yuri Herrera) Author: Diego Enrique Osorno Narrator: Adrián González Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El incendio de la Guardería ABC, en Sonora, es uno de los hechos más graves de la historia reciente de nuestro país. Este libro recopila testimonios sobre la tragedia en la que murieron 49 niños y más de 70 resultaron heridos. La desgracia llegando a quienes ni la esperaban ni la merecían; la irresponsabilidad que la propició; la complicidad de gobiernos, legisladores y jueces; la continua postergación de una investigación a fondo. Y los nombres de las niñas y los niños, las actividades y movilizaciones para honrarlos de la mejor manera, es decir, exigiendo castigo a los responsables, justicia para las víctimas y la adopción de medidas que impidan que la tragedia se vuelva a repetir. Todo eso y más hemos aprendido del libro Nosotros somos los culpables de Diego Enrique Osorno, que arma el rompecabezas de la tragedia. -Subcomandante Marcos https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Body Is Distant: A Memoir Author: Paige Maylott Narrator: Paige Maylott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An electrifying and vulnerable memoir that invites readers into an intimate conversation about our digital and physical selves, gender, and belonging. In My Body Is Distant, Paige Maylott writes about her life — both virtual and IRL — as she explores her authentic self and sexuality through dream-like virtual worlds. While Paige dances in online BDSM clubs and hurls spells on virtual battlefields, she is swept into a fairy tale romance that pushes her into discovery mode: How can she transcend her carefully curated computer universe and manifest that happiness in the real world? As she discovers the person she is meant to be, Paige contends with a cancer diagnosis and an imploding marriage while struggling to convert an online love story into reality. When a humiliation at work provides the necessary push to transition, Paige finds the freedom to explore her new self. Part trans woman’s coming-out story and part heartfelt romance, My Body Is Distant follows Paige from a childhood obsession with the 1980s game Zork, through a health crisis and divorce, to, ultimately, an affirmation of authenticity and self-love. Paige Maylott Tue, 19 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708506 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Body Is Distant: A Memoir Author: Paige Maylott Narrator: Paige Maylott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An electrifying and vulnerable memoir that invites readers into an intimate conversation about our digital and physical selves, gender, and belonging. In My Body Is Distant, Paige Maylott writes about her life — both virtual and IRL — as she explores her authentic self and sexuality through dream-like virtual worlds. While Paige dances in online BDSM clubs and hurls spells on virtual battlefields, she is swept into a fairy tale romance that pushes her into discovery mode: How can she transcend her carefully curated computer universe and manifest that happiness in the real world? As she discovers the person she is meant to be, Paige contends with a cancer diagnosis and an imploding marriage while struggling to convert an online love story into reality. When a humiliation at work provides the necessary push to transition, Paige finds the freedom to explore her new self. Part trans woman’s coming-out story and part heartfelt romance, My Body Is Distant follows Paige from a childhood obsession with the 1980s game Zork, through a health crisis and divorce, to, ultimately, an affirmation of authenticity and self-love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Body Is Distant: A Memoir Author: Paige Maylott Narrator: Paige Maylott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An electrifying and vulnerable memoir that invites readers into an intimate conversation about our digital and physical selves, gender, and belonging. In My Body Is Distant, Paige Maylott writes about her life — both virtual and IRL — as she explores her authentic self and sexuality through dream-like virtual worlds. While Paige dances in online BDSM clubs and hurls spells on virtual battlefields, she is swept into a fairy tale romance that pushes her into discovery mode: How can she transcend her carefully curated computer universe and manifest that happiness in the real world? As she discovers the person she is meant to be, Paige contends with a cancer diagnosis and an imploding marriage while struggling to convert an online love story into reality. When a humiliation at work provides the necessary push to transition, Paige finds the freedom to explore her new self. Part trans woman’s coming-out story and part heartfelt romance, My Body Is Distant follows Paige from a childhood obsession with the 1980s game Zork, through a health crisis and divorce, to, ultimately, an affirmation of authenticity and self-love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708505 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wealth Supremacy: How the Extractive Economy and the Biased Rules of Capitalism Drive Today’s Crises Author: Marjorie Kelly Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This powerful analysis explains how the bias toward wealth that is woven into the very fabric of American capitalism is damaging people, the economy, and the planet and explores what the foundations of a new economy could be. This bold manifesto exposes seven myths underlying wealth supremacy-the bias that institutionalizes infinite extraction of wealth by and for the wealthy and is the hidden force behind economic injustice, the climate crisis, and so many other problems of our day: - The Myth of Maximizing-No amount of wealth is ever enough. - The Myth of Fiduciary Duty-Corporate managers' most sacred duty is to expand capital. - The Myth of Corporate Governance-Corporate membership must be reserved for capital alone. - The Myth of the Income Statement-Income to capital must always be increased, while income to labor must always be decreased. - The Myth of Materiality-Profit-that is, material gain-alone is real, while social and environmental damages are not. - The Myth of Takings-The first duty of government must be the protection of private property. - The Myth of the Free Market-There should be no limits on the sphere of influence of corporations and capital. Kelly argues instead for the democratization of ownership: public ownership of vital services, worker-owned businesses, and more. And she sketches the outlines of a nonextractive capitalism that would be subordinate to the public interest. This is an ambitious reimagining of the very foundations of our economy and society. Marjorie Kelly Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708505 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wealth Supremacy: How the Extractive Economy and the Biased Rules of Capitalism Drive Today’s Crises Author: Marjorie Kelly Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This powerful analysis explains how the bias toward wealth that is woven into the very fabric of American capitalism is damaging people, the economy, and the planet and explores what the foundations of a new economy could be. This bold manifesto exposes seven myths underlying wealth supremacy-the bias that institutionalizes infinite extraction of wealth by and for the wealthy and is the hidden force behind economic injustice, the climate crisis, and so many other problems of our day: - The Myth of Maximizing-No amount of wealth is ever enough. - The Myth of Fiduciary Duty-Corporate managers' most sacred duty is to expand capital. - The Myth of Corporate Governance-Corporate membership must be reserved for capital alone. - The Myth of the Income Statement-Income to capital must always be increased, while income to labor must always be decreased. - The Myth of Materiality-Profit-that is, material gain-alone is real, while social and environmental damages are not. - The Myth of Takings-The first duty of government must be the protection of private property. - The Myth of the Free Market-There should be no limits on the sphere of influence of corporations and capital. Kelly argues instead for the democratization of ownership: public ownership of vital services, worker-owned businesses, and more. And she sketches the outlines of a nonextractive capitalism that would be subordinate to the public interest. This is an ambitious reimagining of the very foundations of our economy and society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708505]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wealth Supremacy: How the Extractive Economy and the Biased Rules of Capitalism Drive Today’s Crises Author: Marjorie Kelly Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This powerful analysis explains how the bias toward wealth that is woven into the very fabric of American capitalism is damaging people, the economy, and the planet and explores what the foundations of a new economy could be. This bold manifesto exposes seven myths underlying wealth supremacy-the bias that institutionalizes infinite extraction of wealth by and for the wealthy and is the hidden force behind economic injustice, the climate crisis, and so many other problems of our day: - The Myth of Maximizing-No amount of wealth is ever enough. - The Myth of Fiduciary Duty-Corporate managers' most sacred duty is to expand capital. - The Myth of Corporate Governance-Corporate membership must be reserved for capital alone. - The Myth of the Income Statement-Income to capital must always be increased, while income to labor must always be decreased. - The Myth of Materiality-Profit-that is, material gain-alone is real, while social and environmental damages are not. - The Myth of Takings-The first duty of government must be the protection of private property. - The Myth of the Free Market-There should be no limits on the sphere of influence of corporations and capital. Kelly argues instead for the democratization of ownership: public ownership of vital services, worker-owned businesses, and more. And she sketches the outlines of a nonextractive capitalism that would be subordinate to the public interest. This is an ambitious reimagining of the very foundations of our economy and society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708466 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - A caça às bruxas e o medo do poder das mulheres Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por que voltar a falar, hoje, sobre caça às bruxas? Silvia Federici revisita os principais temas de sua obra e nos brinda com um ensaio que apresenta as raízes históricas dessas perseguições, que tiveram como alvo principalmente as mulheres. Silvia Federici Tue, 29 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708466 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - A caça às bruxas e o medo do poder das mulheres Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por que voltar a falar, hoje, sobre caça às bruxas? Silvia Federici revisita os principais temas de sua obra e nos brinda com um ensaio que apresenta as raízes históricas dessas perseguições, que tiveram como alvo principalmente as mulheres. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708466]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - A caça às bruxas e o medo do poder das mulheres Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por que voltar a falar, hoje, sobre caça às bruxas? Silvia Federici revisita os principais temas de sua obra e nos brinda com um ensaio que apresenta as raízes históricas dessas perseguições, que tiveram como alvo principalmente as mulheres. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708459 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Caças às bruxas, cercamentos e o fim das relações de propriedade comunal Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Neste ensaio, Silvia Federici estrutura sua análise a partir do processo de cercamento e privatização de terras comunais e, examinando o ambiente e as motivações que produziram as primeiras acusações de bruxarias na Europa, relaciona essa forma de violência à ordem econômica. Evidencia, enfim, que marcas desse processo foram deixadas também nos valores sociais. Silvia Federici Tue, 29 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708459 thebookvoice.com 0:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Caças às bruxas, cercamentos e o fim das relações de propriedade comunal Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Neste ensaio, Silvia Federici estrutura sua análise a partir do processo de cercamento e privatização de terras comunais e, examinando o ambiente e as motivações que produziram as primeiras acusações de bruxarias na Europa, relaciona essa forma de violência à ordem econômica. Evidencia, enfim, que marcas desse processo foram deixadas também nos valores sociais. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708459]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Caças às bruxas, cercamentos e o fim das relações de propriedade comunal Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Neste ensaio, Silvia Federici estrutura sua análise a partir do processo de cercamento e privatização de terras comunais e, examinando o ambiente e as motivações que produziram as primeiras acusações de bruxarias na Europa, relaciona essa forma de violência à ordem econômica. Evidencia, enfim, que marcas desse processo foram deixadas também nos valores sociais. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708460 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Caça às bruxas, globalização e solidariedade feminista na África dos dias atuais Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Em sua obra, Silvia Federici estrutura sua análise a partir do processo de cercamento e privatização de terras comunais e, examinando o ambiente e as motivações que produziram as primeiras acusações de bruxarias na Europa, relaciona essa forma de violência à ordem econômica. Evidencia, enfim, que marcas desse processo foram deixadas também nos valores sociais. A partir desse debate, a autora nos mostra como as acusações e a punição de 'bruxas' se repete na atualidade, especialmente em países como Congo, Quênia, Gana e Nigéria, na África, e Índia. Silvia Federici Tue, 29 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708460 thebookvoice.com 0:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Caça às bruxas, globalização e solidariedade feminista na África dos dias atuais Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Em sua obra, Silvia Federici estrutura sua análise a partir do processo de cercamento e privatização de terras comunais e, examinando o ambiente e as motivações que produziram as primeiras acusações de bruxarias na Europa, relaciona essa forma de violência à ordem econômica. Evidencia, enfim, que marcas desse processo foram deixadas também nos valores sociais. A partir desse debate, a autora nos mostra como as acusações e a punição de 'bruxas' se repete na atualidade, especialmente em países como Congo, Quênia, Gana e Nigéria, na África, e Índia. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708460]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Caça às bruxas, globalização e solidariedade feminista na África dos dias atuais Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Em sua obra, Silvia Federici estrutura sua análise a partir do processo de cercamento e privatização de terras comunais e, examinando o ambiente e as motivações que produziram as primeiras acusações de bruxarias na Europa, relaciona essa forma de violência à ordem econômica. Evidencia, enfim, que marcas desse processo foram deixadas também nos valores sociais. A partir desse debate, a autora nos mostra como as acusações e a punição de 'bruxas' se repete na atualidade, especialmente em países como Congo, Quênia, Gana e Nigéria, na África, e Índia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708461 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Globalização, acumulação de capital e violência contra as mulheres Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Em sua obra, Silvia Federici estrutura sua análise a partir do processo de cercamento e privatização de terras comunais e, examinando o ambiente e as motivações que produziram as primeiras acusações de bruxarias na Europa, relaciona essa forma de violência à ordem econômica. Evidencia, enfim, que marcas desse processo foram deixadas também nos valores sociais. A partir desse debate, a autora nos mostra como as acusações e a punição de 'bruxas' se repete na atualidade, especialmente em países como Congo, Quênia, Gana e Nigéria, na África, e Índia. Silvia Federici Tue, 29 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708461 thebookvoice.com 0:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Globalização, acumulação de capital e violência contra as mulheres Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Em sua obra, Silvia Federici estrutura sua análise a partir do processo de cercamento e privatização de terras comunais e, examinando o ambiente e as motivações que produziram as primeiras acusações de bruxarias na Europa, relaciona essa forma de violência à ordem econômica. Evidencia, enfim, que marcas desse processo foram deixadas também nos valores sociais. A partir desse debate, a autora nos mostra como as acusações e a punição de 'bruxas' se repete na atualidade, especialmente em países como Congo, Quênia, Gana e Nigéria, na África, e Índia. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708461]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Globalização, acumulação de capital e violência contra as mulheres Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Em sua obra, Silvia Federici estrutura sua análise a partir do processo de cercamento e privatização de terras comunais e, examinando o ambiente e as motivações que produziram as primeiras acusações de bruxarias na Europa, relaciona essa forma de violência à ordem econômica. Evidencia, enfim, que marcas desse processo foram deixadas também nos valores sociais. A partir desse debate, a autora nos mostra como as acusações e a punição de 'bruxas' se repete na atualidade, especialmente em países como Congo, Quênia, Gana e Nigéria, na África, e Índia. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708463 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708463]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Por que falar outra vez em caças às bruxas? Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por que voltar a falar, hoje, sobre caça às bruxas? Silvia Federici revisita os principais temas de sua obra e nos brinda com um ensaio que apresenta as raízes históricas dessas perseguições, que tiveram como alvo principalmente as mulheres. Silvia Federici Tue, 29 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708463 thebookvoice.com 0:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708463]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Por que falar outra vez em caças às bruxas? Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por que voltar a falar, hoje, sobre caça às bruxas? Silvia Federici revisita os principais temas de sua obra e nos brinda com um ensaio que apresenta as raízes históricas dessas perseguições, que tiveram como alvo principalmente as mulheres. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708463]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Por que falar outra vez em caças às bruxas? Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por que voltar a falar, hoje, sobre caça às bruxas? Silvia Federici revisita os principais temas de sua obra e nos brinda com um ensaio que apresenta as raízes históricas dessas perseguições, que tiveram como alvo principalmente as mulheres. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708452 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Sobre o significado de 'gossip' Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Narrar a história das palavras que são frequentemente usadas para definir e degradar as mulheres é um passo necessário para compreender como a opressão de gênero funciona e se reproduz. A história do termo 'gossip' [atualmente traduzido como 'fofoca'] é emblemática nesse contexto. Por meio dela, podemos acompanhar dois séculos de ataques contra as mulheres no nascimento da Inglaterra moderna, quando uma expressão que usualmente aludia a uma amiga próxima se transformou em um termo que significava uma conversa fútil, maledicente, isto é, uma conversa que provavelmente semearia a discórdia, o oposto da solidariedade que a amizade entre mulheres implica e produz. Imputar um sentido depreciativo a uma palavra que indicava amizade entre as mulheres ajudou a destruir a sociabilidade feminina que prevaleceu na Idade Média, quando a maioria das atividades executadas pelas mulheres era de natureza coletiva e, ao menos nas classes baixas, as mulheres formavam uma comunidade coesa que era a causa de uma força sem-par na era moderna. Silvia Federici Tue, 29 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708452 thebookvoice.com 0:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Sobre o significado de 'gossip' Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Narrar a história das palavras que são frequentemente usadas para definir e degradar as mulheres é um passo necessário para compreender como a opressão de gênero funciona e se reproduz. A história do termo 'gossip' [atualmente traduzido como 'fofoca'] é emblemática nesse contexto. Por meio dela, podemos acompanhar dois séculos de ataques contra as mulheres no nascimento da Inglaterra moderna, quando uma expressão que usualmente aludia a uma amiga próxima se transformou em um termo que significava uma conversa fútil, maledicente, isto é, uma conversa que provavelmente semearia a discórdia, o oposto da solidariedade que a amizade entre mulheres implica e produz. Imputar um sentido depreciativo a uma palavra que indicava amizade entre as mulheres ajudou a destruir a sociabilidade feminina que prevaleceu na Idade Média, quando a maioria das atividades executadas pelas mulheres era de natureza coletiva e, ao menos nas classes baixas, as mulheres formavam uma comunidade coesa que era a causa de uma força sem-par na era moderna. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Sobre o significado de 'gossip' Author: Silvia Federici Narrator: Andressa Bodê Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 29, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Narrar a história das palavras que são frequentemente usadas para definir e degradar as mulheres é um passo necessário para compreender como a opressão de gênero funciona e se reproduz. A história do termo 'gossip' [atualmente traduzido como 'fofoca'] é emblemática nesse contexto. Por meio dela, podemos acompanhar dois séculos de ataques contra as mulheres no nascimento da Inglaterra moderna, quando uma expressão que usualmente aludia a uma amiga próxima se transformou em um termo que significava uma conversa fútil, maledicente, isto é, uma conversa que provavelmente semearia a discórdia, o oposto da solidariedade que a amizade entre mulheres implica e produz. Imputar um sentido depreciativo a uma palavra que indicava amizade entre as mulheres ajudou a destruir a sociabilidade feminina que prevaleceu na Idade Média, quando a maioria das atividades executadas pelas mulheres era de natureza coletiva e, ao menos nas classes baixas, as mulheres formavam uma comunidade coesa que era a causa de uma força sem-par na era moderna. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708431 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women on Porn: One hundred stories. One vital conversation Author: Fiona Vera-Gray Narrator: Fiona Vera-Gray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 8, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. At a time when women are more vocal than ever about our lives, there's one last taboo. We need to talk about porn. When we think about porn today, we still mostly think about men. Men as the producers and the consumers. Women as the product. Most women aren't talking to each other about what they do and don't do with porn - not really. And when we do talk about it, we are divided into unhelpful binaries: for or against? Liberation or coercion? Too sexual or not sexual enough? But in a world where porn sites get more traffic than Netflix, Amazon plus Twitter combined, and one of the leading sites claims a third of its users are women, isn't it time to change that? In this book, interviews with 100 women result in an extraordinary and powerful conversation on pornography. How they first encountered it. How they consume it. How it has affected their sex lives. What they like and what they don't. And what it means for their relationships. Eye-opening, provocative and deeply moving, this book navigates the polarised public debates, to open an intimate window into porn and the sexual lives of women today. © Dr Fiona Vera-Gray 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Fiona Vera-Gray Thu, 08 Feb 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708431 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women on Porn: One hundred stories. One vital conversation Author: Fiona Vera-Gray Narrator: Fiona Vera-Gray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 8, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. At a time when women are more vocal than ever about our lives, there's one last taboo. We need to talk about porn. When we think about porn today, we still mostly think about men. Men as the producers and the consumers. Women as the product. Most women aren't talking to each other about what they do and don't do with porn - not really. And when we do talk about it, we are divided into unhelpful binaries: for or against? Liberation or coercion? Too sexual or not sexual enough? But in a world where porn sites get more traffic than Netflix, Amazon plus Twitter combined, and one of the leading sites claims a third of its users are women, isn't it time to change that? In this book, interviews with 100 women result in an extraordinary and powerful conversation on pornography. How they first encountered it. How they consume it. How it has affected their sex lives. What they like and what they don't. And what it means for their relationships. Eye-opening, provocative and deeply moving, this book navigates the polarised public debates, to open an intimate window into porn and the sexual lives of women today. © Dr Fiona Vera-Gray 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708431]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Women on Porn: One hundred stories. One vital conversation Author: Fiona Vera-Gray Narrator: Fiona Vera-Gray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: February 8, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. At a time when women are more vocal than ever about our lives, there's one last taboo. We need to talk about porn. When we think about porn today, we still mostly think about men. Men as the producers and the consumers. Women as the product. Most women aren't talking to each other about what they do and don't do with porn - not really. And when we do talk about it, we are divided into unhelpful binaries: for or against? Liberation or coercion? Too sexual or not sexual enough? But in a world where porn sites get more traffic than Netflix, Amazon plus Twitter combined, and one of the leading sites claims a third of its users are women, isn't it time to change that? In this book, interviews with 100 women result in an extraordinary and powerful conversation on pornography. How they first encountered it. How they consume it. How it has affected their sex lives. What they like and what they don't. And what it means for their relationships. Eye-opening, provocative and deeply moving, this book navigates the polarised public debates, to open an intimate window into porn and the sexual lives of women today. © Dr Fiona Vera-Gray 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708424 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Violencia obstétrica Author: Anna González Ruiz, Nadia Choreño Rodríguez, Berenice Reyes Beltrán, Mercedes Llamas Palomar Narrator: Dalia de la Peña Wing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué es la violencia obstétrica? ¿Por qué está tan normalizada? ¿Cómo prevenirla y qué hacer para detenerla? En este libro se encuentran todas las respuestas y también las soluciones. La violencia obstétrica es una de las prácticas menos conocidas de la violencia de género, es una violencia perfecta porque es silenciada, aceptada y justificada no solo por la sociedad y los médicos, sino también por las mujeres. Es un tipo de agresión invisible y es común que una mujer, aunque la haya vivido, no sepa que el término existe. Se define como violencia física y psicológica en la que se insulta, maltrata, agrede, engaña, infantiliza, mutila y hiere a las mujeres durante el embarazo, parto y posparto. Esta obra explica en qué consiste y cómo lastima física y emocionalmente a las mujeres y a sus hijos, cómo su práctica se oculta en tratamientos médicos para aliviar enfermedades y acciones habituales como tactos vaginales o la toma de decisión sobre procesos reproductivos. Además, en sus páginas se comparten sitios para acudir en caso de requerirse mayor asesoría y se informa a las mujeres sobre cómo denunciar las agresiones con un tono empático y solidario. Armado por criminólogas, asesoras de maternidad, psicólogas e investigadoras profundas del tema, Violencia obstétrica reúne además los testimonios de las autoras, como madres, y diversas entrevistas que ayudan a esclarecer esta penumbra de abuso contra la mujer. Sin duda, un libro único y necesario para enfrentar la violencia contra las mujeres. Anna González Ruiz, Nadia Choreño Rodríguez, Berenice Reyes Beltrán, Mercedes Llamas Palomar Thu, 07 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708424 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Violencia obstétrica Author: Anna González Ruiz, Nadia Choreño Rodríguez, Berenice Reyes Beltrán, Mercedes Llamas Palomar Narrator: Dalia de la Peña Wing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué es la violencia obstétrica? ¿Por qué está tan normalizada? ¿Cómo prevenirla y qué hacer para detenerla? En este libro se encuentran todas las respuestas y también las soluciones. La violencia obstétrica es una de las prácticas menos conocidas de la violencia de género, es una violencia perfecta porque es silenciada, aceptada y justificada no solo por la sociedad y los médicos, sino también por las mujeres. Es un tipo de agresión invisible y es común que una mujer, aunque la haya vivido, no sepa que el término existe. Se define como violencia física y psicológica en la que se insulta, maltrata, agrede, engaña, infantiliza, mutila y hiere a las mujeres durante el embarazo, parto y posparto. Esta obra explica en qué consiste y cómo lastima física y emocionalmente a las mujeres y a sus hijos, cómo su práctica se oculta en tratamientos médicos para aliviar enfermedades y acciones habituales como tactos vaginales o la toma de decisión sobre procesos reproductivos. Además, en sus páginas se comparten sitios para acudir en caso de requerirse mayor asesoría y se informa a las mujeres sobre cómo denunciar las agresiones con un tono empático y solidario. Armado por criminólogas, asesoras de maternidad, psicólogas e investigadoras profundas del tema, Violencia obstétrica reúne además los testimonios de las autoras, como madres, y diversas entrevistas que ayudan a esclarecer esta penumbra de abuso contra la mujer. Sin duda, un libro único y necesario para enfrentar la violencia contra las mujeres. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/708424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Violencia obstétrica Author: Anna González Ruiz, Nadia Choreño Rodríguez, Berenice Reyes Beltrán, Mercedes Llamas Palomar Narrator: Dalia de la Peña Wing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 7, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: ¿Qué es la violencia obstétrica? ¿Por qué está tan normalizada? ¿Cómo prevenirla y qué hacer para detenerla? En este libro se encuentran todas las respuestas y también las soluciones. La violencia obstétrica es una de las prácticas menos conocidas de la violencia de género, es una violencia perfecta porque es silenciada, aceptada y justificada no solo por la sociedad y los médicos, sino también por las mujeres. Es un tipo de agresión invisible y es común que una mujer, aunque la haya vivido, no sepa que el término existe. Se define como violencia física y psicológica en la que se insulta, maltrata, agrede, engaña, infantiliza, mutila y hiere a las mujeres durante el embarazo, parto y posparto. Esta obra explica en qué consiste y cómo lastima física y emocionalmente a las mujeres y a sus hijos, cómo su práctica se oculta en tratamientos médicos para aliviar enfermedades y acciones habituales como tactos vaginales o la toma de decisión sobre procesos reproductivos. Además, en sus páginas se comparten sitios para acudir en caso de requerirse mayor asesoría y se informa a las mujeres sobre cómo denunciar las agresiones con un tono empático y solidario. Armado por criminólogas, asesoras de maternidad, psicólogas e investigadoras profundas del tema, Violencia obstétrica reúne además los testimonios de las autoras, como madres, y diversas entrevistas que ayudan a esclarecer esta penumbra de abuso contra la mujer. Sin duda, un libro único y necesario para enfrentar la violencia contra las mujeres. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707736 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Swole: The Making of Men and the Meaning of Muscle Author: Michael Andor Brodeur Narrator: Mark Sanderlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a Washington Post critic and self-described meathead, a witty, incisive, poignant exploration of male body image, from the history of the gym to the politics of superheroes to the world of manfluencers Michael Andor Brodeur is a Gen-X gay writer with a passion for bodybuilding and an insatiable curiosity about masculinity—a concept in which many men are currently struggling to find their place. In our current moment, where “manfluencers” on TikTok tease their audiences with their latest videos, where right-wing men espouse the importance of being “alpha,” as toxic masculinity and the patriarchy are being rightfully criticized, the nature of masculinity has become murkier than ever. In excavating this complex topic, Brodeur uses the male body as his guide: its role in cultures from the gymnasia of ancient Greece to Walt Whitman’s essays on manly health, from the rise of Muscular Christianity in 19th-century America to the swollen superheroes and Arnold Schwarzeneggers of Brodeur’s childhood. Interweaving history, cultural criticism, memoir, and reportage, laced with an irrepressible wit, Brodeur takes us into the unique culture centered around men’s bodies, probing its limitations and the promise beyond: how men can love themselves while rejecting the aggression, objectification, and misogyny that have for so long accompanied the quest to become swole. Michael Andor Brodeur Tue, 28 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707736 thebookvoice.com 9:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Swole: The Making of Men and the Meaning of Muscle Author: Michael Andor Brodeur Narrator: Mark Sanderlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a Washington Post critic and self-described meathead, a witty, incisive, poignant exploration of male body image, from the history of the gym to the politics of superheroes to the world of manfluencers Michael Andor Brodeur is a Gen-X gay writer with a passion for bodybuilding and an insatiable curiosity about masculinity—a concept in which many men are currently struggling to find their place. In our current moment, where “manfluencers” on TikTok tease their audiences with their latest videos, where right-wing men espouse the importance of being “alpha,” as toxic masculinity and the patriarchy are being rightfully criticized, the nature of masculinity has become murkier than ever. In excavating this complex topic, Brodeur uses the male body as his guide: its role in cultures from the gymnasia of ancient Greece to Walt Whitman’s essays on manly health, from the rise of Muscular Christianity in 19th-century America to the swollen superheroes and Arnold Schwarzeneggers of Brodeur’s childhood. Interweaving history, cultural criticism, memoir, and reportage, laced with an irrepressible wit, Brodeur takes us into the unique culture centered around men’s bodies, probing its limitations and the promise beyond: how men can love themselves while rejecting the aggression, objectification, and misogyny that have for so long accompanied the quest to become swole. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707736]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Swole: The Making of Men and the Meaning of Muscle Author: Michael Andor Brodeur Narrator: Mark Sanderlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a Washington Post critic and self-described meathead, a witty, incisive, poignant exploration of male body image, from the history of the gym to the politics of superheroes to the world of manfluencers Michael Andor Brodeur is a Gen-X gay writer with a passion for bodybuilding and an insatiable curiosity about masculinity—a concept in which many men are currently struggling to find their place. In our current moment, where “manfluencers” on TikTok tease their audiences with their latest videos, where right-wing men espouse the importance of being “alpha,” as toxic masculinity and the patriarchy are being rightfully criticized, the nature of masculinity has become murkier than ever. In excavating this complex topic, Brodeur uses the male body as his guide: its role in cultures from the gymnasia of ancient Greece to Walt Whitman’s essays on manly health, from the rise of Muscular Christianity in 19th-century America to the swollen superheroes and Arnold Schwarzeneggers of Brodeur’s childhood. Interweaving history, cultural criticism, memoir, and reportage, laced with an irrepressible wit, Brodeur takes us into the unique culture centered around men’s bodies, probing its limitations and the promise beyond: how men can love themselves while rejecting the aggression, objectification, and misogyny that have for so long accompanied the quest to become swole. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707729 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pretty: A Memoir Author: Kb Brookins Narrator: Kb Brookins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: By a prize-winning, young Black trans writer of outsized talent, a fierce and disciplined memoir about queerness, masculinity, and race. Even as it shines light on the beauty and toxicity of Black masculinity from a transgender perspective—the tropes, the presumptions—Pretty is as much a powerful and tender love letter as it is a call for change.   “I should be able to define myself, but I am not. Not by any governmental or cultural body,” Brookins writes. “Every day, I negotiate the space between who I am, how I’m perceived, and what I need to unlearn. People have assumed things about me, and I can’t change that. Every day, I am assumed to be a Black American man, though my ID says ‘female,’ and my heart says neither of the sort. What does it mean—to be a girl-turned-man when you’re something else entirely?”  Informed by KB Brookins’s personal experiences growing up in Texas, those of other Black transgender masculine people, Black queer studies, and cultural criticism, Pretty is concerned with the marginalization suffered by a unique American constituency—whose condition is a world apart from that of cisgender, non-Black, and non-masculine people. Here is a memoir (a bildungsroman of sorts) about coming to terms with instantly and always being perceived as “other” Kb Brookins Tue, 28 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707729 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pretty: A Memoir Author: Kb Brookins Narrator: Kb Brookins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: By a prize-winning, young Black trans writer of outsized talent, a fierce and disciplined memoir about queerness, masculinity, and race. Even as it shines light on the beauty and toxicity of Black masculinity from a transgender perspective—the tropes, the presumptions—Pretty is as much a powerful and tender love letter as it is a call for change.   “I should be able to define myself, but I am not. Not by any governmental or cultural body,” Brookins writes. “Every day, I negotiate the space between who I am, how I’m perceived, and what I need to unlearn. People have assumed things about me, and I can’t change that. Every day, I am assumed to be a Black American man, though my ID says ‘female,’ and my heart says neither of the sort. What does it mean—to be a girl-turned-man when you’re something else entirely?”  Informed by KB Brookins’s personal experiences growing up in Texas, those of other Black transgender masculine people, Black queer studies, and cultural criticism, Pretty is concerned with the marginalization suffered by a unique American constituency—whose condition is a world apart from that of cisgender, non-Black, and non-masculine people. Here is a memoir (a bildungsroman of sorts) about coming to terms with instantly and always being perceived as “other” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pretty: A Memoir Author: Kb Brookins Narrator: Kb Brookins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: May 28, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: By a prize-winning, young Black trans writer of outsized talent, a fierce and disciplined memoir about queerness, masculinity, and race. Even as it shines light on the beauty and toxicity of Black masculinity from a transgender perspective—the tropes, the presumptions—Pretty is as much a powerful and tender love letter as it is a call for change.   “I should be able to define myself, but I am not. Not by any governmental or cultural body,” Brookins writes. “Every day, I negotiate the space between who I am, how I’m perceived, and what I need to unlearn. People have assumed things about me, and I can’t change that. Every day, I am assumed to be a Black American man, though my ID says ‘female,’ and my heart says neither of the sort. What does it mean—to be a girl-turned-man when you’re something else entirely?”  Informed by KB Brookins’s personal experiences growing up in Texas, those of other Black transgender masculine people, Black queer studies, and cultural criticism, Pretty is concerned with the marginalization suffered by a unique American constituency—whose condition is a world apart from that of cisgender, non-Black, and non-masculine people. Here is a memoir (a bildungsroman of sorts) about coming to terms with instantly and always being perceived as “other” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707701 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touch the Future: A Manifesto in Essays Author: John Lee Clark Narrator: Perry Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A revelatory collection of essays on the DeafBlind experience, and a manifesto on the power and untapped potential of touch. Born Deaf into an ASL-speaking family and blind by adolescence, John Lee Clark learned to embrace the possibilities of his tactile world. He is on the frontlines of the Protactile movement, which gave birth to an unprecedented tactile language and a way of life based on physical connection. In a series of paradigm-shifting essays, Clark reports on seismic developments within the DeafBlind community. In 'Against Access,' he interrogates the prevailing advocacy for 'accessibility' that recreates a shadow of a hearing-sighted experience. In the National Magazine Award–winning 'Tactile Art,' he describes his relationship to visual art and encounters with tactile sculpture. He advocates for 'Co-Navigation,' a new way of guiding that respects DeafBlind agency and offers a brief history of the term 'DeafBlind.' As warm and witty as he is radical and inspiring, Clark welcomes listeners into the exciting Protactile landscape and celebrates the hidden knowledge that can be gained through touch. John Lee Clark Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707701 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touch the Future: A Manifesto in Essays Author: John Lee Clark Narrator: Perry Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A revelatory collection of essays on the DeafBlind experience, and a manifesto on the power and untapped potential of touch. Born Deaf into an ASL-speaking family and blind by adolescence, John Lee Clark learned to embrace the possibilities of his tactile world. He is on the frontlines of the Protactile movement, which gave birth to an unprecedented tactile language and a way of life based on physical connection. In a series of paradigm-shifting essays, Clark reports on seismic developments within the DeafBlind community. In 'Against Access,' he interrogates the prevailing advocacy for 'accessibility' that recreates a shadow of a hearing-sighted experience. In the National Magazine Award–winning 'Tactile Art,' he describes his relationship to visual art and encounters with tactile sculpture. He advocates for 'Co-Navigation,' a new way of guiding that respects DeafBlind agency and offers a brief history of the term 'DeafBlind.' As warm and witty as he is radical and inspiring, Clark welcomes listeners into the exciting Protactile landscape and celebrates the hidden knowledge that can be gained through touch. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707701]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Touch the Future: A Manifesto in Essays Author: John Lee Clark Narrator: Perry Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A revelatory collection of essays on the DeafBlind experience, and a manifesto on the power and untapped potential of touch. Born Deaf into an ASL-speaking family and blind by adolescence, John Lee Clark learned to embrace the possibilities of his tactile world. He is on the frontlines of the Protactile movement, which gave birth to an unprecedented tactile language and a way of life based on physical connection. In a series of paradigm-shifting essays, Clark reports on seismic developments within the DeafBlind community. In 'Against Access,' he interrogates the prevailing advocacy for 'accessibility' that recreates a shadow of a hearing-sighted experience. In the National Magazine Award–winning 'Tactile Art,' he describes his relationship to visual art and encounters with tactile sculpture. He advocates for 'Co-Navigation,' a new way of guiding that respects DeafBlind agency and offers a brief history of the term 'DeafBlind.' As warm and witty as he is radical and inspiring, Clark welcomes listeners into the exciting Protactile landscape and celebrates the hidden knowledge that can be gained through touch. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707705 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scandal of Cal: Land Grabs, White Supremacy, and Miseducation at UC Berkeley Author: Tony Platt Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The University of California, Berkeley—widely known as 'Cal'—is admired worldwide as a bastion of innovation and a hub for progressive thought. Far less known are the university's roots in plunder, warfare, and the promotion of white supremacy. As Tony Platt shows in The Scandal of Cal, these original sins sit at the center of UC Berkeley's history. Platt looks unflinchingly at the university's desecration of graves and large-scale hoarding of Indigenous remains. He tracks its role in developing the racist pseudoscience of eugenics in the early twentieth century. He sheds light on the school's complicity with the military-industrial complex and its incubation of unprecedented violence through the Manhattan Project. And he underscores its deliberate and continued evasions about its own wrongdoings, which echo in the institution's decision-making up to the present day. This book, above all, illuminates Cal's culpability in some of the cruelest chapters of US history and sounds a clarion call for the university to undertake a thorough and earnest reckoning with its past. It is a must-listen for Cal alumni, students, faculty, and staff, and for anyone concerned with the impact of higher education in the United States and beyond. Tony Platt Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707705 thebookvoice.com 8:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scandal of Cal: Land Grabs, White Supremacy, and Miseducation at UC Berkeley Author: Tony Platt Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The University of California, Berkeley—widely known as 'Cal'—is admired worldwide as a bastion of innovation and a hub for progressive thought. Far less known are the university's roots in plunder, warfare, and the promotion of white supremacy. As Tony Platt shows in The Scandal of Cal, these original sins sit at the center of UC Berkeley's history. Platt looks unflinchingly at the university's desecration of graves and large-scale hoarding of Indigenous remains. He tracks its role in developing the racist pseudoscience of eugenics in the early twentieth century. He sheds light on the school's complicity with the military-industrial complex and its incubation of unprecedented violence through the Manhattan Project. And he underscores its deliberate and continued evasions about its own wrongdoings, which echo in the institution's decision-making up to the present day. This book, above all, illuminates Cal's culpability in some of the cruelest chapters of US history and sounds a clarion call for the university to undertake a thorough and earnest reckoning with its past. It is a must-listen for Cal alumni, students, faculty, and staff, and for anyone concerned with the impact of higher education in the United States and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707705]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scandal of Cal: Land Grabs, White Supremacy, and Miseducation at UC Berkeley Author: Tony Platt Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The University of California, Berkeley—widely known as 'Cal'—is admired worldwide as a bastion of innovation and a hub for progressive thought. Far less known are the university's roots in plunder, warfare, and the promotion of white supremacy. As Tony Platt shows in The Scandal of Cal, these original sins sit at the center of UC Berkeley's history. Platt looks unflinchingly at the university's desecration of graves and large-scale hoarding of Indigenous remains. He tracks its role in developing the racist pseudoscience of eugenics in the early twentieth century. He sheds light on the school's complicity with the military-industrial complex and its incubation of unprecedented violence through the Manhattan Project. And he underscores its deliberate and continued evasions about its own wrongdoings, which echo in the institution's decision-making up to the present day. This book, above all, illuminates Cal's culpability in some of the cruelest chapters of US history and sounds a clarion call for the university to undertake a thorough and earnest reckoning with its past. It is a must-listen for Cal alumni, students, faculty, and staff, and for anyone concerned with the impact of higher education in the United States and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707692 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving Someone Who Has Sexual Trauma: A Compassionate Guide to Supporting Your Partner and Improving Your Relationship Author: Megan Lara Negendank Lmft Cst Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If your partner is a survivor of sexual trauma, they may experience anxiety, post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), depression, or feel triggered by intimate situations. And you may feel confused or unsure of how to support them. This gentle guide will give you the tools you need to help nurture intimacy and trust, and cultivate a secure relationship. In Loving Someone Who Has Sexual Trauma, marriage, family, and sex therapist Megan Lara Negendank offers self-compassion and attachment-based communication skills to support your partner. You'll also learn powerful, trauma-informed techniques and strategies to help you understand the full impact of your partner's past experience, increase feelings of safety and connection, and ultimately improve your relationship in the here and now. In this gentle guide, you'll discover: ● Communication skills to help promote trust ● How to avoid or deescalate from common triggers ● How to identify attachment styles and soothe conflict patterns If you're ready to move beyond fear, anger, and disconnection to a thriving intimate relationship where you both can feel loved, safe, and connected, this book can help you get started. Megan Lara Negendank Lmft Cst Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707692 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving Someone Who Has Sexual Trauma: A Compassionate Guide to Supporting Your Partner and Improving Your Relationship Author: Megan Lara Negendank Lmft Cst Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If your partner is a survivor of sexual trauma, they may experience anxiety, post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), depression, or feel triggered by intimate situations. And you may feel confused or unsure of how to support them. This gentle guide will give you the tools you need to help nurture intimacy and trust, and cultivate a secure relationship. In Loving Someone Who Has Sexual Trauma, marriage, family, and sex therapist Megan Lara Negendank offers self-compassion and attachment-based communication skills to support your partner. You'll also learn powerful, trauma-informed techniques and strategies to help you understand the full impact of your partner's past experience, increase feelings of safety and connection, and ultimately improve your relationship in the here and now. In this gentle guide, you'll discover: ● Communication skills to help promote trust ● How to avoid or deescalate from common triggers ● How to identify attachment styles and soothe conflict patterns If you're ready to move beyond fear, anger, and disconnection to a thriving intimate relationship where you both can feel loved, safe, and connected, this book can help you get started. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707692]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving Someone Who Has Sexual Trauma: A Compassionate Guide to Supporting Your Partner and Improving Your Relationship Author: Megan Lara Negendank Lmft Cst Narrator: Sara Sheckells Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: If your partner is a survivor of sexual trauma, they may experience anxiety, post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), depression, or feel triggered by intimate situations. And you may feel confused or unsure of how to support them. This gentle guide will give you the tools you need to help nurture intimacy and trust, and cultivate a secure relationship. In Loving Someone Who Has Sexual Trauma, marriage, family, and sex therapist Megan Lara Negendank offers self-compassion and attachment-based communication skills to support your partner. You'll also learn powerful, trauma-informed techniques and strategies to help you understand the full impact of your partner's past experience, increase feelings of safety and connection, and ultimately improve your relationship in the here and now. In this gentle guide, you'll discover: ● Communication skills to help promote trust ● How to avoid or deescalate from common triggers ● How to identify attachment styles and soothe conflict patterns If you're ready to move beyond fear, anger, and disconnection to a thriving intimate relationship where you both can feel loved, safe, and connected, this book can help you get started. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unapologetic Workbook for Black Mental Health: A Step-By-Step Guide to Build Psychological Fortitude and Reclaim Wellness Author: Rheeda Walker Phd Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: There is a Black mental health crisis in our world today, and it is tied to disproportionately high rates of chronic illness, poverty, under-education, unacknowledged and untreated trauma, and structural racism. Depression, anxiety, and suicide were increasing before the global pandemic, but have since escalated even further. Whether you suffer yourself, have a loved one who needs help, or are a mental health professional working with the Black community, this workbook will be your lifeline. This workbook offers a step-by-step, interactive journey toward better mental health. You'll gain powerful skills to help you effectively manage stress, make self-care a priority, and find lasting emotional balance and well-being in a world still steeped in systemic inequality, discrimination, and microaggressions. With this workbook, you'll discover: ● What 'psychological fortitude' is, and why's it's so important ● How to set boundaries and say 'no' when you are feeling overwhelmed ● How racism can impact your mental health—and what to do about it If you're ready to reclaim wholeness, build resilience, and thrive, this powerful workbook will be your guide. Rheeda Walker Phd Tue, 30 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707693 thebookvoice.com 4:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unapologetic Workbook for Black Mental Health: A Step-By-Step Guide to Build Psychological Fortitude and Reclaim Wellness Author: Rheeda Walker Phd Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: There is a Black mental health crisis in our world today, and it is tied to disproportionately high rates of chronic illness, poverty, under-education, unacknowledged and untreated trauma, and structural racism. Depression, anxiety, and suicide were increasing before the global pandemic, but have since escalated even further. Whether you suffer yourself, have a loved one who needs help, or are a mental health professional working with the Black community, this workbook will be your lifeline. This workbook offers a step-by-step, interactive journey toward better mental health. You'll gain powerful skills to help you effectively manage stress, make self-care a priority, and find lasting emotional balance and well-being in a world still steeped in systemic inequality, discrimination, and microaggressions. With this workbook, you'll discover: ● What 'psychological fortitude' is, and why's it's so important ● How to set boundaries and say 'no' when you are feeling overwhelmed ● How racism can impact your mental health—and what to do about it If you're ready to reclaim wholeness, build resilience, and thrive, this powerful workbook will be your guide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Unapologetic Workbook for Black Mental Health: A Step-By-Step Guide to Build Psychological Fortitude and Reclaim Wellness Author: Rheeda Walker Phd Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 30, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: There is a Black mental health crisis in our world today, and it is tied to disproportionately high rates of chronic illness, poverty, under-education, unacknowledged and untreated trauma, and structural racism. Depression, anxiety, and suicide were increasing before the global pandemic, but have since escalated even further. Whether you suffer yourself, have a loved one who needs help, or are a mental health professional working with the Black community, this workbook will be your lifeline. This workbook offers a step-by-step, interactive journey toward better mental health. You'll gain powerful skills to help you effectively manage stress, make self-care a priority, and find lasting emotional balance and well-being in a world still steeped in systemic inequality, discrimination, and microaggressions. With this workbook, you'll discover: ● What 'psychological fortitude' is, and why's it's so important ● How to set boundaries and say 'no' when you are feeling overwhelmed ● How racism can impact your mental health—and what to do about it If you're ready to reclaim wholeness, build resilience, and thrive, this powerful workbook will be your guide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707689 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsters on the Couch: The Real Psychological Disorders Behind Your Favorite Horror Movies Author: Brian A. Sharpless Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From psychologist, researcher, and horror film enthusiast Brian A. Sharpless comes Monsters on the Couch, an exploration into the real-life psychological disorders behind famous horror movies. Accounts of clinical syndromes every bit as dramatic as those on the silver screen are juxtaposed with fascinating forays into the science and folklore behind our favorite movie monsters. Horror fans may be obsessed with vampires, werewolves, zombies, and the human replacements from Invasion of the Body Snatchers, but even many medical professionals may not know about the corresponding conditions of Renfield's syndrome, clinical lycanthropy, Cotard's syndrome, and Capgras syndrome. Some of these disorders are surprisingly common in the general population. For instance, a number of people experience isolated sleep paralysis, a disorder implicated in ghost and alien abduction beliefs. Fascinations with sleep paralysis have led to its own brimming subgenre of horror. As these tales unfold, listeners not only learn state-of-the-art psychological science but also gain a better understanding of history, folklore, and how Hollywood often—but not always—gets it wrong when tackling these complex topics. Brian A. Sharpless Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707689 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsters on the Couch: The Real Psychological Disorders Behind Your Favorite Horror Movies Author: Brian A. Sharpless Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From psychologist, researcher, and horror film enthusiast Brian A. Sharpless comes Monsters on the Couch, an exploration into the real-life psychological disorders behind famous horror movies. Accounts of clinical syndromes every bit as dramatic as those on the silver screen are juxtaposed with fascinating forays into the science and folklore behind our favorite movie monsters. Horror fans may be obsessed with vampires, werewolves, zombies, and the human replacements from Invasion of the Body Snatchers, but even many medical professionals may not know about the corresponding conditions of Renfield's syndrome, clinical lycanthropy, Cotard's syndrome, and Capgras syndrome. Some of these disorders are surprisingly common in the general population. For instance, a number of people experience isolated sleep paralysis, a disorder implicated in ghost and alien abduction beliefs. Fascinations with sleep paralysis have led to its own brimming subgenre of horror. As these tales unfold, listeners not only learn state-of-the-art psychological science but also gain a better understanding of history, folklore, and how Hollywood often—but not always—gets it wrong when tackling these complex topics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707689]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Monsters on the Couch: The Real Psychological Disorders Behind Your Favorite Horror Movies Author: Brian A. Sharpless Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From psychologist, researcher, and horror film enthusiast Brian A. Sharpless comes Monsters on the Couch, an exploration into the real-life psychological disorders behind famous horror movies. Accounts of clinical syndromes every bit as dramatic as those on the silver screen are juxtaposed with fascinating forays into the science and folklore behind our favorite movie monsters. Horror fans may be obsessed with vampires, werewolves, zombies, and the human replacements from Invasion of the Body Snatchers, but even many medical professionals may not know about the corresponding conditions of Renfield's syndrome, clinical lycanthropy, Cotard's syndrome, and Capgras syndrome. Some of these disorders are surprisingly common in the general population. For instance, a number of people experience isolated sleep paralysis, a disorder implicated in ghost and alien abduction beliefs. Fascinations with sleep paralysis have led to its own brimming subgenre of horror. As these tales unfold, listeners not only learn state-of-the-art psychological science but also gain a better understanding of history, folklore, and how Hollywood often—but not always—gets it wrong when tackling these complex topics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Valkyries' Loom: The Archaeology of Cloth Production and Female Power in the North Atlantic Author: Michèle Hayeur Smith Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Using textiles to understand gender and economy in Norse societies This groundbreaking study is based on the author's systematic comparative analysis of the vast textile collections in Iceland, Greenland, Denmark, Scotland, and the Faroe Islands, materials that are largely unknown even to archaeologists and span 1,000 years. Through these garments and fragments, Hayeur Smith provides new insights into how the women of these island nations influenced international trade by producing cloth (vaðmál); how they shaped the development of national identities by creating clothing; and how they helped their communities survive climate change by reengineering clothes during the Little Ice Age. She supplements her analysis by revealing societal attitudes about weaving through the poem 'Darraðarljoð' from Njál's Saga, in which the Valkyries—Óðin's female warrior spirits—produce the cloth of history and decide the fates of men and nations. Bringing Norse women and their labor to the forefront of research, Hayeur Smith establishes the foundation for a gendered archaeology of the North Atlantic that has never been attempted before. This monumental and innovative work contributes to global discussions about the hidden roles of women in past societies in preserving tradition and guiding change. Michèle Hayeur Smith Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707685 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Valkyries' Loom: The Archaeology of Cloth Production and Female Power in the North Atlantic Author: Michèle Hayeur Smith Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Using textiles to understand gender and economy in Norse societies This groundbreaking study is based on the author's systematic comparative analysis of the vast textile collections in Iceland, Greenland, Denmark, Scotland, and the Faroe Islands, materials that are largely unknown even to archaeologists and span 1,000 years. Through these garments and fragments, Hayeur Smith provides new insights into how the women of these island nations influenced international trade by producing cloth (vaðmál); how they shaped the development of national identities by creating clothing; and how they helped their communities survive climate change by reengineering clothes during the Little Ice Age. She supplements her analysis by revealing societal attitudes about weaving through the poem 'Darraðarljoð' from Njál's Saga, in which the Valkyries—Óðin's female warrior spirits—produce the cloth of history and decide the fates of men and nations. Bringing Norse women and their labor to the forefront of research, Hayeur Smith establishes the foundation for a gendered archaeology of the North Atlantic that has never been attempted before. This monumental and innovative work contributes to global discussions about the hidden roles of women in past societies in preserving tradition and guiding change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Valkyries' Loom: The Archaeology of Cloth Production and Female Power in the North Atlantic Author: Michèle Hayeur Smith Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Using textiles to understand gender and economy in Norse societies This groundbreaking study is based on the author's systematic comparative analysis of the vast textile collections in Iceland, Greenland, Denmark, Scotland, and the Faroe Islands, materials that are largely unknown even to archaeologists and span 1,000 years. Through these garments and fragments, Hayeur Smith provides new insights into how the women of these island nations influenced international trade by producing cloth (vaðmál); how they shaped the development of national identities by creating clothing; and how they helped their communities survive climate change by reengineering clothes during the Little Ice Age. She supplements her analysis by revealing societal attitudes about weaving through the poem 'Darraðarljoð' from Njál's Saga, in which the Valkyries—Óðin's female warrior spirits—produce the cloth of history and decide the fates of men and nations. Bringing Norse women and their labor to the forefront of research, Hayeur Smith establishes the foundation for a gendered archaeology of the North Atlantic that has never been attempted before. This monumental and innovative work contributes to global discussions about the hidden roles of women in past societies in preserving tradition and guiding change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707687 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tarot for the Hard Work: An Archetypal Journey to Confront Racism and Inspire Collective Healing Author: Maria Minnis Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tarot has always been a powerful guide for introspection and inner work, so what better tool to use when we're ready to do the really hard work? Author Maria Minnis takes a radical new look at the Major Arcana in this tarot workbook, which provides listeners a unique, personal understanding of systemic racism—and what steps we can take to begin to dismantle it. This book says tarot can be a tool for action, one that may offer great satisfaction as well as great difficulty, all while pushing you out of your comfort zone. You'll explore the Major Arcana to uncover how each archetype can help cultivate a freer, anti-racist world. It will consider the upright, or benevolent, aspects of each card and how listeners can use those themes to dismantle internalized racism, racism in our relationships, and racism in our communities. As you move from the Fool to the World card, you'll discover that everything we do ripples beyond us, and that there are practical ways to change our actions and perspectives. This is a book that speaks to both white and BIPOC audiences. The author addresses the human community as a whole and how racism affects our relationships to each other, to our communities, and to our institutions. This book addresses how the energy can be turned around into self-awareness, self-love, and positive action. Maria Minnis Mon, 08 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707687 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tarot for the Hard Work: An Archetypal Journey to Confront Racism and Inspire Collective Healing Author: Maria Minnis Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tarot has always been a powerful guide for introspection and inner work, so what better tool to use when we're ready to do the really hard work? Author Maria Minnis takes a radical new look at the Major Arcana in this tarot workbook, which provides listeners a unique, personal understanding of systemic racism—and what steps we can take to begin to dismantle it. This book says tarot can be a tool for action, one that may offer great satisfaction as well as great difficulty, all while pushing you out of your comfort zone. You'll explore the Major Arcana to uncover how each archetype can help cultivate a freer, anti-racist world. It will consider the upright, or benevolent, aspects of each card and how listeners can use those themes to dismantle internalized racism, racism in our relationships, and racism in our communities. As you move from the Fool to the World card, you'll discover that everything we do ripples beyond us, and that there are practical ways to change our actions and perspectives. This is a book that speaks to both white and BIPOC audiences. The author addresses the human community as a whole and how racism affects our relationships to each other, to our communities, and to our institutions. This book addresses how the energy can be turned around into self-awareness, self-love, and positive action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707687]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tarot for the Hard Work: An Archetypal Journey to Confront Racism and Inspire Collective Healing Author: Maria Minnis Narrator: Diana Blue Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 8, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Tarot has always been a powerful guide for introspection and inner work, so what better tool to use when we're ready to do the really hard work? Author Maria Minnis takes a radical new look at the Major Arcana in this tarot workbook, which provides listeners a unique, personal understanding of systemic racism—and what steps we can take to begin to dismantle it. This book says tarot can be a tool for action, one that may offer great satisfaction as well as great difficulty, all while pushing you out of your comfort zone. You'll explore the Major Arcana to uncover how each archetype can help cultivate a freer, anti-racist world. It will consider the upright, or benevolent, aspects of each card and how listeners can use those themes to dismantle internalized racism, racism in our relationships, and racism in our communities. As you move from the Fool to the World card, you'll discover that everything we do ripples beyond us, and that there are practical ways to change our actions and perspectives. This is a book that speaks to both white and BIPOC audiences. The author addresses the human community as a whole and how racism affects our relationships to each other, to our communities, and to our institutions. This book addresses how the energy can be turned around into self-awareness, self-love, and positive action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707658 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Love Middle-earth: An Enthusiast's Book about Tolkien, Middle-earth, and the LotR Fandom Author: Alan Sisto, Shawn E. Marchese Narrator: Alan Sisto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn about the man who wrote The Lord of the Rings in this Middle-earth treasury. Full of answers to common questions about Middle-earth and the fandom, this book about Tolkien celebrates Why We Love Middle-earth. The Lord of the Rings omnibus for all. Who wrote The Lord of the Rings? What details are in the movies, books, maps, and other stories—and how do they tie together? Intrigued by Amazon's new show The Lord of the Rings: The Rings of Power? What's considered canon and what isn't? Dive into Middle-earth's expansive lore with Why We Love Middle-earth, a fandom book about Tolkien's work. The perfect companion for any Middle-earth traveler. Written by beloved Tolkien commenters of the Prancing Pony Podcast, Shawn E. Marchese and Alan Sisto, Why We Love Middle-earth is the ultimate guide to the fandom. Inside, find: ● An easy-to-digest guide map that deepens your knowledge from start to finish, or from any interest point ● A brief history of each of the major books and adaptations of Middle-earth, how to read, watch, or play them, and deepen your understanding of them ● A manual for fandom niches—what they are, where to find them, and how to get started Alan Sisto, Shawn E. Marchese Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707658 thebookvoice.com 10:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Love Middle-earth: An Enthusiast's Book about Tolkien, Middle-earth, and the LotR Fandom Author: Alan Sisto, Shawn E. Marchese Narrator: Alan Sisto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn about the man who wrote The Lord of the Rings in this Middle-earth treasury. Full of answers to common questions about Middle-earth and the fandom, this book about Tolkien celebrates Why We Love Middle-earth. The Lord of the Rings omnibus for all. Who wrote The Lord of the Rings? What details are in the movies, books, maps, and other stories—and how do they tie together? Intrigued by Amazon's new show The Lord of the Rings: The Rings of Power? What's considered canon and what isn't? Dive into Middle-earth's expansive lore with Why We Love Middle-earth, a fandom book about Tolkien's work. The perfect companion for any Middle-earth traveler. Written by beloved Tolkien commenters of the Prancing Pony Podcast, Shawn E. Marchese and Alan Sisto, Why We Love Middle-earth is the ultimate guide to the fandom. Inside, find: ● An easy-to-digest guide map that deepens your knowledge from start to finish, or from any interest point ● A brief history of each of the major books and adaptations of Middle-earth, how to read, watch, or play them, and deepen your understanding of them ● A manual for fandom niches—what they are, where to find them, and how to get started Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707658]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Love Middle-earth: An Enthusiast's Book about Tolkien, Middle-earth, and the LotR Fandom Author: Alan Sisto, Shawn E. Marchese Narrator: Alan Sisto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Learn about the man who wrote The Lord of the Rings in this Middle-earth treasury. Full of answers to common questions about Middle-earth and the fandom, this book about Tolkien celebrates Why We Love Middle-earth. The Lord of the Rings omnibus for all. Who wrote The Lord of the Rings? What details are in the movies, books, maps, and other stories—and how do they tie together? Intrigued by Amazon's new show The Lord of the Rings: The Rings of Power? What's considered canon and what isn't? Dive into Middle-earth's expansive lore with Why We Love Middle-earth, a fandom book about Tolkien's work. The perfect companion for any Middle-earth traveler. Written by beloved Tolkien commenters of the Prancing Pony Podcast, Shawn E. Marchese and Alan Sisto, Why We Love Middle-earth is the ultimate guide to the fandom. Inside, find: ● An easy-to-digest guide map that deepens your knowledge from start to finish, or from any interest point ● A brief history of each of the major books and adaptations of Middle-earth, how to read, watch, or play them, and deepen your understanding of them ● A manual for fandom niches—what they are, where to find them, and how to get started https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707654 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emancipation Circuit: Black Activism Forging a Culture of Freedom Author: Thulani Davis Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In The Emancipation Circuit Thulani Davis provides a sweeping rethinking of Reconstruction by tracing how the four million people newly freed from bondage created political organizations and connections that mobilized communities across the South. Drawing on the practices of community they developed while enslaved, freedpeople built new settlements and created a network of circuits through which they imagined, enacted, and defended freedom. This interdisciplinary history shows that these circuits linked rural and urban organizations, labor struggles, and political culture with news, strategies, education, and mutual aid. Mapping the emancipation circuits, Davis shows the geography of ideas of freedom—circulating on shipping routes, via army maneuvers, and with itinerant activists—that became the basis for the first mass Black political movement for equal citizenship in the United States. In this work, she reconfigures understandings of the evolution of southern Black political agendas while outlining the origins of the enduring Black freedom struggle from the Jim Crow era to the present. Thulani Davis Tue, 26 Dec 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707654 thebookvoice.com 14:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emancipation Circuit: Black Activism Forging a Culture of Freedom Author: Thulani Davis Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In The Emancipation Circuit Thulani Davis provides a sweeping rethinking of Reconstruction by tracing how the four million people newly freed from bondage created political organizations and connections that mobilized communities across the South. Drawing on the practices of community they developed while enslaved, freedpeople built new settlements and created a network of circuits through which they imagined, enacted, and defended freedom. This interdisciplinary history shows that these circuits linked rural and urban organizations, labor struggles, and political culture with news, strategies, education, and mutual aid. Mapping the emancipation circuits, Davis shows the geography of ideas of freedom—circulating on shipping routes, via army maneuvers, and with itinerant activists—that became the basis for the first mass Black political movement for equal citizenship in the United States. In this work, she reconfigures understandings of the evolution of southern Black political agendas while outlining the origins of the enduring Black freedom struggle from the Jim Crow era to the present. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707654]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emancipation Circuit: Black Activism Forging a Culture of Freedom Author: Thulani Davis Narrator: Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 50 minutes Release date: December 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In The Emancipation Circuit Thulani Davis provides a sweeping rethinking of Reconstruction by tracing how the four million people newly freed from bondage created political organizations and connections that mobilized communities across the South. Drawing on the practices of community they developed while enslaved, freedpeople built new settlements and created a network of circuits through which they imagined, enacted, and defended freedom. This interdisciplinary history shows that these circuits linked rural and urban organizations, labor struggles, and political culture with news, strategies, education, and mutual aid. Mapping the emancipation circuits, Davis shows the geography of ideas of freedom—circulating on shipping routes, via army maneuvers, and with itinerant activists—that became the basis for the first mass Black political movement for equal citizenship in the United States. In this work, she reconfigures understandings of the evolution of southern Black political agendas while outlining the origins of the enduring Black freedom struggle from the Jim Crow era to the present. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707643 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight White Male: A Faith-Based Guide to Deconstructing Your Privilege and Living with Integrity Author: Chris Furr Narrator: Ruby Fay Harris, Roberto Ché Espinoza, Christopher Grove, William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the cultural conversation around race, gender, and sexuality has evolved, straight, white men are becoming increasingly aware of their privilege. But many may be left thinking, 'OK, what am I supposed to do about it?' 'We need a way forward beyond feelings of guilt, overwhelmingness, anger, and denial.' 'We are looking for transformative guidance that helps us be the good guys we want to be.' Straight, white, male pastor Chris Furr offers a guide to deconstructing that privilege in Straight White Male. With an emphasis on confession and redemption, Furr invites other privileged men to reconsider the ways they live, work, believe, and interact with others. Alongside Furr's perspective, essays from contributing writers who lack various types of privilege—straight, Black man William J. Barber II, straight, white woman Melissa Florer-Bixler, queer, nonbinary latinx Robyn Henderson-Espinoza, and gay, white man Matthias Roberts—offer insights on how particular types and combinations of privilege (and the lack thereof) shape the way we move through the world. Their combined voices offer much-needed perspective through this deconstruction and provide a vision for how straight, white men can do better for ourselves, our families, and society. Chris Furr Tue, 14 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707643 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight White Male: A Faith-Based Guide to Deconstructing Your Privilege and Living with Integrity Author: Chris Furr Narrator: Ruby Fay Harris, Roberto Ché Espinoza, Christopher Grove, William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the cultural conversation around race, gender, and sexuality has evolved, straight, white men are becoming increasingly aware of their privilege. But many may be left thinking, 'OK, what am I supposed to do about it?' 'We need a way forward beyond feelings of guilt, overwhelmingness, anger, and denial.' 'We are looking for transformative guidance that helps us be the good guys we want to be.' Straight, white, male pastor Chris Furr offers a guide to deconstructing that privilege in Straight White Male. With an emphasis on confession and redemption, Furr invites other privileged men to reconsider the ways they live, work, believe, and interact with others. Alongside Furr's perspective, essays from contributing writers who lack various types of privilege—straight, Black man William J. Barber II, straight, white woman Melissa Florer-Bixler, queer, nonbinary latinx Robyn Henderson-Espinoza, and gay, white man Matthias Roberts—offer insights on how particular types and combinations of privilege (and the lack thereof) shape the way we move through the world. Their combined voices offer much-needed perspective through this deconstruction and provide a vision for how straight, white men can do better for ourselves, our families, and society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Straight White Male: A Faith-Based Guide to Deconstructing Your Privilege and Living with Integrity Author: Chris Furr Narrator: Ruby Fay Harris, Roberto Ché Espinoza, Christopher Grove, William Andrew Quinn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: As the cultural conversation around race, gender, and sexuality has evolved, straight, white men are becoming increasingly aware of their privilege. But many may be left thinking, 'OK, what am I supposed to do about it?' 'We need a way forward beyond feelings of guilt, overwhelmingness, anger, and denial.' 'We are looking for transformative guidance that helps us be the good guys we want to be.' Straight, white, male pastor Chris Furr offers a guide to deconstructing that privilege in Straight White Male. With an emphasis on confession and redemption, Furr invites other privileged men to reconsider the ways they live, work, believe, and interact with others. Alongside Furr's perspective, essays from contributing writers who lack various types of privilege—straight, Black man William J. Barber II, straight, white woman Melissa Florer-Bixler, queer, nonbinary latinx Robyn Henderson-Espinoza, and gay, white man Matthias Roberts—offer insights on how particular types and combinations of privilege (and the lack thereof) shape the way we move through the world. Their combined voices offer much-needed perspective through this deconstruction and provide a vision for how straight, white men can do better for ourselves, our families, and society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707498 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dann zeige ich es euch eben auf dem Platz - Wie ich meinen Traum lebe (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Alexandra Popp Narrator: Bettina Storm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fußballerin, Vorbild, Mensch: Die große Autobiografie von Ausnahmesportlerin Alexandra Popp Alexandra Popp: Eine einzigartige Karriere im Frauenfußball Im Rahmen der Fußball-Weltmeisterschaft 2024 in Australien und Neuseeland blickt Deutschland erneut auf sie: Alexandra Popp, Stürmerin und Kapitänin der Nationalmannschaft. Als Fußballerin begeistert sie mit ihren Toren, ihrem Kampfgeist und ihrer mitreißenden Persönlichkeit nicht nur Fußballfans, sondern ein ganzes Land. Mit dem Vfl Wolfsburg gewann Popp alle wichtigen Trophäen im Clubfußball, mit der Nationalmannschaft wurde sie Olympiasiegerin und schoss Deutschland ins EM-Finale 2022. Eine Biografie mit Höhen und Tiefen Der Weg an die Spitze war nicht einfach - immer wieder musste sie mit Hindernissen umgehen, immer wieder musste sie bittere Verletzungen, persönliche Rückschläge aber auch strukturellen Missständen im Frauenfußball überwinden. Doch Alexandra Popp ist immer ihren ganz eigenen Weg gegangen - sie begeistert nicht nur auf dem Platz mit ihrer Präsenz, sondern auch abseits des Rasens. Niemals nimmt sie ein Blatt vor den Mund, weist auf Missstände im Frauenfußball hin und setzt sich gegen Diskriminierung ein. Ein Blick hinter die Kulissen des Profifußballs So zeigt die Ausnahme-Stürmerin, dass es ihn noch gibt, den Fußball, der nicht nur mit Geld, sondern mit Leidenschaft für das schöne Spiel zu tun hat. In ihrer ehrlichen, authentischen und schonungslosen Autobiografie gibt sie intime Einblicke in ihre Karriere, blickt hinter die Kulissen des Profifußballs und erzählt von ihrem Leben abseits des Rasens. Alexandra Popp Fri, 01 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707498 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dann zeige ich es euch eben auf dem Platz - Wie ich meinen Traum lebe (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Alexandra Popp Narrator: Bettina Storm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fußballerin, Vorbild, Mensch: Die große Autobiografie von Ausnahmesportlerin Alexandra Popp Alexandra Popp: Eine einzigartige Karriere im Frauenfußball Im Rahmen der Fußball-Weltmeisterschaft 2024 in Australien und Neuseeland blickt Deutschland erneut auf sie: Alexandra Popp, Stürmerin und Kapitänin der Nationalmannschaft. Als Fußballerin begeistert sie mit ihren Toren, ihrem Kampfgeist und ihrer mitreißenden Persönlichkeit nicht nur Fußballfans, sondern ein ganzes Land. Mit dem Vfl Wolfsburg gewann Popp alle wichtigen Trophäen im Clubfußball, mit der Nationalmannschaft wurde sie Olympiasiegerin und schoss Deutschland ins EM-Finale 2022. Eine Biografie mit Höhen und Tiefen Der Weg an die Spitze war nicht einfach - immer wieder musste sie mit Hindernissen umgehen, immer wieder musste sie bittere Verletzungen, persönliche Rückschläge aber auch strukturellen Missständen im Frauenfußball überwinden. Doch Alexandra Popp ist immer ihren ganz eigenen Weg gegangen - sie begeistert nicht nur auf dem Platz mit ihrer Präsenz, sondern auch abseits des Rasens. Niemals nimmt sie ein Blatt vor den Mund, weist auf Missstände im Frauenfußball hin und setzt sich gegen Diskriminierung ein. Ein Blick hinter die Kulissen des Profifußballs So zeigt die Ausnahme-Stürmerin, dass es ihn noch gibt, den Fußball, der nicht nur mit Geld, sondern mit Leidenschaft für das schöne Spiel zu tun hat. In ihrer ehrlichen, authentischen und schonungslosen Autobiografie gibt sie intime Einblicke in ihre Karriere, blickt hinter die Kulissen des Profifußballs und erzählt von ihrem Leben abseits des Rasens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707498]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dann zeige ich es euch eben auf dem Platz - Wie ich meinen Traum lebe (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Alexandra Popp Narrator: Bettina Storm Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 1, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Fußballerin, Vorbild, Mensch: Die große Autobiografie von Ausnahmesportlerin Alexandra Popp Alexandra Popp: Eine einzigartige Karriere im Frauenfußball Im Rahmen der Fußball-Weltmeisterschaft 2024 in Australien und Neuseeland blickt Deutschland erneut auf sie: Alexandra Popp, Stürmerin und Kapitänin der Nationalmannschaft. Als Fußballerin begeistert sie mit ihren Toren, ihrem Kampfgeist und ihrer mitreißenden Persönlichkeit nicht nur Fußballfans, sondern ein ganzes Land. Mit dem Vfl Wolfsburg gewann Popp alle wichtigen Trophäen im Clubfußball, mit der Nationalmannschaft wurde sie Olympiasiegerin und schoss Deutschland ins EM-Finale 2022. Eine Biografie mit Höhen und Tiefen Der Weg an die Spitze war nicht einfach - immer wieder musste sie mit Hindernissen umgehen, immer wieder musste sie bittere Verletzungen, persönliche Rückschläge aber auch strukturellen Missständen im Frauenfußball überwinden. Doch Alexandra Popp ist immer ihren ganz eigenen Weg gegangen - sie begeistert nicht nur auf dem Platz mit ihrer Präsenz, sondern auch abseits des Rasens. Niemals nimmt sie ein Blatt vor den Mund, weist auf Missstände im Frauenfußball hin und setzt sich gegen Diskriminierung ein. Ein Blick hinter die Kulissen des Profifußballs So zeigt die Ausnahme-Stürmerin, dass es ihn noch gibt, den Fußball, der nicht nur mit Geld, sondern mit Leidenschaft für das schöne Spiel zu tun hat. In ihrer ehrlichen, authentischen und schonungslosen Autobiografie gibt sie intime Einblicke in ihre Karriere, blickt hinter die Kulissen des Profifußballs und erzählt von ihrem Leben abseits des Rasens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707375 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Streampunks: um fenômeno contemporâneo Author: Wellington Felix Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: O nome streampunks foi dado, por Robert Kyncl e Maany Peyvan, a alguns YouTubers com milhões de seguidores e características específicas, a partir da junção de dois termos – streaming (de vídeo) com punk (do movimento punk, anarquista e rebelde). Ton Felix examina o ecossistema em que os streampunks se inserem e busca mensurar sua relevância para o notável êxito da plataforma, atualmente a maior mídia de massa do mundo. Também discorre sobre os mais bem-sucedidos YouTubers, dentre os quais alguns poderiam ser reconhecidos como streampunks. Os streampunks são um fenômeno contemporâneo e complexo, e esta obra se dedica a estudá-los para além de suas características e causas, situando-os no contexto da plataforma de stream, a fim de examinar se são um fenômeno em si mesmos considerados ou se são também o produto estratégico de uma política empresarial criada e aplicada pelo YouTube. Wellington Felix Fri, 25 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707375 thebookvoice.com 2:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Streampunks: um fenômeno contemporâneo Author: Wellington Felix Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: O nome streampunks foi dado, por Robert Kyncl e Maany Peyvan, a alguns YouTubers com milhões de seguidores e características específicas, a partir da junção de dois termos – streaming (de vídeo) com punk (do movimento punk, anarquista e rebelde). Ton Felix examina o ecossistema em que os streampunks se inserem e busca mensurar sua relevância para o notável êxito da plataforma, atualmente a maior mídia de massa do mundo. Também discorre sobre os mais bem-sucedidos YouTubers, dentre os quais alguns poderiam ser reconhecidos como streampunks. Os streampunks são um fenômeno contemporâneo e complexo, e esta obra se dedica a estudá-los para além de suas características e causas, situando-os no contexto da plataforma de stream, a fim de examinar se são um fenômeno em si mesmos considerados ou se são também o produto estratégico de uma política empresarial criada e aplicada pelo YouTube. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Streampunks: um fenômeno contemporâneo Author: Wellington Felix Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 25, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: O nome streampunks foi dado, por Robert Kyncl e Maany Peyvan, a alguns YouTubers com milhões de seguidores e características específicas, a partir da junção de dois termos – streaming (de vídeo) com punk (do movimento punk, anarquista e rebelde). Ton Felix examina o ecossistema em que os streampunks se inserem e busca mensurar sua relevância para o notável êxito da plataforma, atualmente a maior mídia de massa do mundo. Também discorre sobre os mais bem-sucedidos YouTubers, dentre os quais alguns poderiam ser reconhecidos como streampunks. Os streampunks são um fenômeno contemporâneo e complexo, e esta obra se dedica a estudá-los para além de suas características e causas, situando-os no contexto da plataforma de stream, a fim de examinar se são um fenômeno em si mesmos considerados ou se são também o produto estratégico de uma política empresarial criada e aplicada pelo YouTube. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707349 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spirit Talker Author: Shawn Leonard Narrator: Shawn Leonard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 8, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this teaching memoir, Shawn Leonard shares his personal story of developing his abilities as a spirit talker, revealing incredible stories from his childhood to the present. Along the way, he shares experiences he has had with elders from his aboriginal tribe, the Mi'kmaq, and his journey learning more about his heritage. Shawn incorporates the beautiful spiritual practices of the Mi'kmaq, like talking circles, pipe ceremonies, cleansing herbal medicines, and more. He shares fantastic stories of times when he has communicated with Spirit and when he has been able to connect others to Spirit. Here, he will also reveal how the reader can grow in their own spirituality through prayer and meditation; grow in their connection to Spirit through dreams, spirit guides, totem animals, and loved ones in Spirit; and grow and develop their own intuition and psychic abilities through clairsentience, clairvoyance, clairaudience, and claircognizance.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Shawn Leonard Tue, 08 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707349 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spirit Talker Author: Shawn Leonard Narrator: Shawn Leonard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 8, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this teaching memoir, Shawn Leonard shares his personal story of developing his abilities as a spirit talker, revealing incredible stories from his childhood to the present. Along the way, he shares experiences he has had with elders from his aboriginal tribe, the Mi'kmaq, and his journey learning more about his heritage. Shawn incorporates the beautiful spiritual practices of the Mi'kmaq, like talking circles, pipe ceremonies, cleansing herbal medicines, and more. He shares fantastic stories of times when he has communicated with Spirit and when he has been able to connect others to Spirit. Here, he will also reveal how the reader can grow in their own spirituality through prayer and meditation; grow in their connection to Spirit through dreams, spirit guides, totem animals, and loved ones in Spirit; and grow and develop their own intuition and psychic abilities through clairsentience, clairvoyance, clairaudience, and claircognizance.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707349]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Spirit Talker Author: Shawn Leonard Narrator: Shawn Leonard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: August 8, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this teaching memoir, Shawn Leonard shares his personal story of developing his abilities as a spirit talker, revealing incredible stories from his childhood to the present. Along the way, he shares experiences he has had with elders from his aboriginal tribe, the Mi'kmaq, and his journey learning more about his heritage. Shawn incorporates the beautiful spiritual practices of the Mi'kmaq, like talking circles, pipe ceremonies, cleansing herbal medicines, and more. He shares fantastic stories of times when he has communicated with Spirit and when he has been able to connect others to Spirit. Here, he will also reveal how the reader can grow in their own spirituality through prayer and meditation; grow in their connection to Spirit through dreams, spirit guides, totem animals, and loved ones in Spirit; and grow and develop their own intuition and psychic abilities through clairsentience, clairvoyance, clairaudience, and claircognizance.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Picnic: An Escape to Freedom and the Collapse of the Iron Curtain Author: Matthew Longo Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 25, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *WINNER OF THE ORWELL PRIZE FOR POLITICAL WRITING 2024* A gripping reconstruction of the daring escape to freedom of hundreds of East Germans in the summer of 1989 and how it led to the fall of the Berlin Wall. 'A pivotal – and exhilarating – moment in 20th century history. . . gripping' Observer 'Intensely moving' Sunday Times 'Engrossing and dramatic' William Boyd, New Statesman In August 1989, a group of Hungarian activists did the unthinkable: they entered the forbidden militarised zone of the Iron Curtain - and held a picnic. On wisps of rumour, thousands of East German 'holiday-makers' had made their way to the border, surveilled by lurking Stasi agents. The stage was set for the greatest border breach in Cold War history. The fall of the Berlin Wall, the end of the Soviet Union - the so-called end of history - all would flow from what happened next. Drawing on dozens of original interviews with those involved, Matthew Longo reconstructs this world-shaping event and its tumultuous aftermath. 'Evoke[s] the dramatic events in vivid colour . . . fascinating' Katja Hoyer, Telegraph ***** ‘Captivating . . . a vivid, fast-paced narrative’ New York Times * A GUARDIAN BIGGEST FICTION AND NON-FICTION FOR 2024 * A WATERSTONES ‘BOOK YOU NEED TO READ IN 2024’ * A FOYLES TOP TEN READ FOR JANUARY 2024 * ©2024 Matthew Longo (P)2024 Penguin Audio Matthew Longo Thu, 25 Jan 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707277 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Picnic: An Escape to Freedom and the Collapse of the Iron Curtain Author: Matthew Longo Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 25, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *WINNER OF THE ORWELL PRIZE FOR POLITICAL WRITING 2024* A gripping reconstruction of the daring escape to freedom of hundreds of East Germans in the summer of 1989 and how it led to the fall of the Berlin Wall. 'A pivotal – and exhilarating – moment in 20th century history. . . gripping' Observer 'Intensely moving' Sunday Times 'Engrossing and dramatic' William Boyd, New Statesman In August 1989, a group of Hungarian activists did the unthinkable: they entered the forbidden militarised zone of the Iron Curtain - and held a picnic. On wisps of rumour, thousands of East German 'holiday-makers' had made their way to the border, surveilled by lurking Stasi agents. The stage was set for the greatest border breach in Cold War history. The fall of the Berlin Wall, the end of the Soviet Union - the so-called end of history - all would flow from what happened next. Drawing on dozens of original interviews with those involved, Matthew Longo reconstructs this world-shaping event and its tumultuous aftermath. 'Evoke[s] the dramatic events in vivid colour . . . fascinating' Katja Hoyer, Telegraph ***** ‘Captivating . . . a vivid, fast-paced narrative’ New York Times * A GUARDIAN BIGGEST FICTION AND NON-FICTION FOR 2024 * A WATERSTONES ‘BOOK YOU NEED TO READ IN 2024’ * A FOYLES TOP TEN READ FOR JANUARY 2024 * ©2024 Matthew Longo (P)2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Picnic: An Escape to Freedom and the Collapse of the Iron Curtain Author: Matthew Longo Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 25, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. *WINNER OF THE ORWELL PRIZE FOR POLITICAL WRITING 2024* A gripping reconstruction of the daring escape to freedom of hundreds of East Germans in the summer of 1989 and how it led to the fall of the Berlin Wall. 'A pivotal – and exhilarating – moment in 20th century history. . . gripping' Observer 'Intensely moving' Sunday Times 'Engrossing and dramatic' William Boyd, New Statesman In August 1989, a group of Hungarian activists did the unthinkable: they entered the forbidden militarised zone of the Iron Curtain - and held a picnic. On wisps of rumour, thousands of East German 'holiday-makers' had made their way to the border, surveilled by lurking Stasi agents. The stage was set for the greatest border breach in Cold War history. The fall of the Berlin Wall, the end of the Soviet Union - the so-called end of history - all would flow from what happened next. Drawing on dozens of original interviews with those involved, Matthew Longo reconstructs this world-shaping event and its tumultuous aftermath. 'Evoke[s] the dramatic events in vivid colour . . . fascinating' Katja Hoyer, Telegraph ***** ‘Captivating . . . a vivid, fast-paced narrative’ New York Times * A GUARDIAN BIGGEST FICTION AND NON-FICTION FOR 2024 * A WATERSTONES ‘BOOK YOU NEED TO READ IN 2024’ * A FOYLES TOP TEN READ FOR JANUARY 2024 * ©2024 Matthew Longo (P)2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free and Equal: A Manifesto for a Just Society Author: Daniel Chandler Narrator: Daniel Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Imagine: You are designing a society, but you don't know who you'll be within it—rich or poor, man or woman, gay or straight. What would you want that society to look like? This is the revolutionary thought experiment proposed by the twentieth century's greatest political philosopher, John Rawls. As economist and philosopher Daniel Chandler argues in this hugely ambitious and exhilarating manifesto, it is by rediscovering Rawls that we can find a way out of the escalating crises that are devastating our world today. 'A vigorous case for adopting the liberal political framework laid out by John Rawls. . . . Chandler is a lucid and elegant writer, and there’s an earnest sense of excitement propelling his argument — a belief that Rawls’s framework for thinking through political issues offers a humane way out of the most intractable disputes.”—The New York Times Book Review 'Intellectually rigorous and full of hope.”—Zadie Smith, bestselling author of White Teeth and The Fraud • “A beautifully written and compelling argument that Rawlsian political philosophy can heal our broken societies.”—Sir Angus Deaton, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics Taking Rawls's humane and egalitarian liberalism as his starting point, Chandler builds a powerful case for a new progressive agenda that would fundamentally reshape our societies for the better. He shows how we can protect free speech and transcend the culture wars; get money out of politics; and create an economy where everyone has the chance to fulfil their potential, where prosperity is widely shared, and which operates within the limits of our finite planet. This is a book brimming with hope and possibility—a galvanizing alternative to the cynicism that pervades our politics. Free and Equal has the potential to offer a touchstone for a modern, egalitarian liberalism for many years to come, cementing Rawls's place in political discourse, and firmly establishing Chandler as a vital new voice for our time. Daniel Chandler Tue, 07 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110 thebookvoice.com 12:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free and Equal: A Manifesto for a Just Society Author: Daniel Chandler Narrator: Daniel Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Imagine: You are designing a society, but you don't know who you'll be within it—rich or poor, man or woman, gay or straight. What would you want that society to look like? This is the revolutionary thought experiment proposed by the twentieth century's greatest political philosopher, John Rawls. As economist and philosopher Daniel Chandler argues in this hugely ambitious and exhilarating manifesto, it is by rediscovering Rawls that we can find a way out of the escalating crises that are devastating our world today. 'A vigorous case for adopting the liberal political framework laid out by John Rawls. . . . Chandler is a lucid and elegant writer, and there’s an earnest sense of excitement propelling his argument — a belief that Rawls’s framework for thinking through political issues offers a humane way out of the most intractable disputes.”—The New York Times Book Review 'Intellectually rigorous and full of hope.”—Zadie Smith, bestselling author of White Teeth and The Fraud • “A beautifully written and compelling argument that Rawlsian political philosophy can heal our broken societies.”—Sir Angus Deaton, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics Taking Rawls's humane and egalitarian liberalism as his starting point, Chandler builds a powerful case for a new progressive agenda that would fundamentally reshape our societies for the better. He shows how we can protect free speech and transcend the culture wars; get money out of politics; and create an economy where everyone has the chance to fulfil their potential, where prosperity is widely shared, and which operates within the limits of our finite planet. This is a book brimming with hope and possibility—a galvanizing alternative to the cynicism that pervades our politics. Free and Equal has the potential to offer a touchstone for a modern, egalitarian liberalism for many years to come, cementing Rawls's place in political discourse, and firmly establishing Chandler as a vital new voice for our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707110]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free and Equal: A Manifesto for a Just Society Author: Daniel Chandler Narrator: Daniel Chandler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Imagine: You are designing a society, but you don't know who you'll be within it—rich or poor, man or woman, gay or straight. What would you want that society to look like? This is the revolutionary thought experiment proposed by the twentieth century's greatest political philosopher, John Rawls. As economist and philosopher Daniel Chandler argues in this hugely ambitious and exhilarating manifesto, it is by rediscovering Rawls that we can find a way out of the escalating crises that are devastating our world today. 'A vigorous case for adopting the liberal political framework laid out by John Rawls. . . . Chandler is a lucid and elegant writer, and there’s an earnest sense of excitement propelling his argument — a belief that Rawls’s framework for thinking through political issues offers a humane way out of the most intractable disputes.”—The New York Times Book Review 'Intellectually rigorous and full of hope.”—Zadie Smith, bestselling author of White Teeth and The Fraud • “A beautifully written and compelling argument that Rawlsian political philosophy can heal our broken societies.”—Sir Angus Deaton, winner of the Nobel Prize in Economics Taking Rawls's humane and egalitarian liberalism as his starting point, Chandler builds a powerful case for a new progressive agenda that would fundamentally reshape our societies for the better. He shows how we can protect free speech and transcend the culture wars; get money out of politics; and create an economy where everyone has the chance to fulfil their potential, where prosperity is widely shared, and which operates within the limits of our finite planet. This is a book brimming with hope and possibility—a galvanizing alternative to the cynicism that pervades our politics. Free and Equal has the potential to offer a touchstone for a modern, egalitarian liberalism for many years to come, cementing Rawls's place in political discourse, and firmly establishing Chandler as a vital new voice for our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707106 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Token Supremacy: The Art of Finance, the Finance of Art, and the Great Crypto Crash of 2022 Author: Zachary Small Narrator: Gabby Beans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times investigative reporter wades into the murky, pixelated waters of the multibillion-dollar NFT market—the virtual casino that sprang up overnight in 2020 and came crashing down, with all its celebrity hucksters, just two years later. A vibrant and witty exploration of the increasingly blurry line between art and money, artist and con artist, value and worthlessness. “A perfect book to understand and to laugh at the craziness of the art world today.' —Jerry Saltz, author of How to Be an Artist In 2021, when the gavel fell at Christie’s on the sale of Mike Winkelmann’s Everydays series—a compilation of five thousand digital artworks—it made a thunderous announcement: Non-fungible tokens had arrived. The ludicrous world of CryptoKitties and Bored Apes had just produced a piece of art worth $69.3 million (at least according to the highest bidder). On that day, the traditional art market—the largest unregulated market in the world—put its stamp of approval on a very new and carnivalesque digital reality. But what did it mean for these two worlds to collide? Was it all just a money laundering scheme? And come on, what was that piece of digital flotsam really worth anyway? In Token Supremacy, Zachary Small works through these and other fascinating questions, tracing the crypto economy back to its origins in the 2008 financial crisis and the lineage of NFTs back to the first photographic negatives. Small describes jaw-dropping tales of heists, publicity stunts, and rug pulls, before zeroing in on the role of 'security tokens' in the FTX scandal. Detours through art history provide insight into the mythmaking tactics that drive stratospheric auction sales and help the wealthy launder their finances (and reputations) through art. And we cast an eye toward a future where NFTs have paved the way for a dangerous, new shadow banking system. A wild and spellbinding tour through a world that strains belief. Zachary Small Tue, 21 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707106 thebookvoice.com 10:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Token Supremacy: The Art of Finance, the Finance of Art, and the Great Crypto Crash of 2022 Author: Zachary Small Narrator: Gabby Beans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times investigative reporter wades into the murky, pixelated waters of the multibillion-dollar NFT market—the virtual casino that sprang up overnight in 2020 and came crashing down, with all its celebrity hucksters, just two years later. A vibrant and witty exploration of the increasingly blurry line between art and money, artist and con artist, value and worthlessness. “A perfect book to understand and to laugh at the craziness of the art world today.' —Jerry Saltz, author of How to Be an Artist In 2021, when the gavel fell at Christie’s on the sale of Mike Winkelmann’s Everydays series—a compilation of five thousand digital artworks—it made a thunderous announcement: Non-fungible tokens had arrived. The ludicrous world of CryptoKitties and Bored Apes had just produced a piece of art worth $69.3 million (at least according to the highest bidder). On that day, the traditional art market—the largest unregulated market in the world—put its stamp of approval on a very new and carnivalesque digital reality. But what did it mean for these two worlds to collide? Was it all just a money laundering scheme? And come on, what was that piece of digital flotsam really worth anyway? In Token Supremacy, Zachary Small works through these and other fascinating questions, tracing the crypto economy back to its origins in the 2008 financial crisis and the lineage of NFTs back to the first photographic negatives. Small describes jaw-dropping tales of heists, publicity stunts, and rug pulls, before zeroing in on the role of 'security tokens' in the FTX scandal. Detours through art history provide insight into the mythmaking tactics that drive stratospheric auction sales and help the wealthy launder their finances (and reputations) through art. And we cast an eye toward a future where NFTs have paved the way for a dangerous, new shadow banking system. A wild and spellbinding tour through a world that strains belief. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707106]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Token Supremacy: The Art of Finance, the Finance of Art, and the Great Crypto Crash of 2022 Author: Zachary Small Narrator: Gabby Beans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 13 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New York Times investigative reporter wades into the murky, pixelated waters of the multibillion-dollar NFT market—the virtual casino that sprang up overnight in 2020 and came crashing down, with all its celebrity hucksters, just two years later. A vibrant and witty exploration of the increasingly blurry line between art and money, artist and con artist, value and worthlessness. “A perfect book to understand and to laugh at the craziness of the art world today.' —Jerry Saltz, author of How to Be an Artist In 2021, when the gavel fell at Christie’s on the sale of Mike Winkelmann’s Everydays series—a compilation of five thousand digital artworks—it made a thunderous announcement: Non-fungible tokens had arrived. The ludicrous world of CryptoKitties and Bored Apes had just produced a piece of art worth $69.3 million (at least according to the highest bidder). On that day, the traditional art market—the largest unregulated market in the world—put its stamp of approval on a very new and carnivalesque digital reality. But what did it mean for these two worlds to collide? Was it all just a money laundering scheme? And come on, what was that piece of digital flotsam really worth anyway? In Token Supremacy, Zachary Small works through these and other fascinating questions, tracing the crypto economy back to its origins in the 2008 financial crisis and the lineage of NFTs back to the first photographic negatives. Small describes jaw-dropping tales of heists, publicity stunts, and rug pulls, before zeroing in on the role of 'security tokens' in the FTX scandal. Detours through art history provide insight into the mythmaking tactics that drive stratospheric auction sales and help the wealthy launder their finances (and reputations) through art. And we cast an eye toward a future where NFTs have paved the way for a dangerous, new shadow banking system. A wild and spellbinding tour through a world that strains belief. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707093 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What It Takes to Heal: How Transforming Ourselves Can Change the World Author: Prentis Hemphill Narrator: Prentis Hemphill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • From one of the most prominent voices in the trauma conversation comes a groundbreaking new way to heal on a personal and a collective level. “I love this book.”—Bessel van der Kolk, author of The Body Keeps the Score “In a time when so many of us are being trained in cynicism, this book stands in necessary defiance.”—Cole Arthur Riley, author of Black Liturgies and This Here Flesh As we emerge from the past few years of collective upheaval, are we ready to face the complexities of our time with joy, authenticity, and connection? Now more than ever, we must learn to heal ourselves, connect with one another, and embody our values. In this revolutionary book, Prentis Hemphill shows us how. What It Takes to Heal asserts that the principles of embodiment—the recognition of our body’s sensations and habits, and the beliefs that inform them—are critical to lasting healing and change. Hemphill, an expert embodiment practitioner, therapist, and activist who has partnered with Brené Brown, Tarana Burke, and Esther Perel, among others, shows us that we don't have to carry our emotional burdens alone. Hemphill demonstrates a future in which healing is done in community, weaving together stories from their own experience as a trauma survivor with clinical accounts and lessons learned from their time as a social movement architect. They ask, “What would it do to movements, to our society and culture, to have the principles of healing at the very center? And what does it do to have healing at the center of every structure and everything we create?” In this life-affirming framework for the way forward, Hemphill shows us how to heal our bodies, minds, and souls—to develop the interpersonal skills necessary to break down the doors of disconnection and take the necessary risks to reshape our world toward justice. Prentis Hemphill Tue, 04 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707093 thebookvoice.com 6:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What It Takes to Heal: How Transforming Ourselves Can Change the World Author: Prentis Hemphill Narrator: Prentis Hemphill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • From one of the most prominent voices in the trauma conversation comes a groundbreaking new way to heal on a personal and a collective level. “I love this book.”—Bessel van der Kolk, author of The Body Keeps the Score “In a time when so many of us are being trained in cynicism, this book stands in necessary defiance.”—Cole Arthur Riley, author of Black Liturgies and This Here Flesh As we emerge from the past few years of collective upheaval, are we ready to face the complexities of our time with joy, authenticity, and connection? Now more than ever, we must learn to heal ourselves, connect with one another, and embody our values. In this revolutionary book, Prentis Hemphill shows us how. What It Takes to Heal asserts that the principles of embodiment—the recognition of our body’s sensations and habits, and the beliefs that inform them—are critical to lasting healing and change. Hemphill, an expert embodiment practitioner, therapist, and activist who has partnered with Brené Brown, Tarana Burke, and Esther Perel, among others, shows us that we don't have to carry our emotional burdens alone. Hemphill demonstrates a future in which healing is done in community, weaving together stories from their own experience as a trauma survivor with clinical accounts and lessons learned from their time as a social movement architect. They ask, “What would it do to movements, to our society and culture, to have the principles of healing at the very center? And what does it do to have healing at the center of every structure and everything we create?” In this life-affirming framework for the way forward, Hemphill shows us how to heal our bodies, minds, and souls—to develop the interpersonal skills necessary to break down the doors of disconnection and take the necessary risks to reshape our world toward justice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What It Takes to Heal: How Transforming Ourselves Can Change the World Author: Prentis Hemphill Narrator: Prentis Hemphill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • From one of the most prominent voices in the trauma conversation comes a groundbreaking new way to heal on a personal and a collective level. “I love this book.”—Bessel van der Kolk, author of The Body Keeps the Score “In a time when so many of us are being trained in cynicism, this book stands in necessary defiance.”—Cole Arthur Riley, author of Black Liturgies and This Here Flesh As we emerge from the past few years of collective upheaval, are we ready to face the complexities of our time with joy, authenticity, and connection? Now more than ever, we must learn to heal ourselves, connect with one another, and embody our values. In this revolutionary book, Prentis Hemphill shows us how. What It Takes to Heal asserts that the principles of embodiment—the recognition of our body’s sensations and habits, and the beliefs that inform them—are critical to lasting healing and change. Hemphill, an expert embodiment practitioner, therapist, and activist who has partnered with Brené Brown, Tarana Burke, and Esther Perel, among others, shows us that we don't have to carry our emotional burdens alone. Hemphill demonstrates a future in which healing is done in community, weaving together stories from their own experience as a trauma survivor with clinical accounts and lessons learned from their time as a social movement architect. They ask, “What would it do to movements, to our society and culture, to have the principles of healing at the very center? And what does it do to have healing at the center of every structure and everything we create?” In this life-affirming framework for the way forward, Hemphill shows us how to heal our bodies, minds, and souls—to develop the interpersonal skills necessary to break down the doors of disconnection and take the necessary risks to reshape our world toward justice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Matrescence: On Pregnancy, Childbirth, and Motherhood Author: Lucy Jones Narrator: Lucy Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New Statesman and Daily Mail BOOK OF THE YEAR 'The best book I've ever read about motherhood' Jude Rogers, Observer 'I kept scribbling in the margins: 'We need to know this stuff!'' Joanna Pocock, Spectator A radical new examination of the transition into motherhood and how it affects the mind, brain and body During pregnancy, childbirth, and early motherhood, women undergo a far-reaching physiological, psychological and social metamorphosis. There is no other time in a human's life course that entails such dramatic change-other than adolescence. And yet this life-altering transition has been sorely neglected by science, medicine and philosophy. Its seismic effects go largely unrepresented across literature and the arts. Speaking about motherhood as anything other than a pastel-hued dream remains, for the most part, taboo. In this ground-breaking, deeply personal investigation, acclaimed journalist and author Lucy Jones brings to light the emerging concept of 'matrescence'. Drawing on new research across various fields - neuroscience and evolutionary biology; psychoanalysis and existential therapy; sociology, economics and ecology - Jones shows how the changes in the maternal mind, brain and body are far more profound, wild and enduring than we have been led to believe. She reveals the dangerous consequences of our neglect of the maternal experience and interrogates the patriarchal and capitalist systems that have created the untenable situation mothers face today. Here is an urgent examination of the modern institution of motherhood, which seeks to unshackle all parents from oppressive social norms. As it deepens our understanding of matrescence, it raises vital questions about motherhood and femininity; interdependence and individual identity; as well as about our relationships with each other and the living world. Cover image: Pregnant Woman, 2008, by Louise Bourgeois © 2024 The Easton Foundation / Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY. Photo: Cristopher Burke Lucy Jones Tue, 07 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707088 thebookvoice.com 9:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Matrescence: On Pregnancy, Childbirth, and Motherhood Author: Lucy Jones Narrator: Lucy Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New Statesman and Daily Mail BOOK OF THE YEAR 'The best book I've ever read about motherhood' Jude Rogers, Observer 'I kept scribbling in the margins: 'We need to know this stuff!'' Joanna Pocock, Spectator A radical new examination of the transition into motherhood and how it affects the mind, brain and body During pregnancy, childbirth, and early motherhood, women undergo a far-reaching physiological, psychological and social metamorphosis. There is no other time in a human's life course that entails such dramatic change-other than adolescence. And yet this life-altering transition has been sorely neglected by science, medicine and philosophy. Its seismic effects go largely unrepresented across literature and the arts. Speaking about motherhood as anything other than a pastel-hued dream remains, for the most part, taboo. In this ground-breaking, deeply personal investigation, acclaimed journalist and author Lucy Jones brings to light the emerging concept of 'matrescence'. Drawing on new research across various fields - neuroscience and evolutionary biology; psychoanalysis and existential therapy; sociology, economics and ecology - Jones shows how the changes in the maternal mind, brain and body are far more profound, wild and enduring than we have been led to believe. She reveals the dangerous consequences of our neglect of the maternal experience and interrogates the patriarchal and capitalist systems that have created the untenable situation mothers face today. Here is an urgent examination of the modern institution of motherhood, which seeks to unshackle all parents from oppressive social norms. As it deepens our understanding of matrescence, it raises vital questions about motherhood and femininity; interdependence and individual identity; as well as about our relationships with each other and the living world. Cover image: Pregnant Woman, 2008, by Louise Bourgeois © 2024 The Easton Foundation / Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY. Photo: Cristopher Burke Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Matrescence: On Pregnancy, Childbirth, and Motherhood Author: Lucy Jones Narrator: Lucy Jones Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 7, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A New Statesman and Daily Mail BOOK OF THE YEAR 'The best book I've ever read about motherhood' Jude Rogers, Observer 'I kept scribbling in the margins: 'We need to know this stuff!'' Joanna Pocock, Spectator A radical new examination of the transition into motherhood and how it affects the mind, brain and body During pregnancy, childbirth, and early motherhood, women undergo a far-reaching physiological, psychological and social metamorphosis. There is no other time in a human's life course that entails such dramatic change-other than adolescence. And yet this life-altering transition has been sorely neglected by science, medicine and philosophy. Its seismic effects go largely unrepresented across literature and the arts. Speaking about motherhood as anything other than a pastel-hued dream remains, for the most part, taboo. In this ground-breaking, deeply personal investigation, acclaimed journalist and author Lucy Jones brings to light the emerging concept of 'matrescence'. Drawing on new research across various fields - neuroscience and evolutionary biology; psychoanalysis and existential therapy; sociology, economics and ecology - Jones shows how the changes in the maternal mind, brain and body are far more profound, wild and enduring than we have been led to believe. She reveals the dangerous consequences of our neglect of the maternal experience and interrogates the patriarchal and capitalist systems that have created the untenable situation mothers face today. Here is an urgent examination of the modern institution of motherhood, which seeks to unshackle all parents from oppressive social norms. As it deepens our understanding of matrescence, it raises vital questions about motherhood and femininity; interdependence and individual identity; as well as about our relationships with each other and the living world. Cover image: Pregnant Woman, 2008, by Louise Bourgeois © 2024 The Easton Foundation / Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY. Photo: Cristopher Burke https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707087 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Room: Three Decades of Fighting for Beds, Belonging, and a Safe Place for LGBTQ Youth Author: Carl Siciliano Narrator: Carl Siciliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a pioneering advocate for LGBTQ youth, a gripping, impassioned account of how an unhoused queer youth's murder compelled him to create the nation's largest housing program for homeless LGBTQ teens.   “A gut-wrenchingly poignant real-life saga . . . an unputdownable account of what it looks like when compassion is harnessed to funding and policy.”—Tim Murphy, author of Christodora and Speech Team   ONE OF CNN’S ESSENTIAL READS FOR PRIDE MONTH AND BEYOND What power does a long-disenfranchised community hold to transform the treatment of its most abused members? How can we locate that power?   Carl Siciliano met Ali Forney—a Black nonbinary teenager known for fierce loyalty to friends and an unshakeable faith that “my God will love me for who I am”—in 1994 while working at a daytime center for homeless youth in New York City. Nineteen years old, Forney was one of thousands Siciliano encountered who had been driven from their homes by rejecting families, forced to struggle in the streets due to homophobic and transphobic violence in the shelters.  Then Forney was murdered, a moment of horror and devastation that exposed the brutality that teenagers like Forney faced in a city marked by gentrification, racist policing, and the onslaught of the AIDS epidemic. Anguished by Forney’s loss, Siciliano fought to create homes where unhoused queer teens could live safely, with their human dignity at last affirmed, while he helped lead a movement that compelled New York City to invest millions of dollars in kids who’d been ignored for decades.    Siciliano writes with loving affection for Forney and many other queer teens, showing deep respect for their wisdom, courage, and spiritual integrity. Their stories illuminate the harsh realities faced by hundreds of thousands of LGBTQ youths suffering from homelessness across our nation. And, exposing the political and religious forces that continue to endanger LGBTQ youths, he makes a clarion call for their protection.  Written with heart and profound insight, Making Room is a landmark personal narrative, bringing to life an untold chapter of LGBTQ history and testifying to the power of community, solidarity, and the human spirit. Carl Siciliano Tue, 21 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707087 thebookvoice.com 9:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Room: Three Decades of Fighting for Beds, Belonging, and a Safe Place for LGBTQ Youth Author: Carl Siciliano Narrator: Carl Siciliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a pioneering advocate for LGBTQ youth, a gripping, impassioned account of how an unhoused queer youth's murder compelled him to create the nation's largest housing program for homeless LGBTQ teens.   “A gut-wrenchingly poignant real-life saga . . . an unputdownable account of what it looks like when compassion is harnessed to funding and policy.”—Tim Murphy, author of Christodora and Speech Team   ONE OF CNN’S ESSENTIAL READS FOR PRIDE MONTH AND BEYOND What power does a long-disenfranchised community hold to transform the treatment of its most abused members? How can we locate that power?   Carl Siciliano met Ali Forney—a Black nonbinary teenager known for fierce loyalty to friends and an unshakeable faith that “my God will love me for who I am”—in 1994 while working at a daytime center for homeless youth in New York City. Nineteen years old, Forney was one of thousands Siciliano encountered who had been driven from their homes by rejecting families, forced to struggle in the streets due to homophobic and transphobic violence in the shelters.  Then Forney was murdered, a moment of horror and devastation that exposed the brutality that teenagers like Forney faced in a city marked by gentrification, racist policing, and the onslaught of the AIDS epidemic. Anguished by Forney’s loss, Siciliano fought to create homes where unhoused queer teens could live safely, with their human dignity at last affirmed, while he helped lead a movement that compelled New York City to invest millions of dollars in kids who’d been ignored for decades.    Siciliano writes with loving affection for Forney and many other queer teens, showing deep respect for their wisdom, courage, and spiritual integrity. Their stories illuminate the harsh realities faced by hundreds of thousands of LGBTQ youths suffering from homelessness across our nation. And, exposing the political and religious forces that continue to endanger LGBTQ youths, he makes a clarion call for their protection.  Written with heart and profound insight, Making Room is a landmark personal narrative, bringing to life an untold chapter of LGBTQ history and testifying to the power of community, solidarity, and the human spirit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Room: Three Decades of Fighting for Beds, Belonging, and a Safe Place for LGBTQ Youth Author: Carl Siciliano Narrator: Carl Siciliano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: From a pioneering advocate for LGBTQ youth, a gripping, impassioned account of how an unhoused queer youth's murder compelled him to create the nation's largest housing program for homeless LGBTQ teens.   “A gut-wrenchingly poignant real-life saga . . . an unputdownable account of what it looks like when compassion is harnessed to funding and policy.”—Tim Murphy, author of Christodora and Speech Team   ONE OF CNN’S ESSENTIAL READS FOR PRIDE MONTH AND BEYOND What power does a long-disenfranchised community hold to transform the treatment of its most abused members? How can we locate that power?   Carl Siciliano met Ali Forney—a Black nonbinary teenager known for fierce loyalty to friends and an unshakeable faith that “my God will love me for who I am”—in 1994 while working at a daytime center for homeless youth in New York City. Nineteen years old, Forney was one of thousands Siciliano encountered who had been driven from their homes by rejecting families, forced to struggle in the streets due to homophobic and transphobic violence in the shelters.  Then Forney was murdered, a moment of horror and devastation that exposed the brutality that teenagers like Forney faced in a city marked by gentrification, racist policing, and the onslaught of the AIDS epidemic. Anguished by Forney’s loss, Siciliano fought to create homes where unhoused queer teens could live safely, with their human dignity at last affirmed, while he helped lead a movement that compelled New York City to invest millions of dollars in kids who’d been ignored for decades.    Siciliano writes with loving affection for Forney and many other queer teens, showing deep respect for their wisdom, courage, and spiritual integrity. Their stories illuminate the harsh realities faced by hundreds of thousands of LGBTQ youths suffering from homelessness across our nation. And, exposing the political and religious forces that continue to endanger LGBTQ youths, he makes a clarion call for their protection.  Written with heart and profound insight, Making Room is a landmark personal narrative, bringing to life an untold chapter of LGBTQ history and testifying to the power of community, solidarity, and the human spirit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707085 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707085]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Back Your Brain: How a Sexist Society Gets in Your Head--and How to Get It Out Author: Kara Loewentheil Narrator: Kara Loewentheil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A manual for every woman who wants to stop endless negative self-talk, create unshakable confidence, and jump-start a life of joy and power. It all begins with your thoughts. I never look good in tight skirts. I can’t ask for a raise or my boss will think I’m greedy. I’m getting too old to find a partner. I’m a bad mom. I’m always behind. I’ll never be good enough. What if every time you had a self-critical thought, you heard it in a man’s voice? The truth is not far off. Living in a patriarchy, women absorb a lifetime of messages that say your worth is defined by your looks, your accomplishments, and how well you take care of everyone around you. In fact, these messages are so pervasive that, even knowing they exist, they still manage to program themselves into our brains. The result is that women end up feeling anxious, guilty, and vaguely ashamed of themselves no matter how much they do for others or achieve for themselves. So how do we deprogram our thoughts from patriarchy’s corrosive influence? And once we do, how can we create new, self-empowering beliefs? Master Certified Life Coach and host of the UnF*ck Your Brain podcast Kara Loewentheil knows how. Despite graduating from Harvard Law School and getting her dream job, Kara spent her twenties and thirties feeling insecure and anxious, until she learned how to change her thoughts—which led her to become a coach. In Take Back Your Brain, she draws on cognitive psychology, feminist theory, and years of experience as a neuroplasticity-focused coach to break down how the patriarchy hijacks women’s brains, and how women can get free. To bridge the gap between your inner voice and your true potential, she says, you must begin with your thoughts. By using the skills in this book to literally rewire your brain, you can create new thought patterns that will directly transform outcomes in your life. Ultimately, Take Back Your Brain invites you to replace the thoughts that no longer serve you and make room for a kind of confidence you never thought possible. Because when women unleash their true power, they awaken new possibilities for the world. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains a QR code for access to the free Take Back Your Brain exercises guide. Kara Loewentheil Tue, 21 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707085 thebookvoice.com 7:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707085]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Back Your Brain: How a Sexist Society Gets in Your Head--and How to Get It Out Author: Kara Loewentheil Narrator: Kara Loewentheil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A manual for every woman who wants to stop endless negative self-talk, create unshakable confidence, and jump-start a life of joy and power. It all begins with your thoughts. I never look good in tight skirts. I can’t ask for a raise or my boss will think I’m greedy. I’m getting too old to find a partner. I’m a bad mom. I’m always behind. I’ll never be good enough. What if every time you had a self-critical thought, you heard it in a man’s voice? The truth is not far off. Living in a patriarchy, women absorb a lifetime of messages that say your worth is defined by your looks, your accomplishments, and how well you take care of everyone around you. In fact, these messages are so pervasive that, even knowing they exist, they still manage to program themselves into our brains. The result is that women end up feeling anxious, guilty, and vaguely ashamed of themselves no matter how much they do for others or achieve for themselves. So how do we deprogram our thoughts from patriarchy’s corrosive influence? And once we do, how can we create new, self-empowering beliefs? Master Certified Life Coach and host of the UnF*ck Your Brain podcast Kara Loewentheil knows how. Despite graduating from Harvard Law School and getting her dream job, Kara spent her twenties and thirties feeling insecure and anxious, until she learned how to change her thoughts—which led her to become a coach. In Take Back Your Brain, she draws on cognitive psychology, feminist theory, and years of experience as a neuroplasticity-focused coach to break down how the patriarchy hijacks women’s brains, and how women can get free. To bridge the gap between your inner voice and your true potential, she says, you must begin with your thoughts. By using the skills in this book to literally rewire your brain, you can create new thought patterns that will directly transform outcomes in your life. Ultimately, Take Back Your Brain invites you to replace the thoughts that no longer serve you and make room for a kind of confidence you never thought possible. Because when women unleash their true power, they awaken new possibilities for the world. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains a QR code for access to the free Take Back Your Brain exercises guide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707085]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Back Your Brain: How a Sexist Society Gets in Your Head--and How to Get It Out Author: Kara Loewentheil Narrator: Kara Loewentheil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 39 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A manual for every woman who wants to stop endless negative self-talk, create unshakable confidence, and jump-start a life of joy and power. It all begins with your thoughts. I never look good in tight skirts. I can’t ask for a raise or my boss will think I’m greedy. I’m getting too old to find a partner. I’m a bad mom. I’m always behind. I’ll never be good enough. What if every time you had a self-critical thought, you heard it in a man’s voice? The truth is not far off. Living in a patriarchy, women absorb a lifetime of messages that say your worth is defined by your looks, your accomplishments, and how well you take care of everyone around you. In fact, these messages are so pervasive that, even knowing they exist, they still manage to program themselves into our brains. The result is that women end up feeling anxious, guilty, and vaguely ashamed of themselves no matter how much they do for others or achieve for themselves. So how do we deprogram our thoughts from patriarchy’s corrosive influence? And once we do, how can we create new, self-empowering beliefs? Master Certified Life Coach and host of the UnF*ck Your Brain podcast Kara Loewentheil knows how. Despite graduating from Harvard Law School and getting her dream job, Kara spent her twenties and thirties feeling insecure and anxious, until she learned how to change her thoughts—which led her to become a coach. In Take Back Your Brain, she draws on cognitive psychology, feminist theory, and years of experience as a neuroplasticity-focused coach to break down how the patriarchy hijacks women’s brains, and how women can get free. To bridge the gap between your inner voice and your true potential, she says, you must begin with your thoughts. By using the skills in this book to literally rewire your brain, you can create new thought patterns that will directly transform outcomes in your life. Ultimately, Take Back Your Brain invites you to replace the thoughts that no longer serve you and make room for a kind of confidence you never thought possible. Because when women unleash their true power, they awaken new possibilities for the world. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF that contains a QR code for access to the free Take Back Your Brain exercises guide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707076 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Literature of Japanese American Incarceration Author: Frank Abe Narrator: Frank Abe, Ren Hanami, Keone Young, Traci Kato-Kiriyama, Greg Watanabe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An essential volume” —Hua Hsu, The New Yorker The collective voice of Japanese Americans defined by a specific moment in time: the four years of World War II during which the US government expelled resident aliens and its own citizens from their homes and imprisoned 125,000 of them in American concentration camps, based solely upon the race they shared with a wartime enemy. A Penguin Classic This anthology presents a new vision that recovers and reframes the literature produced by the people targeted by the actions of President Franklin D. Roosevelt and Congress to deny Americans of Japanese ancestry any individual hearings or other due process after the Japanese attack at Pearl Harbor. From nearly seventy selections of fiction, poetry, essays, memoirs, and letters emerges a shared story of the struggle to retain personal integrity in the face of increasing dehumanization – all anchored by the key government documents that incite the action. The selections favor the pointed over the poignant, and the unknown over the familiar, with several new translations among previously unseen works that have been long overlooked on the shelf, buried in the archives, or languished unread in the Japanese language. The writings are presented chronologically so that readers can trace the continuum of events as the incarcerees experienced it. The contributors span incarcerees, their children born in or soon after the camps, and their descendants who reflect on the long-term consequences of mass incarceration for themselves and the nation. Many of the voices are those of protest. Some are those of accommodation. All are authentic. Together they form an epic narrative with a singular vision of America’s past, one with disturbing resonances with the American present. Frank Abe Tue, 14 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707076 thebookvoice.com 9:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Literature of Japanese American Incarceration Author: Frank Abe Narrator: Frank Abe, Ren Hanami, Keone Young, Traci Kato-Kiriyama, Greg Watanabe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An essential volume” —Hua Hsu, The New Yorker The collective voice of Japanese Americans defined by a specific moment in time: the four years of World War II during which the US government expelled resident aliens and its own citizens from their homes and imprisoned 125,000 of them in American concentration camps, based solely upon the race they shared with a wartime enemy. A Penguin Classic This anthology presents a new vision that recovers and reframes the literature produced by the people targeted by the actions of President Franklin D. Roosevelt and Congress to deny Americans of Japanese ancestry any individual hearings or other due process after the Japanese attack at Pearl Harbor. From nearly seventy selections of fiction, poetry, essays, memoirs, and letters emerges a shared story of the struggle to retain personal integrity in the face of increasing dehumanization – all anchored by the key government documents that incite the action. The selections favor the pointed over the poignant, and the unknown over the familiar, with several new translations among previously unseen works that have been long overlooked on the shelf, buried in the archives, or languished unread in the Japanese language. The writings are presented chronologically so that readers can trace the continuum of events as the incarcerees experienced it. The contributors span incarcerees, their children born in or soon after the camps, and their descendants who reflect on the long-term consequences of mass incarceration for themselves and the nation. Many of the voices are those of protest. Some are those of accommodation. All are authentic. Together they form an epic narrative with a singular vision of America’s past, one with disturbing resonances with the American present. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Literature of Japanese American Incarceration Author: Frank Abe Narrator: Frank Abe, Ren Hanami, Keone Young, Traci Kato-Kiriyama, Greg Watanabe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: “An essential volume” —Hua Hsu, The New Yorker The collective voice of Japanese Americans defined by a specific moment in time: the four years of World War II during which the US government expelled resident aliens and its own citizens from their homes and imprisoned 125,000 of them in American concentration camps, based solely upon the race they shared with a wartime enemy. A Penguin Classic This anthology presents a new vision that recovers and reframes the literature produced by the people targeted by the actions of President Franklin D. Roosevelt and Congress to deny Americans of Japanese ancestry any individual hearings or other due process after the Japanese attack at Pearl Harbor. From nearly seventy selections of fiction, poetry, essays, memoirs, and letters emerges a shared story of the struggle to retain personal integrity in the face of increasing dehumanization – all anchored by the key government documents that incite the action. The selections favor the pointed over the poignant, and the unknown over the familiar, with several new translations among previously unseen works that have been long overlooked on the shelf, buried in the archives, or languished unread in the Japanese language. The writings are presented chronologically so that readers can trace the continuum of events as the incarcerees experienced it. The contributors span incarcerees, their children born in or soon after the camps, and their descendants who reflect on the long-term consequences of mass incarceration for themselves and the nation. Many of the voices are those of protest. Some are those of accommodation. All are authentic. Together they form an epic narrative with a singular vision of America’s past, one with disturbing resonances with the American present. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Viaje a Ixtlán Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Sergio Gutiérrez Sánchez Rüed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: En el tercer libro sobre su iniciación como 'hombre de conocimiento', Carlos Castaneda desanda camino hasta los primeros tratos con su maestro, el brujo yaqui don Juan, y añade al recuento de prodigios las arduas labores de disciplina física y mental que desde un principio lo preparaban para un acto decisivo de poder. La historia se cierra con el relato del viaje al que alude el título, intimación de la soledad y la áspera belleza de tal vida. Carlos Castaneda Thu, 24 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706910 thebookvoice.com 11:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Viaje a Ixtlán Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Sergio Gutiérrez Sánchez Rüed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: En el tercer libro sobre su iniciación como 'hombre de conocimiento', Carlos Castaneda desanda camino hasta los primeros tratos con su maestro, el brujo yaqui don Juan, y añade al recuento de prodigios las arduas labores de disciplina física y mental que desde un principio lo preparaban para un acto decisivo de poder. La historia se cierra con el relato del viaje al que alude el título, intimación de la soledad y la áspera belleza de tal vida. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Viaje a Ixtlán Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Sergio Gutiérrez Sánchez Rüed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: En el tercer libro sobre su iniciación como 'hombre de conocimiento', Carlos Castaneda desanda camino hasta los primeros tratos con su maestro, el brujo yaqui don Juan, y añade al recuento de prodigios las arduas labores de disciplina física y mental que desde un principio lo preparaban para un acto decisivo de poder. La historia se cierra con el relato del viaje al que alude el título, intimación de la soledad y la áspera belleza de tal vida. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706906 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Relatos de poder Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Sergio Rüed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Las lecciones de brujería que aborda Carlos Castaneda conllevan sus postulados a la conclusión de que los misterios del conocimiento secreto se disipan en el acto mismo de cobrar concreción definitiva. Puede advertirse el paralelismo entre la iniciación guerrera que el autor ha cursado y la disciplina del Zen, en estos tres capítulos: 'Un testigo de actos de poder', 'El tonal y el nagual' y 'La explicación de los brujos'. Carlos Castaneda Thu, 24 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706906 thebookvoice.com 13:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Relatos de poder Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Sergio Rüed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Las lecciones de brujería que aborda Carlos Castaneda conllevan sus postulados a la conclusión de que los misterios del conocimiento secreto se disipan en el acto mismo de cobrar concreción definitiva. Puede advertirse el paralelismo entre la iniciación guerrera que el autor ha cursado y la disciplina del Zen, en estos tres capítulos: 'Un testigo de actos de poder', 'El tonal y el nagual' y 'La explicación de los brujos'. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706906]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Relatos de poder Author: Carlos Castaneda Narrator: Sergio Rüed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Las lecciones de brujería que aborda Carlos Castaneda conllevan sus postulados a la conclusión de que los misterios del conocimiento secreto se disipan en el acto mismo de cobrar concreción definitiva. Puede advertirse el paralelismo entre la iniciación guerrera que el autor ha cursado y la disciplina del Zen, en estos tres capítulos: 'Un testigo de actos de poder', 'El tonal y el nagual' y 'La explicación de los brujos'. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706898 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Better Than Your BS Author: Risha Grant Narrator: Risha Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: DEI consultant and corporate speaker, Risha Grant, shares her practice of learning how to welcome and embrace people's full humanity, without BS, full stop. What's BS? It's bullshit for sure, but more specifically it's the powerful and often invisible belief systems we've been steeped in since birth-the judgment and bias we carry with us that impact our own lives and the many others we encounter every day. Risha teaches us about the inner work and the outer work we need to do to dismantle our 'biasphere,' and change how we see ourselves and how we interact with others. The more people are willing to acknowledge and address the biases inherent in their belief systems, the more those biases will dissipate and the better our work environments will become. Readers will learn how to: Recognize when your BS manifests as 'isms' and phobias that follow you to work Cure scarcity mentality, a damaging byproduct of fear Validate other people's experiences Become a real ally Engage in micro efforts that can effect change on a macro level Create an environment that fosters a sense of belonging for everybody; that is, 'get in where you fit in' Abolish groupthink and create space for diverse ideas Design explicit feedback channels Generate truly inclusive policies that people can trust Spot and stop bullying (it doesn't always look the way you think it does) Understand that equality isn't equity; the difference leads to everyone getting what they needThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Risha Grant Tue, 15 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706898 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Better Than Your BS Author: Risha Grant Narrator: Risha Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: DEI consultant and corporate speaker, Risha Grant, shares her practice of learning how to welcome and embrace people's full humanity, without BS, full stop. What's BS? It's bullshit for sure, but more specifically it's the powerful and often invisible belief systems we've been steeped in since birth-the judgment and bias we carry with us that impact our own lives and the many others we encounter every day. Risha teaches us about the inner work and the outer work we need to do to dismantle our 'biasphere,' and change how we see ourselves and how we interact with others. The more people are willing to acknowledge and address the biases inherent in their belief systems, the more those biases will dissipate and the better our work environments will become. Readers will learn how to: Recognize when your BS manifests as 'isms' and phobias that follow you to work Cure scarcity mentality, a damaging byproduct of fear Validate other people's experiences Become a real ally Engage in micro efforts that can effect change on a macro level Create an environment that fosters a sense of belonging for everybody; that is, 'get in where you fit in' Abolish groupthink and create space for diverse ideas Design explicit feedback channels Generate truly inclusive policies that people can trust Spot and stop bullying (it doesn't always look the way you think it does) Understand that equality isn't equity; the difference leads to everyone getting what they needThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Better Than Your BS Author: Risha Grant Narrator: Risha Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: DEI consultant and corporate speaker, Risha Grant, shares her practice of learning how to welcome and embrace people's full humanity, without BS, full stop. What's BS? It's bullshit for sure, but more specifically it's the powerful and often invisible belief systems we've been steeped in since birth-the judgment and bias we carry with us that impact our own lives and the many others we encounter every day. Risha teaches us about the inner work and the outer work we need to do to dismantle our 'biasphere,' and change how we see ourselves and how we interact with others. The more people are willing to acknowledge and address the biases inherent in their belief systems, the more those biases will dissipate and the better our work environments will become. Readers will learn how to: Recognize when your BS manifests as 'isms' and phobias that follow you to work Cure scarcity mentality, a damaging byproduct of fear Validate other people's experiences Become a real ally Engage in micro efforts that can effect change on a macro level Create an environment that fosters a sense of belonging for everybody; that is, 'get in where you fit in' Abolish groupthink and create space for diverse ideas Design explicit feedback channels Generate truly inclusive policies that people can trust Spot and stop bullying (it doesn't always look the way you think it does) Understand that equality isn't equity; the difference leads to everyone getting what they needThis audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706653 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Confesiones de un traficante de personas Author: Andrea Di Nicola, Giampolo Musumeci Narrator: Rodrigo Martínez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por primera vez hablan los hombres que controlan el tráfico de personas. ¿Qué hay detrás de las dramáticas imágenes de pateras repletas de migrantes que atraviesan el Mediterráneo? ¿Cómo nace el impulso de abandonarlo todo en busca de una vida mejor, y quién satisface esta demanda en un mundo en el que hasta la desesperación se convierte en mercancía? Tras haber recorrido las principales rutas migratorias que desembocan en Europa, los autores de este libro revelan los pormenores de un sistema criminal que mueve cantidades astronómicas de dinero y a una infinita masa de gente. Esta atrevida investigación periodística destapa los mecanismos económicos y logísticos de una red flexible y tentacular, de un negocio global que a costa de los más necesitados alcanza un volumen de facturación solo comparable al que genera el narcotráfico. El testimonio de los traficantes entrevistados en este libro introduce al lector en un mundo que casi nadie conoce, pero muchos sufren y unos pocos aprovechan para lucrarse. Andrea Di Nicola, Giampolo Musumeci Wed, 16 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706653 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Confesiones de un traficante de personas Author: Andrea Di Nicola, Giampolo Musumeci Narrator: Rodrigo Martínez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por primera vez hablan los hombres que controlan el tráfico de personas. ¿Qué hay detrás de las dramáticas imágenes de pateras repletas de migrantes que atraviesan el Mediterráneo? ¿Cómo nace el impulso de abandonarlo todo en busca de una vida mejor, y quién satisface esta demanda en un mundo en el que hasta la desesperación se convierte en mercancía? Tras haber recorrido las principales rutas migratorias que desembocan en Europa, los autores de este libro revelan los pormenores de un sistema criminal que mueve cantidades astronómicas de dinero y a una infinita masa de gente. Esta atrevida investigación periodística destapa los mecanismos económicos y logísticos de una red flexible y tentacular, de un negocio global que a costa de los más necesitados alcanza un volumen de facturación solo comparable al que genera el narcotráfico. El testimonio de los traficantes entrevistados en este libro introduce al lector en un mundo que casi nadie conoce, pero muchos sufren y unos pocos aprovechan para lucrarse. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Confesiones de un traficante de personas Author: Andrea Di Nicola, Giampolo Musumeci Narrator: Rodrigo Martínez Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 16, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Por primera vez hablan los hombres que controlan el tráfico de personas. ¿Qué hay detrás de las dramáticas imágenes de pateras repletas de migrantes que atraviesan el Mediterráneo? ¿Cómo nace el impulso de abandonarlo todo en busca de una vida mejor, y quién satisface esta demanda en un mundo en el que hasta la desesperación se convierte en mercancía? Tras haber recorrido las principales rutas migratorias que desembocan en Europa, los autores de este libro revelan los pormenores de un sistema criminal que mueve cantidades astronómicas de dinero y a una infinita masa de gente. Esta atrevida investigación periodística destapa los mecanismos económicos y logísticos de una red flexible y tentacular, de un negocio global que a costa de los más necesitados alcanza un volumen de facturación solo comparable al que genera el narcotráfico. El testimonio de los traficantes entrevistados en este libro introduce al lector en un mundo que casi nadie conoce, pero muchos sufren y unos pocos aprovechan para lucrarse. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706640 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La isla oculta: Historias de Cuba Author: Abraham Jiménez Enoa Narrator: Ernesto Rumbaut, Javier Lacroix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La isla oculta no es otro libro más sobre Cuba, un país que forma parte de nuestro imaginario colectivo desde su Revolución, sino una colección de crónicas que nos lleva a sus lugares menos conocidos con una mirada conmovedora, triste y a la vez pícara. Un puzle del último lustro de Cuba que muestra otra isla, acaso subterránea. Jiménez Enoa forma parte de una nueva camada de narradores cubanos. Pese a que el Gobierno le retuvo el pasaporte hasta 2022 como réplica a su actividad periodística, siguió describiendo con franqueza aquello que veían sus ojos y ganó diversos premios internacionales de periodismo. El autor vive ahora una suerte de exilio en Barcelona y nos ofrece uno de los libros definitivos sobre la Cuba reciente.'Abraham Jiménez Enoa es un interlocutor privilegiado, un guía afectivo y sincero que nos conecta con esa Cuba tan bella, tan querida y tan injusta y triste a la vez'.Jon Lee Anderson Abraham Jiménez Enoa Tue, 21 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706640 thebookvoice.com 8:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La isla oculta: Historias de Cuba Author: Abraham Jiménez Enoa Narrator: Ernesto Rumbaut, Javier Lacroix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La isla oculta no es otro libro más sobre Cuba, un país que forma parte de nuestro imaginario colectivo desde su Revolución, sino una colección de crónicas que nos lleva a sus lugares menos conocidos con una mirada conmovedora, triste y a la vez pícara. Un puzle del último lustro de Cuba que muestra otra isla, acaso subterránea. Jiménez Enoa forma parte de una nueva camada de narradores cubanos. Pese a que el Gobierno le retuvo el pasaporte hasta 2022 como réplica a su actividad periodística, siguió describiendo con franqueza aquello que veían sus ojos y ganó diversos premios internacionales de periodismo. El autor vive ahora una suerte de exilio en Barcelona y nos ofrece uno de los libros definitivos sobre la Cuba reciente.'Abraham Jiménez Enoa es un interlocutor privilegiado, un guía afectivo y sincero que nos conecta con esa Cuba tan bella, tan querida y tan injusta y triste a la vez'.Jon Lee Anderson Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La isla oculta: Historias de Cuba Author: Abraham Jiménez Enoa Narrator: Ernesto Rumbaut, Javier Lacroix Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: La isla oculta no es otro libro más sobre Cuba, un país que forma parte de nuestro imaginario colectivo desde su Revolución, sino una colección de crónicas que nos lleva a sus lugares menos conocidos con una mirada conmovedora, triste y a la vez pícara. Un puzle del último lustro de Cuba que muestra otra isla, acaso subterránea. Jiménez Enoa forma parte de una nueva camada de narradores cubanos. Pese a que el Gobierno le retuvo el pasaporte hasta 2022 como réplica a su actividad periodística, siguió describiendo con franqueza aquello que veían sus ojos y ganó diversos premios internacionales de periodismo. El autor vive ahora una suerte de exilio en Barcelona y nos ofrece uno de los libros definitivos sobre la Cuba reciente.'Abraham Jiménez Enoa es un interlocutor privilegiado, un guía afectivo y sincero que nos conecta con esa Cuba tan bella, tan querida y tan injusta y triste a la vez'.Jon Lee Anderson https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706622 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Acusáis a la mujer sin razón: Feminismo desde la cárcel: un paso para desarmar la violencia estructural de género Author: Wendy Balcazar, Raquel Aguirre, Mercedes Becker, Daniela Ancira Narrator: Wendy Balcazar, Raquel Aguirre, Mercedes Becker, Daniela Ancira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: AUDIO LIBRO NARRADO POR EL AUTOR Porque nos humillan, nos juzgan, nos lastiman… por eso gritamos, exigimos, caemos, lloramos, nos levantamos… nuestros cuerpos están encarcelados con nuestro pasado y dolor, pero no nuestros reclamos de justicia y el anhelo de ser libres y tratadas con dignidad. Al entrar en prisión, muchas veces por un delito que no cometieron, las mujeres en México enfrentan la dureza que implica su condena, y también, de manera sistemática, severas injusticias en sus procesos penales, desatención en las mínimas normas de higiene y discriminación. Este libro ofrece un panorama desolador de la forma en la que viven las mujeres encarceladas en este país: humilladas y ofendidas. En estas páginas, las mujeres en prisión revelan que son sentenciadas por juezas y jueces con más severidad que los hombres por el mismo delito; que al entrar a la cárcel son abandonadas en su gran mayoría por sus familias y parejas sentimentales; que en un alto porcentaje están presas por apoyar a sus novios o esposos en actos delictivos, quienes en muchas ocasiones están libres y jamás las buscan; que la atención médica o los programas de recreación son deficientes. Acusáis a la mujer sin razón es la voz de mujeres privadas de su libertad y de quienes trabajan con ellas en su reinserción que expone una realidad que la sociedad ignora o desprecia; mujeres que expresan una sororidad y un feminismo original, desconocido, que no está en redes sociales ni en las marchas, pero es igual de potente y representa las demandas de justicia, inclusión, respeto a las madres, trabajadoras, estudiantes y compañeras encarceladas con sus palabras ardientes, incansables que sentencian: ¡LIBRES NOS QUEREMOS! Wendy Balcazar, Raquel Aguirre, Mercedes Becker, Daniela Ancira Thu, 31 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706622 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Acusáis a la mujer sin razón: Feminismo desde la cárcel: un paso para desarmar la violencia estructural de género Author: Wendy Balcazar, Raquel Aguirre, Mercedes Becker, Daniela Ancira Narrator: Wendy Balcazar, Raquel Aguirre, Mercedes Becker, Daniela Ancira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: AUDIO LIBRO NARRADO POR EL AUTOR Porque nos humillan, nos juzgan, nos lastiman… por eso gritamos, exigimos, caemos, lloramos, nos levantamos… nuestros cuerpos están encarcelados con nuestro pasado y dolor, pero no nuestros reclamos de justicia y el anhelo de ser libres y tratadas con dignidad. Al entrar en prisión, muchas veces por un delito que no cometieron, las mujeres en México enfrentan la dureza que implica su condena, y también, de manera sistemática, severas injusticias en sus procesos penales, desatención en las mínimas normas de higiene y discriminación. Este libro ofrece un panorama desolador de la forma en la que viven las mujeres encarceladas en este país: humilladas y ofendidas. En estas páginas, las mujeres en prisión revelan que son sentenciadas por juezas y jueces con más severidad que los hombres por el mismo delito; que al entrar a la cárcel son abandonadas en su gran mayoría por sus familias y parejas sentimentales; que en un alto porcentaje están presas por apoyar a sus novios o esposos en actos delictivos, quienes en muchas ocasiones están libres y jamás las buscan; que la atención médica o los programas de recreación son deficientes. Acusáis a la mujer sin razón es la voz de mujeres privadas de su libertad y de quienes trabajan con ellas en su reinserción que expone una realidad que la sociedad ignora o desprecia; mujeres que expresan una sororidad y un feminismo original, desconocido, que no está en redes sociales ni en las marchas, pero es igual de potente y representa las demandas de justicia, inclusión, respeto a las madres, trabajadoras, estudiantes y compañeras encarceladas con sus palabras ardientes, incansables que sentencian: ¡LIBRES NOS QUEREMOS! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706622]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Acusáis a la mujer sin razón: Feminismo desde la cárcel: un paso para desarmar la violencia estructural de género Author: Wendy Balcazar, Raquel Aguirre, Mercedes Becker, Daniela Ancira Narrator: Wendy Balcazar, Raquel Aguirre, Mercedes Becker, Daniela Ancira Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: AUDIO LIBRO NARRADO POR EL AUTOR Porque nos humillan, nos juzgan, nos lastiman… por eso gritamos, exigimos, caemos, lloramos, nos levantamos… nuestros cuerpos están encarcelados con nuestro pasado y dolor, pero no nuestros reclamos de justicia y el anhelo de ser libres y tratadas con dignidad. Al entrar en prisión, muchas veces por un delito que no cometieron, las mujeres en México enfrentan la dureza que implica su condena, y también, de manera sistemática, severas injusticias en sus procesos penales, desatención en las mínimas normas de higiene y discriminación. Este libro ofrece un panorama desolador de la forma en la que viven las mujeres encarceladas en este país: humilladas y ofendidas. En estas páginas, las mujeres en prisión revelan que son sentenciadas por juezas y jueces con más severidad que los hombres por el mismo delito; que al entrar a la cárcel son abandonadas en su gran mayoría por sus familias y parejas sentimentales; que en un alto porcentaje están presas por apoyar a sus novios o esposos en actos delictivos, quienes en muchas ocasiones están libres y jamás las buscan; que la atención médica o los programas de recreación son deficientes. Acusáis a la mujer sin razón es la voz de mujeres privadas de su libertad y de quienes trabajan con ellas en su reinserción que expone una realidad que la sociedad ignora o desprecia; mujeres que expresan una sororidad y un feminismo original, desconocido, que no está en redes sociales ni en las marchas, pero es igual de potente y representa las demandas de justicia, inclusión, respeto a las madres, trabajadoras, estudiantes y compañeras encarceladas con sus palabras ardientes, incansables que sentencian: ¡LIBRES NOS QUEREMOS! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Not A Numbers Person: How to Make Good Decisions in a Data-Rich World Author: Dr. Selena Fisk Narrator: Dr. Selena Fisk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life in the 21st century dictates that you need to know your numbers and use them to improve your decision-making and enhance your impact. From organizing the home budget, tracking health, understanding social media metrics, to running multi-national, multi-million-dollar organizations, it is no longer acceptable to claim 'but I'm not a numbers person' and believe that it is someone else's job. Data is everywhere. Smart watches track our steps, heart rate, and blood-oxygen levels, social media platforms recommend people we might know and products we might like, and map applications on our phones suggest when we should leave home, taking into consideration where our next appointment is and what the traffic is like. Dr. Selena Fisk believes that the data-informed can use the numbers in conjunction with an understanding of contexts, people, and different situations, to lead change and make shifts in what they do. This book steps through the 'why' of data and the types of data we often see and use through three key areas: data literacy, data visualization, and data storytelling. Dr. Selena Fisk Wed, 26 Jul 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706555 thebookvoice.com 4:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Not A Numbers Person: How to Make Good Decisions in a Data-Rich World Author: Dr. Selena Fisk Narrator: Dr. Selena Fisk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life in the 21st century dictates that you need to know your numbers and use them to improve your decision-making and enhance your impact. From organizing the home budget, tracking health, understanding social media metrics, to running multi-national, multi-million-dollar organizations, it is no longer acceptable to claim 'but I'm not a numbers person' and believe that it is someone else's job. Data is everywhere. Smart watches track our steps, heart rate, and blood-oxygen levels, social media platforms recommend people we might know and products we might like, and map applications on our phones suggest when we should leave home, taking into consideration where our next appointment is and what the traffic is like. Dr. Selena Fisk believes that the data-informed can use the numbers in conjunction with an understanding of contexts, people, and different situations, to lead change and make shifts in what they do. This book steps through the 'why' of data and the types of data we often see and use through three key areas: data literacy, data visualization, and data storytelling. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/706555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Not A Numbers Person: How to Make Good Decisions in a Data-Rich World Author: Dr. Selena Fisk Narrator: Dr. Selena Fisk Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 27 minutes Release date: July 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Life in the 21st century dictates that you need to know your numbers and use them to improve your decision-making and enhance your impact. From organizing the home budget, tracking health, understanding social media metrics, to running multi-national, multi-million-dollar organizations, it is no longer acceptable to claim 'but I'm not a numbers person' and believe that it is someone else's job. Data is everywhere. Smart watches track our steps, heart rate, and blood-oxygen levels, social media platforms recommend people we might know and products we might like, and map applications on our phones suggest when we should leave home, taking into consideration where our next appointment is and what the traffic is like. Dr. Selena Fisk believes that the data-informed can use the numbers in conjunction with an understanding of contexts, people, and different situations, to lead change and make shifts in what they do. This book steps through the 'why' of data and the types of data we often see and use through three key areas: data literacy, data visualization, and data storytelling. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Practice of Disbelief: An Introduction to the Principles, History, and Communities of Black Nonbelievers Author: Anthony Pinn Narrator: Darian Dauchan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A short introduction to Black Humanism: its history, its present, and the rich cultural sensibilities that infuse it In the United States, to be a Black American is to be a Black Christian. And there’s something to this assumption in that the vast majority of African Americans are Christian. However, in recent years a growing number of African Americans have said they claim no particular religious affiliation—they are Black “nones.” And of these Black “nones,” the most public and vocal are those who claim to be humanists. What does it mean to be a Black humanist? What do Black humanist believe, and what do they do? This slim volume answers these questions. Animated by 6 central principles, and discussed in terms of its history, practices, formations, and community rituals, this book argues that Black humanism can be understood as a religious movement. Pinn makes a distinction between theism and religion—which is simply a tool for examining, naming, and finding the meaning in human experience. Black humanism, based on this definition isn’t theistic but it is a religious system used to explore human experience and foster life meaning. It infuses humanism with rich cultural sensibilities drawn from Black experience. As shown in these pages, thinking about Black humanism this way frees readers from making unfounded assumptions and enables them to better appreciate the secular “beliefs,” ritual structures, and community formation constituted by Black humanists. Anthony Pinn Tue, 21 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958 thebookvoice.com 3:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Practice of Disbelief: An Introduction to the Principles, History, and Communities of Black Nonbelievers Author: Anthony Pinn Narrator: Darian Dauchan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A short introduction to Black Humanism: its history, its present, and the rich cultural sensibilities that infuse it In the United States, to be a Black American is to be a Black Christian. And there’s something to this assumption in that the vast majority of African Americans are Christian. However, in recent years a growing number of African Americans have said they claim no particular religious affiliation—they are Black “nones.” And of these Black “nones,” the most public and vocal are those who claim to be humanists. What does it mean to be a Black humanist? What do Black humanist believe, and what do they do? This slim volume answers these questions. Animated by 6 central principles, and discussed in terms of its history, practices, formations, and community rituals, this book argues that Black humanism can be understood as a religious movement. Pinn makes a distinction between theism and religion—which is simply a tool for examining, naming, and finding the meaning in human experience. Black humanism, based on this definition isn’t theistic but it is a religious system used to explore human experience and foster life meaning. It infuses humanism with rich cultural sensibilities drawn from Black experience. As shown in these pages, thinking about Black humanism this way frees readers from making unfounded assumptions and enables them to better appreciate the secular “beliefs,” ritual structures, and community formation constituted by Black humanists. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705958]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Practice of Disbelief: An Introduction to the Principles, History, and Communities of Black Nonbelievers Author: Anthony Pinn Narrator: Darian Dauchan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 19 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A short introduction to Black Humanism: its history, its present, and the rich cultural sensibilities that infuse it In the United States, to be a Black American is to be a Black Christian. And there’s something to this assumption in that the vast majority of African Americans are Christian. However, in recent years a growing number of African Americans have said they claim no particular religious affiliation—they are Black “nones.” And of these Black “nones,” the most public and vocal are those who claim to be humanists. What does it mean to be a Black humanist? What do Black humanist believe, and what do they do? This slim volume answers these questions. Animated by 6 central principles, and discussed in terms of its history, practices, formations, and community rituals, this book argues that Black humanism can be understood as a religious movement. Pinn makes a distinction between theism and religion—which is simply a tool for examining, naming, and finding the meaning in human experience. Black humanism, based on this definition isn’t theistic but it is a religious system used to explore human experience and foster life meaning. It infuses humanism with rich cultural sensibilities drawn from Black experience. As shown in these pages, thinking about Black humanism this way frees readers from making unfounded assumptions and enables them to better appreciate the secular “beliefs,” ritual structures, and community formation constituted by Black humanists. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705941 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende der Ehe: Für eine Revolution der Liebe Author: Emilia Roig Narrator: Abak Safaei-Rad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Die Ehe ist in unserer Gesellschaft unantastbar. Trotz ihrer Institutionalisierung wird sie als Inbegriff der Liebe romantisiert und mythisch verklärt. Dabei verschärft eine Heirat für Frauen oft die Ungleichheit, und sie führt zu finanzieller Abhängigkeit. Die Bestseller-Autorin Emilia Roig blickt hinter die Fassade eines patriarchalen Konstrukts und weist Wege zu einer Revolution der Liebe. Die Ehe normiert Beziehungen und Familie, kontrolliert Sexualität, den Besitz und die Arbeitskraft. Sie ist eine wichtige Stütze des Kapitalismus und lässt uns in binären Geschlechterrollen verharren. In ihrem mutigen und provokanten Buch ruft Emilia Roig daher das Ende der Ehe aus. Sie hinterfragt die Übermacht der Paare und untersucht, ob man Männer lieben und zugleich das Patriarchat stürzen kann. Letztlich wäre eine Abschaffung der Ehe nicht nur für Frauen befreiend, sondern für alle. Denn nur dann können wir Liebe in Freiheit und auf Augenhöhe miteinander neu denken und leben.- Emilia Roig Thu, 30 Mar 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705941 thebookvoice.com 10:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende der Ehe: Für eine Revolution der Liebe Author: Emilia Roig Narrator: Abak Safaei-Rad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Die Ehe ist in unserer Gesellschaft unantastbar. Trotz ihrer Institutionalisierung wird sie als Inbegriff der Liebe romantisiert und mythisch verklärt. Dabei verschärft eine Heirat für Frauen oft die Ungleichheit, und sie führt zu finanzieller Abhängigkeit. Die Bestseller-Autorin Emilia Roig blickt hinter die Fassade eines patriarchalen Konstrukts und weist Wege zu einer Revolution der Liebe. Die Ehe normiert Beziehungen und Familie, kontrolliert Sexualität, den Besitz und die Arbeitskraft. Sie ist eine wichtige Stütze des Kapitalismus und lässt uns in binären Geschlechterrollen verharren. In ihrem mutigen und provokanten Buch ruft Emilia Roig daher das Ende der Ehe aus. Sie hinterfragt die Übermacht der Paare und untersucht, ob man Männer lieben und zugleich das Patriarchat stürzen kann. Letztlich wäre eine Abschaffung der Ehe nicht nur für Frauen befreiend, sondern für alle. Denn nur dann können wir Liebe in Freiheit und auf Augenhöhe miteinander neu denken und leben.- Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705941]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende der Ehe: Für eine Revolution der Liebe Author: Emilia Roig Narrator: Abak Safaei-Rad Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 6 minutes Release date: March 30, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Die Ehe ist in unserer Gesellschaft unantastbar. Trotz ihrer Institutionalisierung wird sie als Inbegriff der Liebe romantisiert und mythisch verklärt. Dabei verschärft eine Heirat für Frauen oft die Ungleichheit, und sie führt zu finanzieller Abhängigkeit. Die Bestseller-Autorin Emilia Roig blickt hinter die Fassade eines patriarchalen Konstrukts und weist Wege zu einer Revolution der Liebe. Die Ehe normiert Beziehungen und Familie, kontrolliert Sexualität, den Besitz und die Arbeitskraft. Sie ist eine wichtige Stütze des Kapitalismus und lässt uns in binären Geschlechterrollen verharren. In ihrem mutigen und provokanten Buch ruft Emilia Roig daher das Ende der Ehe aus. Sie hinterfragt die Übermacht der Paare und untersucht, ob man Männer lieben und zugleich das Patriarchat stürzen kann. Letztlich wäre eine Abschaffung der Ehe nicht nur für Frauen befreiend, sondern für alle. Denn nur dann können wir Liebe in Freiheit und auf Augenhöhe miteinander neu denken und leben.- https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705857 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fifteen Cents on the Dollar: How Americans Made the Black-White Wealth Gap Author: Ebony Reed, Louise Story Narrator: Tovah Ott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sweeping, narrative history of Black wealth and the economic discrimination embedded in America’s financial system.  The early 2020s will long be known as a period of racial reflection. In the wake of the police killing of George Floyd, Americans of all backgrounds joined together in historic demonstrations in the streets, discussions in the workplace, and conversations at home about the financial gaps that remain between white and Black Americans. This deeply investigated book shows the scores of setbacks that have held the Black-white wealth gap in place—from enslavement to redlining to banking discrimination—and, ultimately, the reversals that occurred in the mid-2020s as the push for racial equity became a polarized political debate. Fifteen Cents on the Dollar follows the lives of four Black Millennial professionals and a banking company founded with the stated mission of closing the Black-white wealth gap. That company, known as Greenwood, a reference to the historic Black Wall Street district in Tulsa, Oklahoma, generated immense excitement and hope among people looking for new ways of business that might lead to greater equity. But the twists and turns of Greenwood’s journey also raise tough questions about what equality really means. Seasoned journalist-academics Louise Story and Ebony Reed present a nuanced portrait of Greenwood’s founders—the entertainment executive Ryan Glover; the Grammy-winning rapper Michael Render, better known as Killer Mike; and the Civil Rights leader and two-term Atlanta mayor, Andrew Young—along with new revelations about their lives, careers, and families going back to the Civil War. Equally engaging are the stories of the lesser-known individuals—a female tech employee from rural North Carolina trying to make it in a big city; a rising leader at the NAACP whose father is in prison; an owner of a BBQ stand in Atlanta fighting to keep his home; and a Black man in a biracial marriage grappling with his roots when his father is shot by the police. In chronicling these staggering injustices, Fifteen Cents on the Dollar shows why so little progress has been made on the wealth gap and provides insights Americans should consider if they want lasting change. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Ebony Reed, Louise Story Tue, 18 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705857 thebookvoice.com 14:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fifteen Cents on the Dollar: How Americans Made the Black-White Wealth Gap Author: Ebony Reed, Louise Story Narrator: Tovah Ott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sweeping, narrative history of Black wealth and the economic discrimination embedded in America’s financial system.  The early 2020s will long be known as a period of racial reflection. In the wake of the police killing of George Floyd, Americans of all backgrounds joined together in historic demonstrations in the streets, discussions in the workplace, and conversations at home about the financial gaps that remain between white and Black Americans. This deeply investigated book shows the scores of setbacks that have held the Black-white wealth gap in place—from enslavement to redlining to banking discrimination—and, ultimately, the reversals that occurred in the mid-2020s as the push for racial equity became a polarized political debate. Fifteen Cents on the Dollar follows the lives of four Black Millennial professionals and a banking company founded with the stated mission of closing the Black-white wealth gap. That company, known as Greenwood, a reference to the historic Black Wall Street district in Tulsa, Oklahoma, generated immense excitement and hope among people looking for new ways of business that might lead to greater equity. But the twists and turns of Greenwood’s journey also raise tough questions about what equality really means. Seasoned journalist-academics Louise Story and Ebony Reed present a nuanced portrait of Greenwood’s founders—the entertainment executive Ryan Glover; the Grammy-winning rapper Michael Render, better known as Killer Mike; and the Civil Rights leader and two-term Atlanta mayor, Andrew Young—along with new revelations about their lives, careers, and families going back to the Civil War. Equally engaging are the stories of the lesser-known individuals—a female tech employee from rural North Carolina trying to make it in a big city; a rising leader at the NAACP whose father is in prison; an owner of a BBQ stand in Atlanta fighting to keep his home; and a Black man in a biracial marriage grappling with his roots when his father is shot by the police. In chronicling these staggering injustices, Fifteen Cents on the Dollar shows why so little progress has been made on the wealth gap and provides insights Americans should consider if they want lasting change. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705857]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fifteen Cents on the Dollar: How Americans Made the Black-White Wealth Gap Author: Ebony Reed, Louise Story Narrator: Tovah Ott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 18, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sweeping, narrative history of Black wealth and the economic discrimination embedded in America’s financial system.  The early 2020s will long be known as a period of racial reflection. In the wake of the police killing of George Floyd, Americans of all backgrounds joined together in historic demonstrations in the streets, discussions in the workplace, and conversations at home about the financial gaps that remain between white and Black Americans. This deeply investigated book shows the scores of setbacks that have held the Black-white wealth gap in place—from enslavement to redlining to banking discrimination—and, ultimately, the reversals that occurred in the mid-2020s as the push for racial equity became a polarized political debate. Fifteen Cents on the Dollar follows the lives of four Black Millennial professionals and a banking company founded with the stated mission of closing the Black-white wealth gap. That company, known as Greenwood, a reference to the historic Black Wall Street district in Tulsa, Oklahoma, generated immense excitement and hope among people looking for new ways of business that might lead to greater equity. But the twists and turns of Greenwood’s journey also raise tough questions about what equality really means. Seasoned journalist-academics Louise Story and Ebony Reed present a nuanced portrait of Greenwood’s founders—the entertainment executive Ryan Glover; the Grammy-winning rapper Michael Render, better known as Killer Mike; and the Civil Rights leader and two-term Atlanta mayor, Andrew Young—along with new revelations about their lives, careers, and families going back to the Civil War. Equally engaging are the stories of the lesser-known individuals—a female tech employee from rural North Carolina trying to make it in a big city; a rising leader at the NAACP whose father is in prison; an owner of a BBQ stand in Atlanta fighting to keep his home; and a Black man in a biracial marriage grappling with his roots when his father is shot by the police. In chronicling these staggering injustices, Fifteen Cents on the Dollar shows why so little progress has been made on the wealth gap and provides insights Americans should consider if they want lasting change. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705855 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Book of Balance: Kogi Wisdom for a Good Life and Thriving Earth Author: Lucas Buchholz Narrator: Johnny Rey Diaz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We all need help centering ourselves to serve ourselves and our world. In this small, beautiful book, the Kogi—a remote and ancient tribe in the mountains of Colombia--offer their learnings. They pose nine thought-provoking questions to help us live harmoniously with the earth and in turn find happiness and purpose in every moment. “Just as we are both sitting here and talking, this is how we can live well. All of this you will write in the book.”—Mama Jose Gabriel, a spiritual guide of the Kogi tribe, to author Lucas Buchholz For centuries, the Kogi have lived in seclusion in Colombia’s remote Sierra Nevadas, known as “the heart of the world.” But in recent years, concerned by the environmental degradation they have experienced in their villages and forests, a few emissaries from the tribe emerged to bring an urgent and loving message to the West—advice on how to live in harmony with the earth. Buchholz was invited to their home to receive and transcribe this message. A Book of Balance takes us on a journey into a startlingly beautiful landscape and into a sacred space: the traditional fireside circle held regularly by the tribe. In this circle, members consider key questions essential to their community. In this slim volume of spiritual introspection, they ask us to share in their practice, posing nine questions that focus our minds and hearts on who we are, who we can become. Throughout we hear the words of the Kogi elders, wisdom that offers revelations, inspiration, and direction for our everyday lives. A beautiful book to own, to share with friends, and discuss in community. Lucas Buchholz Tue, 21 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705855 thebookvoice.com 7:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Book of Balance: Kogi Wisdom for a Good Life and Thriving Earth Author: Lucas Buchholz Narrator: Johnny Rey Diaz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We all need help centering ourselves to serve ourselves and our world. In this small, beautiful book, the Kogi—a remote and ancient tribe in the mountains of Colombia--offer their learnings. They pose nine thought-provoking questions to help us live harmoniously with the earth and in turn find happiness and purpose in every moment. “Just as we are both sitting here and talking, this is how we can live well. All of this you will write in the book.”—Mama Jose Gabriel, a spiritual guide of the Kogi tribe, to author Lucas Buchholz For centuries, the Kogi have lived in seclusion in Colombia’s remote Sierra Nevadas, known as “the heart of the world.” But in recent years, concerned by the environmental degradation they have experienced in their villages and forests, a few emissaries from the tribe emerged to bring an urgent and loving message to the West—advice on how to live in harmony with the earth. Buchholz was invited to their home to receive and transcribe this message. A Book of Balance takes us on a journey into a startlingly beautiful landscape and into a sacred space: the traditional fireside circle held regularly by the tribe. In this circle, members consider key questions essential to their community. In this slim volume of spiritual introspection, they ask us to share in their practice, posing nine questions that focus our minds and hearts on who we are, who we can become. Throughout we hear the words of the Kogi elders, wisdom that offers revelations, inspiration, and direction for our everyday lives. A beautiful book to own, to share with friends, and discuss in community. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705855]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Book of Balance: Kogi Wisdom for a Good Life and Thriving Earth Author: Lucas Buchholz Narrator: Johnny Rey Diaz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 21, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: We all need help centering ourselves to serve ourselves and our world. In this small, beautiful book, the Kogi—a remote and ancient tribe in the mountains of Colombia--offer their learnings. They pose nine thought-provoking questions to help us live harmoniously with the earth and in turn find happiness and purpose in every moment. “Just as we are both sitting here and talking, this is how we can live well. All of this you will write in the book.”—Mama Jose Gabriel, a spiritual guide of the Kogi tribe, to author Lucas Buchholz For centuries, the Kogi have lived in seclusion in Colombia’s remote Sierra Nevadas, known as “the heart of the world.” But in recent years, concerned by the environmental degradation they have experienced in their villages and forests, a few emissaries from the tribe emerged to bring an urgent and loving message to the West—advice on how to live in harmony with the earth. Buchholz was invited to their home to receive and transcribe this message. A Book of Balance takes us on a journey into a startlingly beautiful landscape and into a sacred space: the traditional fireside circle held regularly by the tribe. In this circle, members consider key questions essential to their community. In this slim volume of spiritual introspection, they ask us to share in their practice, posing nine questions that focus our minds and hearts on who we are, who we can become. Throughout we hear the words of the Kogi elders, wisdom that offers revelations, inspiration, and direction for our everyday lives. A beautiful book to own, to share with friends, and discuss in community. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705800 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rural Voter: The Politics of Place and the Disuniting of America Author: Nicholas Jacobs, Daniel M. Shea Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The widening gulf between rural and urban America is becoming the most serious political divide of our day. Support for Democrats, up and down the ballot, has plummeted throughout the countryside, and the entire governing system is threatened by one-party dominance. After Donald Trump's surprising victories throughout rural America, pundits and journalists went searching for answers, popping into roadside diners and opining from afar. Rural Americans are supposedly bigots, culturally backward, lazy, scared of the future, and radical. But is it that simple? This pathbreaking book pinpoints forces behind the rise of the 'rural voter'—a new political identity that combines a deeply felt sense of place with an increasingly nationalized set of concerns. Nicholas F. Jacobs and Daniel M. Shea uncover how this overwhelmingly crucial voting bloc emerged and how it has roiled American politics. They show how perceptions of economic and social change, racial anxieties, and a traditional way of life under assault have converged into a belief in rural uniqueness and separateness. This book offers a timely warning that the chasm separating urban and rural Americans cannot be papered over with policies or rhetoric. Instead, The Rural Voter demonstrates, this division strikes at the heart of enduring conflicts over American identity. Nicholas Jacobs, Daniel M. Shea Tue, 12 Dec 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705800 thebookvoice.com 16:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rural Voter: The Politics of Place and the Disuniting of America Author: Nicholas Jacobs, Daniel M. Shea Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The widening gulf between rural and urban America is becoming the most serious political divide of our day. Support for Democrats, up and down the ballot, has plummeted throughout the countryside, and the entire governing system is threatened by one-party dominance. After Donald Trump's surprising victories throughout rural America, pundits and journalists went searching for answers, popping into roadside diners and opining from afar. Rural Americans are supposedly bigots, culturally backward, lazy, scared of the future, and radical. But is it that simple? This pathbreaking book pinpoints forces behind the rise of the 'rural voter'—a new political identity that combines a deeply felt sense of place with an increasingly nationalized set of concerns. Nicholas F. Jacobs and Daniel M. Shea uncover how this overwhelmingly crucial voting bloc emerged and how it has roiled American politics. They show how perceptions of economic and social change, racial anxieties, and a traditional way of life under assault have converged into a belief in rural uniqueness and separateness. This book offers a timely warning that the chasm separating urban and rural Americans cannot be papered over with policies or rhetoric. Instead, The Rural Voter demonstrates, this division strikes at the heart of enduring conflicts over American identity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rural Voter: The Politics of Place and the Disuniting of America Author: Nicholas Jacobs, Daniel M. Shea Narrator: Stephen Bowlby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 26 minutes Release date: December 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The widening gulf between rural and urban America is becoming the most serious political divide of our day. Support for Democrats, up and down the ballot, has plummeted throughout the countryside, and the entire governing system is threatened by one-party dominance. After Donald Trump's surprising victories throughout rural America, pundits and journalists went searching for answers, popping into roadside diners and opining from afar. Rural Americans are supposedly bigots, culturally backward, lazy, scared of the future, and radical. But is it that simple? This pathbreaking book pinpoints forces behind the rise of the 'rural voter'—a new political identity that combines a deeply felt sense of place with an increasingly nationalized set of concerns. Nicholas F. Jacobs and Daniel M. Shea uncover how this overwhelmingly crucial voting bloc emerged and how it has roiled American politics. They show how perceptions of economic and social change, racial anxieties, and a traditional way of life under assault have converged into a belief in rural uniqueness and separateness. This book offers a timely warning that the chasm separating urban and rural Americans cannot be papered over with policies or rhetoric. Instead, The Rural Voter demonstrates, this division strikes at the heart of enduring conflicts over American identity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705785 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Does Coffee Cause Cancer?: And 8 More Myths About the Food We Eat Author: Dr. Christopher Labos Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this fascinating, refreshingly clarifying book about food, food myths, and how sloppy science perpetuates misconceptions about food, a medical doctor on his way to a conference gets drawn into conversations that answer the following questions: Does vitamin C prevent the common cold? And if it works, why does it only work in Canadian soldiers, ultramarathon runners, and skiers? Was red meat really declared a carcinogen by the WHO? Does that mean I should become a vegetarian? And who decides what gets labeled as red meat and white meat? Is salt really not that bad for you and did a group of researchers really want to experiment on prisoners to prove the point? Does coffee cause cancer or heart attacks? Why did a California court say coffee needed a warning label? Is red wine really good for your heart, and what makes the French Paradox such a paradox? Why did the New England Journal of Medicine link eating chocolate with winning a Nobel Prize? Why were eggs once bad for you but now good for you again? Does that mean I don't need to worry about cholesterol? Should I be taking vitamin D? Dr. Christopher Labos Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705785 thebookvoice.com 7:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Does Coffee Cause Cancer?: And 8 More Myths About the Food We Eat Author: Dr. Christopher Labos Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this fascinating, refreshingly clarifying book about food, food myths, and how sloppy science perpetuates misconceptions about food, a medical doctor on his way to a conference gets drawn into conversations that answer the following questions: Does vitamin C prevent the common cold? And if it works, why does it only work in Canadian soldiers, ultramarathon runners, and skiers? Was red meat really declared a carcinogen by the WHO? Does that mean I should become a vegetarian? And who decides what gets labeled as red meat and white meat? Is salt really not that bad for you and did a group of researchers really want to experiment on prisoners to prove the point? Does coffee cause cancer or heart attacks? Why did a California court say coffee needed a warning label? Is red wine really good for your heart, and what makes the French Paradox such a paradox? Why did the New England Journal of Medicine link eating chocolate with winning a Nobel Prize? Why were eggs once bad for you but now good for you again? Does that mean I don't need to worry about cholesterol? Should I be taking vitamin D? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705785]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Does Coffee Cause Cancer?: And 8 More Myths About the Food We Eat Author: Dr. Christopher Labos Narrator: Tom Perkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In this fascinating, refreshingly clarifying book about food, food myths, and how sloppy science perpetuates misconceptions about food, a medical doctor on his way to a conference gets drawn into conversations that answer the following questions: Does vitamin C prevent the common cold? And if it works, why does it only work in Canadian soldiers, ultramarathon runners, and skiers? Was red meat really declared a carcinogen by the WHO? Does that mean I should become a vegetarian? And who decides what gets labeled as red meat and white meat? Is salt really not that bad for you and did a group of researchers really want to experiment on prisoners to prove the point? Does coffee cause cancer or heart attacks? Why did a California court say coffee needed a warning label? Is red wine really good for your heart, and what makes the French Paradox such a paradox? Why did the New England Journal of Medicine link eating chocolate with winning a Nobel Prize? Why were eggs once bad for you but now good for you again? Does that mean I don't need to worry about cholesterol? Should I be taking vitamin D? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705767 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killers of the Dream Author: Lillian Smith Narrator: Elisabeth Ashby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Southern white writer, educator, and activist, Lillian Smith (1897–1966) spoke out all her life against injustice. In Killers of the Dream, her most influential book, she draws on memories of her childhood to describe the psychological and moral cost of the powerful, contradictory rules about sin, sex, and segregation—the intricate system of taboos—that undergirded Southern society. Published to wide controversy, it became the source (acknowledged or unacknowledged) of much of our thinking about race relations and was for many a catalyst for the civil rights movement. It remains the most courageous, insightful, and eloquent critique of the pre-1960s South. 'I began to see racism and its rituals of segregation as a symptom of a grave illness,' Smith wrote. 'When people think more of their skin color than of their souls, something has happened to them.' Today, listeners are rediscovering in Smith's writings a forceful analysis of the dynamics of racism, as well as her prophetic understanding of the connections between racial and sexual oppression. Lillian Smith Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705767 thebookvoice.com 8:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killers of the Dream Author: Lillian Smith Narrator: Elisabeth Ashby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Southern white writer, educator, and activist, Lillian Smith (1897–1966) spoke out all her life against injustice. In Killers of the Dream, her most influential book, she draws on memories of her childhood to describe the psychological and moral cost of the powerful, contradictory rules about sin, sex, and segregation—the intricate system of taboos—that undergirded Southern society. Published to wide controversy, it became the source (acknowledged or unacknowledged) of much of our thinking about race relations and was for many a catalyst for the civil rights movement. It remains the most courageous, insightful, and eloquent critique of the pre-1960s South. 'I began to see racism and its rituals of segregation as a symptom of a grave illness,' Smith wrote. 'When people think more of their skin color than of their souls, something has happened to them.' Today, listeners are rediscovering in Smith's writings a forceful analysis of the dynamics of racism, as well as her prophetic understanding of the connections between racial and sexual oppression. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705767]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Killers of the Dream Author: Lillian Smith Narrator: Elisabeth Ashby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A Southern white writer, educator, and activist, Lillian Smith (1897–1966) spoke out all her life against injustice. In Killers of the Dream, her most influential book, she draws on memories of her childhood to describe the psychological and moral cost of the powerful, contradictory rules about sin, sex, and segregation—the intricate system of taboos—that undergirded Southern society. Published to wide controversy, it became the source (acknowledged or unacknowledged) of much of our thinking about race relations and was for many a catalyst for the civil rights movement. It remains the most courageous, insightful, and eloquent critique of the pre-1960s South. 'I began to see racism and its rituals of segregation as a symptom of a grave illness,' Smith wrote. 'When people think more of their skin color than of their souls, something has happened to them.' Today, listeners are rediscovering in Smith's writings a forceful analysis of the dynamics of racism, as well as her prophetic understanding of the connections between racial and sexual oppression. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705753 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking the Police: An Officer's Confession and the Pathway to Reform Author: Daniel Reinhardt Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A former officer grapples with the reality of our broken police culture Our society has long been stuck in cultural and ideological battles about police brutality and the police force's broken relationship with our communities. Rethinking the Police promises to start a more hopeful conversation. Daniel Reinhardt spent twenty-four years as a police officer near Cleveland, Ohio. He was long unaware of the ways the culture of the police department was shaping him, but gradually, through his own experiences as a police officer and through the mentorship of Black Christians in his life, his eyes were opened to a difficult truth: police brutality against racial minorities was endemic to the culture of the system itself. In Rethinking the Police, Reinhardt lays out a history of policing in the United States, showing how it developed a culture of dehumanization, systemic racism, and brutality. But Reinhardt doesn't stop there: he offers a new model of policing based not in dominance and control but in a culture of servant leadership, with concrete suggestions for procedural justice and community policing. Daniel Reinhardt Tue, 21 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705753 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking the Police: An Officer's Confession and the Pathway to Reform Author: Daniel Reinhardt Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A former officer grapples with the reality of our broken police culture Our society has long been stuck in cultural and ideological battles about police brutality and the police force's broken relationship with our communities. Rethinking the Police promises to start a more hopeful conversation. Daniel Reinhardt spent twenty-four years as a police officer near Cleveland, Ohio. He was long unaware of the ways the culture of the police department was shaping him, but gradually, through his own experiences as a police officer and through the mentorship of Black Christians in his life, his eyes were opened to a difficult truth: police brutality against racial minorities was endemic to the culture of the system itself. In Rethinking the Police, Reinhardt lays out a history of policing in the United States, showing how it developed a culture of dehumanization, systemic racism, and brutality. But Reinhardt doesn't stop there: he offers a new model of policing based not in dominance and control but in a culture of servant leadership, with concrete suggestions for procedural justice and community policing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705753]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking the Police: An Officer's Confession and the Pathway to Reform Author: Daniel Reinhardt Narrator: Jim Denison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A former officer grapples with the reality of our broken police culture Our society has long been stuck in cultural and ideological battles about police brutality and the police force's broken relationship with our communities. Rethinking the Police promises to start a more hopeful conversation. Daniel Reinhardt spent twenty-four years as a police officer near Cleveland, Ohio. He was long unaware of the ways the culture of the police department was shaping him, but gradually, through his own experiences as a police officer and through the mentorship of Black Christians in his life, his eyes were opened to a difficult truth: police brutality against racial minorities was endemic to the culture of the system itself. In Rethinking the Police, Reinhardt lays out a history of policing in the United States, showing how it developed a culture of dehumanization, systemic racism, and brutality. But Reinhardt doesn't stop there: he offers a new model of policing based not in dominance and control but in a culture of servant leadership, with concrete suggestions for procedural justice and community policing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705749 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enfleshing Freedom: Body, Race, and Being, Second Edition Author: M. Shawn Copeland Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The achievement of our humanity comes about only through immersion in concrete, visceral, embodied relational experience, yet for many human beings, that achievement is stamped by the struggle against oppression in history, society, and religion. In this incisive and important work, distinguished theologian M. Shawn Copeland demonstrates with rare insight and conviction how Black women's historical experience and oppression cast a completely different light on our theological ideas about being human. Copeland argues that race, embodiment, and relations of power reframe not only theological anthropology but also our notions of discipleship, church, Eucharist, and Christ. Enfleshing Freedom is a work of deep moral seriousness, rigorous speculative skill, and sharp theological reasoning. This new edition incorporates recent theological, philosophical, historical, political, and sociological scholarship; engages with current social movements like #BlackLivesMatter and #MeToo; and presents a new chapter on the body. M. Shawn Copeland Tue, 21 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705749 thebookvoice.com 8:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enfleshing Freedom: Body, Race, and Being, Second Edition Author: M. Shawn Copeland Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The achievement of our humanity comes about only through immersion in concrete, visceral, embodied relational experience, yet for many human beings, that achievement is stamped by the struggle against oppression in history, society, and religion. In this incisive and important work, distinguished theologian M. Shawn Copeland demonstrates with rare insight and conviction how Black women's historical experience and oppression cast a completely different light on our theological ideas about being human. Copeland argues that race, embodiment, and relations of power reframe not only theological anthropology but also our notions of discipleship, church, Eucharist, and Christ. Enfleshing Freedom is a work of deep moral seriousness, rigorous speculative skill, and sharp theological reasoning. This new edition incorporates recent theological, philosophical, historical, political, and sociological scholarship; engages with current social movements like #BlackLivesMatter and #MeToo; and presents a new chapter on the body. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705749]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enfleshing Freedom: Body, Race, and Being, Second Edition Author: M. Shawn Copeland Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: The achievement of our humanity comes about only through immersion in concrete, visceral, embodied relational experience, yet for many human beings, that achievement is stamped by the struggle against oppression in history, society, and religion. In this incisive and important work, distinguished theologian M. Shawn Copeland demonstrates with rare insight and conviction how Black women's historical experience and oppression cast a completely different light on our theological ideas about being human. Copeland argues that race, embodiment, and relations of power reframe not only theological anthropology but also our notions of discipleship, church, Eucharist, and Christ. Enfleshing Freedom is a work of deep moral seriousness, rigorous speculative skill, and sharp theological reasoning. This new edition incorporates recent theological, philosophical, historical, political, and sociological scholarship; engages with current social movements like #BlackLivesMatter and #MeToo; and presents a new chapter on the body. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705362 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men! Fight for Me: The Role of Authentic Masculinity in Ending Sexual Exploitation and Trafficking Author: Alan Smyth, Jessica Midkiff Narrator: various narrators Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Coauthors Alan Smyth and Jessica Midkiff have dedicated their lives to ending the plight of human trafficking and sexual exploitation. This book exposes the harsh realities facing vulnerable populations to these criminal enterprises and explores the transformative role of authentic masculinity. Upon listening to this book, men will open their eyes to how they knowingly and unknowingly participate in the dehumanization of women and children and how we can stand up to these horrors and transform the world. Alan Smyth, Jessica Midkiff Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705362 thebookvoice.com 4:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men! Fight for Me: The Role of Authentic Masculinity in Ending Sexual Exploitation and Trafficking Author: Alan Smyth, Jessica Midkiff Narrator: various narrators Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Coauthors Alan Smyth and Jessica Midkiff have dedicated their lives to ending the plight of human trafficking and sexual exploitation. This book exposes the harsh realities facing vulnerable populations to these criminal enterprises and explores the transformative role of authentic masculinity. Upon listening to this book, men will open their eyes to how they knowingly and unknowingly participate in the dehumanization of women and children and how we can stand up to these horrors and transform the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705362]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men! Fight for Me: The Role of Authentic Masculinity in Ending Sexual Exploitation and Trafficking Author: Alan Smyth, Jessica Midkiff Narrator: various narrators Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Coauthors Alan Smyth and Jessica Midkiff have dedicated their lives to ending the plight of human trafficking and sexual exploitation. This book exposes the harsh realities facing vulnerable populations to these criminal enterprises and explores the transformative role of authentic masculinity. Upon listening to this book, men will open their eyes to how they knowingly and unknowingly participate in the dehumanization of women and children and how we can stand up to these horrors and transform the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705175 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subtle Acts of Exclusion, Second Edition: How to Understand, Identify, and Stop Microaggressions Author: Michael Baran, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An expanded edition of the first practical, nonjudgmental handbook for dealing with microaggressions, featuring examples, sample scripts, action plans, a new discussion and activity guide, and up-to-date suggestions for creating a culture of belonging in the workplace. Overt discrimination is relatively easy to spot. But the less obvious but more common actions that make people feel left out or stigmatized in our workplaces, commonly called microaggressions, can be hard to identify and even harder to deal with. The author use a clearer, more accurate term: subtle acts of exclusion (SAE). After all, people generally aren't trying to be aggressive-usually they're trying to say something nice, learn more about a person, or be funny. Bring accused of aggression shuts the conversation down, when you want to open it up.   This book features examples, tools, sample scripts, and action plans to help readers prevent subtle acts of aggression from happening, or deal with them when they do. Updated throughout, this second edition features: - A greatly expanded chapter on 'intentional acts of inclusion'-actions for creating a sense of belonging. - A discussion and activity guide ideal for book clubs and training sessions - A new concluding chapter, Hope for Humanity Whether in the form of stereotypes, assumptions, backhanded compliments, or objectification, SAEs are damaging to our coworkers, friends, and acquaintances. This book is your friendly, accessible, non-judgemental guide to creating a welcoming workplace. Michael Baran, Tiffany Jana Tue, 19 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705175 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subtle Acts of Exclusion, Second Edition: How to Understand, Identify, and Stop Microaggressions Author: Michael Baran, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An expanded edition of the first practical, nonjudgmental handbook for dealing with microaggressions, featuring examples, sample scripts, action plans, a new discussion and activity guide, and up-to-date suggestions for creating a culture of belonging in the workplace. Overt discrimination is relatively easy to spot. But the less obvious but more common actions that make people feel left out or stigmatized in our workplaces, commonly called microaggressions, can be hard to identify and even harder to deal with. The author use a clearer, more accurate term: subtle acts of exclusion (SAE). After all, people generally aren't trying to be aggressive-usually they're trying to say something nice, learn more about a person, or be funny. Bring accused of aggression shuts the conversation down, when you want to open it up.   This book features examples, tools, sample scripts, and action plans to help readers prevent subtle acts of aggression from happening, or deal with them when they do. Updated throughout, this second edition features: - A greatly expanded chapter on 'intentional acts of inclusion'-actions for creating a sense of belonging. - A discussion and activity guide ideal for book clubs and training sessions - A new concluding chapter, Hope for Humanity Whether in the form of stereotypes, assumptions, backhanded compliments, or objectification, SAEs are damaging to our coworkers, friends, and acquaintances. This book is your friendly, accessible, non-judgemental guide to creating a welcoming workplace. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subtle Acts of Exclusion, Second Edition: How to Understand, Identify, and Stop Microaggressions Author: Michael Baran, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An expanded edition of the first practical, nonjudgmental handbook for dealing with microaggressions, featuring examples, sample scripts, action plans, a new discussion and activity guide, and up-to-date suggestions for creating a culture of belonging in the workplace. Overt discrimination is relatively easy to spot. But the less obvious but more common actions that make people feel left out or stigmatized in our workplaces, commonly called microaggressions, can be hard to identify and even harder to deal with. The author use a clearer, more accurate term: subtle acts of exclusion (SAE). After all, people generally aren't trying to be aggressive-usually they're trying to say something nice, learn more about a person, or be funny. Bring accused of aggression shuts the conversation down, when you want to open it up.   This book features examples, tools, sample scripts, and action plans to help readers prevent subtle acts of aggression from happening, or deal with them when they do. Updated throughout, this second edition features: - A greatly expanded chapter on 'intentional acts of inclusion'-actions for creating a sense of belonging. - A discussion and activity guide ideal for book clubs and training sessions - A new concluding chapter, Hope for Humanity Whether in the form of stereotypes, assumptions, backhanded compliments, or objectification, SAEs are damaging to our coworkers, friends, and acquaintances. This book is your friendly, accessible, non-judgemental guide to creating a welcoming workplace. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705095 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is the Life: Days and Nights in the GAA Author: Ciarán Murphy Narrator: Ciarán Murphy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The GAA is Ireland's largest civil society organisation, woven into the fabric of families and communities - and yet most books about Gaelic games focus on the greatest players and inter-county teams. This is the Life is a book about the 99 per cent: a witty and provocative look at grassroots GAA from the most intelligent and interesting Gaelic games pundit at work today. Ciarán Murphy - of Second Captains and the Irish Times - has an unmatched feel for the timeless elements of this world and a finger on the pulse of change. He looks at the plight of rural clubs that are losing their players to the cities - and he does so not only as a journalist but as a footballer who made the same move himself (and who once, flying home to play a club match, found himself alone on the plane with Jedward). He writes about working as an assistant in the clothing shop owned by the family of Jarlath Fallon - who was both Ciaran's all-time sporting hero and the local postman. And he looks at things we usually prefer not to talk about, like the role of social class in the GAA. This is the Life is a book about the places the GAA comes from, the places it can take a person, and the things that make a local club worth fighting for. ©2023 Ciarán Murphy (P)2023 Penguin Audio Ciarán Murphy Thu, 21 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705095 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is the Life: Days and Nights in the GAA Author: Ciarán Murphy Narrator: Ciarán Murphy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The GAA is Ireland's largest civil society organisation, woven into the fabric of families and communities - and yet most books about Gaelic games focus on the greatest players and inter-county teams. This is the Life is a book about the 99 per cent: a witty and provocative look at grassroots GAA from the most intelligent and interesting Gaelic games pundit at work today. Ciarán Murphy - of Second Captains and the Irish Times - has an unmatched feel for the timeless elements of this world and a finger on the pulse of change. He looks at the plight of rural clubs that are losing their players to the cities - and he does so not only as a journalist but as a footballer who made the same move himself (and who once, flying home to play a club match, found himself alone on the plane with Jedward). He writes about working as an assistant in the clothing shop owned by the family of Jarlath Fallon - who was both Ciaran's all-time sporting hero and the local postman. And he looks at things we usually prefer not to talk about, like the role of social class in the GAA. This is the Life is a book about the places the GAA comes from, the places it can take a person, and the things that make a local club worth fighting for. ©2023 Ciarán Murphy (P)2023 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705095]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is the Life: Days and Nights in the GAA Author: Ciarán Murphy Narrator: Ciarán Murphy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 21, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The GAA is Ireland's largest civil society organisation, woven into the fabric of families and communities - and yet most books about Gaelic games focus on the greatest players and inter-county teams. This is the Life is a book about the 99 per cent: a witty and provocative look at grassroots GAA from the most intelligent and interesting Gaelic games pundit at work today. Ciarán Murphy - of Second Captains and the Irish Times - has an unmatched feel for the timeless elements of this world and a finger on the pulse of change. He looks at the plight of rural clubs that are losing their players to the cities - and he does so not only as a journalist but as a footballer who made the same move himself (and who once, flying home to play a club match, found himself alone on the plane with Jedward). He writes about working as an assistant in the clothing shop owned by the family of Jarlath Fallon - who was both Ciaran's all-time sporting hero and the local postman. And he looks at things we usually prefer not to talk about, like the role of social class in the GAA. This is the Life is a book about the places the GAA comes from, the places it can take a person, and the things that make a local club worth fighting for. ©2023 Ciarán Murphy (P)2023 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705076 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Oma, ich fahr schon mal den Rollstuhl vor! - Als ich vom Enkel zum Pfleger wurde (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Martin Frank Narrator: Martin Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Die Oma hat a Schlagerl ghobt!' Der Kabarettist Martin Frank ist auf einem niederbayrischen Bauernhof aufgewachsen, und seine Großmutter ist seine wichtigste Bezugsperson. Als er gerade 19 ist, erleidet sie einen Schlaganfall und ist von heute auf morgen auf Pflege angewiesen - und Martin beschließt: Er wird sich um seine Oma kümmern. Fünf Jahre pflegt er sie, bis zu ihrem Tod, und berichtet nun über diese Zeit, die nicht nur traurig, sondern skurril-komisch, liebevoll und wichtig für ihn war. Ein tragikomisches Buch über Familie, Zusammenhalt und den Umgang mit dem Tod - erzählt mit bayrischem Charme, Warmherzigkeit und viel Zuversicht. Martin Frank Tue, 12 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705076 thebookvoice.com 5:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Oma, ich fahr schon mal den Rollstuhl vor! - Als ich vom Enkel zum Pfleger wurde (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Martin Frank Narrator: Martin Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Die Oma hat a Schlagerl ghobt!' Der Kabarettist Martin Frank ist auf einem niederbayrischen Bauernhof aufgewachsen, und seine Großmutter ist seine wichtigste Bezugsperson. Als er gerade 19 ist, erleidet sie einen Schlaganfall und ist von heute auf morgen auf Pflege angewiesen - und Martin beschließt: Er wird sich um seine Oma kümmern. Fünf Jahre pflegt er sie, bis zu ihrem Tod, und berichtet nun über diese Zeit, die nicht nur traurig, sondern skurril-komisch, liebevoll und wichtig für ihn war. Ein tragikomisches Buch über Familie, Zusammenhalt und den Umgang mit dem Tod - erzählt mit bayrischem Charme, Warmherzigkeit und viel Zuversicht. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Oma, ich fahr schon mal den Rollstuhl vor! - Als ich vom Enkel zum Pfleger wurde (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Martin Frank Narrator: Martin Frank Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: 'Die Oma hat a Schlagerl ghobt!' Der Kabarettist Martin Frank ist auf einem niederbayrischen Bauernhof aufgewachsen, und seine Großmutter ist seine wichtigste Bezugsperson. Als er gerade 19 ist, erleidet sie einen Schlaganfall und ist von heute auf morgen auf Pflege angewiesen - und Martin beschließt: Er wird sich um seine Oma kümmern. Fünf Jahre pflegt er sie, bis zu ihrem Tod, und berichtet nun über diese Zeit, die nicht nur traurig, sondern skurril-komisch, liebevoll und wichtig für ihn war. Ein tragikomisches Buch über Familie, Zusammenhalt und den Umgang mit dem Tod - erzählt mit bayrischem Charme, Warmherzigkeit und viel Zuversicht. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705039 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Europe Between the Oceans: 9000 BC-AD 1000 Author: Barry Cunliffe Narrator: James Cameron Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sensational, interdisciplinary work which entirely reorients our understanding of Europe from 10,000 BC to the time of the Vikings In this magnificent book, distinguished archaeologist Barry Cunliffe reframes our entire conception of early European history, from prehistory through the ancient world to the medieval Viking period. Cunliffe views Europe not in terms of states and shifting political land boundaries but as a geographical niche particularly favored in facing many seas. These seas, and Europe's great transpeninsular rivers, ensured a rich diversity of natural resources while also encouraging the dynamic interaction of peoples across networks of communication and exchange. The development of these early Europeans is rooted in complex interplays, shifting balances, and geographic and demographic fluidity. Drawing on archaeology, anthropology, and history, Cunliffe has produced an interdisciplinary tour de force. His is a bold book of exceptional scholarship, erudite and engaging, and it heralds an entirely new understanding of Old Europe. Barry Cunliffe Tue, 28 Nov 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705039 thebookvoice.com 18:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Europe Between the Oceans: 9000 BC-AD 1000 Author: Barry Cunliffe Narrator: James Cameron Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sensational, interdisciplinary work which entirely reorients our understanding of Europe from 10,000 BC to the time of the Vikings In this magnificent book, distinguished archaeologist Barry Cunliffe reframes our entire conception of early European history, from prehistory through the ancient world to the medieval Viking period. Cunliffe views Europe not in terms of states and shifting political land boundaries but as a geographical niche particularly favored in facing many seas. These seas, and Europe's great transpeninsular rivers, ensured a rich diversity of natural resources while also encouraging the dynamic interaction of peoples across networks of communication and exchange. The development of these early Europeans is rooted in complex interplays, shifting balances, and geographic and demographic fluidity. Drawing on archaeology, anthropology, and history, Cunliffe has produced an interdisciplinary tour de force. His is a bold book of exceptional scholarship, erudite and engaging, and it heralds an entirely new understanding of Old Europe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Europe Between the Oceans: 9000 BC-AD 1000 Author: Barry Cunliffe Narrator: James Cameron Stewart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 48 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: A sensational, interdisciplinary work which entirely reorients our understanding of Europe from 10,000 BC to the time of the Vikings In this magnificent book, distinguished archaeologist Barry Cunliffe reframes our entire conception of early European history, from prehistory through the ancient world to the medieval Viking period. Cunliffe views Europe not in terms of states and shifting political land boundaries but as a geographical niche particularly favored in facing many seas. These seas, and Europe's great transpeninsular rivers, ensured a rich diversity of natural resources while also encouraging the dynamic interaction of peoples across networks of communication and exchange. The development of these early Europeans is rooted in complex interplays, shifting balances, and geographic and demographic fluidity. Drawing on archaeology, anthropology, and history, Cunliffe has produced an interdisciplinary tour de force. His is a bold book of exceptional scholarship, erudite and engaging, and it heralds an entirely new understanding of Old Europe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705032 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unheard Witness: The Life and Death of Kathy Leissner Whitman Author: Jo Scott-Coe Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1966, Kathy Leissner Whitman was a twenty-three-year-old teacher dreaming of a better future. She was an avid writer of letters, composing hundreds in the years before she was stabbed to death by her husband, Charles Whitman, who went on to commit a mass shooting from the tower at the University of Texas at Austin. Kathy's writing provides a rare glimpse of how one woman described, and sought to change, her short life with a coercive, controlling, and violent partner. Jo Scott-Coe Tue, 17 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705032 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unheard Witness: The Life and Death of Kathy Leissner Whitman Author: Jo Scott-Coe Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1966, Kathy Leissner Whitman was a twenty-three-year-old teacher dreaming of a better future. She was an avid writer of letters, composing hundreds in the years before she was stabbed to death by her husband, Charles Whitman, who went on to commit a mass shooting from the tower at the University of Texas at Austin. Kathy's writing provides a rare glimpse of how one woman described, and sought to change, her short life with a coercive, controlling, and violent partner. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705032]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unheard Witness: The Life and Death of Kathy Leissner Whitman Author: Jo Scott-Coe Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: In 1966, Kathy Leissner Whitman was a twenty-three-year-old teacher dreaming of a better future. She was an avid writer of letters, composing hundreds in the years before she was stabbed to death by her husband, Charles Whitman, who went on to commit a mass shooting from the tower at the University of Texas at Austin. Kathy's writing provides a rare glimpse of how one woman described, and sought to change, her short life with a coercive, controlling, and violent partner. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Politics: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Robert Paarlberg Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This authoritative primer lays out everything you need to know to understand today's global food landscape. The third edition of Food Politics has been updated to reflect the latest developments and research on today's global food landscape, including the realities of food markets, farm production methods, food manufacturing, and dietary health challenges. New material covers the rise of China in world food markets and global food politics, the unabated and increasing risks to farming from climate change, the impact COVID-19 had on incomes and hunger, the equally shocking impact from the war in Ukraine on food prices and trade, and surprising scientific and technical breakthroughs such as the genome editing of crops (CRISPR) and the marketing of cell-cultured (animal-free) meats. Each chapter has been updated with new data on population growth, hunger and food security, trade conflicts, humanitarian aid, carbon farming, regenerative agriculture, holistic grazing, animal welfare, genetically engineered food, and more. Discussing the politics and policies that continue to shape our contemporary food system, Robert Paarlberg challenges myths and critiques more than a few of today's fashionable beliefs about farming and food. A must-listen for those ready to have their thinking about food politics informed, but also challenged. Robert Paarlberg Tue, 31 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705021 thebookvoice.com 10:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Politics: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Robert Paarlberg Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This authoritative primer lays out everything you need to know to understand today's global food landscape. The third edition of Food Politics has been updated to reflect the latest developments and research on today's global food landscape, including the realities of food markets, farm production methods, food manufacturing, and dietary health challenges. New material covers the rise of China in world food markets and global food politics, the unabated and increasing risks to farming from climate change, the impact COVID-19 had on incomes and hunger, the equally shocking impact from the war in Ukraine on food prices and trade, and surprising scientific and technical breakthroughs such as the genome editing of crops (CRISPR) and the marketing of cell-cultured (animal-free) meats. Each chapter has been updated with new data on population growth, hunger and food security, trade conflicts, humanitarian aid, carbon farming, regenerative agriculture, holistic grazing, animal welfare, genetically engineered food, and more. Discussing the politics and policies that continue to shape our contemporary food system, Robert Paarlberg challenges myths and critiques more than a few of today's fashionable beliefs about farming and food. A must-listen for those ready to have their thinking about food politics informed, but also challenged. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/705021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Politics: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Robert Paarlberg Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This authoritative primer lays out everything you need to know to understand today's global food landscape. The third edition of Food Politics has been updated to reflect the latest developments and research on today's global food landscape, including the realities of food markets, farm production methods, food manufacturing, and dietary health challenges. New material covers the rise of China in world food markets and global food politics, the unabated and increasing risks to farming from climate change, the impact COVID-19 had on incomes and hunger, the equally shocking impact from the war in Ukraine on food prices and trade, and surprising scientific and technical breakthroughs such as the genome editing of crops (CRISPR) and the marketing of cell-cultured (animal-free) meats. Each chapter has been updated with new data on population growth, hunger and food security, trade conflicts, humanitarian aid, carbon farming, regenerative agriculture, holistic grazing, animal welfare, genetically engineered food, and more. Discussing the politics and policies that continue to shape our contemporary food system, Robert Paarlberg challenges myths and critiques more than a few of today's fashionable beliefs about farming and food. A must-listen for those ready to have their thinking about food politics informed, but also challenged. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704939 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704939]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drive: Scraping By in Uber's America, One Ride at a Time Author: Jonathan Rigsby Narrator: Ryan Self Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One father, 3 years, and thousands of rides Poverty, By America meets Maid in this dad’s darkly humorous yet humanizing story of working long hours and late nights behind the wheel as a rideshare driver Jonathan Rigsby spends his days as a crime intelligence analyst and his nights as an Uber driver. Reeling from his divorce and struggling to pay rent while caring for his autistic son, Rigsby became a rideshare driver, joining the millions of people with a side hustle just to make ends meet. With a compelling blend of honesty and sardonic wit, Rigsby invites readers into his car to reveal the harsh reality of gig work for so many: grueling hours, living paycheck to paycheck, and hoping to avoid disaster long enough to prepare for the next bill. Along the way, he showcases the humor and humanity in the private moments of vulnerability that happen when people are left alone with a stranger—from the amusing tales of drunk college students to a passenger getting sick on the dashboard, a mother expressing distress about her son’s addiction, and a violent encounter on the job. Unflinching and raw, Drive exposes an ugly truth that hides in the gaudy background of the American dream: you can do everything right and still fail. Buckle up. Jonathan Rigsby Tue, 14 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704939 thebookvoice.com 4:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704939]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drive: Scraping By in Uber's America, One Ride at a Time Author: Jonathan Rigsby Narrator: Ryan Self Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One father, 3 years, and thousands of rides Poverty, By America meets Maid in this dad’s darkly humorous yet humanizing story of working long hours and late nights behind the wheel as a rideshare driver Jonathan Rigsby spends his days as a crime intelligence analyst and his nights as an Uber driver. Reeling from his divorce and struggling to pay rent while caring for his autistic son, Rigsby became a rideshare driver, joining the millions of people with a side hustle just to make ends meet. With a compelling blend of honesty and sardonic wit, Rigsby invites readers into his car to reveal the harsh reality of gig work for so many: grueling hours, living paycheck to paycheck, and hoping to avoid disaster long enough to prepare for the next bill. Along the way, he showcases the humor and humanity in the private moments of vulnerability that happen when people are left alone with a stranger—from the amusing tales of drunk college students to a passenger getting sick on the dashboard, a mother expressing distress about her son’s addiction, and a violent encounter on the job. Unflinching and raw, Drive exposes an ugly truth that hides in the gaudy background of the American dream: you can do everything right and still fail. Buckle up. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704939]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Drive: Scraping By in Uber's America, One Ride at a Time Author: Jonathan Rigsby Narrator: Ryan Self Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: One father, 3 years, and thousands of rides Poverty, By America meets Maid in this dad’s darkly humorous yet humanizing story of working long hours and late nights behind the wheel as a rideshare driver Jonathan Rigsby spends his days as a crime intelligence analyst and his nights as an Uber driver. Reeling from his divorce and struggling to pay rent while caring for his autistic son, Rigsby became a rideshare driver, joining the millions of people with a side hustle just to make ends meet. With a compelling blend of honesty and sardonic wit, Rigsby invites readers into his car to reveal the harsh reality of gig work for so many: grueling hours, living paycheck to paycheck, and hoping to avoid disaster long enough to prepare for the next bill. Along the way, he showcases the humor and humanity in the private moments of vulnerability that happen when people are left alone with a stranger—from the amusing tales of drunk college students to a passenger getting sick on the dashboard, a mother expressing distress about her son’s addiction, and a violent encounter on the job. Unflinching and raw, Drive exposes an ugly truth that hides in the gaudy background of the American dream: you can do everything right and still fail. Buckle up. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704938 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wînipêk: Visions of Canada from an Indigenous Centre Author: Niigaan Sinclair Narrator: Niigaan Sinclair Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Winner of the 2024 Governor General's Literary Award for Nonfiction. An Audible Best Book of the Year. From ground zero of this country's most important project: reconciliation. Niigaan Sinclair has been called provocative, revolutionary, and one of this country's most influential thinkers on the issues impacting Indigenous cultures, communities, and reconciliation in Canada. In his debut collection of stories, observations, and thoughts about Winnipeg, the place he calls 'ground zero' of Canada's future, read about the complex history and contributions of this place alongside the radical solutions to injustice and violence found here, presenting solutions for a country that has forgotten principles of treaty and inclusivity. It is here, in the place where Canada began—where the land, water, people, and animals meet— that a path 'from the centre' is happening for all to see. At a crucial and fragile moment in Canada's long history with Indigenous peoples, one of our most essential writers begins at the centre, capturing a web spanning centuries of community, art, and resistance.  Based on years' worth of columns, Niigaan Sinclair delivers a defining essay collection on the resilience of Indigenous peoples. Here, we meet the creators, leaders, and everyday people preserving the beauty of their heritage one day at a time. But we also meet the ugliest side of colonialism, the Indian Act, and the communities who suffer most from its atrocities.  Sinclair uses the story of Winnipeg to illuminate the reality of Indigenous life all over what is called Canada. This is a book that demands change and celebrates those fighting for it, that reminds us of what must be reconciled and holds accountable those who must do the work. It's a book that reminds us of the power that comes from loving a place, even as that place is violently taken away from you, and the magic of fighting your way back to it. Niigaan Sinclair Tue, 04 Jun 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704938 thebookvoice.com 10:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wînipêk: Visions of Canada from an Indigenous Centre Author: Niigaan Sinclair Narrator: Niigaan Sinclair Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Winner of the 2024 Governor General's Literary Award for Nonfiction. An Audible Best Book of the Year. From ground zero of this country's most important project: reconciliation. Niigaan Sinclair has been called provocative, revolutionary, and one of this country's most influential thinkers on the issues impacting Indigenous cultures, communities, and reconciliation in Canada. In his debut collection of stories, observations, and thoughts about Winnipeg, the place he calls 'ground zero' of Canada's future, read about the complex history and contributions of this place alongside the radical solutions to injustice and violence found here, presenting solutions for a country that has forgotten principles of treaty and inclusivity. It is here, in the place where Canada began—where the land, water, people, and animals meet— that a path 'from the centre' is happening for all to see. At a crucial and fragile moment in Canada's long history with Indigenous peoples, one of our most essential writers begins at the centre, capturing a web spanning centuries of community, art, and resistance.  Based on years' worth of columns, Niigaan Sinclair delivers a defining essay collection on the resilience of Indigenous peoples. Here, we meet the creators, leaders, and everyday people preserving the beauty of their heritage one day at a time. But we also meet the ugliest side of colonialism, the Indian Act, and the communities who suffer most from its atrocities.  Sinclair uses the story of Winnipeg to illuminate the reality of Indigenous life all over what is called Canada. This is a book that demands change and celebrates those fighting for it, that reminds us of what must be reconciled and holds accountable those who must do the work. It's a book that reminds us of the power that comes from loving a place, even as that place is violently taken away from you, and the magic of fighting your way back to it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704938]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wînipêk: Visions of Canada from an Indigenous Centre Author: Niigaan Sinclair Narrator: Niigaan Sinclair Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 4, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER • Winner of the 2024 Governor General's Literary Award for Nonfiction. An Audible Best Book of the Year. From ground zero of this country's most important project: reconciliation. Niigaan Sinclair has been called provocative, revolutionary, and one of this country's most influential thinkers on the issues impacting Indigenous cultures, communities, and reconciliation in Canada. In his debut collection of stories, observations, and thoughts about Winnipeg, the place he calls 'ground zero' of Canada's future, read about the complex history and contributions of this place alongside the radical solutions to injustice and violence found here, presenting solutions for a country that has forgotten principles of treaty and inclusivity. It is here, in the place where Canada began—where the land, water, people, and animals meet— that a path 'from the centre' is happening for all to see. At a crucial and fragile moment in Canada's long history with Indigenous peoples, one of our most essential writers begins at the centre, capturing a web spanning centuries of community, art, and resistance.  Based on years' worth of columns, Niigaan Sinclair delivers a defining essay collection on the resilience of Indigenous peoples. Here, we meet the creators, leaders, and everyday people preserving the beauty of their heritage one day at a time. But we also meet the ugliest side of colonialism, the Indian Act, and the communities who suffer most from its atrocities.  Sinclair uses the story of Winnipeg to illuminate the reality of Indigenous life all over what is called Canada. This is a book that demands change and celebrates those fighting for it, that reminds us of what must be reconciled and holds accountable those who must do the work. It's a book that reminds us of the power that comes from loving a place, even as that place is violently taken away from you, and the magic of fighting your way back to it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704649 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burn Book: A Tech Love Story Author: Kara Swisher Narrator: Kara Swisher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller From award-winning journalist Kara Swisher comes a witty, scathing, but fair accounting of the tech industry and its founders who wanted to change the world but broke it instead. “Swisher, the bad-ass journalist and OG chronicler of Silicon Valley…takes no prisoners in this highly readable look at the evolution of the digital world…Bawdy, brash, and compulsively thought-provoking, just like its author, Burn Book sizzles” (Booklist, starred review). Part memoir, part history, Burn Book is a necessary chronicle of tech’s most powerful players. From “the queen of all media” (Walt Mossberg, The Wall Street Journal), this is the inside story we’ve all been waiting for about modern Silicon Valley and the biggest boom in wealth creation in the history of the world. When tech titans crowed that they would “move fast and break things,” Kara Swisher was moving faster and breaking news. While covering the explosion of the digital sector in the early 1990s, she developed a long track record of digging up and reporting the facts about this new world order. Her consistent scoops drove one CEO to accuse her of “listening in the heating ducts” and prompted Facebook’s Sheryl Sandberg to once observe: “It is a constant joke in the Valley when people write memos for them to say, ‘I hope Kara never sees this.’” While still in college, Swisher got her start at The Washington Post, where she became one of the few people in journalism interested in covering the nascent Internet. She went on to work for The Wall Street Journal, joining with Walt Mossberg to start the groundbreaking D: All Things Digital conference, as well as pioneering tech news sites. Swisher has interviewed everyone who matters in tech over three decades, right when they presided over an explosion of world-changing innovation that has both helped and hurt our world. Steve Jobs, Jeff Bezos, Elon Musk, Bill Gates, Sheryl Sandberg, Bob Iger, Larry Page and Sergey Brin, Meg Whitman, Peter Thiel, Sam Altman, and Mark Zuckerberg are just a few whom Swisher made sweat—figuratively and, in Zuckerberg’s case, literally. Despite the damage she chronicles, Swisher remains optimistic about tech’s potential to help solve problems and not just create them. She calls upon the industry to make better, more thoughtful choices, even as a new set of powerful AI tools are poised to change the world yet again. At its heart, this book is a love story to, for, and about tech from someone who knows it better than anyone. Kara Swisher Tue, 27 Feb 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704649 thebookvoice.com 7:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burn Book: A Tech Love Story Author: Kara Swisher Narrator: Kara Swisher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller From award-winning journalist Kara Swisher comes a witty, scathing, but fair accounting of the tech industry and its founders who wanted to change the world but broke it instead. “Swisher, the bad-ass journalist and OG chronicler of Silicon Valley…takes no prisoners in this highly readable look at the evolution of the digital world…Bawdy, brash, and compulsively thought-provoking, just like its author, Burn Book sizzles” (Booklist, starred review). Part memoir, part history, Burn Book is a necessary chronicle of tech’s most powerful players. From “the queen of all media” (Walt Mossberg, The Wall Street Journal), this is the inside story we’ve all been waiting for about modern Silicon Valley and the biggest boom in wealth creation in the history of the world. When tech titans crowed that they would “move fast and break things,” Kara Swisher was moving faster and breaking news. While covering the explosion of the digital sector in the early 1990s, she developed a long track record of digging up and reporting the facts about this new world order. Her consistent scoops drove one CEO to accuse her of “listening in the heating ducts” and prompted Facebook’s Sheryl Sandberg to once observe: “It is a constant joke in the Valley when people write memos for them to say, ‘I hope Kara never sees this.’” While still in college, Swisher got her start at The Washington Post, where she became one of the few people in journalism interested in covering the nascent Internet. She went on to work for The Wall Street Journal, joining with Walt Mossberg to start the groundbreaking D: All Things Digital conference, as well as pioneering tech news sites. Swisher has interviewed everyone who matters in tech over three decades, right when they presided over an explosion of world-changing innovation that has both helped and hurt our world. Steve Jobs, Jeff Bezos, Elon Musk, Bill Gates, Sheryl Sandberg, Bob Iger, Larry Page and Sergey Brin, Meg Whitman, Peter Thiel, Sam Altman, and Mark Zuckerberg are just a few whom Swisher made sweat—figuratively and, in Zuckerberg’s case, literally. Despite the damage she chronicles, Swisher remains optimistic about tech’s potential to help solve problems and not just create them. She calls upon the industry to make better, more thoughtful choices, even as a new set of powerful AI tools are poised to change the world yet again. At its heart, this book is a love story to, for, and about tech from someone who knows it better than anyone. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Burn Book: A Tech Love Story Author: Kara Swisher Narrator: Kara Swisher Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Instant New York Times Bestseller From award-winning journalist Kara Swisher comes a witty, scathing, but fair accounting of the tech industry and its founders who wanted to change the world but broke it instead. “Swisher, the bad-ass journalist and OG chronicler of Silicon Valley…takes no prisoners in this highly readable look at the evolution of the digital world…Bawdy, brash, and compulsively thought-provoking, just like its author, Burn Book sizzles” (Booklist, starred review). Part memoir, part history, Burn Book is a necessary chronicle of tech’s most powerful players. From “the queen of all media” (Walt Mossberg, The Wall Street Journal), this is the inside story we’ve all been waiting for about modern Silicon Valley and the biggest boom in wealth creation in the history of the world. When tech titans crowed that they would “move fast and break things,” Kara Swisher was moving faster and breaking news. While covering the explosion of the digital sector in the early 1990s, she developed a long track record of digging up and reporting the facts about this new world order. Her consistent scoops drove one CEO to accuse her of “listening in the heating ducts” and prompted Facebook’s Sheryl Sandberg to once observe: “It is a constant joke in the Valley when people write memos for them to say, ‘I hope Kara never sees this.’” While still in college, Swisher got her start at The Washington Post, where she became one of the few people in journalism interested in covering the nascent Internet. She went on to work for The Wall Street Journal, joining with Walt Mossberg to start the groundbreaking D: All Things Digital conference, as well as pioneering tech news sites. Swisher has interviewed everyone who matters in tech over three decades, right when they presided over an explosion of world-changing innovation that has both helped and hurt our world. Steve Jobs, Jeff Bezos, Elon Musk, Bill Gates, Sheryl Sandberg, Bob Iger, Larry Page and Sergey Brin, Meg Whitman, Peter Thiel, Sam Altman, and Mark Zuckerberg are just a few whom Swisher made sweat—figuratively and, in Zuckerberg’s case, literally. Despite the damage she chronicles, Swisher remains optimistic about tech’s potential to help solve problems and not just create them. She calls upon the industry to make better, more thoughtful choices, even as a new set of powerful AI tools are poised to change the world yet again. At its heart, this book is a love story to, for, and about tech from someone who knows it better than anyone. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Came for the Schools: One Town's Fight Over Race and Identity, and the New War for America's Classrooms Author: Mike Hixenbaugh Narrator: Mike Hixenbaugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER The urgent, revelatory story of how a school board win for the conservative right in one Texas suburb inspired a Christian nationalist campaign now threatening to undermine public education in America—from an NBC investigative reporter and co-creator of the Peabody Award–winning and Pulitzer Prize finalist Southlake podcast.  Award-winning journalist Mike Hixenbaugh delivers the immersive and eye-opening story of Southlake, Texas, a district that seemed to offer everything parents would want for their children—small classes, dedicated teachers, financial resources, a track record of academic success, and school spirit in abundance. All this, until a series of racist incidents became public, a plan to promote inclusiveness was proposed in response—and a coordinated, well-funded conservative backlash erupted, lighting the fire of a national movement on the verge of changing the face of public schools across the country. They Came for the Schools pulls back the curtain on the powerful forces driving this crusade to ban books, rewrite curricula, limit rights for minority and LGBTQ students—and, most importantly, to win what Hixenbaugh’s deeply informed reporting convinces is the holy grail among those seeking to impose biblical values on American society: school privatization, one school board and one legal battle at a time. They Came for the Schools delivers an essential take on Donald Trump and Ron DeSantis, as they demean public schools and teachers and boost the Christian right’s vision. Hixenbaugh brings to light fascinating connections between this political and cultural moment and past fundamentalist campaigns to censor classroom lessons. Finally, They Came for the Schools traces the rise of a new resistance movement led by a diverse coalition of student activists, fed-up educators, and parents who are beginning to win select battles of their own: a blueprint, they hope, for gaining inclusive and civil schools for all. Mike Hixenbaugh Tue, 14 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704631 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Came for the Schools: One Town's Fight Over Race and Identity, and the New War for America's Classrooms Author: Mike Hixenbaugh Narrator: Mike Hixenbaugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER The urgent, revelatory story of how a school board win for the conservative right in one Texas suburb inspired a Christian nationalist campaign now threatening to undermine public education in America—from an NBC investigative reporter and co-creator of the Peabody Award–winning and Pulitzer Prize finalist Southlake podcast.  Award-winning journalist Mike Hixenbaugh delivers the immersive and eye-opening story of Southlake, Texas, a district that seemed to offer everything parents would want for their children—small classes, dedicated teachers, financial resources, a track record of academic success, and school spirit in abundance. All this, until a series of racist incidents became public, a plan to promote inclusiveness was proposed in response—and a coordinated, well-funded conservative backlash erupted, lighting the fire of a national movement on the verge of changing the face of public schools across the country. They Came for the Schools pulls back the curtain on the powerful forces driving this crusade to ban books, rewrite curricula, limit rights for minority and LGBTQ students—and, most importantly, to win what Hixenbaugh’s deeply informed reporting convinces is the holy grail among those seeking to impose biblical values on American society: school privatization, one school board and one legal battle at a time. They Came for the Schools delivers an essential take on Donald Trump and Ron DeSantis, as they demean public schools and teachers and boost the Christian right’s vision. Hixenbaugh brings to light fascinating connections between this political and cultural moment and past fundamentalist campaigns to censor classroom lessons. Finally, They Came for the Schools traces the rise of a new resistance movement led by a diverse coalition of student activists, fed-up educators, and parents who are beginning to win select battles of their own: a blueprint, they hope, for gaining inclusive and civil schools for all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: They Came for the Schools: One Town's Fight Over Race and Identity, and the New War for America's Classrooms Author: Mike Hixenbaugh Narrator: Mike Hixenbaugh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 14, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: NATIONAL BESTSELLER The urgent, revelatory story of how a school board win for the conservative right in one Texas suburb inspired a Christian nationalist campaign now threatening to undermine public education in America—from an NBC investigative reporter and co-creator of the Peabody Award–winning and Pulitzer Prize finalist Southlake podcast.  Award-winning journalist Mike Hixenbaugh delivers the immersive and eye-opening story of Southlake, Texas, a district that seemed to offer everything parents would want for their children—small classes, dedicated teachers, financial resources, a track record of academic success, and school spirit in abundance. All this, until a series of racist incidents became public, a plan to promote inclusiveness was proposed in response—and a coordinated, well-funded conservative backlash erupted, lighting the fire of a national movement on the verge of changing the face of public schools across the country. They Came for the Schools pulls back the curtain on the powerful forces driving this crusade to ban books, rewrite curricula, limit rights for minority and LGBTQ students—and, most importantly, to win what Hixenbaugh’s deeply informed reporting convinces is the holy grail among those seeking to impose biblical values on American society: school privatization, one school board and one legal battle at a time. They Came for the Schools delivers an essential take on Donald Trump and Ron DeSantis, as they demean public schools and teachers and boost the Christian right’s vision. Hixenbaugh brings to light fascinating connections between this political and cultural moment and past fundamentalist campaigns to censor classroom lessons. Finally, They Came for the Schools traces the rise of a new resistance movement led by a diverse coalition of student activists, fed-up educators, and parents who are beginning to win select battles of their own: a blueprint, they hope, for gaining inclusive and civil schools for all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704604 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - México antes de ser México 3 - El clásico mesoamericanos (primera parte): De Teotihuacan a los guachimontones… Series: #3 of México antes de ser México Author: Patricio Narrator: Carlos Zertuche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El periodo Clásico mesoamericano fue un tiempo de crecimiento, desarrollo y consolidación, en el que tanto la gente como los distintos poderes se concentraron en grandes centros urbanos. Al interior de majestuosas y vibrantes ciudades como Teotihuacan —una megalópolis con características únicas, algo así como el Nueva York de aquellos tiempos—, Monte Albán o Tikal, el poder económico, político y religioso se concentró en las élites gobernantes, que experimentaron una abundancia sin precedentes. Y como ha ocurrido a lo largo de la historia humana, en todos los rincones del planeta, fue, entre otras cosas, la creciente brecha entre nobles y plebeyos, entre ricos y pobres, lo que llevó a la eventual destrucción y abandono de algunas de las grandes capitales y, con ello, al final de esta etapa de nuestra historia. Pásele a lo barrido y entérese de cómo estuvo todo el chisme… Patricio Thu, 24 Aug 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704604 thebookvoice.com 2:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - México antes de ser México 3 - El clásico mesoamericanos (primera parte): De Teotihuacan a los guachimontones… Series: #3 of México antes de ser México Author: Patricio Narrator: Carlos Zertuche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El periodo Clásico mesoamericano fue un tiempo de crecimiento, desarrollo y consolidación, en el que tanto la gente como los distintos poderes se concentraron en grandes centros urbanos. Al interior de majestuosas y vibrantes ciudades como Teotihuacan —una megalópolis con características únicas, algo así como el Nueva York de aquellos tiempos—, Monte Albán o Tikal, el poder económico, político y religioso se concentró en las élites gobernantes, que experimentaron una abundancia sin precedentes. Y como ha ocurrido a lo largo de la historia humana, en todos los rincones del planeta, fue, entre otras cosas, la creciente brecha entre nobles y plebeyos, entre ricos y pobres, lo que llevó a la eventual destrucción y abandono de algunas de las grandes capitales y, con ello, al final de esta etapa de nuestra historia. Pásele a lo barrido y entérese de cómo estuvo todo el chisme… Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - México antes de ser México 3 - El clásico mesoamericanos (primera parte): De Teotihuacan a los guachimontones… Series: #3 of México antes de ser México Author: Patricio Narrator: Carlos Zertuche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 56 minutes Release date: August 24, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: El periodo Clásico mesoamericano fue un tiempo de crecimiento, desarrollo y consolidación, en el que tanto la gente como los distintos poderes se concentraron en grandes centros urbanos. Al interior de majestuosas y vibrantes ciudades como Teotihuacan —una megalópolis con características únicas, algo así como el Nueva York de aquellos tiempos—, Monte Albán o Tikal, el poder económico, político y religioso se concentró en las élites gobernantes, que experimentaron una abundancia sin precedentes. Y como ha ocurrido a lo largo de la historia humana, en todos los rincones del planeta, fue, entre otras cosas, la creciente brecha entre nobles y plebeyos, entre ricos y pobres, lo que llevó a la eventual destrucción y abandono de algunas de las grandes capitales y, con ello, al final de esta etapa de nuestra historia. Pásele a lo barrido y entérese de cómo estuvo todo el chisme… https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704601 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elixir of Life Author: Philip Gardiner Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For thousands of years mankind has sought out the mythical substance we now call the Elixir of Life. The tablet, pill, fluid or even spiritual concept that will enable us to live forever. From ancient Egypt to medieval Europe, great civilizations have secretly worked tirelessly to discover the power of nature. To alter God's predestined human life span and unlock the mysteries of life eternal. Along the way there have been many false claims and foolish ideas. But one secret remained hidden. Locked away in a belief system now lost to us and hidden by a jealous Church. The secret of the Elixir of Life was discovered. A substance that protected mankind from illness and extended his life. A natural poison that was also a natural cure. We shall discover the secret locked away in the mythology of the ancient worship of the serpent. It will reveal to us the truth behind the Holy Grail and the Philosophers Stone. And now, with modern science we will see the wonder of our ancestors and their amazing discovery of the Elixir of Life. Philip Gardiner Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704601 thebookvoice.com 0:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elixir of Life Author: Philip Gardiner Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For thousands of years mankind has sought out the mythical substance we now call the Elixir of Life. The tablet, pill, fluid or even spiritual concept that will enable us to live forever. From ancient Egypt to medieval Europe, great civilizations have secretly worked tirelessly to discover the power of nature. To alter God's predestined human life span and unlock the mysteries of life eternal. Along the way there have been many false claims and foolish ideas. But one secret remained hidden. Locked away in a belief system now lost to us and hidden by a jealous Church. The secret of the Elixir of Life was discovered. A substance that protected mankind from illness and extended his life. A natural poison that was also a natural cure. We shall discover the secret locked away in the mythology of the ancient worship of the serpent. It will reveal to us the truth behind the Holy Grail and the Philosophers Stone. And now, with modern science we will see the wonder of our ancestors and their amazing discovery of the Elixir of Life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Elixir of Life Author: Philip Gardiner Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). For thousands of years mankind has sought out the mythical substance we now call the Elixir of Life. The tablet, pill, fluid or even spiritual concept that will enable us to live forever. From ancient Egypt to medieval Europe, great civilizations have secretly worked tirelessly to discover the power of nature. To alter God's predestined human life span and unlock the mysteries of life eternal. Along the way there have been many false claims and foolish ideas. But one secret remained hidden. Locked away in a belief system now lost to us and hidden by a jealous Church. The secret of the Elixir of Life was discovered. A substance that protected mankind from illness and extended his life. A natural poison that was also a natural cure. We shall discover the secret locked away in the mythology of the ancient worship of the serpent. It will reveal to us the truth behind the Holy Grail and the Philosophers Stone. And now, with modern science we will see the wonder of our ancestors and their amazing discovery of the Elixir of Life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704602 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gnosis Author: Philip Gardiner Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Gnosis means knowledge of the most esoteric kind. This is the story that has been kept from the ears of mankind for too long, it is a truth hidden beneath the layers of religious deceit for centuries. This is the truth behind the world’s most infamous secret societies including the knights Templar, it is the revelation of the archaeon secrets of mankind and the amazing discovery of the secret of Solomon’s temple, and you cannot live life until you have Gnosis. Philip Gardiner Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704602 thebookvoice.com 0:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gnosis Author: Philip Gardiner Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Gnosis means knowledge of the most esoteric kind. This is the story that has been kept from the ears of mankind for too long, it is a truth hidden beneath the layers of religious deceit for centuries. This is the truth behind the world’s most infamous secret societies including the knights Templar, it is the revelation of the archaeon secrets of mankind and the amazing discovery of the secret of Solomon’s temple, and you cannot live life until you have Gnosis. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gnosis Author: Philip Gardiner Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Gnosis means knowledge of the most esoteric kind. This is the story that has been kept from the ears of mankind for too long, it is a truth hidden beneath the layers of religious deceit for centuries. This is the truth behind the world’s most infamous secret societies including the knights Templar, it is the revelation of the archaeon secrets of mankind and the amazing discovery of the secret of Solomon’s temple, and you cannot live life until you have Gnosis. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704594 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainwashed by Aliens Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the moment we are born we are controlled and manipulated by an alien hybrid race. We are fed poison and sold a cure. We are numbered, brainwashed, taxed and lied to. We are food for the masters and nothing more. The lies we are sold are so powerful that we ourselves become preachers of deceit. No matter the technology, no matter the age of man, no matter the flag we hold dear to - we are pawns of the alien overlords. For thousands of years mankind has been controlled by a powerful reptilian elite that came down to earth as watchers and gods. Every religion, mythology and folklore on planet earth has some element of their history. Their offspring are the powerful and rich families that have been linked to so many secret societies. These creatures are malevolent by nature and ugly to our sight. They change shape, confuse and conspire. They created and control the secret societies, shadow governments and religions. Their power is over the control of our thoughts and actions. Knowledge is power. Arm yourself now and discover the truth about the Alien Conspiracy. Raphael Terra Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704594 thebookvoice.com 0:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainwashed by Aliens Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the moment we are born we are controlled and manipulated by an alien hybrid race. We are fed poison and sold a cure. We are numbered, brainwashed, taxed and lied to. We are food for the masters and nothing more. The lies we are sold are so powerful that we ourselves become preachers of deceit. No matter the technology, no matter the age of man, no matter the flag we hold dear to - we are pawns of the alien overlords. For thousands of years mankind has been controlled by a powerful reptilian elite that came down to earth as watchers and gods. Every religion, mythology and folklore on planet earth has some element of their history. Their offspring are the powerful and rich families that have been linked to so many secret societies. These creatures are malevolent by nature and ugly to our sight. They change shape, confuse and conspire. They created and control the secret societies, shadow governments and religions. Their power is over the control of our thoughts and actions. Knowledge is power. Arm yourself now and discover the truth about the Alien Conspiracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainwashed by Aliens Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the moment we are born we are controlled and manipulated by an alien hybrid race. We are fed poison and sold a cure. We are numbered, brainwashed, taxed and lied to. We are food for the masters and nothing more. The lies we are sold are so powerful that we ourselves become preachers of deceit. No matter the technology, no matter the age of man, no matter the flag we hold dear to - we are pawns of the alien overlords. For thousands of years mankind has been controlled by a powerful reptilian elite that came down to earth as watchers and gods. Every religion, mythology and folklore on planet earth has some element of their history. Their offspring are the powerful and rich families that have been linked to so many secret societies. These creatures are malevolent by nature and ugly to our sight. They change shape, confuse and conspire. They created and control the secret societies, shadow governments and religions. Their power is over the control of our thoughts and actions. Knowledge is power. Arm yourself now and discover the truth about the Alien Conspiracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704595 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704595]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conspiracy of Fear Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). What you are about to hear is life changing. It will shock you and cause fear. The way you look at life will change. You may think some of it is from the realm of science fiction. You may not. The fact is this, what you are about to hear is the truth. It is time to forget about the illuminati or the Freemasons. Time to drop the ideas of a global and all powerful secret society. Your political leaders are not those in control. The world's most powerful religions, businesses and military all fade into insignificance when compared to the real truth about the manipulation of mankind on planet earth. We have in fact created our own ultimate nightmare and things are about to get a lot worse. We will all have one decision to make. We either do as we are told, or we will perish. This is your future. It is a future so far removed from the lives of our ancestors that it can only be called unnatural. In all of our attempts to free ourselves from the constraints of a chaotic mind, we have in fact created a multi-headed monster that is about to bite off our heads and replace them with heads of its own. You will no longer be human. No longer free. You will be controlled by the most powerful, complex and terrifying system man could ever imagine into existence. Raphael Terra Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704595 thebookvoice.com 0:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704595]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conspiracy of Fear Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). What you are about to hear is life changing. It will shock you and cause fear. The way you look at life will change. You may think some of it is from the realm of science fiction. You may not. The fact is this, what you are about to hear is the truth. It is time to forget about the illuminati or the Freemasons. Time to drop the ideas of a global and all powerful secret society. Your political leaders are not those in control. The world's most powerful religions, businesses and military all fade into insignificance when compared to the real truth about the manipulation of mankind on planet earth. We have in fact created our own ultimate nightmare and things are about to get a lot worse. We will all have one decision to make. We either do as we are told, or we will perish. This is your future. It is a future so far removed from the lives of our ancestors that it can only be called unnatural. In all of our attempts to free ourselves from the constraints of a chaotic mind, we have in fact created a multi-headed monster that is about to bite off our heads and replace them with heads of its own. You will no longer be human. No longer free. You will be controlled by the most powerful, complex and terrifying system man could ever imagine into existence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704595]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conspiracy of Fear Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). What you are about to hear is life changing. It will shock you and cause fear. The way you look at life will change. You may think some of it is from the realm of science fiction. You may not. The fact is this, what you are about to hear is the truth. It is time to forget about the illuminati or the Freemasons. Time to drop the ideas of a global and all powerful secret society. Your political leaders are not those in control. The world's most powerful religions, businesses and military all fade into insignificance when compared to the real truth about the manipulation of mankind on planet earth. We have in fact created our own ultimate nightmare and things are about to get a lot worse. We will all have one decision to make. We either do as we are told, or we will perish. This is your future. It is a future so far removed from the lives of our ancestors that it can only be called unnatural. In all of our attempts to free ourselves from the constraints of a chaotic mind, we have in fact created a multi-headed monster that is about to bite off our heads and replace them with heads of its own. You will no longer be human. No longer free. You will be controlled by the most powerful, complex and terrifying system man could ever imagine into existence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704596 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Da Vinci Code Revealed Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). “These Merovingians are said to be a dynasty of Frankish, priest-kings, with magical powers…..” The whole history of the Holy Grail is linked inextricably with the mysterious family called the Merovingians. It was a name used in the blockbuster, The Matrix, because of the power the name holds. Why? There are tales of mystery and magic, of wisdom and light and last but not least of all, descent from God himself via His Son, Jesus, and His supposed wife, Mary Magdalene. Some even go so far as to say that the Merovingian’s were descended from an ultra-ancient race of fallen angels that spawned the globe, taking wisdom and knowledge with them as Atlantis sank. The truth is that the line of Merovech was very special and worshipped the serpent. Their history is one of the most magical, mystical and murderous tales. We will discover that their very bloodline was so special to a secret and sacred order or serpent worshippers, that their lives were in constant danger. That, and they held a dark secret that was twisted out of all recognition by the Christian Church. Prepare to discover the real secret of the Da Vinci Code. Raphael Terra Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704596 thebookvoice.com 0:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Da Vinci Code Revealed Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). “These Merovingians are said to be a dynasty of Frankish, priest-kings, with magical powers…..” The whole history of the Holy Grail is linked inextricably with the mysterious family called the Merovingians. It was a name used in the blockbuster, The Matrix, because of the power the name holds. Why? There are tales of mystery and magic, of wisdom and light and last but not least of all, descent from God himself via His Son, Jesus, and His supposed wife, Mary Magdalene. Some even go so far as to say that the Merovingian’s were descended from an ultra-ancient race of fallen angels that spawned the globe, taking wisdom and knowledge with them as Atlantis sank. The truth is that the line of Merovech was very special and worshipped the serpent. Their history is one of the most magical, mystical and murderous tales. We will discover that their very bloodline was so special to a secret and sacred order or serpent worshippers, that their lives were in constant danger. That, and they held a dark secret that was twisted out of all recognition by the Christian Church. Prepare to discover the real secret of the Da Vinci Code. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Da Vinci Code Revealed Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). “These Merovingians are said to be a dynasty of Frankish, priest-kings, with magical powers…..” The whole history of the Holy Grail is linked inextricably with the mysterious family called the Merovingians. It was a name used in the blockbuster, The Matrix, because of the power the name holds. Why? There are tales of mystery and magic, of wisdom and light and last but not least of all, descent from God himself via His Son, Jesus, and His supposed wife, Mary Magdalene. Some even go so far as to say that the Merovingian’s were descended from an ultra-ancient race of fallen angels that spawned the globe, taking wisdom and knowledge with them as Atlantis sank. The truth is that the line of Merovech was very special and worshipped the serpent. Their history is one of the most magical, mystical and murderous tales. We will discover that their very bloodline was so special to a secret and sacred order or serpent worshippers, that their lives were in constant danger. That, and they held a dark secret that was twisted out of all recognition by the Christian Church. Prepare to discover the real secret of the Da Vinci Code. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Controlled Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Everything you do and think is controlled by others. Everything you buy. Your work. Your beliefs. Everything is part of a false reality created to control. Humanity has no idea it is in fact caught in a massive lie. It is trapped by it’s own inner desires and follows the will of those in power. Society is a mirror of man and society is a lie that is far removed from our natural origins. Every country on this planet is being oppressed by clever and powerful elite groups that have been building their empires for centuries. They feed us lies and we believe. Eventually we become so deluded we can no longer even see it. But there are some who can still see clearly and understand that we live in the ultimate Grand Delusion. Raphael Terra Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704597 thebookvoice.com 0:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Controlled Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Everything you do and think is controlled by others. Everything you buy. Your work. Your beliefs. Everything is part of a false reality created to control. Humanity has no idea it is in fact caught in a massive lie. It is trapped by it’s own inner desires and follows the will of those in power. Society is a mirror of man and society is a lie that is far removed from our natural origins. Every country on this planet is being oppressed by clever and powerful elite groups that have been building their empires for centuries. They feed us lies and we believe. Eventually we become so deluded we can no longer even see it. But there are some who can still see clearly and understand that we live in the ultimate Grand Delusion. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Are Controlled Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). Everything you do and think is controlled by others. Everything you buy. Your work. Your beliefs. Everything is part of a false reality created to control. Humanity has no idea it is in fact caught in a massive lie. It is trapped by it’s own inner desires and follows the will of those in power. Society is a mirror of man and society is a lie that is far removed from our natural origins. Every country on this planet is being oppressed by clever and powerful elite groups that have been building their empires for centuries. They feed us lies and we believe. Eventually we become so deluded we can no longer even see it. But there are some who can still see clearly and understand that we live in the ultimate Grand Delusion. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704598 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doomsday: The End Is Near Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). According to the Doomsday Clock, we, as a planet populated by humans with nowhere else to go, have 100 seconds left to live. Humanity teeters on the brink of self-destruction. While this sounds like the start of an apocalyptic disaster movie, it is in fact, reality. This is the worrying fact of life in the 21st Century. The Doomsday Clock is a warning of man’s ability to create something that could destroy everything - humanity’s very existence. It is a count-down timer to the point of no return – humanity’s doomsday. It symbolizes how close we, as a species, have come to destroying the world with dangerous man-made technologies. The deadline of Midnight represents the moment of apocalypse, and how close the clock is set to that deadline warns how close humanity is to ultimate disaster. With the intention of warning the public and inspiring action, the clock’s hands are set in accordance to how great is the threat of destruction. Now, in the 21st century we are closer to Doomsday than ever before. Raphael Terra Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704598 thebookvoice.com 0:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doomsday: The End Is Near Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). According to the Doomsday Clock, we, as a planet populated by humans with nowhere else to go, have 100 seconds left to live. Humanity teeters on the brink of self-destruction. While this sounds like the start of an apocalyptic disaster movie, it is in fact, reality. This is the worrying fact of life in the 21st Century. The Doomsday Clock is a warning of man’s ability to create something that could destroy everything - humanity’s very existence. It is a count-down timer to the point of no return – humanity’s doomsday. It symbolizes how close we, as a species, have come to destroying the world with dangerous man-made technologies. The deadline of Midnight represents the moment of apocalypse, and how close the clock is set to that deadline warns how close humanity is to ultimate disaster. With the intention of warning the public and inspiring action, the clock’s hands are set in accordance to how great is the threat of destruction. Now, in the 21st century we are closer to Doomsday than ever before. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704598]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Doomsday: The End Is Near Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). According to the Doomsday Clock, we, as a planet populated by humans with nowhere else to go, have 100 seconds left to live. Humanity teeters on the brink of self-destruction. While this sounds like the start of an apocalyptic disaster movie, it is in fact, reality. This is the worrying fact of life in the 21st Century. The Doomsday Clock is a warning of man’s ability to create something that could destroy everything - humanity’s very existence. It is a count-down timer to the point of no return – humanity’s doomsday. It symbolizes how close we, as a species, have come to destroying the world with dangerous man-made technologies. The deadline of Midnight represents the moment of apocalypse, and how close the clock is set to that deadline warns how close humanity is to ultimate disaster. With the intention of warning the public and inspiring action, the clock’s hands are set in accordance to how great is the threat of destruction. Now, in the 21st century we are closer to Doomsday than ever before. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704599 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NAZI UFO Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the onset, the Nazi party were obsessed with the world of the occult. They scoured the globe in search of the weapons that would enable them to conquer the world and build their 1000 Year Reich. From the Holy Grail to the lance that pierced the side of Christ... From Tibet to the Antarctic... no region or mythological device was ignored. They turned the planet inside out looking for something ancient, something the Nazi elite called "the most powerful weapon"... a weapon that would instill such awe that it would cause the entire world to surrender overnight. And then suddenly during the Second World War and perhaps even years before, the Nazi's achieved a massive leap in technology, so great that many have questioned where this Nazi science originated. Raphael Terra Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704599 thebookvoice.com 0:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NAZI UFO Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the onset, the Nazi party were obsessed with the world of the occult. They scoured the globe in search of the weapons that would enable them to conquer the world and build their 1000 Year Reich. From the Holy Grail to the lance that pierced the side of Christ... From Tibet to the Antarctic... no region or mythological device was ignored. They turned the planet inside out looking for something ancient, something the Nazi elite called "the most powerful weapon"... a weapon that would instill such awe that it would cause the entire world to surrender overnight. And then suddenly during the Second World War and perhaps even years before, the Nazi's achieved a massive leap in technology, so great that many have questioned where this Nazi science originated. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704599]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NAZI UFO Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). From the onset, the Nazi party were obsessed with the world of the occult. They scoured the globe in search of the weapons that would enable them to conquer the world and build their 1000 Year Reich. From the Holy Grail to the lance that pierced the side of Christ... From Tibet to the Antarctic... no region or mythological device was ignored. They turned the planet inside out looking for something ancient, something the Nazi elite called "the most powerful weapon"... a weapon that would instill such awe that it would cause the entire world to surrender overnight. And then suddenly during the Second World War and perhaps even years before, the Nazi's achieved a massive leap in technology, so great that many have questioned where this Nazi science originated. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704592 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aliens Explained Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). There have been many attempts to encapsulate and explain the many mysteries that surround us; these include everything from the contents of the Vatican Secret Archives, the paranormal and Ufology and even subjects that seem to slip between the cracks of reality into the realm of high strangeness. And now the United States government has finally admitted that many of the unexplained sightings of craft may very well be alien technology. This book draws on all of these threads as it weaves its way thought the many twists, turns and possibilities that define the subjects discussed. Just about all of the subjects examined are interlinked at one level or another. It is as if the ancient eastern concept of ‘oneness’ was recognised by our forefathers, long before the arcane physics of quantum mechanics demonstrated its reality. Perhaps this is a contributing factor to the belief that all points in space and time are interconnected. In fact it is thought that this peculiarity is how UFOs manage to traverse the incredible distances between the stars and perhaps even the galaxies. Of course from our current level of knowledge, the ‘mechanics’ of such a technology can only be speculated upon. Or can it? We’re about to discover. This book will discover and explain who these aliens are, how they come and why. Raphael Terra Tue, 26 Sep 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704592 thebookvoice.com 0:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aliens Explained Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). There have been many attempts to encapsulate and explain the many mysteries that surround us; these include everything from the contents of the Vatican Secret Archives, the paranormal and Ufology and even subjects that seem to slip between the cracks of reality into the realm of high strangeness. And now the United States government has finally admitted that many of the unexplained sightings of craft may very well be alien technology. This book draws on all of these threads as it weaves its way thought the many twists, turns and possibilities that define the subjects discussed. Just about all of the subjects examined are interlinked at one level or another. It is as if the ancient eastern concept of ‘oneness’ was recognised by our forefathers, long before the arcane physics of quantum mechanics demonstrated its reality. Perhaps this is a contributing factor to the belief that all points in space and time are interconnected. In fact it is thought that this peculiarity is how UFOs manage to traverse the incredible distances between the stars and perhaps even the galaxies. Of course from our current level of knowledge, the ‘mechanics’ of such a technology can only be speculated upon. Or can it? We’re about to discover. This book will discover and explain who these aliens are, how they come and why. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704592]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aliens Explained Author: Raphael Terra Narrator: Synthetic Voice (tts) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: This audiobook has been recorded using Text to speech (TTS). There have been many attempts to encapsulate and explain the many mysteries that surround us; these include everything from the contents of the Vatican Secret Archives, the paranormal and Ufology and even subjects that seem to slip between the cracks of reality into the realm of high strangeness. And now the United States government has finally admitted that many of the unexplained sightings of craft may very well be alien technology. This book draws on all of these threads as it weaves its way thought the many twists, turns and possibilities that define the subjects discussed. Just about all of the subjects examined are interlinked at one level or another. It is as if the ancient eastern concept of ‘oneness’ was recognised by our forefathers, long before the arcane physics of quantum mechanics demonstrated its reality. Perhaps this is a contributing factor to the belief that all points in space and time are interconnected. In fact it is thought that this peculiarity is how UFOs manage to traverse the incredible distances between the stars and perhaps even the galaxies. Of course from our current level of knowledge, the ‘mechanics’ of such a technology can only be speculated upon. Or can it? We’re about to discover. This book will discover and explain who these aliens are, how they come and why. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704528 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endangered Eating: America's Vanishing Foods Author: Sarah Lohman Narrator: Sarah Lohman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Apples, a common New England crop, have been called the United States' most endangered food. The iconic Texas Longhorn cattle is categorized at critical risk for extinction. Unique date palms, found nowhere else on the planet, grow in California’s Coachella Valley, but the family farms that caretake them are shutting down. Apples, cattle, dates?these are foods that carry significant cultural weight. But they’re disappearing. In Endangered Eating, culinary historian Sarah Lohman draws inspiration from the Ark of Taste, a list compiled by Slow Food International that catalogues important regional foods. She travels the country learning about the distinct ingredients at risk of being lost: in Hawaii, she learns the stories behind heirloom sugarcane; in the Navajo Nation, she assists in the traditional butchering of a Navajo Churro ram; in the Upper Midwest, she harvests wild rice; in the Pacific Northwest, she spends a day reefnet fishing; on the Gulf Coast, she devours gumbo made with filé powder; in the Lowcountry of South Carolina, she tastes America’s oldest peanut. She learns from those who love these rare ingredients: shepherds, fishers, farmers, scientists, historians, and activists. And she tries her hand at raising these crops and preparing these dishes. Animated by stories yet grounded in research, Endangered Eating gives listeners the tools to support community organizations and producers that work to preserve local culinary traditions and rare, cherished foods. Sarah Lohman Tue, 24 Oct 2023 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704528 thebookvoice.com 11:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endangered Eating: America's Vanishing Foods Author: Sarah Lohman Narrator: Sarah Lohman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Apples, a common New England crop, have been called the United States' most endangered food. The iconic Texas Longhorn cattle is categorized at critical risk for extinction. Unique date palms, found nowhere else on the planet, grow in California’s Coachella Valley, but the family farms that caretake them are shutting down. Apples, cattle, dates?these are foods that carry significant cultural weight. But they’re disappearing. In Endangered Eating, culinary historian Sarah Lohman draws inspiration from the Ark of Taste, a list compiled by Slow Food International that catalogues important regional foods. She travels the country learning about the distinct ingredients at risk of being lost: in Hawaii, she learns the stories behind heirloom sugarcane; in the Navajo Nation, she assists in the traditional butchering of a Navajo Churro ram; in the Upper Midwest, she harvests wild rice; in the Pacific Northwest, she spends a day reefnet fishing; on the Gulf Coast, she devours gumbo made with filé powder; in the Lowcountry of South Carolina, she tastes America’s oldest peanut. She learns from those who love these rare ingredients: shepherds, fishers, farmers, scientists, historians, and activists. And she tries her hand at raising these crops and preparing these dishes. Animated by stories yet grounded in research, Endangered Eating gives listeners the tools to support community organizations and producers that work to preserve local culinary traditions and rare, cherished foods. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Endangered Eating: America's Vanishing Foods Author: Sarah Lohman Narrator: Sarah Lohman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 6 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Apples, a common New England crop, have been called the United States' most endangered food. The iconic Texas Longhorn cattle is categorized at critical risk for extinction. Unique date palms, found nowhere else on the planet, grow in California’s Coachella Valley, but the family farms that caretake them are shutting down. Apples, cattle, dates?these are foods that carry significant cultural weight. But they’re disappearing. In Endangered Eating, culinary historian Sarah Lohman draws inspiration from the Ark of Taste, a list compiled by Slow Food International that catalogues important regional foods. She travels the country learning about the distinct ingredients at risk of being lost: in Hawaii, she learns the stories behind heirloom sugarcane; in the Navajo Nation, she assists in the traditional butchering of a Navajo Churro ram; in the Upper Midwest, she harvests wild rice; in the Pacific Northwest, she spends a day reefnet fishing; on the Gulf Coast, she devours gumbo made with filé powder; in the Lowcountry of South Carolina, she tastes America’s oldest peanut. She learns from those who love these rare ingredients: shepherds, fishers, farmers, scientists, historians, and activists. And she tries her hand at raising these crops and preparing these dishes. Animated by stories yet grounded in research, Endangered Eating gives listeners the tools to support community organizations and producers that work to preserve local culinary traditions and rare, cherished foods. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704339 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Giant on the Skyline: On Home, Belonging and Learning to Let Go Author: Clover Stroud Narrator: Clover Stroud Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 9, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What is it that makes a home? What is a home without the roots that tie you to a place? What is a home when a family is split? Clover's eldest children are leaving home for university. Her husband Pete's work is in America. The only way for Clover and the younger children to live with him is to uproot, leave their rural life near the ancient Ridgeway in Oxfordshire and move to Washington DC. Forced to leave the home she loves and consider these questions, Clover sets out to explore the place where she lives, walk the Ridgway, understand a little of the history of her landscape and work out why it is that it is so hard for her to go. In doing so she paints a beautifully layered portrait of family, community and of belonging in a landscape that has drawn people to it for generation after generation. 'Clover Stroud is a fearless explorer of the human heart, and a writer of incomparable grace and passion.' Elizabeth Gilbert 'Clover's writing is sensationally beautiful.' Laura Cumming 'Stroud's writing is knife-sharp, beautiful and profound.' Madeline Miller ©2024 Clover Stroud (P)2024 Penguin Audio Clover Stroud Thu, 09 May 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704339 thebookvoice.com 10:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Giant on the Skyline: On Home, Belonging and Learning to Let Go Author: Clover Stroud Narrator: Clover Stroud Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 9, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What is it that makes a home? What is a home without the roots that tie you to a place? What is a home when a family is split? Clover's eldest children are leaving home for university. Her husband Pete's work is in America. The only way for Clover and the younger children to live with him is to uproot, leave their rural life near the ancient Ridgeway in Oxfordshire and move to Washington DC. Forced to leave the home she loves and consider these questions, Clover sets out to explore the place where she lives, walk the Ridgway, understand a little of the history of her landscape and work out why it is that it is so hard for her to go. In doing so she paints a beautifully layered portrait of family, community and of belonging in a landscape that has drawn people to it for generation after generation. 'Clover Stroud is a fearless explorer of the human heart, and a writer of incomparable grace and passion.' Elizabeth Gilbert 'Clover's writing is sensationally beautiful.' Laura Cumming 'Stroud's writing is knife-sharp, beautiful and profound.' Madeline Miller ©2024 Clover Stroud (P)2024 Penguin Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704339]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Giant on the Skyline: On Home, Belonging and Learning to Let Go Author: Clover Stroud Narrator: Clover Stroud Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 9, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. What is it that makes a home? What is a home without the roots that tie you to a place? What is a home when a family is split? Clover's eldest children are leaving home for university. Her husband Pete's work is in America. The only way for Clover and the younger children to live with him is to uproot, leave their rural life near the ancient Ridgeway in Oxfordshire and move to Washington DC. Forced to leave the home she loves and consider these questions, Clover sets out to explore the place where she lives, walk the Ridgway, understand a little of the history of her landscape and work out why it is that it is so hard for her to go. In doing so she paints a beautifully layered portrait of family, community and of belonging in a landscape that has drawn people to it for generation after generation. 'Clover Stroud is a fearless explorer of the human heart, and a writer of incomparable grace and passion.' Elizabeth Gilbert 'Clover's writing is sensationally beautiful.' Laura Cumming 'Stroud's writing is knife-sharp, beautiful and profound.' Madeline Miller ©2024 Clover Stroud (P)2024 Penguin Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704336 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tending Grief: Embodied Rituals for Holding Our Sorrow and Growing Cultures of Care in Community Author: Camille Sapara Barton Narrator: Camille Sapara Barton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An embodied guide to being with grief individually and in community—practical exercises, decolonized rituals, and Earth-based medicines for healing and processing loss We live in a culture that suppresses our ability to truly feel our grief—deeply, safely, and on our own terms. But each person’s experience is as unique as the grief itself. Here, Camille Barton’s take on grief speaks directly to the ways that BIPOC and queer readers disproportionately experience unique constellations of loss.  Deeply practical and easy to use in times of confusion, trauma, and pain, Tending Grief includes rituals, reflection prompts, and exercises that help us process and metabolize our grief—without bypassing or pushing aside what comes to the fore. Barton includes exercises that can be done both alone and in community, including: - Altar practices to honor and connect with ancestors known and unknown - Locating, holding, and dancing your grief - Sharing circles for processing communal loss - Water, fire, and nature-based rituals - Honoring the survival utility of numbness—and knowing when it’s time to release it - Peer support and integration - Herbal medicines and plant-based healing Barton honors each and every experience: The loss of displacement from homelands, from severed lineages and ancestral ways of knowing. The grief of colonization and theft. The deep heaviness that burrows into our bodies when society tells us our bodies are wrong. Practical tools and rituals help readers feel into their grief, honor what comes up, and move forward in healing. Written specifically to center and hold the grief of BIPOC readers, Tending Grief is an invitation to reconnect to what we’ve lost, to find community in our grief, and to tend to our own suffering for our individual and collective wellbeing. Camille Sapara Barton Tue, 23 Apr 2024 07:30:45 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704336 thebookvoice.com 5:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tending Grief: Embodied Rituals for Holding Our Sorrow and Growing Cultures of Care in Community Author: Camille Sapara Barton Narrator: Camille Sapara Barton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An embodied guide to being with grief individually and in community—practical exercises, decolonized rituals, and Earth-based medicines for healing and processing loss We live in a culture that suppresses our ability to truly feel our grief—deeply, safely, and on our own terms. But each person’s experience is as unique as the grief itself. Here, Camille Barton’s take on grief speaks directly to the ways that BIPOC and queer readers disproportionately experience unique constellations of loss.  Deeply practical and easy to use in times of confusion, trauma, and pain, Tending Grief includes rituals, reflection prompts, and exercises that help us process and metabolize our grief—without bypassing or pushing aside what comes to the fore. Barton includes exercises that can be done both alone and in community, including: - Altar practices to honor and connect with ancestors known and unknown - Locating, holding, and dancing your grief - Sharing circles for processing communal loss - Water, fire, and nature-based rituals - Honoring the survival utility of numbness—and knowing when it’s time to release it - Peer support and integration - Herbal medicines and plant-based healing Barton honors each and every experience: The loss of displacement from homelands, from severed lineages and ancestral ways of knowing. The grief of colonization and theft. The deep heaviness that burrows into our bodies when society tells us our bodies are wrong. Practical tools and rituals help readers feel into their grief, honor what comes up, and move forward in healing. Written specifically to center and hold the grief of BIPOC readers, Tending Grief is an invitation to reconnect to what we’ve lost, to find community in our grief, and to tend to our own suffering for our individual and collective wellbeing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/704336]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tending Grief: Embodied Rituals for Holding Our Sorrow and Growing Cultures of Care in Community Author: Camille Sapara Barton Narrator: Camille Sapara Barton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 23, 2024 Genres: Social Science Publisher's Summary: An embodied guide to being with grief individually and in community—practical exercises, decolonized rituals, and Earth-based medicines for healing and processing loss We live in a culture that suppresses our ability to truly feel our grief—deeply, safely, and on our own terms. But each person’s experience is as unique as the grief itself. Here, Camille Barton’s take on grief speaks directly to the ways that BIPOC and queer readers disproportionately experience unique constellations of loss.  Deeply practical and easy to use in times of confusion, trauma, and pain, Tending Grief includes rituals, reflection prompts, and exercises that help us process and metabolize our grief—without bypassing or pushing aside what comes to the fore. Barton includes exercises that can be done both alone and in community, including: - Altar practices to honor and connect with ancestors known and unknown - Locating, holding, and dancing your grief - Sharing circles for processing communal loss - Water, fire, and nature-based rituals - Honoring the survival utility of numbness—and knowing when it’s time to release it - Peer support and integration - Herbal medicines and plant-based healing Barton honors each and every experience: The loss of displacement from homelands, from severed lineages and ancestral ways of knowing. The grief of colonization and theft. The deep heaviness that burrows into our bodies when society tells us our bodies are wrong. Practical tools and rituals help readers feel into their grief, honor what comes up, and move forward in healing. Written specifically to center and hold the grief of BIPOC readers, Tending Grief is an invitation to reconnect to what we’ve lost, to find community in our grief, and to tend to our own suffering for our individual and collective wellbeing.